Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2007

Registration No. 333-147066

 


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Amendment No. 1

to

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

TARGA RESOURCES FINANCE CORPORATION*

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   4922   74-3117058
Delaware   4922   20-3673840

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 584-1000

 

Rene R. Joyce

1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 584-1000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:

David P. Oelman

Christopher S. Collins

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

First City Tower

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2300

Houston, Texas 77002-6760

713-758-2222

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨


Table of Contents

*ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR REGISTRANTS

 

 
EXACT NAME OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT AS
SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER
   STATE OR OTHER
JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION
   PRIMARY STANDARD
INDUSTRIAL
CLASSIFICATION
CODE NUMBER
   IRS EMPLOYEE
IDENTIFICATION NO.

Targa Resources LLC

   Delaware    4922    14-1904332

Targa Resources II LLC

   Delaware    4922    75-3150812

Targa Resources Holdings GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    83-0391111

Targa Resources Holdings LP

   Delaware    4922    73-1699939

Targa Gas Marketing LLC

   Delaware    4922    11-3762680

Targa Midstream GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    20-3726668

Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership

   Delaware    4922    76-0507891

Targa Resources GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    65-1295429

Targa Retail Electric LLC

   Delaware    4922    76-0467636

Targa NGL Pipeline Company LLC

   Delaware    4922    73-1175068

Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Targa Liquids GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Midstream Barge Company LLC

   Delaware    4922    94-3253383

Targa OPI LLC

   Delaware    4922    76-0467637

Targa Co-Generation LLC

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Targa GP Inc.

   Delaware    4922    20-4036018

Targa LP Inc.

   Delaware    4922    20-4036097

Targa Versado GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Targa Versado LP

   Delaware    4922    20-4036235

Targa Straddle GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Targa Straddle LP

   Delaware    4922    20-4036286

Targa Permian GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Targa Permian LP

   Delaware    4922    20-4036350

Targa Downstream GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Targa Downstream LP

   Delaware    4922    20-4036406

Targa LSNG GP LLC

   Delaware    4922    N/A

Targa LSNG LP

   Delaware    4922    68-0625252
 

 

Each Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated December 18, 2007

Prospectus

Targa Resources, Inc.

Targa Resources Finance Corporation

Offer to Exchange up to

$250,000,000 of 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 for

$250,000,000 of 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013

that have been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Terms of the Exchange Offer

New Notes. We are offering to exchange up to $250,000,000 of our outstanding 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 for new notes. The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that we have registered the new notes under the Securities Act of 1933.

Notes Exchanged. We will exchange for an equal principal amount of new notes all outstanding notes that you validly tender and do not validly withdraw before the exchange offer expires. Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

Expiration Date. The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2008, unless extended.

Taxation. The exchange of outstanding notes for new notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Broker-Dealers. Each broker-dealer that receives the new notes for its own account pursuant to this exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer for a period of 180 days after the expiration of the exchange offer in connection with resales of the new notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Terms of the 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes Offered in the Exchange Offer

Maturity. The new notes will mature on November 1, 2013.

Interest. Interest on the new notes accrues at the rate of 8  1 / 2 % per year and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 st and November 1 st of each year.

Redemption. Prior to November 1, 2008, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a price equal to 108.500% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed with the net proceeds of certain public equity offerings. Prior to November 1, 2009, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus a make-whole amount described in this prospectus. On or after November 1, 2009, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices described in this prospectus.

Guarantees and Ranking. The new notes will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of our current and future restricted subsidiaries. The notes and the guarantees are senior unsecured obligations ranking equally in right of payment with all of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ other senior unsecured debt and senior in right of payment to all of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ future subordinated debt. The notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to our and the subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

Please read “ Risk Factors ” on page 7 for a discussion of factors you should consider before participating in the exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2007.


Table of Contents

This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this document. This information is available to you without charge upon written or oral request to: Targa Resources, Inc., 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002, Attention: Corporate Secretary, (713) 584-1000. The exchange offer is expected to expire on                     , 2008 and you must make your exchange decision by the expiration date. To obtain timely delivery, you must request the information no later than                     , 2008, or the date which is five business days before the expiration date of this exchange offer.

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In making your investment decision, you should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information. If you receive any unauthorized information, you must not rely on it. This exchange offer is not being made to, nor will we accept tenders of outstanding notes from, holders of existing notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the issuance of new notes would not be permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus, or the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus or the date of such document, as the case may be.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

   1

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

   6

Risk Factors

   7

Exchange Offer

   24

Use of Proceeds

   32

Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data

   33

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

   38

Business

   73

Management

   101

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   121

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   126

Description of New Notes

   127

Federal Income Tax Considerations

   191

Plan of Distribution

   191

Legal Matters

   192

Experts

   192

Where You Can Find More Information

   192

Forward-Looking Statements

   193

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

Letter of Transmittal

   A-1

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of certain information from this prospectus, but may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus before making an investment decision. You should carefully consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors.” In addition, certain statements include forward-looking information which involve risks and uncertainties. Please read “Forward-Looking Statements.”

In this prospectus, we use the term “outstanding notes” to refer to the 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 that were issued on October 31, 2005, and the term “new notes” to refer to the 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and are being offered in exchange for the outstanding notes as described in this prospectus. References to the “notes” in this prospectus include both the outstanding notes and the new notes. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, “Targa,” “our,” “we,” “us” and similar terms refer to Targa Resources, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, including its publicly traded master limited partnership, Targa Resources Partners LP, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Partnership.”

Targa Resources, Inc.

Targa Resources, Inc. was formed in 2004 by its management team, which consists of former members of senior management of several midstream and other diversified energy companies, and Warburg Pincus LLC. We are a leading provider of midstream natural gas and natural gas liquid, or NGL, services in the United States. We provide these services through our integrated platform of midstream assets. Our gathering and processing assets are located primarily in the Permian Basin in west Texas and southeast New Mexico, the Louisiana Gulf Coast primarily accessing the offshore region of Louisiana, and, through the Partnership, the Fort Worth Basin in north Texas, the Permian Basin in west Texas and the onshore region of the Louisiana Gulf Coast. Additionally, our natural gas liquids logistics and marketing assets are located primarily at Mont Belvieu and Galena Park near Houston, Texas and in Lake Charles, Louisiana with terminals and transportation assets across the United States. We believe our asset locations, including those of the Partnership, provide us access to natural gas supplies and proximity to end-use markets and leading market hubs while positioning us to capitalize on potential growth opportunities from selected areas of the Permian Basin, the continued development of deepwater and deep shelf Gulf of Mexico natural gas reserves, the increasing importation of liquefied natural gas, or LNG, to the Gulf Coast and the growth of the Barnett Shale production in north Texas. We believe our asset locations, scale, broad range of services, operational focus and competitive cost structure position us well to serve customers and to benefit from the importance of infrastructure in the growing U.S. energy market.

We own interests in or operate approximately 10,000 miles of natural gas pipelines and approximately 550 miles of NGL pipelines, with natural gas gathering systems covering approximately 14,500 square miles and 21 natural gas processing plants with access to natural gas supplies in the Permian Basin, north Texas, onshore southern Louisiana, and the Gulf of Mexico. Additionally, we have an integrated NGL logistics and marketing business, with 16 storage, marine and transport terminals with above ground NGL storage capacity of approximately 900 MBbls, net NGL fractionation capacity of approximately 300 MBbls/d and 43 owned and operated storage wells with a net storage capacity of approximately 65 MMBbls. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we generated, on a consolidated basis, income from operations of $235.8 million and $181.4 million, respectively.

On October 24, 2007 the Partnership completed a public offering of 13,500,000 common units. The Partnership used the proceeds from the offering, borrowings under its senior secured revolving credit facility and the issuance of approximately 275 thousand general partner units to us to finance the acquisition from us of certain natural gas gathering and processing businesses located in west Texas and Louisiana for approximately $705 million, subject to certain adjustments. The Partnership sold an additional 1,800,000 common units to the underwriters on November 20, 2007 pursuant to a partial exercise of their option to purchase additional common units and used the net proceeds of approximately $47 million to repay a portion of outstanding indebtedness.

Our executive offices are located at 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002 and our telephone number is (713) 584-1000.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer

On October 31, 2005, we completed a private offering of the outstanding notes. We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in the private offering in which we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to use commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the exchange offer.

 

Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange up to $250,000,000 of new notes for an identical principal amount of outstanding notes.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on                    , 2008, unless we decide to extend it. While we do not currently intend to extend the exchange offer, it is possible that we will extend the exchange offer until all outstanding notes are tendered.

 

Condition to the Exchange Offer

The registration rights agreement does not require us to accept outstanding notes for exchange if the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder of the outstanding notes would violate any applicable law or interpretation of the staff of the SEC, or if a threatened or pending judicial or administrative proceeding impairs our ability to proceed with the exchange offer. A minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered is not a condition to the exchange offer.

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

The outstanding notes were issued as global securities and were deposited with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, who holds the outstanding notes as the custodian for the Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Beneficial interests in the outstanding notes are held by participants in DTC on behalf of the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes. We refer to beneficial interests in notes held by DTC as notes held in book-entry form. Beneficial interests in notes held in book-entry form are shown on, and transfers of notes can be made only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.

 

 

To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must transmit to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent, on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, the following:

 

   

a computer-generated message transmitted by means of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP) system that, when received by the exchange agent will form a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; and

 

   

a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your existing notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, according to the procedure for book-entry transfers described in this prospectus under the heading “Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer” and “—Procedures for Tendering.”

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

None

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Withdrawal of Tenders

You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date. To withdraw, you must submit a notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent using ATOP procedures before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date of the exchange offer. Please read “Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

 

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of New Notes

If the conditions described under “Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” are satisfied, we will accept any and all outstanding notes that you properly tender in the exchange offer before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date. We will return to you, without expense, as promptly as practicable after the expiration date, any outstanding note that we do not accept for exchange. We will deliver the new notes as promptly as practicable after the expiration date and acceptance of the outstanding notes for exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Exchange Offer— Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Fees and Expenses

We will bear all expenses related to the exchange offer. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Exchange Offer—Fees and Expenses.”

 

Use of Proceeds

The issuance of the new notes will not provide us with any new proceeds. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations under our registration rights agreement.

 

Consequences of Failure to Exchange Outstanding Notes

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes in this exchange offer, you will no longer be able to require us to register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act except in the limited circumstances provided under our registration rights agreement. In addition, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the outstanding notes unless we have registered the outstanding notes under the Securities Act, or unless you resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange of new notes for outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please read “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent” for the address, telephone number and fax number of the exchange agent.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Terms of the Notes

The new notes will be identical to the outstanding notes except that the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not have restrictions on transfer, registration rights or provisions for additional interest and will contain different administrative terms. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes, and the same indenture will govern the new notes and the outstanding notes.

The following summary contains basic information about the notes and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the notes, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of New Notes.”

 

Issuers

Targa Resources, Inc. and Targa Resources Finance Corporation.

Targa Resources Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Targa Resources, Inc. organized for the purpose of co-issuing our existing notes and the notes offered hereby. Targa Resources Finance Corporation does not have any operations of any kind and will not have any revenue other than as may be incidental to its activities as a co-issuer of the notes.

 

Notes Offered

$250 million in aggregate principal amount of 8  1 / 2 % senior notes due 2013

 

Maturity Date

November 1, 2013

 

Interest

Interest on the notes accrues at the rate of 8  1 / 2 % per year and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 st and November 1 st of each year.

 

Optional Redemption

Prior to November 1, 2008, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a price equal to 108.500% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed with the net proceeds of certain public equity offerings. Prior to November 1, 2009, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus a make-whole amount described in this prospectus. On or after November 1, 2009, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices described in this prospectus under “Description of New Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Guarantees

Initially, all payments with respect to the notes (including principal and interest) are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by substantially all of our existing subsidiaries, other than the Partnership and its subsidiaries. In the future, our subsidiaries that guarantee other indebtedness of ours or another subsidiary guarantor must also guarantee the notes. The guarantees are also subject to release in certain circumstances.

 

Ranking

The notes and the guarantees thereof are senior unsecured obligations ranking equally in right of payment with all of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ other senior unsecured debt and senior in right of payment to all of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ future

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

subordinated debt. The notes and the guarantees thereof are effectively subordinated to our and the subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

make investments;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our non-guarantor restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

engage in transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

transfer assets;

 

   

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

consolidate or merge; and

 

   

incur liens.

These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications which are described in this prospectus under “Description of New Notes.”

 

 

5


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

     Targa Resources, Inc.         Predecessor
    

 Nine Months Ended 

September 30,

   Year Ended
December 31,
        106-Day
Period Ended
April 15, 2004
   Year Ended
December 31,
     2007    2006    2006    2005    2004        2003    2002

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES(1)

   1.4x    1.3x    1.2x    0.6x    3.2x       N/A    N/A    N/A

 

(1) Not applicable to the predecessor because the predecessor has not historically incurred debt obligations.

 

(2) See Exhibit 12.1 to this registration statement for a ratio of earnings to fixed charges computation.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risks and other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to participate in the exchange offer. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks facing us or applicable to your investment in our new notes. Additional risks not presently known to us or which we consider immaterial based on information currently available to us may also materially adversely affect us. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer and the Notes and our Capital Structure

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness which may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business, to comply with debt covenants and to make payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.

We are highly leveraged. As of September 30, 2007, our total indebtedness, including the notes and the indebtedness of the Partnership, was $1,769.5 million, which represents approximately 65% of our capitalization. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2006, our interest expense was $180 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, we had issued approximately $227.5 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit under our $300 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility, which is not reflected on our balance sheet. We may also utilize our $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility in the future.

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our lease and other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have other important consequences to you as a holder of notes, including the following:

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

   

satisfying our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, may be more difficult and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments could result in an event of default under the indenture governing the notes and the agreements governing such other indebtedness;

 

   

we will need a portion of our cash flow to make interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations and future business opportunities;

 

   

our debt level will make us more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

   

our debt level may limit our flexibility in planning for, or responding to, changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to service our debt, including the notes, will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms, or at all. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Requirements.”

 

7


Table of Contents

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our business.

In addition to our exposure to commodity prices, we have significant exposure to increases in interest rates. As of September 30, 2007, our total indebtedness was $1,769.5 million, of which $250 million was at fixed interest rates and $1,519.5 million was at variable interest rates. A one percentage point increase in the interest rate on our variable interest rate debt would have increased annual interest expense by approximately $11.7 million. As a result of our significant amount of variable interest rate debt, our financial condition could be adversely affected by significant increases in interest rates.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could increase the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and any indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. For example, in addition to the $1,225 million of indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured term loan facility at September 30, 2007 and up to $250 million available under our senior secured revolving credit facility, the indenture governing the notes will allow us to incur additional indebtedness of up to $200 million of senior secured debt. As an additional example, the indenture governing the notes will allow us to incur a significant amount of indebtedness in connection with acquisitions (including an unlimited amount of certain types of debt that will require cash payments of interest during the period the notes are outstanding). The indenture also permits the incurrence of indebtedness by the Partnership. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage would increase.

Repayment of our debt, including the notes, is dependent on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.

Targa Resources, Inc. is a holding company and Targa Resources Finance Corporation was created solely to serve as a corporate co-obligor on the obligations of Targa Resources, Inc. under the Indenture and will continue to have nominal assets and no operations or revenues. Our subsidiaries own substantially all of our operating assets and conduct substantially all of our operations. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the notes, is dependent, to a material extent, on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the notes, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the indenture governing the notes and our senior secured credit facilities limit the ability of our subsidiaries that are not subsidiary guarantors to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to certain significant qualifications and exceptions, including an exception with respect to any restrictions included in the documentation governing indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of the indenture governing the notes. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.

The notes will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of our current and future non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The notes will be structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes, including the Partnership. The indenture governing the notes will allow our non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur a significant amount of permitted indebtedness in the future, including refinancing indebtedness under all of the baskets for our senior secured credit facilities and our incremental

 

8


Table of Contents

$200 million senior secured debt basket. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, these non-guarantor subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debts, holders of preferred equity interests and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us.

Investors may not be able to rely on the earnings and assets of our joint ventures to support payments due under the notes.

We hold majority interests in our Versado and Cedar Bayou Fractionators joint ventures. While the minority shareholders’ income related to these joint ventures is deducted as minority expense in calculating our net income, our consolidated financial statements reflect the financial results of these companies, including all of their revenue and operating income, even though we own less than 100% of their equity and do not solely control the distribution of their income. We also hold minority interests in VESCO and Gulf Coast Fractionators, and do not control the distribution of their income.

The ability of our joint ventures to distribute their earnings to us, in the form of dividends or otherwise, is subject to, among other things, the consent of our joint venture partners. Each of our existing majority-owned joint ventures are, and any future majority-owned joint venture will likely be, an unrestricted subsidiary and, therefore, will not be subject to the covenants contained in the indenture governing the notes or our senior secured credit facilities and will not guarantee the notes or our senior secured credit facilities. The indenture governing the notes will permit us to distribute to our stockholders all of our equity interests in future unrestricted subsidiaries (but not the equity of our existing majority-owned joint ventures) without any restriction. Accordingly, investors in the notes may not be able to rely upon income from or the assets of our joint ventures to support the payment of interest, principal or other amounts owing in respect of the notes.

We may transfer a significant amount of our assets to master limited partnerships, which will not be restricted subsidiaries and will not guarantee the notes.

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes permit us, subject to certain conditions, to transfer assets, including equity interests we hold in other entities, to the Partnership or other master limited partnerships, or MLPs, and their subsidiaries, which will not be restricted subsidiaries or guarantors of the notes. These conditions include, among other things, that (i) after and as a result of any such transfer we receive an amount of cash attributable to such transfer equal to at least 75% of the fair market value of the assets or equity interests transferred, with the remaining consideration in the form of equity interests in the Partnership or other MLP to which the assets or equity interests are contributed and (ii) we apply the net cash proceeds received from the transfer to repay senior indebtedness, repurchase notes or, subject to certain limitations, reinvest in our business. Provided that we comply with these and other conditions, we may transfer a significant portion of our assets to the Partnership or other MLPs and their subsidiaries, and they will not be subject to any restrictions under our senior secured credit facilities or the indenture governing the notes or be required to distribute any funds to us or provide any guarantee in respect of the notes.

Investors may not be able to rely on the earnings or assets of the Partnership or the general partner of the Partnership to support payments due under the notes.

The ability of the Partnership, any other MLP or a general partner of an MLP following such general partner’s initial public offering, to distribute earnings to us is subject to the decisions of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Partnership’s or other MLP’s general partner. The members of these boards owe fiduciary duties to public equity holders of the Partnership or other MLP, and will not owe any duties, fiduciary or otherwise, to holders of the notes. The Partnership is not, and any other MLPs will not be, subject to the covenants contained in the indenture governing the notes or our senior secured credit facilities and will not guarantee the notes or our senior secured credit facilities. Likewise, following its initial public offering, the general partner of the Partnership or other MLP will no longer be subject to the covenants contained in the indenture governing the notes or our senior secured credit facilities and will be released from its guarantee of the notes and the senior secured credit facilities.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes permit us, subject to certain conditions, to sell equity interests in the Partnership or any other MLP. In addition, we are allowed to distribute to our stockholders equity interests we may hold in the Partnership or any other MLPs and general partners of MLPs if our pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to any such distributions is less than 2.75 to 1.00. Accordingly, investors in the notes may not be able to rely upon income from or the assets of the Partnership or any other MLPs, or any general partners of MLPs to support the payment of interest, principal or other amounts owing in respect of the notes.

The terms of our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take certain actions.

The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes contain, and any future indebtedness we incur would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions, including restrictions on our ability to engage in acts that may be in our best long-term interests. The senior secured credit agreement and indenture governing the notes include covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

make investments;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other distributions to us from our non-guarantor restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

engage in transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

sell assets, including capital stock of the subsidiaries;

 

   

make certain acquisitions;

 

   

transfer assets;

 

   

enter into sale and lease back transactions;

 

   

consolidate or merge; and

 

   

incur liens.

The senior secured credit agreement also includes covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

 

   

prepay, redeem and repurchase certain debt, other than loans under the senior secured credit facilities;

 

   

make capital expenditures;

 

   

amend debt and other material agreements; and

 

   

change business activities conducted by us.

In addition, our senior secured credit facilities require us to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests, some of which will become more restrictive over time. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those ratios and tests.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities. Upon the occurrence of such an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have

 

10


Table of Contents

pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facilities. If the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay our senior secured credit facilities, as well as our unsecured indebtedness, including the notes.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in these debt agreements and any future financing agreements may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

The notes and the guarantees are not secured by our assets nor those of the subsidiary guarantors, and the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and certain present and future counterparties under our secured hedging arrangements will be entitled to remedies available to secured creditors, which gives them priority over the note holders to collect amounts due to them.

The notes and the guarantees are not secured by any of our assets. Our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and certain of our hedging arrangements are secured by, among other things, a first priority pledge of substantially all our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions. The notes are effectively subordinated to this senior secured indebtedness and such secured hedging arrangements to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. As of September 30, 2007, on a combined basis, the notes and the guarantees were effectively subordinated to approximately $1,519.5 million of indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities. Under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, we may incur additional senior secured indebtedness under, or in addition to, our senior secured credit facilities, and such additional indebtedness could be significant. We have entered into long-term, fixed price hedges covering a portion of our expected natural gas and NGL equity volumes. If the difference between the amount we owe our hedge counterparties is more than the amount our counterparties owe to us, then the amount of such difference will be secured by our assets.

The right of repayment under the notes may be compromised if we enter into bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding-up proceedings or if there is a default in, or acceleration of, payment under our senior secured credit facilities, our senior secured hedging arrangements or other senior secured indebtedness. If any of these events occurs, the senior secured creditors could sell those of our assets in which they have been granted a security interest, to the exclusion of the note holders, even if an event of default exists under the indenture at such time. As a result, upon the occurrence of any of these events, there may not be sufficient funds to pay amounts due on the notes.

Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and subordinate claims in respect of the guarantees.

The issuance of the guarantees by the subsidiary guarantors may be subject to review under state and federal laws if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including in circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at some future date by the subsidiary guarantors or on behalf of our unpaid creditors or the unpaid creditors of a guarantor.

Under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer and fraudulent conveyance laws, a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce a subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee, or a court may subordinate such guarantee to the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future indebtedness.

While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, a court might void or otherwise decline to enforce the guarantee if it found that when the applicable subsidiary guarantor entered into its guarantee, or, in some states, when payments became due under the guarantee, the applicable subsidiary guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

 

   

the applicable subsidiary guarantor was insolvent, or rendered insolvent by reason of issuing the guarantee;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

the applicable subsidiary guarantor was engaged in a business or transaction for which the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital;

 

   

the applicable subsidiary guarantor intended to incur, or believed that the applicable subsidiary guarantor would incur, debts beyond such subsidiary guarantor’s ability to pay such debts as they mature; or

 

   

the applicable subsidiary guarantor was a defendant in an action for monetary damages, or had a judgment for monetary damages rendered against such guarantor, and the damages remained unsatisfied after final judgment.

A court might also void a guarantee, without regard to the above factors, if it found that the applicable subsidiary guarantor entered into its guarantee with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.

A court would likely find that a subsidiary guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the guarantee if such subsidiary guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the applicable guarantee. As a general matter, value is given for a guarantee if, in exchange for the guarantee, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is satisfied. In the case of the subsidiary guarantees, a court could find that the benefit from the guarantees went to Targa and that the guarantors did not, directly or indirectly, receive any benefit from the guarantees.

The measures of insolvency applied by courts will vary depending upon the particular fraudulent transfer law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including subordinate and contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of its assets;

 

   

if the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability on its existing debts, including subordinate and contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it cannot pay its debts as they become due.

In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance or transfer has occurred, a court may void, or hold unenforceable, any of the guarantees, which could mean that you may not receive any payments on the guarantees and the court may direct you to repay any amounts that you have already received from any subsidiary guarantor to such subsidiary guarantor or a fund for the benefit of such subsidiary guarantor’s creditors. Furthermore, the holders of voided notes would cease to have any direct claim against the applicable subsidiary guarantor. Consequently, the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s assets would be applied first to satisfy our or the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s liabilities, if any, before any portion of the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s assets could be applied to the payment of the notes. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining subsidiary guarantors, if any. Moreover, the voidance of a guarantee could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiary guarantors’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt (if not otherwise accelerated due to such subsidiary guarantor’s insolvency or other proceeding).

Although each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit that subsidiary guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce that subsidiary guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless.

 

12


Table of Contents

Because each subsidiary guarantor’s liability under its guarantee may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, you may not receive any payments from some or all of the subsidiary guarantors.

You have the benefit of the guarantees of the subsidiary guarantors. However, the guarantees by the subsidiary guarantors are limited to the maximum amount that the subsidiary guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a subsidiary guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending upon the amount of other obligations of such subsidiary guarantor. Further, under the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under federal or state fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the subsidiary guarantor. In addition, you will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described in the indenture.

We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all notes that are outstanding at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. Our senior secured credit facilities provide that certain change of control events (including a change of control as defined in the indenture governing the notes) constitute a default. Any future credit agreement or other agreements relating to our indebtedness would likely contain similar provisions. If we experience a change of control event that triggers a default under our senior secured credit facilities or any future credit facility, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the relevant indebtedness. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance our senior secured credit facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities being declared due and payable. In the event we experience a change of control event that results in our having to offer to repurchase your notes, we may not have sufficient financial resources to satisfy all of our obligations under our senior or any replacement secured credit facilities, any other outstanding debt and the notes. A failure to make the applicable change of control offer or to pay the applicable change of control purchase price when due would result in a default under the indenture.

In addition, the change of control covenant in the indenture governing the notes does not cover all corporate reorganizations, mergers or similar transactions and may not provide you with protection in a highly leveraged transaction.

If you do not properly tender your outstanding notes, you will continue to hold unregistered outstanding notes and your ability to transfer outstanding notes will be adversely affected.

We will only issue new notes in exchange for outstanding notes that you timely and properly tender. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the outstanding notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your outstanding notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent is required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of outstanding notes.

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, the outstanding notes you hold will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions. In general, you may not offer or sell the outstanding notes except under exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not plan to register outstanding notes under the Securities Act unless our registration rights agreement with the initial purchaser of the outstanding notes requires us to do so. Further, if you continue to hold any outstanding notes after the exchange offer is consummated, you may have trouble selling them because there will be fewer notes outstanding.

We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the notes will develop.

The new notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to have the notes listed on a national securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. The liquidity of any market for the notes will depend upon the number of holders of the notes, our performance,

 

13


Table of Contents

the market for similar securities, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the notes and other factors. A liquid trading market may not develop for the notes. If an active market does not develop or is not maintained, the price and liquidity of the notes may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our cash flow is affected by supply and demand for natural gas and NGL products, natural gas and NGL prices, and decreases in these prices due to weather and other natural and economic forces could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations can be affected by the level of natural gas and NGL prices and the relationship between these prices. The prices of natural gas and NGLs have been volatile and we expect this volatility to continue. The NYMEX daily settlement price for natural gas for the prompt month contract in the year ended December 31, 2005 ranged from a high of $15.38 per MMBtu to a low of $5.79 per MMBtu and for the year ended December 31, 2006 ranged from a high of $10.63 per MMBtu to a low of $4.20 per MMBtu. From the beginning of 2007 through September 30, 2007 the NYMEX daily settlement price for natural gas has ranged from a high of $8.19 per MMBtu to a low of $5.38 per MMBtu. NGL prices exhibit similar volatility. Based on monthly index prices, the average price for our NGL composition in the year ended December 31, 2005 ranged from a high of $1.12 per gallon to a low of $0.73 per gallon and for the year ended December 31, 2006 ranged from a high of $1.18 per gallon to a low of $0.92 per gallon. From the beginning of 2007 through September 30, 2007 the average price for our NGL composition ranged from a high of $1.27 per gallon to a low of $0.93 per gallon.

Our future cash flow will be materially adversely affected if we experience significant, prolonged pricing deterioration below general price levels experienced over the past few years in our industry.

The markets and prices for natural gas and NGLs depend upon factors beyond our control. These factors include demand for these commodities, which fluctuate with changes in market and economic conditions and other factors, including:

 

   

the impact of seasonality and weather;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

the level of domestic crude oil and natural gas production and consumption;

 

   

the availability of imported natural gas, NGLs and crude oil;

 

   

actions taken by foreign oil and gas producing nations;

 

   

the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems;

 

   

the availability and marketing of competitive fuels;

 

   

the impact of energy conservation efforts; and

 

   

the extent of governmental regulation and taxation.

Our primary natural gas gathering and processing arrangements that expose us to commodity price risk are percent-of-proceeds arrangements. Under percent-of-proceeds arrangements, we generally process natural gas from producers and remit to the producers an agreed percentage of the proceeds from the sale of residue gas and NGL products at market prices or a percentage of residue gas and NGL products at the tailgate of our processing facilities. In some percent-of-proceeds arrangements, we remit to the producer a percentage of an index price for residue gas and NGL products, less agreed adjustments, rather than remitting a portion of the actual sales proceeds. Under these types of arrangements, our revenues and our cash flows increase or decrease, whichever is applicable, as the price of natural gas, NGLs and/or crude oil fluctuates.

 

14


Table of Contents

Because of the natural decline in production from existing wells in our operating regions, our success depends on our ability to obtain new sources of supplies of natural gas and NGLs which depends on certain factors beyond our control. Any decrease in supplies of natural gas or NGLs could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our gathering systems are connected to natural gas wells, from which the production will naturally decline over time, which means that our cash flows associated with these wells will likely also decline over time. To maintain or increase throughput levels on our gathering systems and the utilization rate at our processing plants and our treating and fractionation facilities, we must continually obtain new natural gas supplies. Additionally, our profitability is materially affected by the volume of raw NGL mix fractionated at our fractionation facilities. A material decrease in natural gas production from producing areas that we rely on for raw NGL mix, as a result of depressed commodity prices or otherwise, could result in a decline in the volume of NGL products delivered to our fractionation facilities. Our ability to obtain additional sources of natural gas depends in part on the level of successful drilling activity near our gathering systems.

We have no control over the level of drilling activity in the areas of our operations, the amount of reserves associated with the wells or the rate at which production from a well will decline. In addition, we have no control over producers or their drilling or production decisions, which are affected by, among other things, prevailing and projected energy prices, demand for hydrocarbons, the level of reserves, geological considerations, governmental regulations, availability of drilling rigs and other production and development costs and the availability and cost of capital. Fluctuations in energy prices can greatly affect production rates and investments by third parties in the development of new oil and natural gas reserves. Drilling activity generally decreases as oil and natural gas prices decrease. In the past, the prices of natural gas have been extremely volatile, and we expect this volatility to continue. Natural gas prices reached historic highs in 2005 and early 2006, but declined substantially in the second half of 2006 and have continued to decline in 2007. Reductions in exploration or production activity or shut-ins by producers in the areas in which we operate as a result of a sustained decline in natural gas prices would lead to reduced utilization of our gathering and processing assets.

Because of these factors, even if new natural gas reserves are discovered in areas served by our assets, producers may choose not to develop those reserves. If, due to reductions in drilling activity or competition, we are not able to obtain new supplies of natural gas to replace the natural decline in volumes from existing wells, throughput on our pipelines and the utilization rates of our treating, processing and fractionation facilities would decline, which could reduce our revenue.

Some of our business is seasonal, requires that we build inventory to meet seasonal demand, and is potentially impacted by weather.

While the volumes of raw NGL mix that we fractionate are generally stable on an average annual basis, they often vary on a seasonal basis. For example, we typically fractionate lower volumes during the winter months, when more raw NGL mix is fractionated by facilities closer to the field to capture propane for heating purposes and when natural gas wells and certain oil wells tend to be less productive. Conversely, we typically fractionate greater volumes during the summer months, when less raw NGL mix is locally fractionated for heating purposes, when natural gas wells tend to be more productive and when refineries have excess supply of raw NGL mix due to various regulatory restrictions. This seasonality in demand may cause our results of operations to lack predictability on a quarter to quarter basis.

Similarly, weather conditions have a significant impact on the demand for propane because end-users depend on propane principally for heating purposes. Warmer-than-normal temperatures in one or more regions in which we operate can significantly decrease the total volume of propane we sell. Lack of consumer demand for propane may also adversely affect the retailers we transact with in our wholesale propane marketing operations, exposing us to their inability to satisfy their contractual obligations to us.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we fail to balance our purchases of natural gas and our sales of residue gas and NGLs, our exposure to commodity price risk will increase.

We may not be successful in balancing our purchases of natural gas and our sales of residue gas and NGLs. In addition, a producer could fail to deliver promised volumes to us or deliver in excess of contracted volumes, or a purchaser could purchase less than contracted volumes. Any of these actions could cause an imbalance between our purchases and sales. If our purchases and sales are not balanced, we will face increased exposure to commodity price risks and could have increased volatility in our operating income.

Our hedging activities may not be effective in reducing the variability of our cash flows and may, in certain circumstances, increase the variability of our cash flows. Moreover, our hedges may not fully protect us against volatility in basis differentials. Finally, the percentage of our expected equity commodity volumes that are hedged decreases substantially over time.

We have entered into derivative transactions related to only a portion of our equity volumes. As a result, we will continue to have direct commodity price risk to the unhedged portion. Our actual future volumes may be significantly higher or lower than we estimated at the time we entered into the derivative transactions for that period. If the actual amount is higher than we estimated, we will have greater commodity price risk than we intended. If the actual amount is lower than the amount that is subject to our derivative financial instruments, we might be forced to satisfy all or a portion of our derivative transactions without the benefit of the cash flow from our sale of the underlying physical commodity, resulting in a reduction of our liquidity. The percentages of our expected equity volumes that are covered by our hedges decrease over time. The derivative instruments we utilize for these hedges are based on posted market prices, which may be lower than the actual natural gas, NGL and condensate prices that we realize in our operations. These pricing differentials may be substantial and could materially impact the prices we ultimately realize. As a result of these factors, our hedging activities may not be as effective as we intend in reducing the variability of our cash flows, and in certain circumstances may actually increase the variability of our cash flows. To the extent we hedge our commodity price risk, we may forego the benefits we would otherwise experience if commodity prices were to change in our favor. For additional information regarding our hedging activities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

If third-party pipelines and other facilities interconnected to our natural gas pipelines and facilities become partially or fully unavailable to transport natural gas and NGLs, our revenues could be adversely affected.

We depend upon third party pipelines and other facilities that provide delivery options to and from our pipelines and processing and fractionation facilities. Since we do not own or operate these pipelines or other facilities, their continuing operation in their current manner is not within our control. If any of these third-party pipelines and other facilities become partially or fully unavailable to transport natural gas and NGLs, or if the gas quality specifications for their pipelines or facilities change so as to restrict our ability to transport gas on those pipelines or facilities, our revenues and cash available for distribution could be adversely affected.

Our industry is highly competitive, and increased competitive pressure could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We compete with similar enterprises in our respective areas of operation. Some of our competitors are large oil, natural gas and petrochemical companies or integrated midstream energy companies that have greater financial resources and access to supplies of natural gas and NGLs than we do. Some of these competitors may expand or construct gathering, processing and transportation systems that would create additional competition for the services we provide to our customers. In addition, our customers who are significant producers of natural gas may develop their own gathering, processing and transportation systems in lieu of using ours. Our ability to renew or replace existing contracts with our customers in the gathering and processing business, as well as the natural gas logistics and marketing business, at rates sufficient to maintain current revenues and cash flows could be adversely affected by the activities of our competitors and our customers. All of these competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions to you.

 

16


Table of Contents

We typically do not obtain independent evaluations of natural gas reserves dedicated to our gathering pipeline systems; therefore, volumes of natural gas on our systems in the future could be less than we anticipate.

We typically do not obtain independent evaluations of natural gas reserves connected to our gathering systems due to the unwillingness of producers to provide reserve information as well as the cost of such evaluations. Accordingly, we do not have independent estimates of total reserves dedicated to our gathering systems or the anticipated life of such reserves. If the total reserves or estimated life of the reserves connected to our gathering systems is less than we anticipate and we are unable to secure additional sources of natural gas, then the volumes of natural gas transported on our gathering systems in the future could be less than we anticipate. A decline in the volumes of natural gas on our systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

A reduction in demand for NGL products by the petrochemical, refining or heating industries could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The NGL products we produce have a variety of applications, including as heating fuels, petrochemical feedstocks and refining blend stocks. A reduction in demand for NGL products, whether because of general economic conditions, new government regulations, reduced demand by consumers for products made with NGL products, increased competition from petroleum-based products due to pricing differences, mild winter weather or other reasons, could result in a decline in the volume of NGL products we handle or reduce the fees we charge for our services. Our NGL products and their demand are affected as follows:

Ethane. Ethane is typically supplied as purity ethane and as part of ethane-propane mix. Ethane is primarily used in the petrochemical industry as feedstock for ethylene, one of the basic building blocks for a wide range of plastics and other chemical products. Although ethane is typically extracted as part of the mixed NGL stream at gas processing plants, if natural gas prices increase significantly in relation to NGL product prices or if the demand for ethylene falls, it may be more profitable for natural gas producers to leave the ethane in the natural gas stream thereby reducing the volume of NGLs delivered for fractionation and marketing. We have experienced periods where natural gas producers have retained ethane in the natural gas stream and may experience such periods in the future.

Propane. Propane is used as a petrochemical feedstock in the production of ethylene and propylene, as a heating, engine and industrial fuel, and in agricultural applications such as crop drying. Changes in demand for ethylene and propylene could adversely affect demand for propane. The demand for propane as a heating fuel is significantly affected by weather conditions. The volume of propane sold is at its highest during the six-month peak heating season of October through March. Demand for our propane may be reduced during periods of warmer-than-normal weather.

Normal Butane. Normal butane is used in the production of isobutane, as a refined product blending component, as a fuel gas, either alone or in a mixture with propane, and in the production of ethylene and propylene. Changes in the mandated composition of refined products, demand for heating fuel and for ethylene and propylene, could adversely affect demand for normal butane.

Isobutane. Isobutane is predominantly used in refineries to produce alkylates to enhance octane levels. Accordingly, any action that reduces demand for motor gasoline or demand for isobutane to produce alkylates for octane enhancement might reduce demand for isobutane.

Natural Gasoline. Natural gasoline is used as a blending component for certain refined products and as a feedstock used in the production of ethylene and propylene. Changes in the mandated composition of motor gasoline and in demand for ethylene and propylene could adversely affect demand for natural gasoline.

Any reduced demand for ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane or natural gasoline for any of the reasons stated above could adversely affect demand for the services we provide as well as NGL prices, which would negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

17


Table of Contents

We have significant relationships with Chevron as a producer utilizing our gas processing operations, a purchaser of our NGLs and a customer for our marketing and refinery services. In some cases, these agreements are subject to renegotiation and termination rights.

We have several gas processing agreements with Chevron pursuant to which Chevron has dedicated, for the life of the fields, substantially all of the natural gas it produces from committed areas in New Mexico, Texas and the Gulf of Mexico. In 2006 and in the first nine months of 2007, approximately 19% and 21%, respectively, of our natural gas gathered for processing was from Chevron under these gas processing agreements. These contracts provide that either party has the right to periodically renegotiate the processing terms. If the parties are unable to agree on revised terms, then the agreements provide for the issue to be settled by binding arbitration. It is possible that the terms will be renegotiated or arbitrated on terms that are less favorable to us than the current terms of these agreements. In addition, to the extent that the volume of natural gas processed under these contracts declines as a result of depletion or otherwise, we would be adversely affected.

In 2006 and in the first nine months of 2007, approximately 28% and 24%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues and approximately 20% and 13%, respectively, of our consolidated cost of sales, were derived from transactions with Chevron and ChevronPhillipsCompany, or CPC. We are in the process of renegotiating our contracts with CPC. See “Business—Significant Customers.” Under many of our Chevron contracts where we purchase or market NGLs on Chevron’s behalf, Chevron may elect to terminate the contracts or renegotiate the price terms. To the extent Chevron reduces the volumes of NGLs that it purchases from us or reduces the volumes of NGLs that we market on its behalf, or to the extent the economic terms of such contracts are changed, our revenues and cash available for debt service could decline.

We do not own most of the land on which our pipelines and facilities are located, which could disrupt our operations.

We do not own most of the land on which our pipelines and facilities are located, and we are therefore subject to the possibility of more onerous terms and/or increased costs to retain necessary land use if we do not have valid rights of way or leases or if such rights of way or leases lapse or terminate. We sometimes obtain the rights to land owned by third parties and governmental agencies for a specific period of time. Our loss of these rights, through our inability to renew right-of-way contracts, leases or otherwise, could cause us to cease operations on the affected land, increase costs related to continuing operations elsewhere, and reduce our revenue.

We may be unable to cause our majority-owned joint ventures to take or not to take certain actions unless some or all of our joint venture participants agree.

We participate in several majority-owned joint ventures whose corporate governance structures require at least a majority in interest vote to authorize many basic activities and require a greater voting interest (sometimes up to 100%) to authorize more significant activities. Examples of these more significant activities are large expenditures or contractual commitments, the construction or acquisition of assets, borrowing money or otherwise raising capital, making distributions, transactions with affiliates of a joint venture participant, litigation and transactions not in the ordinary course of business, among others. Without the concurrence of joint venture participants with enough voting interests, we may be unable to cause any of our joint ventures to take or not take certain actions, even though taking or preventing those actions may be in the best interest of us or the particular joint venture.

In addition, subject to certain conditions, any joint venture owner may sell, transfer or otherwise modify its ownership interest in a joint venture, whether in a transaction involving third parties or the other joint owners. Any such transaction could result in our partnering with different or additional parties.

If we lose our senior management or key business line personnel, our business may be adversely affected.

Our success is dependent upon the efforts of our senior management, as well as on our ability to attract and retain senior management. There is substantial competition for qualified personnel in the midstream natural gas

 

18


Table of Contents

industry. We may not be able to retain our existing senior management, fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover, or attract additional qualified senior management personnel. We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our key executive officers. In addition, we do not maintain “key man” life insurance on the lives of any members of our senior management. A loss of one or more of these key people could harm our business and prevent us from implementing our business strategy.

Weather may limit our ability to operate our business and could adversely affect our operating results.

The weather in the areas in which we operate can cause delays in our operations and, in some cases, work stoppages. For example, natural gas sales volumes for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 were negatively impacted by unseasonably wet weather, which limited our ability to complete connections to new wells. Any similar delays or work stoppages caused by the weather could adversely affect our operating results for the affected periods.

Our business involves many hazards and operational risks, some of which may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, if we fail to recover all anticipated insurance proceeds for significant accidents or events for which we are insured, or if we fail to rebuild facilities damaged by such accidents or events, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

Our operations are subject to many hazards inherent in the gathering, compressing, treating, processing and transport ting of natural gas and the fractionation, storage and transportation of NGLs, including:

 

   

damage to pipelines, plants, logistical assets and related equipment and surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters, explosions and acts of terrorism;

 

   

inadvertent damage from third parties, including from construction, farm and utility equipment;

 

   

leaks of natural gas, NGLs and other hydrocarbons or losses of natural gas or NGLs as a result of the malfunction of equipment or facilities; and

 

   

other hazards that could also result in personal injury and loss of life, pollution and suspension of operations.

These risks could result in substantial losses due to personal injury and/or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage and may result in curtailment or suspension of our related operations. A natural disaster or other hazard affecting the areas in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our operations. For example, Hurricanes Katrina and Rita damaged gathering systems, processing facilities, NGL fractionators and pipelines along the Gulf Coast, including certain of our facilities. These hurricanes disrupted the operations of our customers in August and September 2005, which curtailed or suspended the operations of various energy companies with assets in the region. The size and complexity of insurance claims associated with these storms resulted in longer than anticipated delays in some recoveries of insurance proceeds and these delays and any ultimate failure to recover insurance proceeds could adversely affect our financial results. We are not fully insured against all risks inherent to our business. We are not insured against all environmental accidents that might occur which may include toxic tort claims, other than those considered to be sudden and accidental. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, if we fail to recover all anticipated insurance proceeds for significant accidents or events for which we are insured, or if we fail to rebuild facilities damaged by such accidents or events, our operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, we may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies have increased substantially, and could escalate further. For example, following Hurricanes Katrina and Rita, insurance premiums, deductibles and co-insurance requirements increased substantially, and terms generally are less favorable than terms that could be obtained prior to such hurricanes. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage.

 

19


Table of Contents

Terrorist attacks, and the threat of terrorist attacks, have resulted in increased costs to our business. Continued hostilities in the Middle East or other sustained military campaigns may adversely impact our results of operations.

The long-term impact of terrorist attacks, such as the attacks that occurred on September 11, 2001, and the threat of future terrorist attacks on our industry in general, and on us in particular, is not known at this time.

Increased security measures taken by us as a precaution against possible terrorist attacks have resulted in increased costs to our business. Uncertainty surrounding continued hostilities in the Middle East or other sustained military campaigns may affect our operations in unpredictable ways, including disruptions of crude oil supplies and markets for our products, and the possibility that infrastructure facilities could be direct targets of, or indirect casualties of, an act of terror.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain. Moreover, the insurance that may be available to us may be significantly more expensive than our existing insurance coverage. Instability in the financial markets as a result of terrorism or war could also affect our ability to raise capital.

A change in the jurisdictional characterization of some of our assets by federal, state or local regulatory agencies or a change in policy by those agencies may result in increased regulation of our assets, which may cause our revenues to decline and operating expenses to increase.

With the exception of our interest in Venice Gathering System, L.L.C., or VGS, we are generally exempt from Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC, regulation under the Natural Gas Act of 1938, or NGA, but FERC regulation still affects our businesses and the markets for products derived from those businesses. FERC has recently proposed to require intrastate pipelines, possibly including natural gas gathering pipelines, to comply with certain Internet posting requirements, with the goal of promoting transparency in the interstate natural gas market. FERC has not yet issued a final rule on that proposed rulemaking. We may experience an increase in costs if the rule is adopted as proposed.

Other FERC regulations may indirectly impact our businesses and the markets for products derived from these businesses. FERC’s policies and practices across the range of its natural gas regulatory activities, including, for example, its policies on open access transportation, gas quality, ratemaking, capacity release and market center promotion, may indirectly affect the intrastate natural gas market. In recent years, FERC has pursued pro-competitive policies in its regulation of interstate natural gas pipelines. However, we cannot assure you that FERC will continue this approach as it considers matters such as pipeline rates and rules and policies that may affect rights of access to transportation capacity.

Section 1(b) of the NGA exempts natural gas gathering facilities from regulation by FERC as a natural gas company under the NGA. We believe that the natural gas pipelines in our gathering systems meet the traditional tests FERC has used to establish a pipeline’s status as a gatherer not subject to regulation as a natural gas company. However, the distinction between FERC-regulated transmission services and federally unregulated gathering services is the subject of substantial, on-going litigation, so the classification and regulation of our gathering facilities are subject to change based on future determinations by FERC, the courts, or Congress. In addition, the courts have determined that certain pipelines that would otherwise be subject to the Interstate Commerce Act of 1887, or ICA, are exempt from regulation by the FERC under the ICA as proprietary lines. The classification of a line as a proprietary line is a fact-based determination subject to FERC and court review. Accordingly, the classification and regulation of some of our gathering facilities and transportation pipelines may be subject to change based on future determinations by FERC, the courts, or Congress.

Should we fail to comply with all applicable FERC administered statutes, rules, regulations and orders, we could be subject to substantial penalties and fines. Under the Energy Policy Act of 2005, or EPAct 2005, FERC has civil penalty authority under the NGA to impose penalties for current violations of up to $1 million per day for each violation and disgorgement of profits associated with any violation.

 

20


Table of Contents

State regulation of natural gas gathering facilities and intrastate transportation pipelines generally includes various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances, nondiscriminatory take and common purchaser requirements, and complaint-based rate regulation. Natural gas gathering may receive greater regulatory scrutiny at both the state and federal levels now that FERC has taken a more light-handed approach to regulation of the gathering activities of interstate pipeline transmission companies and as a number of such companies have transferred gathering facilities to unregulated affiliates. The states we operate in have adopted regulations that generally allow natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve grievances relating to gathering and intrastate transportation pipeline access and rate discrimination. Our gathering and intrastate transportation operations could be adversely affected in the future should they become subject to the application of state or federal regulation of rates and services. These operations may also be or become subject to safety and operational regulations relating to the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of such facilities. Other state regulations may not directly apply to our business, but may nonetheless affect the availability of natural gas for purchase, processing and sale, including state regulation of production rates and maximum daily production allowables from natural gas wells. Additional rules and legislation pertaining to these matters are considered or adopted from time to time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have on our operations, but the industry could be required to incur additional capital expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative and regulatory changes. Other state and local regulations also may affect our business. For more information regarding regulation of Targa’s operations, please read “Business—Regulation.”

We may incur significant costs and liabilities in the future resulting from a failure to comply with new or existing environmental regulations or an accidental release of hazardous substances or hydrocarbons into the environment.

Our natural gas gathering, treating, fractionating and processing operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. These laws include, for example, (1) the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws that impose obligations related to air emissions, (2) the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and comparable state laws that impose requirements for the handling, storage, treatment or disposal of solid and hazardous waste from our facilities, (3) the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, also known as “Superfund,” and comparable state laws that regulate the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us or at locations to which our wastes have been transported for disposal, and (4) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also know as the Clean Water Act, and comparable state laws that regulate discharges of wastewater from our facilities to state and federal waters. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations or newly adopted laws or regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations or imposing additional compliance requirements on such operations. Certain environmental laws, including CERCLA and analogous state laws, impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hazardous substances or hydrocarbons have been disposed or otherwise released. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances, hydrocarbons or other waste products into the environment.

There is inherent risk of incurring environmental costs and liabilities in connection with our operations due to our handling of natural gas and other petroleum products, air emissions and water discharges related to our operations, and historical industry operations and waste disposal practices. For example, an accidental release from one of our facilities could subject us to substantial liabilities arising from environmental cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal injury and property damage and fines or penalties for related violations of environmental laws or regulations. Moreover, the possibility exists that stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could significantly increase our

 

21


Table of Contents

operational or compliance costs and the cost of any remediation that may become necessary. In particular, we may incur expenditures in order to maintain compliance with legal requirements governing emissions of air pollutants from our facilities. We may not be able to recover all or any of these costs from insurance. Please see “Business—Environmental and Other Matters” for more information.

We may incur significant costs and liabilities resulting from pipeline integrity programs and related repairs.

Pursuant to the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, the United States Department of Transportation, or DOT, has adopted regulations requiring pipeline operators to develop integrity management programs for transmission pipelines located where a leak or rupture could do the most harm in “high consequence areas,” including high population areas, areas that are sources of drinking water, ecological resource areas that are unusually sensitive to environmental damage from a pipeline release and commercially navigable waterways, unless the operator effectively demonstrates by risk assessment that the pipeline could not affect the area. The regulations require operators of covered pipelines to:

 

   

perform ongoing assessments of pipeline integrity;

 

   

identify and characterize applicable threats to pipeline segments that could impact a high consequence area;

 

   

improve data collection, integration and analysis;

 

   

repair and remediate the pipeline as necessary; and

 

   

implement preventive and mitigating actions.

We currently estimate that we will incur an aggregate cost of approximately $10.2 million for years 2007 through 2009 to implement necessary pipeline integrity management program testing along certain segments of our natural gas and NGL pipelines required by existing DOT and state regulations. This estimate does not include the costs, if any, of any repair, remediation, preventative or mitigating actions that may be determined to be necessary as a result of the testing program, which costs could be substantial. At this time, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of compliance with this regulation, as the cost will vary significantly depending on the number and extent of any repairs found to be necessary as a result of the pipeline integrity testing. Following this initial round of testing and repairs, we will continue our pipeline integrity testing programs to assess and maintain the integrity or our pipelines. The results of these tests could cause us to incur significant and unanticipated capital and operating expenditures for repairs or upgrades deemed necessary to ensure the continued safe and reliable operations of our pipelines.

We are controlled by a major stockholder, whose interests may conflict with the interests of the holders of the notes.

Warburg Pincus beneficially owns approximately 74% of the outstanding voting stock of our parent. Warburg Pincus is able to elect members of our board of directors, appoint new management and approve any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including amendment of our certificate of incorporation and mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors elected by Warburg Pincus will be able to make decisions affecting our capital structure, including decisions to issue additional capital stock, implement stock repurchase programs and declare dividends. Our interests and the interests of our affiliates could conflict with your interests. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of our equity holders might conflict with your interests as a note holder. In addition, our equity holders may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of the notes. Furthermore, Warburg Pincus may in the future own businesses that directly compete with our business. In addition, the indenture governing the notes contains significant exceptions to the covenant governing transactions with affiliates, including an exception for permitted investments, which would allow such investments in entities controlled by Warburg Pincus without any restriction. None of our stockholders has any obligation to provide us with any additional debt or equity financing.

 

22


Table of Contents

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. In addition, potential changes in accounting standards might cause us to revise our financial results and disclosure in the future.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide timely and reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide timely and reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We continue to enhance our internal controls and financial reporting capabilities. These enhancements will require a significant commitment of additional resources, hiring additional personnel and developing formalized internal reporting procedures to ensure the reliability of our financial reporting. Our efforts to update and maintain our internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, including future compliance with the obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation or other effective improvement of our internal controls could prevent us from timely and reliably reporting our financial results and may harm our operating results. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. In addition, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the SEC could enact new accounting standards that might impact how we are required to record revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Any significant change in accounting standards or disclosure requirements could have a material effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay our note holders.

 

23


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file, within two years after the original issuance of the outstanding notes on October 31, 2005, a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange each outstanding note for a new note having terms substantially identical in all material respects to such outstanding note except that the new note will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights or additional interest. We also agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

   

cause the registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 870 days after the original issuance of the outstanding notes;

 

   

as soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the registration statement, offer the new notes in exchange for surrender of the outstanding notes;

 

   

keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the outstanding notes;

 

   

if the exchange offer is effected, consummate the exchange offer not later than 910 days (or if the 910th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the original issuance of the outstanding notes; and

 

   

keep the registration statement effective, and amend and supplement this prospectus in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the new notes, subject to certain extensions and limitations set forth in the registration rights agreement.

We have fulfilled our agreement to file the exchange offer registration statement and are now offering eligible holders of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange their outstanding notes for new notes registered under the Securities Act. Holders are eligible if they are not prohibited by any law or policy of the SEC from participating in this exchange offer.

Under limited circumstances, we agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement for the resale of the outstanding notes. We also agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective for up to two years after the date of the original issuance of the outstanding notes, subject to certain extensions and limitations set forth in the registration rights agreement. The circumstances include if:

 

   

a change in law or in applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer;

 

   

for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated within 910 days from October 31, 2005, the date of the original issuance of the outstanding notes;

 

   

an initial purchaser notifies us following consummation of the exchange offer that outstanding notes held by it are not eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer;

 

   

any holder, other than an exchanging dealer, notifies us within 30 days after the consummation of the exchange offer that it is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in such exchange offer; or

 

   

any holder, other than an exchanging dealer, that participates in the exchange offer may not resell the new notes acquired by it in the exchange offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and so notifies us within 30 days after such holder first becomes aware of such restrictions.

 

24


Table of Contents

Subject to certain exceptions, we will pay additional cash interest on the applicable outstanding notes if:

 

   

the exchange offer registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the 870th day after the original issuance of the outstanding notes;

 

   

the exchange offer is not consummated on or prior to the 40th day after the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective;

 

   

we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement as a result of a change in law or in applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer and the shelf registration statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 910th day after the original issuance of the outstanding notes;

 

 

 

we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement for any other reason, we fail to file the shelf registration statement with the SEC on or prior to the 60 th day after the date on which the obligation to file a shelf registration statement arises or the shelf registration statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 90 th day after the date the shelf registration statement is filed;

 

   

after this registration statement or the shelf registration statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or

 

   

after this registration statement or the shelf registration statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such registration statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable in connection with certain resales during certain periods because either (i) an event occurs as a result of which the prospectus would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend such registration statement or supplement the prospectus to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder.

Each event referred to in the first, second and fourth bullet points above is a “registration default.” Such additional interest will be payable from and including the date on which any such registration default occurs to the date on which all registration defaults have been cured.

The rate of the additional interest will be 0.25% per year for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a registration default, and such rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per year with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all registration defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.0% per year. We will pay such additional interest on regular interest payment dates. Such additional interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the outstanding notes and the new notes.

To exchange your outstanding notes for transferable new notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following representations:

 

   

any new notes will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes;

 

   

you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or, if you are our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

 

   

if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the new notes; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and you will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act including, but not limited to, delivery of a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes; see “Plan of Distribution.”

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, we may require you to provide information to be used in connection with the shelf registration statement to have your outstanding notes included in the shelf registration statement. A holder who sells outstanding notes under the shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Such a holder will also be subject to the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder, including indemnification obligations.

The description of the registration rights agreement contained in this section is a summary only. For more information, you should review the provisions of the registration rights agreement that we filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Resale of New Notes

Based on no-action letters of the SEC staff issued to third parties, we believe that new notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders, other than broker-dealers, without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if:

 

   

you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of your business; and

 

   

you do not intend to participate in a distribution of the new notes.

The SEC, however, has not considered the exchange offer for the new notes in the context of a no-action letter, and the SEC may not make a similar determination as in the no-action letters issued to these third parties.

If you tender in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes, you

 

   

cannot rely on such interpretations by the SEC staff; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

Unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available, any security holder intending to distribute new notes should be covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. The registration statement should contain the selling security holder’s information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell or other retransfer of new notes only as specifically described in this prospectus. Failure to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements by a holder subject to these requirements could result in that holder incurring liability for which it is not indemnified by us. If you are a broker-dealer, you may participate in the exchange offer only if you acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of new notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange any outstanding notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date. We will issue new notes in principal amount equal to the principal amount of outstanding notes surrendered under the exchange offer. Outstanding notes may be tendered only for new notes and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

 

26


Table of Contents

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, $250 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes are outstanding. This prospectus is being sent to DTC, the sole registered holder of the outstanding notes, and to all persons that we can identify as beneficial owners of the outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement and the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that the holders thereof do not tender for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest. These outstanding notes will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to the notes and the registration rights agreement.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent and complied with the applicable provisions of the registration rights agreement. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.

If you tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section labeled “—Fees and Expenses” for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on                 , 2008, unless, in our sole discretion, we extend it.

Extensions, Delays in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or various times, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. During any such extensions, all outstanding notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange.

In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will notify the registered holders of outstanding notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

If any of the conditions described below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion

 

   

to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes,

 

   

to extend the exchange offer, or

 

   

to terminate the exchange offer,

by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we also reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

 

27


Table of Contents

Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders of outstanding notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment by means of a prospectus supplement. The supplement will be distributed to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. Depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders, we will extend the exchange offer if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during such period.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

We will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for, any outstanding notes if the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of outstanding notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, or if a threatened or pending judicial or administrative proceeding impairs our ability to proceed with the exchange offer. Similarly, we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting outstanding notes for exchange in the event of such a potential violation.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution” and such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to allow us to use an appropriate form to register the new notes under the Securities Act.

Furthermore, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order has been threatened or is in effect with respect to (1) the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or (2) the qualification of the indenture relating to the notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to the exchange offer specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable.

These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them or waive them in whole or in part at any time or at various times in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of these rights, this failure will not mean that we have waived our rights. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times.

Procedures for Tendering

In order to participate in the exchange offer, you must properly tender your outstanding notes to the exchange agent as described below. It is your responsibility to properly tender your notes. We have the right to waive any defects. However, we are not required to waive defects and are not required to notify you of defects in your tender.

If you have any questions or need help in exchanging your notes, please call the exchange agent, whose address and phone number are set forth in “Prospectus Summary—The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

All of the outstanding notes were issued in book-entry form, and all of the outstanding notes are currently represented by global certificates held for the account of DTC. We have confirmed with DTC that the outstanding notes may be tendered using DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP). The exchange agent will establish an account with DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the commencement of the

 

28


Table of Contents

exchange offer and DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC to transfer their outstanding notes to the exchange agent using the ATOP procedures. In connection with the transfer, DTC will send an “agent’s message” to the exchange agent. The agent’s message will state that DTC has received instructions from the participant to tender outstanding notes and that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.

By using the ATOP procedures to exchange outstanding notes, you will not be required to deliver a letter of transmittal to the exchange agent. However, you will be bound by its terms just as if you had signed it.

There is no procedure for guaranteed delivery of the outstanding notes.

Determinations Under the Exchange Offer

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of tendered outstanding notes and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defect, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, all defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

When We Will Issue New Notes

In all cases, we will issue new notes for outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

 

   

a book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC; and

 

   

a properly transmitted agent’s message.

Return of Outstanding Notes Not Accepted or Exchanged

If we do not accept any tendered outstanding notes for exchange or if outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged outstanding notes will be returned without expense to their tendering holder. Such non-exchanged outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. These actions will occur as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Your Representations to Us

By agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

any new notes will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes;

 

   

you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or, if you are our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the new notes; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and you will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act including, but not limited to, delivery of a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes; see “Plan of Distribution.”

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date. For a withdrawal to be effective you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s ATOP system. Any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal. Our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any outstanding notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.

Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but are not exchanged for any reason will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the outstanding notes. This return or crediting will take place as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn outstanding notes by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering” above at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

Exchange Agent

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal and any other required documents should be directed to the exchange agent at the address or facsimile number set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By Registered and Certified Mail

   By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail:    By Hand Delivery
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations    Corporate Trust Operations    Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9303-121    MAC N9303-121    608 2 nd Avenue South
P.O. Box 1517    6 th & Marquette Avenue    Northstar East Building - 12 th  Floor
Minneapolis, MN 55480    Minneapolis, MN 55479    Minneapolis, MN 55402

Or

By Facsimile Transmission:

(612) 667-6282

Telephone:

(800) 344-5128

Delivery of the letter of transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of such letter of transmittal via facsimile other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.

 

30


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, we may make additional solicitation by telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

We have not retained any dealer manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out of pocket expenses.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer. They include:

 

   

SEC registration fees;

 

   

fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;

 

   

accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and

 

   

related fees and expenses.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange new notes for your outstanding notes under the exchange offer, you will remain subject to the existing restrictions on transfer of the outstanding notes. In general, you may not offer or sell the outstanding notes unless the offer or sale is either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes. This carrying value is the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes less any bond discount, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.

 

31


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes in the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the new notes as contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive outstanding notes in a like principal amount. The form and terms of the new notes are identical in all respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except the new notes do not include certain transfer restrictions. Outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the new notes will be retired and cancelled and will not be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not result in any change in our outstanding indebtedness.

 

32


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table summarizes selected historical financial and operating data of Targa and the predecessor for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The selected historical financial information included in this prospectus reflects the unaudited results of operations of Targa as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, and the audited results of operations of Targa as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Targa. Targa’s consolidated financial results for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes the results of operations for the eight and a half month period commencing with its April 16, 2004 acquisition of the predecessor business from ConocoPhillips, combined with the acquisition-related activities of Targa for the period from January 1 to April 15, 2004.

The selected combined historical financial information of the predecessor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and as of and for the three and a half months ended April 15, 2004 is derived from the audited financial statements of the predecessor. The historical financial statements of the predecessor were prepared on a going-concern basis, as if certain midstream assets of ConocoPhillips, which Targa acquired on April 16, 2004, had existed as an entity separate from ConocoPhillips during the periods presented. The assets acquired from ConocoPhillips were not a separate legal entity during the periods presented. During the periods presented, ConocoPhillips charged the predecessor operations a portion of its corporate support costs, including engineering, legal, treasury, planning, environmental, tax, auditing, information technology and other corporate services, based on usage, actual costs or other allocation methods considered reasonable by ConocoPhillips management. Accordingly, expenses included in the predecessor’s financial statements may not be indicative of the level of expenses that might have been incurred had the predecessor been operating as a separate stand-alone company.

This information should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” for a discussion of factors that affect the comparability of the information reflected in the selected financial and operating data.

 

33


Table of Contents
(in thousands)   Targa Resources, Inc.           Predecessor  
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005(1)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004(2)
          Three and
a Half
Months
Ended
April 15,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenues(3)

  $ 4,923,416     $ 4,699,283     $ 6,132,881     $ 1,829,027     $ 602,376         $ 232,769     $ 724,667     $ 541,195  

Costs and expenses

                   

Product purchases

    4,373,289       4,174,895       5,440,832       1,631,963       544,918           212,306       665,357       479,682  

Operating expenses(4)

    179,837       160,554       224,169       52,090       15,253           9,257       27,552       29,146  

Depreciation and amortization

    110,757       110,938       149,687       27,141       10,631           3,833       12,866       9,791  

General and administrative

    78,126       64,860       82,351       28,275       11,149           757       3,289       3,281  
                                                                   

Total costs and expenses

    4,742,009       4,511,247       5,897,039       1,739,469       581,951           226,153       709,064       521,900  

Operating income

    181,407       188,036       235,842       89,558       20,425           6,616       15,603       19,295  
 

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest expense, net

    (112,752 )     (133,245 )     (180,189 )     (39,856 )     (6,406 )         —         —         —    

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

    7,964       5,403       9,968       (3,776 )     2,370           —         —         —    

Gain on sale of investment in Bridgeline(5)

    —         —         —         18,008       —             —         —         —    

Loss on mark-to-market derivative contracts

    —         —         —         (73,950 )     —             —         —         —    

Loss on early debt extinguishment

    —         —         —         (3,375 )     —             —         —         —    

Minority interest

    (20,492 )     (22,403 )     (25,998 )     (7,361 )     —             —         —         —    

Non-controlling interest in Targa Resources Partners LP

    (6,628 )     —         —         —         —             —         —         —    
                                                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    49,499       37,791       39,623       (20,752 )     16,389           6,616       15,603       19,295  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (13,170 )     (16,365 )     (16,209 )     6,537       (5,227 )         (2,567 )     (6,062 )     (7,475 )
                                                                   

Net income (loss)

    36,329       21,426       23,414       (14,215 )     11,162           4,049       9,541       11,820  

Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

    —         —         —         (7,167 )     (5,829 )         —         —         —    
                                                                   

Net income (loss) to common stock

  $ 36,329     $ 21,426     $ 23,414     $ (21,382 )   $ 5,333         $ 4,049     $ 9,541     $ 11,820  
                                                                   

Balance Sheet Data (end of period):

                   

Current assets

  $ 997,168     $ 822,497     $ 859,657     $ 827,575     $ 92,496         $ 22,810     $ 47,974     $ 16,706  

Total assets

    3,554,511       3,437,825       3,458,025       3,396,586       443,213           288,821       316,790       313,289  

Current liabilities

    747,926       571,020       1,303,730       575,985       131,143           29,179       50,579       48,928  

Long-term debt, less current maturities

    1,757,000       2,175,000       1,471,875       2,184,375       157,473           —         —         —    

Other long-term liabilities

    83,907       66,160       66,622       89,135       12,508           88,781       88,947       94,807  

Total liabilities

    2,588,833       2,812,180       2,842,227       2,849,495       301,124           117,960       139,526       143,735  

Minority interest

    471,673       105,703       101,528       112,714       —             —         —         —    

Redeemable preferred stock

    —         —         —         —         135,050           —         —         —    

Total stockholder’s equity(6)

    494,005       519,942       514,270       434,377       7,039           170,861       177,264       169,554  

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

    3,554,511       3,437,825       3,458,025       3,396,586       443,213           288,821       316,790       313,289  
 

Other Financial Data:

                   

Net cash provided by
(used in):

                   

Operating activities

  $ 136,824     $ 181,597     $ 233,286     $ 108,855     $ 33,135         $ 11,480     $ (6,349 )   $ 43,454  

Investing activities

    (82,259 )     (96,055 )     (117,812 )     (2,328,916 )     (353,234 )         (1,176 )     (2,413 )     (11,407 )

Financing activities

    (44,896 )     (10,023 )     (14,162 )     2,250,621       330,676           (10,304 )     8,762       (32,047 )

Capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions

    95,646       109,730       142,902       21,976       5,499           1,176       2,413       11,407  

EBITDA(7)

    273,008       281,974       369,499       46,245       33,426           10,449       28,469       29,086  

Operating margin(7)

    370,290       363,834       467,880       144,974       42,205           11,206       31,758       32,367  

 

34


Table of Contents
(in thousands)   Targa Resources, Inc.           Predecessor  
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005(1)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004(2)
          Three and
a Half
Months
Ended
April 15,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
 

Operating Statistics(8)

                   

Consolidated

                   

Natural gas sales volume, BBtu/d

    526.6       504.3       501.2       313.5       252.7           297.4       279.7       324.9  

Average realized natural gas price, $/MMBtu

    6.58       6.95       6.61       8.45       6.45           5.42       5.30       3.19  

Natural gas liquids sales volume, MBbl/d

    309.3       299.6       300.2       59.8       22.8           24.8       24.6       29.7  

Average realized natural gas liquids price, $/gal

    1.08       1.05       1.02       0.85       0.70           0.55       0.50       0.36  

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing

                   

Gathering throughput volume, MMcf/d

    1,992.9       2,046.2       1,871.7       477.9       285.6           316.5       294.8       379.9  

Plant inlet volume, MMcf/d

    1,949.7       1,875.0       1,841.5       400.8       262.6           313.5       296.9       346.0  

Natural gas sales volume, BBtu/d

    544.3       521.6       517.8       313.5       252.7           297.4       279.7       324.9  

Average realized natural gas price, $/MMBtu

    6.58       6.93       6.61       8.45       6.45           5.42       5.30       3.19  

Natural gas liquids sales volume, MBbl/d

    90.6       88.7       89.8       29.0       22.8           24.8       24.6       29.7  

Average realized natural gas liquids price, $/gal

    0.96       0.89       0.88       0.85       0.70           0.55       0.50       0.36  

Logistics Assets

                   

Fractionation volume, MBbl/d

    207.3       186.6       181.9       23.7       N/A           N/A       N/A       N/A  

Terminalling and storage volume, MBbl/d

    338.9       378.8       373.1       56.3       N/A           N/A       N/A       N/A  

Transport volume, MBbl/d

    35.1       35.2       34.8       5.6       N/A           N/A       N/A       N/A  

NGL Distribution and Marketing Services

                   

Natural gas liquids sales volume,
MBbl/d

    267.1       244.5       246.30       30.80       N/A           N/A       N/A       N/A  

Average realized natural gas liquids price, $/gal

    1.06       1.02       0.99       1.00       N/A           N/A       N/A       N/A  

Wholesale Marketing

                   

Natural gas liquids sales volume, MBbl/d

    59.1       73.9       74.4       16.5       N/A           N/A       N/A       N/A  

Average realized natural gas liquids price, $/gal

    1.19       1.18       1.16       1.18       N/A           N/A       N/A       N/A  
 

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 136,824     $ 181,597     $ 233,286     $ 108,855     $ 33,135         $ 11,480     $ (6,349 )   $ 43,454  

Interest expense, net

    112,752       133,245       180,189       39,856       6,406           —         —         —    

Amortization of debt issue costs

    (10,846 )     (9,737 )     (13,001 )     (6,742 )     (956 )         —         —         —    

Amortization of issue discount

    —         —         —         (531 )     (113 )         —         —         —    

Current income tax expense (benefit)

    1,289       —         34       205       —             3,215       5,182       6,109  

Changes in operating working capital which (provided) used cash:

                   

Accounts receivable and other assets

    129,848       (17,075 )     2,052       97,135       77,843           (25,164 )     31,275       (5,155 )

Inventory

    27,639       (26,064 )     (23,407 )     16,756       381           —         (7 )     (128 )

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    (138,989 )     (6,714 )     (37,043 )     (138,941 )     (85,210 )         21,400       (1,651 )     (14,830 )

Other

    14,491       26,722       27,389       (70,348 )     1,940           (482 )     19       (364 )
                                                                   

EBITDA

  $ 273,008     $ 281,974     $ 369,499     $ 46,245     $ 33,426         $ 10,449     $ 28,469     $ 29,086  
                                                                   

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 36,329     $ 21,426     $ 23,414     $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162         $ 4,049     $ 9,541     $ 11,820  

Add:

                   

Interest expense, net

    112,752       133,245       180,189       39,856       6,406           —         —         —    

Income tax expense (benefit)

    13,170       16,365       16,209       (6,537 )     5,227           2,567       6,062       7,475  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    110,757       110,938       149,687       27,141       10,631           3,833       12,866       9,791  
                                                                   

EBITDA

  $ 273,008     $ 281,974     $ 369,499     $ 46,245     $ 33,426         $ 10,449     $ 28,469     $ 29,086  
                                                                   

 

35


Table of Contents
(in thousands)   Targa Resources, Inc.         Predecessor
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005 (1)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004 (2)
        Three and
a Half
Months
Ended
April 15,
2004
  Year Ended
December 31,
2003
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

Reconciliation of operating margin to net income (loss):

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 36,329   $ 21,426   $ 23,414   $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162         $ 4,049   $ 9,541   $ 11,820

Add:

                   

Depreciation and amortization expense

    110,757     110,938     149,687     27,141       10,631           3,833     12,866     9,791

Income tax expense (benefit)

    13,170     16,365     16,209     (6,537 )     5,227           2,567     6,062     7,475

Other, net

    19,156     17,000     16,030     70,454       (2,370 )         —       —       —  

Interest expense, net

    112,752     133,245     180,189     39,856       6,406           —       —       —  

General and administrative expense

    78,126     64,860     82,351     28,275       11,149           757     3,289     3,281
                                                       

Operating margin

  $ 370,290   $ 363,834   $ 467,880   $ 144,974     $ 42,205         $ 11,206   $ 31,758   $ 32,367
                                                       

(1) Reflects acquisition of DMS effective October 31, 2005.

 

(2) Targa commenced operations on April 16, 2004 with the closing of the acquisition of certain assets in Texas and Louisiana from ConocoPhillips. Prior to April 16, 2004, certain investors in Targa had previous investments in Pipeco, f.k.a. Targa Resources, Inc., f.k.a. Warburg Pincus VIII Development Company, Inc. Pipeco was the entity that performed due diligence and other acquisition-specific activities associated with the asset acquisitions from ConocoPhillips.

 

     Pipeco and Targa are considered “entities under common control” as defined under GAAP and, as such, Targa’s audited financial results also include the results of Pipeco for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

(3) For Targa, the amount includes $83 million, $9 million, and $1 million of transactions with affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. For the predecessor, the amount includes $113 million, $558 million, and $322 million of transactions with affiliates for the three and a half months ended April 15, 2004, and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

(4) Includes taxes other than income taxes for the predecessor’s financial information.

 

(5) In August 2005 we sold our 40% interest in Bridgeline for $117.0 million in cash.

 

(6) The comparable line-item in the predecessor’s historical financial statements is “Parent company investment.”

 

(7) We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks, and others, to assess:

 

   

the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure, or historical cost basis;

 

   

our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.

 

     The economic substance behind management’s use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness, and make distributions to our investors.

 

     EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP’) and has important limitations as an analytical tool. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all items that affect GAAP net income and GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

     Management compensates for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures, and considering such differences in management’s decision-making processes.

 

     We define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and natural gas liquids (“NGL”) sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas and NGL purchases, less operating expense. Management reviews operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis. Based on this monthly analysis, management takes appropriate action to maintain positive trends or to reverse negative trends. Management uses operating margin as an important measure of the core profitability of our operations.

 

     The GAAP measure most directly comparable to operating margin is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of operating margin should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. Operating margin is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider operating margin in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because operating margin excludes some, but not all items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

 

36


Table of Contents
     Management compensates for the limitations of operating margin as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures, and considering such differences in management’s decision-making processes.

 

     We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating our operating results. Operating margin provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements, including such investors, commercial banks, and others, to assess:

 

   

the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure, or historical cost basis;

 

   

our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.

 

(8) Segment operating statistics include the effect of intersegment sales, which have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation. For all volume statistics presented, the numerator is the total volume sold during the period and the denominator is the number of calendar days during the period. Volumes from assets acquired in the DMS acquisition are included from the acquisition date, October 31, 2005. NGL-related statistics include condensate.

 

     Gathering throughput consists of natural gas volumes gathered from wellheads and central delivery points directly connected to gathering systems. We sometimes supplement gathering throughput with natural gas purchased from third parties and natural gas gathered by third parties and these combined volumes flow to the processing facilities. This combined volume, less fuel consumption and loss and less direct resales of unprocessed or bypassed gas, comprises plant inlet volumes. Plant inlet volumes, less additional fuel consumption and loss, less natural gas volume processed into NGLs and less volumes contractually redelivered to third party gatherers and producers, comprise natural gas sales. NGL sales are equivalent to the amount of NGL recovered from natural gas, less NGL contractually redelivered to third parties and producers.

 

37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATION

General Overview

We are a Delaware corporation formed in 2004 by our management team and Warburg Pincus to acquire, own and operate assets in the midstream natural gas business. Since our formation, we have made the following significant acquisitions and dispositions, the impact of which is central to an understanding of our historical and anticipated results of operations:

 

   

in April 2004, we purchased certain midstream natural gas assets located in west Texas and South Louisiana from ConocoPhillips for $247 million;

 

   

in December 2004, we purchased a 40% interest in Bridgeline from Enron for $101 million including acquisition-related costs;

 

   

in August 2005, we sold our 40% interest in Bridgeline to Chevron for $117 million;

 

   

in October 2005, we acquired Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (“DMS”) for approximately $2,452 million, including acquisition-related costs of $11 million. The north Texas natural gas gathering and processing assets (“North Texas”) we acquired were initially classified as “held for sale”;

 

   

in September 2006, we reclassified North Texas from “held for sale” to “held for use;”

 

   

in February 2007, we contributed North Texas to the Partnership and completed an initial public offering of Partnership common units. We retained a controlling 38.6% interest in the Partnership; and

 

   

in October 2007, we sold Permian Basin and South Louisiana natural gas gathering assets to the Partnership in connection with its sale of additional common units.

 

   

in November 2007, the Partnership sold an additional 1,800,000 common units pursuant to the partial exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option and used the net proceeds to repay a portion of its outstanding indebtedness.

We are an integrated midstream energy company and offer a range of midstream services to producers and consumers of natural gas and natural gas liquids. Our gathering and processing assets are located primarily in the Permian Basin in west Texas and southeast New Mexico, the Louisiana Gulf Coast primarily accessing the offshore region of Louisiana, and, through the Partnership, the Fort Worth Basin in north Texas, the Permian Basin in west Texas and the onshore region of the Louisiana Gulf Coast. Additionally, our natural gas liquids logistics and marketing assets are located primarily at Mont Belvieu and Galena Park near Houston, Texas and in Lake Charles, Louisiana with terminals and transportation assets across the United States. We own or operate approximately 10,000 miles of natural gas pipelines and approximately 550 miles of NGL pipelines, with natural gas gathering systems covering approximately 14,500 square miles and 21 natural gas processing plants with access to natural gas supplies in the Permian Basin, north Texas, onshore southern Louisiana and the Gulf of Mexico. Additionally, we have an integrated NGL logistics and marketing business, with 16 storage marine and transport terminals with above ground NGL storage capacity of approximately 900 MBbls, net NGL fractionation capacity of approximately 300 MBbls/d and 43 owned and operated storage wells with a net storage capacity of approximately 65 MMBbls.

How We Measure and Evaluate Our Operations

We conduct our business through two divisions and report our results of operations under four segments as follows:

 

   

the Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division, which is a single segment consisting of our natural gas gathering and processing facilities, as well as certain fractionation capability integrated within those facilities; and

 

   

the NGL Logistics and Marketing division, which consists of three segments:

 

   

Logistics Assets;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

NGL Distribution and Marketing, and

 

   

Wholesale Marketing.

Our profitability is a function of the difference between the revenues we receive from our operations, including revenues from the natural gas and NGLs we sell, and the costs associated with conducting our operations, including the costs of natural gas and NGLs we purchase as well as operating and general and administrative costs. Because commodity price movements tend to impact both revenues and costs, increases or decreases in our revenues alone are not necessarily indicative of increases or decreases in our profitability. Our contract portfolio, the prevailing pricing environment for natural gas and NGLs, our hedging program and the natural gas and NGL throughput on our system are important factors in determining our profitability. Our profitability is also affected by the NGL content in gathered wellhead natural gas, demand for our products, changes in our customer portfolio and the effect of changing commodity prices on the value of our inventory. For a discussion of our contract portfolio and the effects of commodity prices on our results of operations, please read “—Contractual Arrangements” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Commodity Price Risk.”

To evaluate and manage our business, our management uses a variety of financial and operational measurements. These measurements, some of which are described below, enable our management to monitor our results of operations and profitability.

Throughput and Marketed Volumes, Facility Efficiencies and Fuel Consumption . For our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division, our profitability is impacted by our ability to add new sources of natural gas supply to offset the natural decline of existing volumes from natural gas wells that are connected to our systems. This is achieved by connecting new wells as well as by capturing supplies currently gathered by third-parties. These supplies are contracted based on the competitive dynamics of the area and producer preference. In addition, we generally seek to increase operating margins and meet producing customer needs by limiting volume losses and reducing fuel consumption by increasing compression efficiency. With our gathering systems’ extensive use of remote monitoring capabilities, we monitor the volumes of natural gas received at the wellhead or central delivery points along our gathering systems, the volume of natural gas received at our processing plant inlets and the volumes of NGLs and residue natural gas recovered by our processing plants. This information is tracked through our processing plants to determine customer settlements and helps us increase efficiency and reduce fuel consumption.

As part of monitoring the efficiency of our operations, we measure the difference between the volume of natural gas received at the wellhead or central delivery points on our gathering systems and the volume received at the inlet of our processing plants as an indicator of fuel consumption and line loss. We also track the difference between the volume of natural gas received at the inlet of the processing plant and the NGL and residue gas produced at the outlet of such plants to monitor the fuel consumption and recoveries of the facilities. These volume, recovery and fuel consumption measurements are an important part of our operational efficiency analysis.

For our NGL Logistics and Marketing division, we monitor volumes, NGL composition and similar factors that impact our segment margins. Similar to our processing plants, we monitor NGL throughput volumes, fuel consumption and recovery efficiencies at our fractionation facilities. For our sales and services businesses, we monitor (i) total NGL volumes and margins generated by such sales, measured as the difference between the price at which we purchase NGLs and the price at which we sell NGLs, (ii) inventory volumes across our businesses and (iii) general and administrative costs in these business lines, and the margin after allocation of such general and administrative costs, to ensure they are efficient and competitive.

Operating Margin. We review performance based on the non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure of operating margin. We view our operating margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations. We review our operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis.

 

39


Table of Contents

With respect to our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division, we define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and NGL sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas purchases less operating expense. Natural gas and NGL sales revenue includes settlement gains and losses on commodity hedges. Our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing segment operating margin is impacted by volumes and commodity prices as well as by our contract mix and hedging program, which are described in more detail below.

With respect to our NGL Logistics and Marketing division, we define operating margin as total revenue, which consists primarily of service fee revenues and NGL sales, less cost of sales, which consists primarily of NGL purchases and changes in inventory valuation. Within this division, our management analyzes segment operating margin for each of the three segments per unit of NGL handled or sold as an indicator of operational and commercial performance.

The GAAP measure most directly comparable to operating margin is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of operating margin should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. Operating margin is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider operating margin in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because operating margin excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

We compensate for the limitations of operating margin as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into our decision-making processes.

We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating our operating results. Operating margin provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by us and by external users of our financial statements, including such investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:

 

   

the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

 

   

our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.

Operating Expenses . Operating expenses are costs associated with the operation of a specific asset. Direct labor, ad valorem taxes, repair and maintenance, utilities and contract services compose the most significant portion of our operating expenses. These expenses generally remain relatively stable independent of the volumes through our systems but fluctuate depending on the scope of the activities performed during a specific period.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses (“G&A”) include the cost of employee compensation and related benefits, office lease and expenses, insurance, professional fees and information technology expenses, as well as other expenses not directly associated with our field operations. We also look at margin less business-specific G&A for the segments in the NGL Logistics and Marketing division where G&A reflects necessary personnel expense for the segments.

EBITDA . EBITDA is another non-GAAP financial measure that is used by us. We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial

 

40


Table of Contents

measure by us and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:

 

   

the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

 

   

our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.

The economic substance behind our use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness and make distributions to our investors.

The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

41


Table of Contents

We compensate for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into our decision-making processes.

 

    Targa           Combined(1)           Predecessor  
   

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2007

   

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2006

    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
          Year Ended
December 31,
2004
          Three and a
Half Months
Ended
April 15,
2004
 

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 136,824     $ 181,597     $ 233,286     $ 108,855     $ 33,135         $ 44,615         $ 11,480  

Interest expense, net

    112,752       133,245       180,189       39,856       6,406           6,406           —    

Amortization of debt issue costs

    (10,846 )     (9,737 )     (13,001 )     (6,742 )     (956 )         (956 )         —    

Amortization of issue discount

    —         —         —         (531 )     (113 )         (113 )         —    

Current income tax expense (benefit)

    1,289       —         34       205       —             3,215           3,215  

Changes in operating working capital which (provided) used cash:

                     

Accounts receivable and other assets

    129,848       (17,075 )     2,052       97,135       77,843           52,679           (25,164 )

Inventory

    27,639       (26,064 )     (23,407 )     16,756       381           381           —    

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    (138,989 )     (6,714 )     (37,043 )     (138,941 )     (85,210 )         (63,810 )         21,400  

Other

    14,491       26,722       27,389       (70,348 )     1,940           1,458           (482 )
                                                               

EBITDA

  $ 273,008     $ 281,974     $ 369,499     $ 46,245     $ 33,426         $ 43,875         $ 10,449  
                                                               

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 36,329     $ 21,426     $ 23,414     $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162         $ 15,211         $ 4,049  

Add:

                     

Interest expense, net

    112,752       133,245       180,189       39,856       6,406           6,406           —    

Income tax expense (benefit)

    13,170       16,365       16,209       (6,537 )     5,227           7,794           2,567  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    110,757       110,938       149,687       27,141       10,631           14,464           3,833  
                                                               

EBITDA

  $ 273,008     $ 281,974     $ 369,499     $ 46,245     $ 33,426         $ 43,875         $ 10,449  
                                                               

Reconciliation of operating margin to net income (loss):

                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 36,329     $ 21,426     $ 23,414     $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162         $ 15,211         $ 4,049  

Add:

                     

Depreciation and amortization expense

    110,757       110,938       149,687       27,141       10,631           14,464           3,833  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    13,170       16,365       16,209       (6,537 )     5,227           7,794           2,567  

Other, net

    19,156       17,000       16,030       70,454       (2,370 )         (2,370 )         —    

Interest expense, net

    112,752       133,245       180,189       39,856       6,406           6,406           —    

General and administrative expense

    78,126       64,860       82,351       28,275       11,149           11,906           757  
                                                               

Operating margin

  $ 370,290     $ 363,834     $ 467,880     $ 144,974     $ 42,205         $ 53,411         $ 11,206  
                                                               

 

42


Table of Contents

(1) See discussion of the presentation of the combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 at “—Results of Operations.”

Acquisition of DMS

On October 31, 2005, we acquired DMS for approximately $2,452 million, including certain acquisition-related costs. Under the terms of the agreement, we acquired Dynegy Inc.’s (“Dynegy”) ownership interests in DMS, which held Dynegy’s natural gas gathering and processing assets and its NGL fractionation, terminalling, storage, transportation, distribution and marketing assets.

We acquired DMS to expand our natural gas gathering and processing asset base in Texas, Louisiana and New Mexico and to gain greater access to marketing and distribution channels for our produced NGL.

We have accounted for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 141, “Business Combinations.” The purchase price and the final allocation to assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values as of October 31, 2005 are shown below (in thousands):

 

Purchase Price:

  

Cash purchase price

   $ 2,350,000  

Cash collateral

     90,703  

Acquisition-related costs incurred

     11,739  
        

Total purchase price

   $ 2,452,442  
        

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Current assets, including cash of $34 million

   $ 601,915  

Property, plant and equipment

     2,231,503  

Unconsolidated investments

     21,195  

Other assets

     3,059  

Current liabilities

     (279,636 )

Other long-term liabilities

     (20,241 )

Minority interest

     (105,353 )
        
   $ 2,452,442  
        

Proposed Disposition of Assets and Initial and Subsequent Public Offerings

At the time we acquired DMS, we planned to market North Texas in an auction style sales process in early 2006, with the expectation that the sales transaction would close by mid 2006. In September 2006, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) determined that the available sales options did not meet the Board’s criteria. As a result, North Texas was reclassified from “held for sale” to “held for use” and we began activities necessary for an initial public offering (“IPO”) of common units representing limited partnership interests in Targa Resources Partners LP (“the Partnership”).

On February 14, 2007, we completed the IPO and the Partnership borrowed $294.5 million under its newly established credit facility. In return for our contribution of North Texas to the Partnership we received a 2% general partner interest and a 36.6% limited partner interest in the Partnership and cash proceeds of $665.7 million. We consolidate the Partnership’s net assets and results due to our continuing control of the Partnership through our general partner interest.

We used the proceeds received from contributing North Texas to the Partnership and cash on hand to retire in full the outstanding balance (including accrued interest) of our $700 million senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility.

 

43


Table of Contents

On October 24, 2007 the Partnership completed a public offering of 13,500,000 common units. The Partnership used the proceeds from the offering, borrowings under its senior secured revolving credit facility and the issuance of approximately 275 thousand general partner units to us to finance the acquisition from us of certain natural gas gathering and processing businesses located in west Texas and Louisiana for approximately $705 million, subject to certain adjustments. The Partnership sold an additional 1,800,000 common units to the underwriters on November 20, 2007 pursuant to a partial exercise of their option to purchase additional common units and used the net proceeds of approximately $47 million to repay a portion of outstanding indebtedness.

Contractual Arrangements

Because of the significant volatility of natural gas and NGL prices in our natural gas gathering and processing division, contract mix can have a significant impact on our profitability. Negotiated contract terms are based upon a variety of factors, including natural gas quality, geographic location, the competitive environment at the time the contract is executed and customer preferences. Contract mix and, accordingly, exposure to natural gas and NGL prices may change over time as a result of changes in these underlying factors.

Contract Mix

Set forth below is a table summarizing the contract mix of our natural gas gathering and processing division for the month of December 2006, and the potential impacts of commodity prices on operating margins:

 

Contract Type

   Percent of
Throughput
   

Impact of Commodity Prices

Percent-of-Proceeds / Percent-of-Liquids

   47 %   Decreases in natural gas and or NGL prices generate decreases in operating margins

Fee-Based

   23 %   No direct impact from commodity price movements

Wellhead Purchases / Keep-Whole

   2 %  

Increases in natural gas prices relative to NGL prices generate decreases in operating margins

 

Decreases in NGL prices relative to natural gas prices generate decreases in operating margins

Hybrid

   28 %  

In periods of favorable processing economics, similar to percent-of-liquids (or wellhead purchases/keep-whole in some circumstances, if economically advantageous to the processor)

 

In periods of unfavorable processing economics, similar to fee-based

Processing customer preferences, competitive forces and other factors sometimes cause us to enter into more commodity price sensitive contracts such as wellhead purchases and keep-whole arrangements. We prefer to enter into contracts with less commodity price sensitivity including fee-based and percent-of-proceeds arrangements (which we can hedge).

In general, with respect to our Permian Basin assets, onshore Louisiana Gillis and Acadia plants and North Texas, the majority of our throughput is subject to percent-of-proceeds or similar arrangements. Our Coastal Louisiana straddle plants are generally governed by percent-of-proceeds or hybrid contracts. Our NGL fractionation, storage, terminalling, transportation and distribution services are generally provided under fee-based arrangements. Finally, within our NGL Distribution and Marketing and our Wholesale Marketing segments we operate under a variety of fee- and margin-based marketing arrangements.

 

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Results of Operations . The most significant event affecting the comparability of our results of operations was the DMS acquisition. Because the closing date of the DMS acquisition was on October 31, 2005, our Consolidated Statements of Operations do not include any revenues or expenses from DMS prior to November 1, 2005.

The following discussion is based on our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the unaudited sum of: (i) the audited results of operations of the predecessor for the three and a half months ended April 15, 2004 and (ii) the audited results of operations of Targa for the year ended December 31, 2004 which reflects operating results only for the eight and a half months ended December 31, 2004. Because Targa and its predecessor followed different bases of accounting, the combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 are not prepared on the same basis and, thus, this combined presentation is not in accordance with GAAP. The discussion based on the combined information is presented for the convenience of investors to facilitate the presentation of a more meaningful discussion of the historical periods. The combined results of operations of the predecessor and Targa for the year ended December 31, 2004 does not necessarily represent the results that would have been achieved during this period had the business been operated by Targa for the entire year.

The following table summarizes the key components of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

    Targa Resources, Inc.           Combined           Predecessor  
(in thousands)   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
          Year Ended
December 31,
2004
          Three and a
Half Months
Ended April 15,
2004
 

Revenues

  $ 4,923,416     $ 4,699,283     $ 6,132,881     $ 1,829,027     $ 602,376         $ 835,145         $ 232,769  

Product purchases

    (4,373,289 )     (4,174,895 )     (5,440,832 )     (1,631,963 )     (544,918 )         (757,224 )         (212,306 )

Operating expenses

    (179,837 )     (160,554 )     (224,169 )     (52,090 )     (15,253 )         (24,510 )         (9,257 )
                                                               

Operating margin

    370,290       363,834       467,880       144,974       42,205           53,411           11,206  

Depreciation and amortization

    (110,757 )     (110,938 )     (149,687 )     (27,141 )     (10,631 )         (14,464 )         (3,833 )

General and administrative

    (78,126 )     (64,860 )     (82,351 )     (28,275 )     (11,149 )         (11,906 )         (757 )
                                                               

Operating income

    181,407       188,036       235,842       89,558       20,425           27,041           6,616  

Interest expense

    (112,752 )     (133,245 )     (180,189 )     (39,856 )     (6,406 )         (6,406 )         —    

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

    7,964       5,403       9,968       (3,776 )     2,370           2,370           —    

Other income (expense)

    (27,120 )     (22,403 )     (25,998 )     (66,678 )     —             —             —    

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (13,170 )     (16,365 )     (16,209 )     6,537       (5,227 )         (7,794 )         (2,567 )
                                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 36,329     $ 21,426     $ 23,414     $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162         $ 15,211         $ 4,049  
                                                               

 

45


Table of Contents

Our operating margin by segment and in total is as follows for the periods indicated:

 

    Targa Resources, Inc.         Combined         Predecessor
(in thousands)  

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2007

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2006

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2004
        Year Ended
December 31,
2004
        Three and a
Half Months
Ended
April 15,
2004

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing

  $ 296,683   $ 317,019   $ 404,904   $ 128,371   $ 42,205       $ 53,411       $ 11,206

Logistics Assets

    28,714     34,655     42,415     6,075     —           —           —  

NGL Distribution and Marketing Services

    33,915     7,012     10,604     6,028     —           —           —  

Wholesale Marketing

    10,978     5,148     9,957     4,500     —           —           —  
                                                 
  $ 370,290   $ 363,834   $ 467,880   $ 144,974   $ 42,205       $ 53,411       $ 11,206
                                                 

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

Revenues increased by $224.1 million, or 5%, to $4,923.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $4,699.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Revenues from the sale of natural gas decreased by $10.7 million, consisting of a decrease of $52.8 million due to lower realized prices, offset by an increase of $42.1 million due to higher sales volumes. Revenues from the sale of NGL increased by $222.0 million, consisting of increases of $117.4 million due to higher sales volumes and $104.6 million due to higher realized prices. Revenues from the sale of condensate increased by $1.8 million, consisting of an increase of $2.0 million due to higher sales volumes, offset by a decrease of $0.2 million due to lower realized prices. Non-commodity sales revenues, which are principally derived from fee-based services, increased by $11.0 million.

Average realized prices for natural gas decreased by $0.37 per MMBtu (including a $0.04 decrease due to hedging), or 5%, to $6.58 per MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $6.95 per MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The average realized prices for NGL increased by $0.03 per gallon, or 3%, to $1.08 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $1.05 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The average realized price for condensate decreased by $0.20 per barrel (net of a $0.73 increase due to hedging), or less than 1%, to $64.83 per barrel for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $65.03 per barrel for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Natural gas sales volumes increased by 22.3 BBtu per day, or 4%, to 526.6 BBtu per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 504.3 BBtu per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. NGL sales volumes increased by 9.7 MBbl per day, or 3%, to 309.3 MBbl per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 299.6 MBbl per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Condensate sales volumes increased by 0.1 MBbl per day, or 3%, to 3.9 MBbl per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 3.8 MBbl per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. For information regarding the period to period changes in our commodity sales volumes, please see “Results of Operations—By Segment”.

Product purchases increased by $198.4 million, or 5%, to $4,373.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $4,174.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Operating expenses increased by $19.2 million, or 12%, to $179.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $160.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Please see “Results of Operations—By Segment” for a more detailed explanation of the components of the increase.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $0.1 million, or less than 1% to $110.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $110.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

 

46


Table of Contents

General and administrative expense increased by $13.1 million, or 20%, to $78.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $65.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase primarily consisted of increases of $15.4 million in compensation related expenses and $1.1 million in insurance expenses, partially offset by decreases of $2.0 million in professional services fees and $1.4 million in miscellaneous expenses.

Interest expense decreased $20.4 million, or 15%, to $112.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $133.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The decrease is primarily the result of lower average debt outstanding during 2007, partially offset by higher interest rates during 2007 and the early amortization of $0.6 million of debt issue costs related to retired debt. Please see Liquidity and Capital Resources for information regarding our outstanding debt obligations.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, income tax expense was $13.2 million on pre-tax net income of $49.5 million, compared to income tax expense of $16.4 million on pre-tax net income of $37.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 decreased by $8.3 million as a result of Texas House Bill 3928 (“HB 3928”), effective June 15, 2007, which required us to recognize changes in deferred tax assets related to a computational change of the temporary credit related to the Texas Margin Tax. Excluding the effect of HB 3928, our effective income tax rate would have been flat at 43% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and the comparable period in 2006.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2006 to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Revenues were $6,132.9 million for 2006 compared to $1,829.0 million for 2005. The $4,303.9 million, or 235%, increase was primarily due to the following factors:

 

   

higher commodity sales volumes primarily as a result of the DMS acquisition increased revenues $3,712.5 million, consisting of increases in natural gas and NGL revenue of $579.0 million and $3,133.5 million, respectively;

 

   

a net increase attributable to commodity prices of $461.6 million, consisting of a decrease in natural gas revenue of $336.5 million, offset by an increase in NGL revenue of $798.1 million; and

 

   

an increase in fee-based and other revenue of $129.8 million, primarily as a result of twelve months of operations of the DMS acquisition assets for 2006 compared to two months for 2005.

Our average realized price for natural gas decreased $1.84 per MMBtu, or 22%, to $6.61 per MMBtu for 2006 compared to $8.45 per MMBtu for 2005. Our average realized price for NGL increased $0.17 per gallon, or 20%, to $1.02 per gallon for 2006 compared to $0.85 per gallon for 2005.

Natural gas sales volumes increased 187.7 BBtu/d, or 60%, to 501.2 BBtu/d for 2006 compared to 313.5 BBtu/d for 2005. NGL sales volumes increased 240.4 MBbl/d, or 402%, to 300.2 MBbl/d for 2006 compared to 59.8 MBbl/d for 2005. The increase in natural gas and NGL volumes is primarily the result of twelve months of operations of the DMS acquisition assets for 2006 compared to two months for 2005.

Product purchases were $5,440.8 million for 2006 compared to $1,632.0 million for 2005. The $3,808.8 million, or 233%, increase was primarily the result of twelve months of NGL purchases by our NGL Logistics and Marketing division for 2006 compared to two months for 2005.

Operating expenses increased $172.1 million, or 330%, to $224.2 million for 2006 compared to $52.1 million for 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to the additional costs required to operate the company after the DMS acquisition, the most significant of which was for salary-related employee expenses.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $122.6 million, or 452%, to $149.7 million for 2006 compared to $27.1 million for 2005. The increase is due to the DMS acquisition. Approximately $9.1 million of

 

47


Table of Contents

the increase was previously deferred depreciation expense for the North Texas assets, which were reclassified from “held for sale” to “held for use” during 2006.

General and administrative expense increased $54.1 million, or 191%, to $82.4 million for 2006 compared to $28.3 million for 2005. The increase is primarily due to increased corporate headcount as a result of the DMS acquisition. Corporate headcount, classified as general and administrative expense, increased from 39 at October 31, 2005 to 205 at December 31, 2006. Higher costs for insurance and information technology infrastructure also impacted general and administrative expense for 2006.

Net interest expense increased by $140.3 million, or 352%, to $180.2 million for 2006 compared to $39.9 million for 2005. The increase was primarily the result of higher debt levels related to the DMS acquisition financing.

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments increased $13.8 million, or 363%, to income of $10.0 million for 2006 compared to a loss of $3.8 million for 2005. The increase was the result of our sale of Bridgeline, where our equity loss for 2005 was $4.7 million, coupled with equity earnings from Venice Energy Services Company LLC (“VESCO”) and Gulf Coast Fractionators LP (“GCF”) for twelve months for 2006 compared to two months for 2005.

Our loss on mark-to-market derivative contracts for 2005 occurred because certain commodity swap derivatives we entered into concurrent with the execution of the DMS acquisition agreement did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment until the closing of the acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2005, such loss consisted of (i) a $60.4 million non-cash mark-to-market loss and (ii) $13.6 million in premium amortization expense. There were no mark-to-market gains or losses during 2006.

Income tax expense was $16.2 million on pretax income of $39.6 million for 2006 compared to an income tax benefit of $6.5 million on a pretax loss of $20.8 million for 2005. Our effective tax rates for 2006 and 2005 were 40.9% and 37.5%, respectively. Our 2006 effective rate was increased by the May 2006 enactment of the Texas margins tax, which caused 2006 Texas losses to become unusable, increased deferred Texas income taxes and provided a partial offset through a temporary credit period. Variances in our annual effective tax rate from the 35% federal statutory rate are primarily caused by state income taxes.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2005 to Year Ended December 31, 2004 (Combined)

The following discussion is based on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the unaudited sum of: (i) the audited results of operations of the predecessor for the three and a half months ended April 15, 2004 and (ii) the audited results of operations of Targa for the eight and a half months ended December 31, 2004. Because Targa and its predecessor followed different bases of accounting during the respective periods, the combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 are not prepared on the same basis and, thus, this combined presentation is not in accordance with GAAP. The following discussion based on the combined information is presented for the convenience of investors to facilitate the presentation of a more meaningful discussion of the historical periods. The combined results of operations of the predecessor and Targa for the year ended December 31, 2004 do not necessarily represent the results that would have been achieved during this period had the business been operated by Targa for the entire year.

Revenues increased $993.9 million, or 119%, to $1,829.0 million for 2005 compared to $835.1 million for 2004. The increase is primarily due to:

 

   

higher commodity sales volumes as a result of the DMS acquisition increased revenues $472.6 million, consisting of increases in natural gas and NGL revenue of $105.2 million and $367.4 million, respectively;

 

48


Table of Contents
   

higher commodity prices increased revenues $440.7 million, consisting of increases in natural gas and NGL revenue $266.6 million and $174.1 million, respectively; and

 

   

an increase in fee-based and other revenue of $80.6 million.

Our average realized price for natural gas, increased $2.33 per MMBtu, or 38%, to $8.45 per MMBtu for 2005 compared to $6.12 per MMBtu for 2004. Our average realized price for NGL increased $0.19 per gallon, or 29%, to $0.85 per gallon for 2005 compared to $0.66 per gallon for 2004.

Natural gas sales volumes increased 47.8 BBtu/d, or 18%, to 313.5 BBtu/d for 2005 compared to 265.7 BBtu/d for 2004. NGL sales volumes increased 36.4 MBbl/d, or 156%, to 59.8 MBbl/d for 2005 compared to 23.4 MBbl/d for 2004. The increase in natural gas and NGL volumes is primarily the result of the DMS acquisition.

Product purchases increased $874.8 million, or 116%, to $1,632.0 million for 2005 compared to $757.2 million for 2004. Of the increase, $624.5 million is directly attributable to the DMS acquisition, with the remainder primarily due to higher commodity prices in 2005.

Operating expenses increased $27.6 million, or 113%, to $52.1 million for 2005 compared to $24.5 million for 2004. Excluding a $31.2 million increase due to the DMS acquisition, operating expenses decreased $3.6 million from 2004 to 2005. The decrease was attributable primarily to cost reductions subsequent to our acquisition of the predecessor business from ConocoPhillips in April 2004, the most significant of which was a decrease in non-salary related employee expenses.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $12.6 million, or 87%, to $27.1 million for 2005 compared to $14.5 million for 2004. The increase is primarily due to the DMS acquisition.

General and administrative expense increased $16.4 million, or 138%, to $28.3 million for 2005 compared to $11.9 million for 2004. Approximately $11.7 million of the increase was for salaries and wages of former DMS employees we hired as a result of the DMS acquisition, and the remainder was due to business development and higher corporate overhead expenses during 2005.

Interest income (expense), net increased $33.5 million, or 523%, to $39.9 million for 2005 compared to $6.4 million for 2004. The increase was primarily the result of higher debt levels related to the DMS acquisition financing, and to a lesser extent, higher interest rates during 2005.

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments for 2005 was a loss of $3.8 million, consisting of a loss of $4.7 million related to Bridgeline, offset by income of $0.6 million and $0.3 million related to VESCO and GCF, respectively. For 2004, our equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments was income of $2.4 million related to Bridgeline.

On August 5, 2005, we sold our equity investment in Bridgeline for $117.0 million in cash, and realized a pre-tax gain of $18.0 million.

Our loss on mark-to-market derivative contracts for 2005 occurred because certain commodity swap derivatives we entered into concurrent with the execution of the DMS acquisition agreement did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment until the closing of the acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2005, such loss consisted of a $60.4 million non-cash mark-to-market loss and $13.6 million in premium amortization expense. There were no mark-to-market gains or losses during 2004.

We recognized a net income tax benefit of $6.5 million on a pretax loss of $20.8 million for 2005 compared to income tax expense of $7.8 million on pretax income of $23.0 million for 2004. Our effective tax rates for 2005 and 2004 were 37.5% and 35.0%, respectively. Variances in our annual effective tax rate from the 35% federal statutory rate are primarily caused by state income taxes.

 

49


Table of Contents

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding results of operations in our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing segment for the periods presented.

 

    Targa Resources, Inc.           Combined           Predecessor  
(in thousands)   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005(1)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004(3)
        Year Ended
December 31,
2004
       

Three and a
Half Months
Ended

April 15,
2004

 

Operating statistics:(2)

                     

Gathering throughput,
MMcf/d

    1,992.9       2,046.2       1,871.7       477.9       285.6           294.6           316.5  

Plant natural gas inlet, MMcf/d

    1,949.7       1,875.0       1,841.5       400.8       262.6           277.3           313.5  

Natural gas sales,
BBtu/d

    544.3       521.6       517.8       313.5       252.7           265.7           297.4  

Gross NGL production,
MBbl/d

    105.7       106.7       106.8       31.8       22.8           23.4           24.8  

Net NGL sales, MBbl/d

    90.6       88.7       89.8       29.0       22.8           23.4           24.8  
   

Average realized prices:

                     

Natural gas,
$/MMBtu

    6.58       6.93       6.61       8.45       6.45           6.12           5.42  

NGLs, $/gal

    0.96       0.89       0.88       0.85       0.70           0.66           0.55  

Revenues

  $ 2,079,621     $ 1,983,247     $ 2,591,019     $ 1,309,058     $ 602,376         $ 835,145         $ 232,769  
   

Product purchases

    (1,696,268 )     (1,581,821 )     (2,067,375 )     (1,145,577 )     (544,918 )         (757,224 )         (212,306 )

Operating expenses

    (86,670 )     (84,407 )     (118,740 )     (35,110 )     (15,253 )         (24,510 )         (9,257 )
                                                               

Operating margin

  $ 296,683     $ 317,019     $ 404,904     $ 128,371     $ 42,205         $ 53,411         $ 11,206  
                                                               

General and administrative

  $ 39,725     $ 27,655     $ 40,471     $ 16,377     $ 7,698         $ 8,455         $ 757  
                                                               

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

  $ 5,068     $ 3,302     $ 7,214     $ (4,159 )   $ 2,370         $ 2,370         $ —    
                                                               

(1) Includes the results of assets acquired in the DMS acquisition for the two months ended December 31, 2005.

 

(2) Segment operating statistics include the effect of intersegment sales, which have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation. For all volume statistics presented, the numerator is the total volume sold during the period and the denominator is the number of calendar days during the period. Volumes from assets acquired in the DMS acquisition are included from and after the acquisition date, October 31, 2005.

 

(3) Prior to April 16, 2004, certain investors in Targa had previous investments in Pipeco, f.k.a. Targa Resources, Inc., f.k.a. Warburg Pincus VIII Development Company, Inc. Pipeco was the entity that performed due diligence and other acquisition specific activities associated with the asset acquisitions from ConocoPhillips.

Pipeco and Targa are considered “entities under common control” as defined under GAAP and, as such, Targa’s audited financial results also include the results of Pipeco for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

50


Table of Contents

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

Revenues increased $96.4 million, or 5% to $2,079.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $1,983.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The net increase is primarily due to:

 

   

an increase in commodity sales volumes that increased revenues by $68.8 million, consisting of increases in natural gas, NGL and condensate revenues of $43.0 million, $20.0 million, and $5.8 million, respectively;

 

   

an increase in commodity prices that increased revenues by $19.2 million, consisting of an increase in NGL revenue of $72.6 million, partially offset by decreases in natural gas and condensate revenues of $52.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively; and

 

   

an increase in compression and gathering, processing, and other services, which increased revenues by $8.4 million.

Our average realized price for natural gas decreased $0.35 per MMBtu (including a $0.04 decrease due to hedging), or 5%, to $6.58 per MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $6.93 per MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Our average realized price for NGL increased $0.07 per gallon, or 8%, to $0.96 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $0.89 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Our average realized price for condensate decreased $0.56 per barrel (net of a $0.55 increase due to hedging), or 1%, to $61.06 per barrel for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $61.62 per barrel for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Our natural gas sales volumes increased 22.7 BBtu/d, or 4%, to 544.3 BBtu/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 521.6 BBtu/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The net increase in gas sales volumes is due to:

 

   

an increase in natural gas sales volumes in north Texas due to increased wellhead production in the region, partially offset by the impact of unseasonably wet weather, which limited our ability to complete connections to new wells; and

 

   

an increase due to increased wellhead production in certain of our west Texas operations, partially offset by plant maintenance curtailments at certain of our Permian Basin facilities.

Our NGL sales volumes increased 1.9 MBbl/d, or 2%, to 90.6 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 88.7 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in NGL sales volumes is primarily from increased production from our Louisiana straddle plants compared to 2006. During 2006, several of these plants were either shut-down or severely curtailed as a result of damage suffered from hurricanes Katrina and Rita during 2005.

Our condensate sales volumes increased 0.3 MBbl/d, or 6%, to 5.2 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 4.9 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Product purchases increased $114.5 million, or 7%, to $1,696.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $1,581.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, product purchases were 82% and 80% of total revenue, respectively. The increase in product purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 corresponds with the increase in revenue for the same period.

Operating expenses increased $2.3 million, or 3%, to $86.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $84.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase is primarily attributable to the additional cost of operating straddle plants in Louisiana that were off line for a portion of the

 

51


Table of Contents

nine months ended September 30, 2006 as a result of damage suffered from hurricanes Katrina and Rita during 2005. Operating expenses were also higher for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 due to settlements paid related to a fire near our Saunders facility.

General and administrative expense increased by $12.0 million, or 43%, to $39.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $27.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This segment’s general and administrative expense is an allocation of corporate-level expenses, which were higher in 2007.

Our equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments was $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase resulted from VESCO operating close to available capacity during 2007 compared to being off line for most of the first quarter of 2006 as a result of damage suffered from hurricane Katrina during 2005.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2006 to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Revenues increased $1,281.9 million, or 98%, to $2,591.0 million for 2006 compared to $1,309.1 million for 2005. This increase is primarily due to:

 

   

an increase attributable to commodity sales volumes of $1,472.0 million, consisting of increases in natural gas and NGL revenue of $680.0 million and $792.0 million, respectively;

 

   

a decrease attributable to commodity prices of $355.1 million, consisting of a decrease in natural gas revenue of $397.9 million, offset by an increase in NGL revenue of $42.8 million; and

 

   

an increase in fee-based and other revenue of $165.0 million, primarily from miscellaneous processing activities.

Our average realized price for natural gas decreased $1.84 per MMBtu, or 22%, to $6.61 per MMBtu for 2006 compared to $8.45 per MMBtu for 2005. Our average realized price for NGL increased $0.03 per gallon, or 4%, to $0.88 per gallon for 2006 compared to $0.85 per gallon for 2005.

Our natural gas sales volume increased 204.3 BBtu/d, or 65%, to 517.8 BBtu/d for 2006 compared to 313.5 BBtu/d for 2005. Our NGL sales volume increased 60.8 MBbl/d, or 210%, to 89.8 MBbl/d for 2006 compared to 29.0 MBbl/d for 2005. The increases in volumes are primarily from a full year of operations for the DMS acquisition assets in 2006 compared to two months for 2005.

Product purchases increased $921.8 million, or 80%, to $2,067.4 million for 2006 compared to $1,145.6 million for 2005. The increase is attributable primarily to the DMS acquisition.

Operating expenses increased $83.6 million, or 238%, to $118.7 million for the 2006 compared to $35.1 million for 2005. The increase is primarily attributable to the DMS acquisition.

General and administrative expense increased $24.1 million, or 147%, to $40.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. General and administrative expense for this segment is an allocation of corporate-level expenses, which were generally higher during 2006 as a result of the DMS acquisition.

For 2006, earnings from unconsolidated investments consisted of our $7.2 million equity in the earnings of VESCO. For the year ended December 31, 2005, earnings from unconsolidated investments consisted of our $0.5 million equity in the earnings of VESCO and our $4.7 million equity in the losses of Bridgeline. We sold our interest in Bridgeline in August 2005.

 

52


Table of Contents

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2005 to Year Ended December 31, 2004 (Combined)

The following discussion is based on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the unaudited sum of: (i) the audited results of operations of the predecessor for the three and a half months ended April 15, 2004 and (ii) the audited results of operations of Targa for the eight and a half months ended December 31, 2004. Because Targa and its predecessor followed different bases of accounting, the combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 are not prepared on the same basis and, thus, this combined presentation is not in accordance with GAAP. The following discussion based on the combined information is presented for the convenience of investors to facilitate the presentation of a more meaningful discussion of the historical periods. The combined results of operations of the predecessor and Targa for the year ended December 31, 2004 do not necessarily represent the results that would have been achieved during this period had the business been operated by Targa for the entire year.

Revenues increased $474.0 million, or 57%, to $1,309.1 million for 2005 compared to $835.1 million for 2004. The increase is primarily due to:

 

   

higher commodity sales volumes primarily as a result of the DMS acquisition increased revenues $161.2 million, consisting of increases in natural gas and NGL revenue of $105.2 million and $56.0 million, respectively;

 

   

higher commodity prices increased revenue $351.1 million, consisting of an increase in natural gas and NGL revenue of $266.6 million and $84.5 million.

Our average realized price for natural gas increased $2.33 per MMBtu, or 38%, to $8.45 per MMBtu for 2005 compared to $6.12 per MMBtu for 2004. Our average realized price for NGL increased $0.19 per gallon, or 29%, to $0.85 per gallon for 2005 compared to $0.66 per gallon for 2004.

Our natural gas sales volume increased 47.8 BBtu/d, or 18%, to 313.5 BBtu/d for 2005 compared to 265.7 BBtu/d for 2004. The increase is primarily attributable to the DMS acquisition.

Our NGL sales volume increased 5.6 MBbl/d, or 24%, to 29.0 MBbl/d for 2005 compared to 23.4 MBbl/d for 2004. An increase of 8.8 MBbl/d attributable to the DMS acquisition was partially offset by a 3.2 MBbl/d decrease due to the impact of hurricane related production volume losses, bypass of gas due to hurricane damage to processing plants and bypass of gas due to unfavorable processing economics.

Product purchases increased $388.4 million, or 51%, to $1,145.6 million for 2005 compared to $757.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase consisted of a $138.1 million in product purchases for two months of operations attributable to the DMS acquisition, and a $250.3 million increase in product purchases that resulted primarily from higher commodity prices in 2005 compared to 2004.

Operating expenses increased $10.6 million, or 43%, to $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase consisted of $14.2 million in operating expenses for two months of operations attributable to the DMS acquisition, and a $3.6 million decrease in operating expenses achieved because many of our Louisiana assets that would have undergone routine maintenance instead required major overhauls or replacement in 2005 compared to 2004 due to hurricane related damage. These overhauls were generally capitalized instead of expensed.

General and administrative expense increased $7.9 million, or 93%, to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. General and administrative expense for this segment is an allocation of corporate-level expenses, which were generally higher during 2005 as a result of the DMS acquisition.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments consisted of our $2.4 million equity in the earnings of Bridgeline. For the year ended December 31, 2005, equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments consisted of our $4.7 million equity in the loss of Bridgeline and our $0.5 million equity in the earnings of VESCO.

 

53


Table of Contents

Logistics Assets Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding results of operations of our Logistics Assets segment for the periods presented.

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005(1)
 

Fractionation volumes, MBbl/d(2)

     207.3       186.6       181.9       23.7  

Terminalling & storage, MBbl/d(2)

     338.9       378.8       373.1       56.3  

Transport, MBbl/d(2)

     35.1       35.2       34.8       5.6  

Revenues from services(3)

   $ 143,631     $ 132,509     $ 175,227     $ 24,812  

Other revenues

     1,518       2,327       3,286       186  
                                
     145,149       134,836       178,513       24,998  

Operating expenses

     (116,435 )     (100,181 )     (136,098 )     (18,923 )
                                

Operating margin

   $ 28,714     $ 34,655     $ 42,415     $ 6,075  
                                

General and administrative

   $ 14,902     $ 10,450     $ 14,074     $ 2,472  
                                

Equity income (loss) of unconsolidated investments(4)

   $ 2,896     $ 2,101     $ 2,754     $ 383  
                                

(1) Reflects results beginning with the DMS acquisition on October 31, 2005.

 

(2) Operating statistics for 2005 are based on a 365-day year. For the sixty-one day period ended December 31, 2005, throughput volumes for fractionation, terminalling and storage, and transport were 141.9 MBbl/d, 337.1 MBbl/d and 33.4 MBbl/d, respectively.

 

(3) Excludes intrasegment revenue earned from barge day-rates and pipeline transport fees.

 

(4) Consists of earnings from our investment in Gulf Coast Fractionators LP (“GCF”).

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

Revenues from fractionation, terminalling and storage, and transport increased $11.1 million, or 8%, to $143.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $132.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Higher service rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2006 increased revenues by $15.4 million, partially offset by a $4.3 million decrease as the result of lower terminalling and storage volumes. Revenues from other sources decreased $0.8 million to $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Higher service rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were derived primarily from commercial transportation activities. New barge transportation contracts for Pascagoula mixed butanes and propane/propylene mix coupled with new railcar lease revenue earned from our NGL Distribution and Marketing and Wholesale Marketing segments added revenue of $10.2 million.

Terminalling and storage volumes were lower for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 than for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 primarily due to lower import volumes into our Galena Park facility, partially offset by higher volumes at our Cedar Bayou fractionator. Our fractionation facilities operated at 74% and 68% of design capacity for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

54


Table of Contents

Operating expenses increased $16.2 million, or 16%, to $116.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $100.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This increase is primarily due to:

 

   

the termination of the Chevron shared railcar fleet agreement in September 2006, which increased operating expenses by $6.4 million;

 

   

higher barge transportation costs, which increased operating expenses by $2.9 million;

 

   

the June 2007 commencement of commercial operations at our new low-sulfur natural gasoline unit, which added operating expenses of $2.5 million;

 

   

increased storage well workovers at our Mont Belvieu terminal, which increased operating expenses by $1.9 million;

 

   

increased operating expenses of $1.7 million at our truck terminals as a result of new leases, higher fuel prices and increased truck maintenance costs; and

 

   

expenditures of $0.6 million for upgrades to our Houston NGL gathering system south route, which were charged to expense.

General and administrative expense increased by $4.4 million, or 42%, to $14.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $10.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. General and administrative expense for this segment is an allocation of corporate-level expenses, which were higher in 2007.

Our equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments was $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2006 to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Revenues from fractionation, terminalling and storage, and transport increased $150.4 million, or 606%, to $175.2 million for 2006 compared to $24.8 million for 2005. Approximately $148.4 million of the increase is the result of twelve months of operations for 2006 compared to two months for 2005. Higher service rates for 2006 compared to 2005 increased revenues by $2.0 million.

Fractionation, terminalling and storage, and transport volumes were higher for 2006 than for the two month period ended December 31, 2005 largely as a result of reduced raw NGL mix supplies from plants affected by Hurricane Rita and normal seasonal variations in volumes delivered to Mont Belvieu for fractionation during the winter months. Our fractionation facilities operated at 66% and 54% of design capacity for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

55


Table of Contents

NGL Distribution and Marketing Services Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding results of operations of our NGL Distribution and Marketing Services segment for the periods presented:

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005(1)
 

NGLs sold, MBbl/d(2)

     267.1       244.5       246.3       30.8  

NGL realized price, $/gal

     1.06       1.02       0.99       1.00  

NGL sales revenues

   $ 3,250,184     $ 2,854,995     $ 3,728,373     $ 474,163  

Other revenues(3)

     5,508       7,354       10,396       500  
                                
     3,255,692       2,862,349       3,738,769     $ 474,663  

Product purchases

     (3,220,426 )     (2,854,101 )     (3,726,121 )     (468,542 )

Operating expenses

     (1,351 )     (1,236 )     (2,044 )     (93 )
                                

Operating margin

   $ 33,915     $ 7,012     $ 10,604     $ 6,028  
                                

General and administrative expenses

   $ 8,163     $ 10,235     $ 9,504     $ 1,523  
                                

(1) Reflects results beginning with the DMS acquisition on October 31, 2005.

 

(2) Operating statistics for 2005 are based on a 365-day year. For the two months ended December 31, 2005, NGLs sold averaged 184.3 MBbl/d.

 

(3) Reflects revenue generated from miscellaneous products and services.

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

Revenues increased $393.4 million, or 14%, to $3,255.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $2,862.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The net increase comprised a $264.0 million increase as a result of higher sales volumes, a $131.2 million increase due to higher commodity prices and a $1.8 million decrease in non-commodity revenues, which are principally derived from fee-based services.

NGLs sold increased 22.6MBbl/d, or 9%, to 267.1 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 244.5 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in sales volumes were primarily due to:

 

   

the effect of new raw product supply contracts entered into during June;

 

   

sales of production which, prior to April 2006, were marketed by our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing segment; and

 

   

increased sales of production from our Yscloskey facility and from VESCO, which were not in operation during a portion of 2006 as a result of damage suffered from hurricane Katrina during 2005.

Our average realized price for NGL increased $0.04 per gallon, or 4%, to $1.06 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $1.02 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Our operating margin increased by $26.9 million, or 384%, to $33.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $7.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Our operating margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was impacted by the effect hurricanes Katrina and Rita had on our seasonal-build inventory at December 31, 2005, with the consequence being both higher unit costs and increased volumes. As we liquidated the seasonal-build inventory, a mild winter contributed to increasing supplies and declining prices, resulting in a negative operating margin for the first quarter. The operating margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 improved in comparison to 2006 due to a general increase in commodity prices in 2007.

 

56


Table of Contents

General and administrative expense decreased by $2.0 million, or 20%, to $8.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $10.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This segment’s general and administrative expense is an allocation of corporate-level expenses, which overall were higher in 2007.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2006 to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Revenues from the sale of NGLs were $3,728.4 million for 2006 compared to $474.2 million for 2005. The $3,254.2 million, or 686%, increase consisted of a $3,316.1 million increase from higher sales volumes offset by a $61.9 million decrease as a result of lower commodity prices. The increase in sales volumes was primarily from twelve months of operations for 2006 compared to two months for 2005.

NGLs sold for the year ended December 31, 2006 were 246.3 MBbl/d compared to 184.3 MBbl/d for the two months ended December 31, 2005. Our sources of NGL supply and demand were sharply curtailed in late 2005 as a result of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita. These sources were restored during 2006 as facilities damaged or closed as a result of the hurricanes resumed operations.

Wholesale Marketing Segment

The following table provides summary financial data regarding results of operations of our Wholesale Marketing segment for the periods presented:

 

($ in thousands)   

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2007

    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005(1)
 

NGLs sold, MBbl/d(2)

     59.1       73.9       74.4       16.5  

NGL realized price, $/gal

     1.19       1.18       1.16       1.18  

NGL sales revenues

   $ 804,098     $ 1,002,312     $ 1,322,689     $ 298,320  

Other revenues(3)

     1,243       6,047       7,869       1,000  
                                
     805,341       1,008,359       1,330,558       299,320  

Product purchases

     (794,342 )     (1,003,202 )     (1,320,591 )     (294,757 )

Operating expenses

     (21 )     (9 )     (10 )     (63 )
                                

Operating margin

   $ 10,978     $ 5,148     $ 9,957     $ 4,500  
                                

General and administrative expenses

   $ 15,194     $ 13,032     $ 17,820     $ 2,335  
                                

(1) Reflects results beginning with the DMS acquisition on October 31, 2005.

 

(2) Operating statistics for 2005 are based on a 365-day year. For the two months ended December 31, 2005, NGLs sold averaged 98.5 MBbl/d.

 

(3) Reflects revenue generated from miscellaneous products and services.

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

Revenues decreased $203.1 million, or 20%, to $805.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $1,008.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The decrease is primarily due to lower NGL sales volumes, slightly offset by higher average realized prices. Lower NGL sales volumes decreased revenues by $200.4 million and higher commodity prices increased revenues by $2.1 million. In addition, non-commodity, fee based service revenue decreased by $4.8 million.

NGLs sold decreased 14.8 MBbl/d, or 20%, to 59.1 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 73.9 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The decrease is primarily due to direct and indirect impact of terminated feedstock contracts with Chevron that ended in September 2006.

 

57


Table of Contents

The slight increase in average realized prices is primarily attributable to higher market prices for the nine months ended September 2007 compared to 2006, partially offset by the impact of terminated Chevron feedstock contracts, which were terminated in September 2006. The terminated contracts were primarily for the higher priced NGL products.

Our operating margin increased by $5.9 million, or 116%, to $11.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The significant increase is primarily attributable to a loss of $3.9 million related to the lower of cost or market inventory adjustments for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

General and administrative expense increased by $2.2 million, or 17%, to $15.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $13.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This segment’s general and administrative expense is primarily an allocation of corporate-level expenses, which were higher for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2006 to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Revenues from the sale of NGLs were $1,322.7 million for 2006 compared to $298.3 million for 2005. The $1,024.4 million, or 343%, increase consisted of a $1,049.9 million increase from higher sales volumes offset by a $25.5 million decrease as a result of lower commodity prices. The increase in sales volumes was primarily from twelve months of operations for 2006 compared to two months for 2005.

NGLs sold for the year ended December 31, 2006 were 74.4 MBbl/d compared to 98.5 MBbl/d for the two months ended December 31, 2005. The Wholesale Marketing segment builds and holds propane inventory during the summer and generates the bulk of its revenue in the winter from propane sales.

Wholesale Marketing’s results for 2006 have been impacted by negative margins in our Florida operations due primarily to the loss of product previously supplied from VESCO and increased barge costs in the Gulf Coast.

Hurricanes Katrina and Rita

Certain of our Louisiana and Texas facilities sustained damage during the 2005 hurricane season from two gulf coast hurricanes—Katrina and Rita.

The Pelican offshore pipeline resumed full operations in January 2006. The Barracuda, Stingray and Yscloskey straddle plants resumed full operations in February, April and June 2006, respectively.

The Venice facility resumed partial operations during February 2006. When Venice becomes fully operational in mid-2008, its gross natural gas processing capacity will be approximately 750 MMcf/d. Also, the Venice partners have elected to not restore the facility’s NGL fractionation capability. We have a 22.9% equity ownership interest in the Venice facility.

While we believe that we have adequate insurance coverage for the facility repair costs, we are unable to predict the timing of insurance payments at this stage of the claims process. We will experience a reduction in physical damage recoveries from OIL Insurance Ltd. (as a Loss Payee) related to the salvage of the Pelican Platform destroyed by Hurricane Rita, as OIL is currently paying losses at 70% due to their $1 billion aggregate coverage limit for all insured members, which has been substantially exceeded. Our initial purchase price allocation for the DMS acquisition in October 2005 included an $81.1 million receivable for insurance claims related to expenditures to repair pre-acquisition property damage caused by Katrina and Rita. That estimate of recoveries remains unchanged.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our repair expenditures and property damages insurance recoveries are summarized in the following table.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2007

    
(in thousands)    2005    2006       Total

Property Damage

           

Repair/rebuild expenditures

   $ 6,931    $ 48,408    $ 9,597    $  64,936

Contributions to VESCO

     5,990      9,102      4,648      19,740
                           
   $ 12,921    $ 57,510    $ 14,245    $ 84,676
                           

Insurance proceeds(1)

   $ —      $ 27,221    $  17,900    $ 45,121
                           

(1) Represents partial payments from insurance carriers related to property damage claims, which is reflective of the timing lag involved in the claims review process.

We have submitted and continue to submit business interruption insurance claims for our estimated losses caused by the hurricanes. We recognize income from business interruption insurance claims in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in the period that a proof of loss is executed and submitted to the insurers for payment. This income recognition criterion has resulted in and will likely continue to result in business interruption insurance recoveries being recorded in periods subsequent to the periods that we experience lost income from the affected property, resulting in fluctuations in our net income that may reduce the comparability of reported quarterly and annual results for some periods into the future.

At December 31, 2005, we estimated that our total business interruption claims proceeds could exceed $50 million. That estimate remains unchanged. Our income recognition from business interruption claims is summarized in the following table.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2007

    
(in thousands)    2005    2006       Total

Business Interruption Insurance

           

Included in revenues

   $ 1,185    $ 10,720    $ 7,272    $ 19,177

Included in equity earnings

     1,449      2,856      3,088      7,393
                           
   $ 2,634    $ 13,576    $ 10,360    $ 26,570
                           

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our ability to finance our operations, including to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, to meet our indebtedness obligations, to refinance our indebtedness or to meet our collateral requirements will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our ability to generate cash is subject to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including weather, commodity prices, particularly for natural gas and NGLs, and our ongoing efforts to manage operating costs and maintenance capital expenditures, as well as general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors. Please read “Risk Factors.”

Historically, our cash generated from operations has been sufficient to finance our operating expenditures and non-acquisition related capital expenditures. Based on our anticipated levels of operations and absent any disruptive events, we believe that internally generated cash flow and borrowings available under our senior secured credit facilities should provide sufficient resources to finance our operations, non-acquisition related capital expenditures, hurricane-related repair expenditures, long-term indebtedness obligations and collateral requirements for at least the next twelve months.

 

59


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our capital resources are utilized in the form of cash and letters of credit to satisfy counterparty collateral demands. These counterparty collateral demands reflect our non-investment grade status and counterparties’ views of our financial condition and ability to satisfy our performance obligations, as well as commodity prices and other factors. At December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, our total outstanding letter of credit postings were $227.6 million and $274.9 million, respectively.

In connection with the IPO completed on February 14, 2007, the General Partner of TRP LP is obligated to make minimum quarterly cash distributions to unit holders from available cash, as defined in the partnership agreement. As of September 30, 2007, such minimum amounts payable to non-Targa unit holders total approximately $26 million annually.

Cash Flow

The following table summarizes cash flow provided by or used in operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the periods presented.

 

     Targa Resources, Inc.           Combined           Predecessor  
(in thousands)   

Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
2007

   

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2006

    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
         

Year Ended
December 31,

2004

          Three and a
Half Months
Ended
April 15,
2004
 

Net cash provided by (used in)

                      

Operating activities

   $ 136,824     $ 181,597     $ 233,286     $ 108,855     33,135         $ 44,615         $ 11,480  

Investing activities

     (82,259 )     (96,055 )     (117,812 )     (2,328,916 )   (353,234 )         (354,410 )         (1,176 )

Financing activities

     (44,896 )     (10,023 )     (14,162 )     2,250,621     330,676           320,372           (10,304 )

The discussion of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004 is based on the unaudited sum of (i) the audited cash flows of the predecessor for the three and a half months ended April 15, 2004, and (ii) the audited cash flows of Targa for the year ended December 31, 2004. Prior to April 16, 2004, certain investors in Targa had previous investments in Pipeco, f.k.a. Targa Resources, Inc., f.k.a. Warburg Pincus VIII Development Company, Inc. Pipeco was the entity that performed due diligence and other acquisition specific activities associated with the asset acquisitions from ConocoPhillips. Pipeco and Targa are considered “entities under common control” as defined under GAAP and, as such, Targa’s audited financial results include the year ended December 31, 2004. Because Targa and its predecessor followed different bases of accounting, the combined cash flow information for the year ended December 31, 2004 is not prepared on the same basis and, thus, is not in accordance with GAAP. The following discussion based on the combined cash flows is presented for the convenience of investors to facilitate the presentation of a more meaningful discussion of the historical period. The combined cash flows of the predecessor and Targa for the year ended December 31, 2004 do not necessarily represent the cash flows that would have occurred during this period had the business been operated by Targa for the entire year.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $136.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $181.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Changes in working capital negatively impacted cash flow from operating activities by $18.5 million in 2007 compared to an increase of $49.9 million in 2006. The difference resulted primarily from the delay until early 2006 of sales of our 2005 seasonal-build propane inventory. The delay was due to disruptions in demand as a result of hurricanes Katrina and Rita. Our normal cycle of accumulation and distribution resumed during the summer of 2006. The negative

 

60


Table of Contents

impact of working capital changes was partially offset by higher operating margins in 2007 due to higher revenues as a result of higher sales volumes and lower distributions to minority interest holders during 2007.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $233.3 million for 2006 compared to $108.9 million for 2005 and $44.6 for 2004. Improved operating cash flow was primarily the result of operating income contributions from assets acquired in the DMS acquisition, as well as improved margins from existing assets, partially offset by higher interest costs related to funding of the DMS acquisition.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $82.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $96.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The $13.8 million decrease is primarily due to a decrease of cash paid for purchases of property, plant and equipment of $10.2 million and lesser contributions to unconsolidated investments during 2007 as a result of decreased hurricane repair expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $117.8 million for 2006, compared with $2,328.9 million for 2005 and $354.4 million for 2004. Factors affecting the comparability of net cash used in investing activities are:

 

   

During 2006, we had net cash outflows of $30.3 million attributable to facilities damaged by Hurricanes Katrina and Rita, consisting of $48.4 million in repair expenditures and a $9.1 million contribution to VESCO, offset by $27.2 million in cash receipts from property damage insurance claims;

 

   

During 2005, we made cash payments of $2,417.1 million related to the DMS acquisition, expended $8.9 million for hurricane related repairs, made a contribution of $6.1 million to VESCO to fund repair costs, and received $117.0 million from the sale of Bridgeline;

 

   

During 2004, we paid $247.0 million to acquire assets in West Texas and Louisiana from ConocoPhillips, and $101.3 million for a 40% interest in Bridgeline.

The remaining $87.5 million, $13.8 million, and $6.1 million for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, primarily reflect maintenance and expansion capital expenditures during the periods.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $44.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to $10.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, repayments of $757.4 million to retire indebtedness and $4.1 million incurred in connection with financing arrangements were partially offset by $342.5 million borrowed under TRP LP’s new credit facility and $377.5 million in net proceeds from TRP LP’s IPO.

Net cash used in financing activities was $14.2 million for 2006, compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $2,250.6 million for 2005 and $330.7 million for 2004. The decrease as compared to 2005 in cash provided by financing activities of $2,236.4 million is primarily attributable to cash required to fund the DMS acquisition in 2005. During 2005, borrowings of $2,200 million and equity contributions of $316 million were used for funding of the DMS acquisition, the refinancing of $84 million of existing debt, and payment of $59 million in costs incurred in connection with the new credit facility and the issuance of our notes.

Capital Requirements

The midstream energy business can be capital intensive, requiring significant investment to maintain and upgrade existing operations. A significant portion of the cost of constructing new gathering lines to connect to our gathering system is generally paid for by the natural gas producer. We expect to make significant expenditures during the next year for the construction of additional natural gas gathering and processing infrastructure and to enhance the value of our natural gas logistics and marketing assets.

 

61


Table of Contents

We categorize our capital expenditures as either: (i) maintenance expenditures or (ii) expansion expenditures. Maintenance expenditures are those expenditures that are necessary to maintain the service capability of our existing assets including the replacement of system components and equipment which is worn, obsolete or completing its useful life, the addition of new sources of natural gas supply to our systems to replace natural gas production declines and expenditures to remain in compliance with environmental laws and regulations. Expansion expenditures improve the service capability of the existing assets, extend asset useful lives, increase capacities from existing levels, reduce costs or enhance revenues.

Our planned capital expenditures for 2007, excluding expenditures for the repair of previously discussed hurricane damage, are:

 

($ in millions)

   Maintenance    Expansion    Total

Gas gathering and processing

   $ 67.3    $ 18.9    $ 86.2

Logistics assets

     11.2      15.9      27.1

Wholesale marketing

     1.2      0.3      1.5
                    
   $ 79.7    $ 35.1    $ 114.8
                    

We are currently funding the cost of hurricane damage related repairs for the facilities we operate and have been and expect to continue to be reimbursed by our partners for their share of costs under the normal joint interest billing process. We expect to be reimbursed under our property insurance coverage for our portion of repair costs. For the non-operated facilities, we are funding our share through joint interest billings from the facility operator and expect to be reimbursed by our insurance coverage. For VESCO, we are funding our share through capital contributions. The funding-recovery time lag may require us to increase borrowings under our revolving credit facility; however, we believe we have adequate capacity to fund this activity and meet our normal working capital requirements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of our contractual cash obligations over the next several fiscal years, as of December 31, 2006:

 

(in millions)    Payments due by period

Contractual Obligations

   Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3
years
   4-5
years
   More than
5 years

Debt obligations(1)

   $ 2,184.4    $ 712.5    $ 25.0    $ 25.0    $ 1,421.9

Interest on debt obligations(2)

     758.7      167.3      243.1      238.0      110.2

Operating lease obligations(3)

     87.7      17.6      23.2      16.4      30.5

Capacity payments(4)

     8.2      2.6      4.8      0.8      —  

Asset retirement obligation

     11.6      —        —        —        11.6
                                  
   $ 3,050.6    $ 900.0    $ 296.1    $ 280.2    $ 1,574.2
                                  

(1) Includes (i) a $1,234.4 million remaining outstanding balance on our senior secured term loan facility due October 2012, (ii) a $700.0 million senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, which was repaid in February 2007, and (iii) $250.0 million of senior notes due November 2013.

 

(2) Represents interest expense on our debt obligations based on interest rates as of December 31, 2006 and the timing of required future principal repayments of the respective facilities. We used an average rate of 6.7% to estimate our interest on variable rate debt obligations.

 

(3) Operating lease obligations include minimum lease payment obligations associated with gas processing plant site leases, railcar leases, office space leases and pipeline rights-of-way.

 

(4) Consist of capacity payments, primarily for NGL storage facilities.

 

62


Table of Contents

Credit Ratings

At September 30, 2007 we had the following credit ratings, all of which are speculative ratings:

 

     Moody’s Investor
Services
   Standard &
Poor’s

Corporate rating

   B1    B

Senior secured credit facilities

   Ba3    B+

Senior unsecured notes

   B3    CCC+

A speculative rating signifies a higher risk that we will default on our obligations than does an investment grade rating.

Debt Obligations

Our debt obligations consisted of the following at the dates indicated:

 

(in thousands)    September 30,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Long-term debt:

    

Senior secured term loan facility, variable rate, due October 2012

   $ 1,225,000     $ 1,234,375  

Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, variable rate (1)

     —         700,000  

Senior unsecured notes, 8  1 / 2 % fixed rate, due November 2013

     250,000       250,000  

Senior secured revolving credit facility, variable rate, due October 2011 (2)

     —         —    

Senior secured revolving credit facility of the Partnership, variable rate, due February 2012

     294,500       —    
                

Subtotal debt

     1,769,500       2,184,375  

Current maturities of debt

     (12,500 )     (712,500 )
                

Long-term debt

   $ 1,757,000     $ 1,471,875  
                

Irrevocable standby letters of credit:

    

Letters of credit outstanding under synthetic letter of credit facility (3)

   $ 274,630     $ 227,571  

Letters of credit outstanding under senior secured revolving credit facility of the Partnership

     300       —    
                
   $ 274,930     $ 227,571  
                

(1) The entire amount was repaid in February 2007 concurrent with the closing of the Partnership's IPO.
(2) The entire $250 million available under the senior secured revolving credit facility may also be utilized for letters of credit.
(3) The $300 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility terminates in October 2012. At September 30, 2007 we had $25.4 million available under this facility.

Available Credit

At September 30, 2007 we had $250 million in borrowing capacity under our senior secured revolving credit facility. This borrowing capacity was available in any combination of cash borrowings and letters of credit. We also had $25.4 million of availability for letters of credit under our $300 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility.

Description of Debt Obligations

For a complete description of our debt obligations please see Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this Registration Statement.

 

63


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The policies and estimates discussed below are considered by management to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements, because their application requires the most significant judgments from management in estimating matters for financial reporting that are inherently uncertain. See Note 3 of the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Registration Statement for additional information on these policies and estimates, as well as a discussion of additional accounting policies and estimates.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Our primary types of sales and service activities reported as operating revenue include:

 

   

Sales of natural gas, NGLs, and condensate;

 

   

Natural gas processing, from which we generate revenue through the compression, gathering, treating, and processing of natural gas; and

 

   

Other services including fractionation, storage, terminalling and transportation of NGLs.

We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an exchange arrangement exists, if applicable, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the price is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

For processing services, we receive either fees or a percentage of commodities as payment for these services, depending on the type of contract. Under percent-of-proceeds contracts, we are paid for our services by keeping a percentage of the NGLs extracted and the residue gas resulting from processing natural gas. In percent-of-proceeds arrangements, we remit either a percentage of the proceeds received from the sales of residue gas and NGLs or a percentage of the residue gas or NGLs at the tailgate of the plant to the producer. Under the terms of percent-of-proceeds and similar contracts, we may purchase the producer’s share of the processed commodities for resale or deliver the commodities to the producer at the tailgate of the plant. Percent-of-value and percent-of-liquids contracts are variations on this arrangement. Under keep-whole contracts, we keep the NGLs extracted and return the processed natural gas or value of the natural gas to the producer. Natural gas or NGLs that we receive for services or purchase for resale are in turn sold and recognized in accordance with the criteria outlined above. Under fee-based contracts, we receive a fee based on throughput volumes.

We generally report revenues gross in the combined statements of operations, in accordance with EITF Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Except for fee-based contracts, we act as the principal in these transactions where we receive natural gas or NGLs, take title to the commodities, and incur the risks and rewards of ownership.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial positions and results of operations. We review significant estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any necessary adjustments. Estimates and judgments are based on information available at the time such estimates and judgments are made. Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and judgments often relate to information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation

 

64


Table of Contents

of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (1) estimating unbilled revenues and operating and general and administrative costs, (2) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (3) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (4) estimating the useful lives of our assets and (5) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated service lives of our functional asset groups are as follows:

 

Asset Group

   Range of
Years

Natural gas gathering systems and processing facilities

   15 to 25

Fractionation, terminalling and natural gas liquids storage facilities

   25

Transportation equipment and barges

   5 to 10

Office and miscellaneous equipment

   3 to 7

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are generally expensed as incurred. However, expenditures for refurbishments that extend the useful lives of assets or prevent environmental contamination are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset.

Our determination of the useful lives of property, plant and equipment requires us to make various assumptions, including the supply of and demand for hydrocarbons in the markets served by our assets, normal wear and tear of the facilities, and the extent and frequency of maintenance programs. From time to time, we utilize consultants and other experts to assist us in assessing the remaining lives of the crude oil or natural gas production in the basins we serve.

We may capitalize certain costs directly related to the construction of assets, including internal labor costs, interest and engineering costs. Upon disposition or retirement of property, plant and equipment, any gain or loss is charged to operations.

In accordance with SFAS 144, “ Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets ,” we evaluate the recoverability of our property, plant and equipment when events or circumstances such as economic obsolescence, the business climate, legal and other factors indicate we may not recover the carrying amount of the assets. We continually monitor our businesses and the market and business environments to identify indicators that may suggest an asset may not be recoverable.

We evaluate an asset for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the asset’s expected future undiscounted cash flows. These cash flow estimates require us to make projections and assumptions for many years into the future for pricing, demand, competition, operating cost and other factors. If the carrying amount exceeds the expected future undiscounted cash flows we recognize an impairment loss to write down the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value as determined by quoted market prices in active markets or present value techniques if quotes are unavailable. The determination of the fair value using present value techniques requires us to make projections and assumptions regarding the probability of a range of outcomes and the rates of interest used in the present value calculations. Any changes we make to these projections and assumptions could result in significant revisions to our evaluation of recoverability of our property, plant and equipment and the recognition of an impairment loss in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

65


Table of Contents

Price Risk Management (Hedging)

We account for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS 133 “ Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, ” as amended. Under SFAS 133, all of our derivative financial instruments not qualifying for the normal purchases and normal sales exception are recorded on the balance sheet at fair market value as current and long-term assets or liabilities on a net basis by counterparty and are adjusted each period for changes in the fair market value. The fair market value of these derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated amounts that we would pay or receive to terminate or close the contracts at the reporting date, taking into account the current unrealized losses or gains on open contracts. We use external market quotes and indices to value substantially all of the financial instruments we utilize.

If a derivative does not qualify as a hedge, or is not designated as a hedge, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings each period. If a derivative qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting, the effective portion of the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is deferred in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”), a component of stockholders’ equity, and reclassified to the Statement of Operations in the period the hedged forecasted transaction is recognized or is no longer expected to occur. Cash flows from a derivative instrument designated as a hedge are classified in the same category as the cash flows from the item being hedged.

The relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item must be highly effective in achieving the offset of changes in cash flows attributable to the hedged risk both at the inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when a hedge instrument becomes ineffective. Gains and losses deferred in OCI related to cash flow hedges for which hedge accounting has been discontinued remain unchanged until the related product has been delivered. If it is probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, deferred gains or losses on the hedging instrument are recognized in other revenues immediately.

We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes specific identification of the hedging instrument and the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and the manner in which the hedging instrument’s effectiveness will be assessed. At the inception of the hedge and on a quarterly basis, we assess whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. Any ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the current period.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Under the provisions of SFAS 143, “ Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, ” we record legal obligations to retire tangible, long-lived assets on our balance sheet as liabilities, recorded at a discount, when such liabilities are incurred. We have recorded approximately $11.6 million in asset retirement obligations as of December 31, 2006.

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.” This Interpretation clarifies the definition and treatment of conditional asset retirement obligations as discussed in SFAS 143. A conditional asset retirement obligation is defined as an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are dependent on future events that may be outside the control of the company. FIN 47 states that a company must record a liability when incurred for conditional asset retirement obligations if the fair value of the obligation is reasonably estimable. This Interpretation is intended to provide more information about long-lived assets, more information about potential future cash outflows for these obligations and more consistent recognition of these liabilities. Our adoption of FIN 47 on December 31, 2005 had no effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

66


Table of Contents

Accounting for Income Taxes

We follow the guidance in SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, which requires that we use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant temporary differences.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax payable and related tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of certain items, such as depreciation, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences can result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets.

We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we must establish a valuation allowance. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of the evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. Evidence used includes information about our current financial position and our results of operations for the current and preceding years, as well as all currently available information about future years, including our anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies.

We believe future sources of taxable income, reversing temporary differences and other tax planning strategies will be sufficient to realize assets for which no reserve has been established. While we have considered these factors in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, there is no assurance that a valuation allowance would not need to be established in the future if information about future years change. Any change in the valuation allowance would impact our income tax provision and net income in the period in which such a determination is made.

Estimated Useful Lives

The estimated useful lives of our long-lived assets are used to compute depreciation expense, future asset retirement obligations and in impairment testing. Estimated useful lives are based, among other things, on the assumption that we provide an appropriate level of maintenance capital expenditures while the assets are still in operation. Without these continued capital expenditures, the useful lives of these assets could decrease significantly. Estimated lives could be impacted by such factors as future energy prices, environmental regulations, various legal factors and competition. If the useful lives of these assets were found to be shorter than originally estimated, depreciation expense may increase, liabilities for future asset retirement obligations may be insufficient and impairments in carrying values of tangible and intangible assets may result.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We adopted SFAS 154, “ Accounting Changes and Error Corrections ,” on January 1, 2006. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections.

We adopted SFAS 123R, “ Share-Based Payment, ” on January 1, 2006. SFAS 123R requires us to recognize compensation expense related to equity awards based on the fair value of the award at the grant date. The fair value of an equity award is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Under SFAS 123R, the fair value of all awards expected to vest is amortized to earnings on a straight-line basis over the requisite service or vesting period. We account for Targa Investments’ equity awards granted to our employees using the provisions of SFAS 123R. Previously, equity awards made by us prior to the October 2005 reorganization, and by our parent Targa Investments subsequent to the reorganization were accounted for using the intrinsic value method pursuant to Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) 25, “ Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees .”

Prior to our adoption of SFAS 123R, we recognized compensation expense related to stock options only if the grant date fair value of the underlying stock was less than the exercise price of the option; additionally, compensation expense was recognized in connection with the issuance of non-vested common stock. We have

 

67


Table of Contents

applied SFAS 123R prospectively to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled on or after January 1, 2006. We shall continue to account for any portion of awards outstanding on January 1, 2006 using the intrinsic value method. Stock-based compensation expense is based on the awards ultimately expected to vest, and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The effects of applying SFAS 123R for the year ended December 31, 2006 did not have a material effect on our net income.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, ” which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. FIN 48 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. This interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We continue to evaluate our tax positions, and based on our current evaluation, anticipate FIN 48 did not have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 157 “ Fair Value Measurements ”. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the Board having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the application of SFAS 157 will change current practice. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have not yet determined the impact this statement will have on our results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 108 (“SAB 108”). Due to diversity in practice among registrants, SAB 108 expresses SEC staff views regarding the process by which misstatements in financial statements are evaluated for purposes of determining whether financial statement restatement is necessary. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006, and early application is encouraged. Our adoption of SAB 108 had no impact on our results of operations or financial position.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of No. 115, ” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. SFAS 159 expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. We are currently reviewing this new accounting standard and the impact, if any, it will have on our financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141R, “Business Combinations” . SFAS 141R requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. We have not yet determined the impact this statement will have on our results of operations or financial position.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51”. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It requires all entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests in subsidiaries in the same way—as equity in the consolidated financial statements. In addition, SFAS 160 requires entities to account for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests as equity transactions. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. We have not yet determined the impact this statement will have on our results of operations or financial position.

 

68


Table of Contents

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our principal market risks are our exposure to changes in commodity prices, particularly to the prices of natural gas and NGLs, and interest rates, as well as nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers.

Commodity Price Risk

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from percent-of-proceeds contracts under which we receive either an agreed upon percentage of the actual proceeds that we receive from our sales of the residue natural gas and NGLs or an agreed upon percentage based on index related prices for the natural gas and NGLs. The prices of natural gas and NGLs are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, demand, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors beyond our control. We monitor these risks and enter into hedging transactions designed to mitigate the impact of commodity price fluctuations on our business. In addition, we also enter into hedges for frac spreads with certain of our customers and for operational purposes. Cash flows from a derivative instrument designated as a hedge are classified in the same category as the cash flows from the item being hedged.

The primary purpose of our commodity risk management activities is to hedge our exposure to commodity price risk inherent in our contract mix and reduce fluctuations in our operating cash flow despite fluctuations in commodity prices. In an effort to reduce the variability of our cash flows, as of September 30, 2007, we have hedged the commodity price associated with a significant portion of our expected natural gas, NGL and condensate equity volumes for the years 2007 through 2012 by entering into derivative financial instruments including swaps and purchased puts (or floors). The percentages of our expected equity volumes that are covered by our hedges is approximately 60% to 80% through 2009 and decreases over time. With swaps, we typically receive an agreed fixed price for a specified notional quantity of natural gas or NGLs, and we pay the hedge counterparty a floating price for that same quantity based upon published index prices. Since we receive from our customers substantially the same floating index price from the sale of the underlying physical commodity, these transactions are designed to effectively lock-in the agreed fixed price in advance for the volumes hedged. In order to avoid having a greater volume hedged than our actual equity volumes, we limit our use of swaps to hedge the prices of less than our expected natural gas and NGL equity volumes. We utilize purchased puts (or floors) to hedge the commodity price exposure associated with additional expected equity commodity volumes without creating volumetric risk. We intend to continue to manage our exposure to commodity prices in the future by entering into similar hedge transactions using swaps, collars, purchased puts (or floors) or other hedge instruments as market conditions permit.

We have tailored our hedges to generally match the NGL product composition and the NGL and natural gas delivery points to those of our physical equity volumes. Our NGL hedges cover baskets of ethane, propane, normal butane, iso-butane and natural gasoline based upon our expected equity NGL composition. We believe this strategy avoids uncorrelated risks resulting from employing hedges on crude oil or other petroleum products as “proxy” hedges of NGL prices. Additionally, our NGL hedges are based on published index prices for delivery at Mont Belvieu, and our natural gas hedges are based on published index prices for delivery at Waha, Houston Ship Channel and Mid-Continent, which closely approximate our actual NGL and natural gas delivery points. We hedge a portion of our condensate sales using crude oil hedges that are based on the NYMEX futures contracts for West Texas Intermediate light, sweet crude.

Our commodity price hedging transactions are typically documented pursuant to a standard International Swap Dealers Association (“ISDA”) form with customized credit and legal terms. Our principal counterparties (or, if applicable, their guarantors) have investment grade credit ratings. Our payment obligations in connection with substantially all of these hedging transactions, and any additional credit exposure due to a rise in natural gas and NGL prices relative to the fixed prices set forth in the hedges, are secured by a first priority lien in the collateral securing our senior secured indebtedness that ranks equal in right of payment with liens granted in favor of our senior secured lenders. As long as this first priority lien is in effect, we expect to have no obligation

 

69


Table of Contents

to post cash, letters of credit, or other additional collateral to secure these hedges at any time even if our counterparty’s exposure to our credit increases over the term of the hedge as a result of higher commodity prices or because there has been a change in our creditworthiness. A purchased put (or floor) transaction does not create credit exposure to us for our counterparties.

Summary of Our Hedges

At September 30, 2007, we had the following open commodity derivative positions designated as cash flow hedges:

Natural Gas

 

Instrument Type

   Index    Avg. Price
$/MMBtu
   MMBtu per day    (in thousands)
Fair Value
 
         2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012   

Swap

   IF-HSC    $ 9.08    2,740    —      —      —      —      —      $ 593  

Swap

   IF-HSC      8.09    —      2,328    —      —      —      —        381  

Swap

   IF-HSC      7.39    —      —      1,966    —      —      —        (381 )
                                            
         2,740    2,328    1,966    —      —      —        593  
                                            

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      8.56    8,152    —      —      —      —      —        1,836  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      8.43    —      6,964    —      —      —      —        3,958  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      8.02    —      —      6,256    —      —      —        1,415  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      7.43    —      —      —      5,685    —      —        202  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      7.34    —      —      —      —      2,750    —        72  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      7.18    —      —      —      —      —      2,750      140  
                                            
         8,152    6,964    6,256    5,685    2,750    2,750      7,623  
                                            

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.71    30,118    —      —      —      —      —        4,123  

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.27    —      29,307    —      —      —      —        (101 )

Swap

   IF-Waha      6.86    —      —      28,854    —      —      —        (8,412 )

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.39    —      —      —      15,009    —      —        (956 )

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.36    —      —      —      —      8,750    —        (135 )

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.18    —      —      —      —      —      8,750      44  
                                            
         30,118    29,307    28,854    15,009    8,750    8,750      (5,437 )
                                            

Swap

   NY-HH      6.79    3,840    —      —      —      —      —        (178 )
                                            

Total Swaps

         44,850    38,599    37,076    20,694    11,500    11,500      2,601  
                                            

Floor

   IF-NGPL MC      6.45    520    —      —      —      —      —        32  

Floor

   IF-NGPL MC      6.55    —      1,000    —      —      —      —        267  

Floor

   IF-NGPL MC      6.55    —      —      850    —      —      —        205  
                                            
         520    1,000    850    —      —      —        504  
                                            

Floor

   IF-Waha      6.70    350    —      —      —      —      —        25  

Floor

   IF-Waha      6.85    —      670    —      —      —      —        173  

Floor

   IF-Waha      6.55    —      —      565    —      —      —        115  
                                            
         350    670    565    —      —      —        313  
                                            

Total Floors

         870    1,670    1,415    —      —      —        817  
                                            
                           $ 3,418  
                                

 

70


Table of Contents

NGLs

 

Instrument Type

   Index   

Avg. Price

$/gal

   Barrels per day    (in thousands)
Fair Value
 
         2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012   

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.96    10,216    —      —      —      —      —      $ (10,672 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.92    —      9,257    —      —      —      —        (25,737 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.88    —      —      8,595    —      —      —        (12,259 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.87    —      —      —      6,559    —      —        1,102  

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.88    —      —      —      —      3,950    —        1,235  

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.88    —      —      —      —      —      2,950      1,121  
                                            
         10,216    9,257    8,595    6,559    3,950    2,950    $ (45,210 )
                                            

Condensate

 

Instrument Type

   Index    Avg. Price
$/Bbl
   Barrels per day    (in thousands)
Fair Value
 
         2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012   

Swap

   NY-WTI    72.82    439    —      —      —      —      —      $ (268 )

Swap

   NY-WTI    70.68    —      384    —      —      —      —        (777 )

Swap

   NY-WTI    69.00    —      —      322    —      —      —        (491 )

Swap

   NY-WTI    68.10    —      —      —      301    —      —        (388 )
                                            

Total Swaps

         439    384    322    301    —      —        (1,924 )
                                            

Floor

   NY-WTI    58.60    25    —      —      —      —      —        0  

Floor

   NY-WTI    60.50    —      55    —      —      —      —        17  

Floor

   NY-WTI    60.00    —      —      50    —      —      —        37  
                                            

Total Floors

         25    55    50    —      —      —        54  
                                            
                           $ (1,870 )
                                

These contracts may expose us to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances. Our hedging arrangements provide us protection on the hedged volumes if prices decline below the prices at which these hedges are set. If prices rise above the prices at which we have hedged, we will receive less revenue on the hedged volumes than we would receive in the absence of hedges.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk primarily through our borrowing activities. As of September 30, 2007, we had approximately $1,770 million of indebtedness, including indebtedness of the Partnership, of which $250 million was at fixed interest rates and $1,520 million was at variable interest rates. Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, other than the senior secured synthetic letter of credit, bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (2) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) determined by reference to the costs of funds for dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.

Subsequent to the senior secured credit agreement closing date, we entered into interest rate swaps for an aggregate notional amount of $350 million. The interest rate swaps effectively fix our interest rate on $350 million in borrowings to a rate of 4.8% plus the applicable LIBOR margin (2.25% at December 31, 2006). At December 31, 2006, the fair value of our interest rate swaps was $1.4 million. These interest rate swaps expired at the end of November 2007. In December, the Partnership entered into interest rate swaps for an aggregate

 

71


Table of Contents

notional amount of $100 million. These interest rate swaps effectively fix the Partnership’s interest rate on $100 million in borrowings to a rate at 4.14% plus the applicable LIBOR margin.

Based on LIBOR as of September 30, 2007, the annual interest expense on our variable rate debt inclusive of the effect of the interest rate swaps would increase or decrease by approximately $11.7 million if interest rates were to increase or decrease by one percentage point.

Credit Risk

We are subject to risk of losses resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers. We monitor the creditworthiness of customers to whom we grant credit and establish credit limits in accordance with our credit policy.

Commitments and Contingencies

Please read “Business—Environmental and Other Matters” and “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

72


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of midstream natural gas and NGL services in the United States. We provide these services through our integrated platform of midstream assets. Our gathering and processing assets are located primarily in the Permian Basin in west Texas and southeast New Mexico, the Louisiana Gulf Coast primarily accessing the offshore region of Louisiana, and, through the Partnership, the Fort Worth Basin in north Texas, the Permian Basin in west Texas and the onshore region of the Louisiana Gulf Coast. Additionally, our natural gas liquids logistics and marketing assets are located primarily at Mont Belvieu and Galena Park near Houston, Texas and in Lake Charles, Louisiana with terminals and transportation assets across the United States. We believe our asset locations, including those of the Partnership, provide us access to natural gas supplies and proximity to end-use markets and leading market hubs while positioning us to capitalize on potential growth opportunities from selected areas of the Permian Basin, the continued development of deepwater and deep shelf Gulf of Mexico natural gas reserves, the increasing importation of liquefied natural gas, or LNG, to the Gulf Coast and the growth of the Barnett Shale production in north Texas. We believe our asset locations, scale, broad range of services, operational focus and competitive cost structure position us well to serve customers and to benefit from the importance of infrastructure in the growing U.S. energy market.

We were formed in 2004 by our management team, which consists of former members of senior management of several midstream and other diversified energy companies, and Warburg Pincus. Targa Resources Finance Corporation (“Targa Finance”) is a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Targa. Targa Finance was created solely to serve as a corporate co-obligor on the obligations of Targa and will continue to have nominal assets and no operations or revenues. We are a large-scale, integrated midstream energy company with the ability to offer a wide range of midstream services to a diverse group of natural gas and NGL producers and customers. At September 30, 2007, we had total assets of $3.6 billion. We own or operate approximately 10,000 miles of natural gas pipelines and approximately 550 miles of NGL pipelines, with natural gas gathering systems covering approximately 14,500 square miles and 21 natural gas processing plants with access to natural gas supplies in the Permian Basin, north Texas, onshore southern Louisiana and the Gulf of Mexico. Additionally, we have an integrated NGL logistics and marketing business, with 16 storage, marine and transport terminals with above ground NGL storage capacity of approximately 900 MBbls, net NGL fractionation capacity of approximately 300 MBbls/d and 43 owned and operated storage wells with a net storage capacity of approximately 65 MMBbls.

Industry Overview

The midstream natural gas industry provides an essential link between the exploration and production of natural gas and the delivery of its components to end-use markets. We categorize the midstream natural gas industry into, and describe our business in, two divisions: (i) the Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division, which includes the Partnership, and (ii) the NGL Logistics and Marketing division. Our NGL Logistics and Marketing division consists of three segments: (a) Logistics Assets, (b) NGL Distribution and Marketing and (c) Wholesale Marketing. We have significant operations in both divisions and believe that we are one of the larger providers of services across each division.

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing

Natural gas gathering and processing consists of gathering, compressing, dehydrating, treating, conditioning, processing, storing, marketing and transporting natural gas and NGLs. The gathering of natural gas consists of aggregating natural gas produced from various wells through small diameter gathering lines for transportation to processing plants. Natural gas has a widely varying composition, depending on the field, the formation and the reservoir from which it is produced. The processing of natural gas consists of the extraction of imbedded NGLs and the removal of water vapor, solids and other contaminants to form (i) a stream of

 

73


Table of Contents

marketable natural gas, commonly referred to as residue gas, and (ii) a stream of combined NGLs, commonly referred to as “Mixed NGL” or “Y-Grade.” Once processed, the residue gas is transported to markets through pipelines that are either owned by the gatherers/processors or third-parties. End-users of residue gas include large rural, commercial and industrial customers, as well as natural gas and electric utilities serving individual consumers. We sell our residue gas either directly to such end-users or to marketers at market hubs, which are typically located in close proximity or ready access to our facilities.

NGL Logistics and Marketing

NGL logistics and marketing consists of the fractionation, storage, terminalling, transportation, distribution and marketing of NGLs. Through fractionation, the raw NGL mix produced by processing the natural gas is separated into component parts (ethane, propane, butanes and natural gasoline). Such component parts are delivered to end-users through pipelines, barges, trucks and rail cars. End-users of component NGLs include petrochemical and refining companies and propane markets for heating, cooking or crop drying applications. Retail distributors often sell to end-use propane customers.

Competitive Strengths

Large Scale, Strategically Located and Diversified Operations

Our portfolio of integrated midstream assets is strategically positioned across multiple geographic regions and producing basins where we provide products and services spanning the midstream value chain to a broad base of customers. We believe the size and scope of our portfolio of assets place us in proximity to a large number of new and existing gas producing wells in our areas of operations, allowing us to generate economies of scale within our operating regions and allowing us to attract customers by providing access to our existing facilities and to multiple end-use markets and market hubs.

 

   

Significant scale of operations . We own or operate approximately 10,000 miles of natural gas pipelines and approximately 550 miles of NGL pipelines, with natural gas gathering systems covering approximately 14,500 square miles and 21 natural gas processing plants with access to natural gas supplies in the Permian Basin, north Texas, onshore southern Louisiana and the Gulf of Mexico. Additionally, we have an integrated NGL logistics and marketing business, with 16 storage, marine and transport terminals with an NGL above ground storage capacity of approximately 900 MBbls, net NGL fractionation capacity of approximately 300 MBbls/d and 43 owned and operated storage wells with a net storage capacity of 65 MMBbls. Due to the high cost of obtaining permits for and constructing midstream assets and the difficulty of developing the expertise necessary to operate them, the barriers to entry are high in the midstream natural gas sector on a scale competitive with ours. We believe our installed asset base complements our history of providing high-quality services.

 

   

Multiple producing basins . Our major gathering and processing systems source natural gas volumes from four producing areas: the Permian Basin, the onshore South Louisiana basin, the offshore Gulf of Mexico basin, including the deepwater and deep shelf formations, and the Fort Worth Basin, which includes Barnett Shale production. In aggregate, these basins are a significant contributor to current domestic natural gas production, favorably positioning us to access large, diverse and important sources of domestic natural gas supply.

 

   

Large and diverse customer base . We focus on providing high-quality services at competitive costs, which we believe has allowed us to attract and retain a large, diverse customer base. Our customer base includes active natural gas producers in our regions of operations as well as purchasers and consumers of NGLs. While we have commercial relationships with large, diversified energy companies, we also provide services to a number of other customers, which reduces our dependence on any one customer. As of September 30, 2007, other than Chevron (including CPC), no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenue. We expect to continue to strengthen and grow our customer

 

74


Table of Contents
 

relationships due to our broad service offerings, well-positioned assets, competitive cost of service, market access, and commitment to providing high-quality customer service.

We have an ongoing relationship with CPC (the Chevron Phillips Chemical joint venture) for feedstock supply and services provided at Mont Belvieu and Galena Park. Agreements associated with this relationship are expected to be renegotiated over time to better meet the objectives of both companies, but are expected to continue on some similar basis due to the integrated nature of facilities and the difficulty and cost associated with replicating our assets.

For a detailed discussion of our gathering and processing agreements with Chevron, see “—Significant Customers.”

 

   

Broad service and product offering . We offer a wide range of midstream natural gas gathering and processing services and NGL logistics and marketing services. We believe the breadth and scope of our assets allow us to attract customers due to our ability to deliver products and services across the value chain and due to our well-positioned assets and markets. We believe this breadth and asset positioning, combined with our singular midstream focus, gives us a competitive advantage over other midstream companies and divisions of larger companies. In addition, we believe this diversity of assets and services diversifies cash flows by reducing our dependency on any particular line of business.

Attractive Cash Flow Characteristics

We believe our strategy, combined with our high-quality asset portfolio and strong industry fundamentals, allow us to generate attractive cash flows and achieve substantial near-term deleveraging of the business. Geographic, business and customer diversity enhances our cash flow profile. We have a favorable contract mix that is primarily fee-based or percent-of-proceeds which, along with our long-term commodity-hedging program, serves to mitigate the impact of commodity price movements on cash flow.

We have hedged the commodity price associated with a significant portion of our expected natural gas, NGL and condensate equity volumes for the years 2007 through 2012 by entering into derivative financial instruments including swaps and purchased puts (or floors). The percentages of our expected equity volumes that are covered by our hedges is approximately 60% to 80% through 2009 and decreases over time. The primary purpose of our commodity risk management activities is to hedge our exposure to price risk and to mitigate the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices on cash flow. We have intentionally tailored our hedges to approximate our actual NGL product composition and to approximate our actual NGL and natural gas delivery points. We intend to continue to manage our exposure to commodity prices in the future by entering into similar hedge transactions as market conditions permit.

Our maintenance capital expenditures have averaged approximately 15% of EBITDA over the last two years. We believe that our assets are well maintained and anticipate that a similar level of capital expenditures will be sufficient for us to continue to operate these assets in a prudent and cost-effective manner.

Asset Base Well-Positioned for Organic Growth

We believe our asset platform and strategic locations allow us to maintain and grow our cash flows as our supply areas continue to benefit from active exploration and development. Generally, higher oil and gas prices, such as those currently being experienced in global energy markets, result in increased domestic drilling and workover activity to increase production. The location of our assets provide us with access to stable natural gas supplies and proximity to end-use markets and liquid market hubs while positioning us to capitalize on high drilling and production activity in our basins and on emerging opportunities for Gulf Coast assets associated with LNG imports and LPG imports. Our existing infrastructure has the capacity to handle incremental volumes without significant capital investments. Finally, we believe that as U.S. demand for natural gas and NGLs continues to grow, our infrastructure will continue to increase in value as such infrastructure takes on increasing importance in meeting that demand.

 

75


Table of Contents

Experienced and Incentivized Management Team

Our seven senior management team members have over 200 years of combined experience operating, acquiring, integrating and improving the value of midstream natural gas assets and businesses across major supply areas including Texas, Louisiana and the Gulf Coast, and have held management positions at companies with midstream assets and commercial operations similar in scale and scope to ours. Several of the senior management team members have worked together effectively in prior roles and have complementary skills and sufficient depth to continue to manage the combined businesses and seek opportunities for operational and commercial improvements. Our management team is also incentivized to maintain and grow value as the executive management team and other senior managers own approximately 20% of the equity of Targa Investments, our parent company, on a fully diluted basis.

Business Strategy

Our strategy is focused on efficient operations, prudent risk management and growth through acquisitions and organic projects. We will implement this strategy by pursuing the following initiatives:

Enhance Cash Flows. We intend to continue to pursue new contracts, cost effectiveness and operating improvements of our assets. Such improvements in the past have, among other results, included new production and acreage commitments, reducing gas fuel, flare and loss volumes and enhancing NGL recoveries. We will also continue to enhance existing plant assets to improve and maximize capacity and throughput.

Mitigate Cash Flow Volatility. We intend to continue to operate our business in a manner that mitigates the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices on our cash flows. Key to this strategy will be continuing our natural gas, NGL and condensate hedging strategy over time.

Pursue Complementary Investments and Acquisitions. We intend to maintain a balanced and diversified portfolio of midstream energy assets and to optimize this asset base by developing organic projects and pursuing selective acquisitions that we believe will benefit from our existing infrastructure, personnel and customer relationships. We seek to make acquisitions at attractive multiples and follow a disciplined strategy focused on financial returns and strategic fit. In addition, our management has a long track record of successfully acquiring, integrating and improving the value of assets.

Provide Growth and Deleveraging Through Drop-down Strategy. In February 2007, we formed a master limited partnership, Targa Resources Partners LP (the “Partnership”), contributed North Texas to the Partnership and offered partnership units to the public. In October 2007, we sold the San Angelo System (“SAOU”) and the Louisiana System (“LOU”) to the Partnership and offered common units of the Partnership to the public. We own 25.5% of the outstanding limited partner interest of the Partnership, a 2% general partner interest and the associated incentive distribution rights. We intend to utilize the Partnership as a growth vehicle to enhance our cash flows. Our expected drop-downs to the Partnership should reduce our leverage over the next several years.

Our Business—Natural Gas Gathering and Processing Division

We gather and process natural gas from the Permian Basin in west Texas and southeast New Mexico, the offshore region of the Louisiana Gulf Coast and, through the Partnership, the Fort Worth Basin in north Texas, the Permian Basin in west Texas and the onshore region of the Louisiana Gulf Coast. Most of the NGLs we process are supplied through our gathering systems which, in aggregate, consist of over 10,000 miles of natural gas pipelines. The remainder is supplied through third-party owned pipelines. Our processing plants include 15 facilities that we own (either wholly or jointly) and operate as well as 6 facilities in which we have an ownership interest but are operated by others. During 2006, we processed an average of approximately 1.8 Bcf per day of natural gas and produced an average of approximately 106.8 MBbl/d of NGLs, in each case, net to our ownership interests. In the first nine months of 2007, we processed an average of approximately 1.9 Bcf per day of natural gas and produced an average of approximately 105.7 MBbl/d of NGLs, in each case net to our ownership interest.

 

76


Table of Contents

We continually seek new supplies of natural gas, both to offset the natural declines in production from connected wells and to increase throughput volumes. We obtain additional natural gas supply in our operating areas by contracting for production from new wells or by capturing existing production currently gathered by others. Competition for new natural gas supplies is based primarily on location of assets, commercial terms, service levels and access to markets. The commercial terms of natural gas gathering and processing arrangements are driven, in part, by capital costs, which are impacted by the proximity of systems to the supply source and operating costs, which are impacted by operational efficiencies and economies of scale.

We believe our extensive asset base and scope of operations in the regions in which we operate provide us with significant opportunities to add both new and existing natural gas production to our systems. We believe our size and scope give us a strong competitive position by placing us in proximity to a large number of existing and new natural gas producing wells in our areas of operations, allowing us to generate economies of scale and to provide our customers with access to our existing facilities and to multiple end-use markets and market hubs. Additionally, we believe our ability to serve our customers’ needs across the natural gas and NGL value chain further augments our ability to attract new customers and end-users.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth key ownership and operational information regarding our operating gathering systems and natural gas processing plants:

 

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing Systems

Facility

  %
Owned
  County/Approximate Square
Miles
  Approximate
Gross
Processing
Capacity
(MMcf/d)
  2006
Approximate
Inlet
Throughput
Volume
(MMcf/d)
 

2006

Approximate
NGL
Production
(MBbls/d)

  Process Type     Approximate
Fractionation
Capacity
(MBbl/d)

Permian Basin

             

Sand Hills

  100.0   Crane, TX   150   121.8   14.0   Cryo (6)   N/A

Saunders(1)

  63.0   Lea, NM   70   28.7   3.7   Cryo     N/A

Eunice(1)

  63.0   Lea, NM   120   56.1   6.6   Cryo     N/A

Monument(1)

  63.0   Lea, NM   90   45.0   4.6   Cryo     N/A

Mertzon(2)

  100.0   Irion, TX   48   30.3   5.5   Cryo     N/A

Sterling(2)

  100.0   Sterling, TX   62   52.4   8.5   Cryo     N/A

Conger(2)(3)

  100.0   Sterling, TX   25   N/A   N/A   Cryo     N/A
                   
      565   334.3   42.9    

Combined Gathering Area

    10 counties/8,160 square
miles
         

Louisiana Gulf Coast

             

Barracuda

  100.0   Cameron, LA   200   124.2   3.2   Cryo     N/A

Lowry

  100.0   Cameron, LA   265   219.8   4.9   Cryo     N/A

Stingray

  100.0   Cameron, LA   300   148.3   2.5   RA (7)   N/A

Yscloskey(4)

  28.4   St. Bernard, LA   1,850   140.6   1.7   RA     N/A

VESCO(5)

  22.9   Plaquemines, LA   300   112.3   2.9   Cryo     N/A

Calumet(4)

  37.2   St. Mary, LA   1,200   172.9   4.1   RA     N/A

Bluewater(4)

  21.8   Acadia, LA   425   40.5   1.2   Cryo     N/A

Terrebonne(4)

  11.4   Terrebonne, LA   900   49.8   2.0   RA     N/A

Toca(4)

  9.4   St. Bernard, LA   850   37.6   0.9   Cryo/RA     N/A

Iowa

  9.9   Jeff. Davis, LA   500   9.6   0.3   Cryo     N/A

Sea Robin

  0.8   Vermillion, LA   900   52.0   1.3   Cryo     N/A

Gillis(2)

  100.0   Calcasieu, LA   180   129.2   7.9   Cryo     13.0

Acadia(2)

  100.0   Acadia, LA   80   39.8   1.8   Cryo     N/A
                     
      7,950   1,276.6   34.7     13.0

Combined Gathering Area

    12 parishes/3,800 square
miles
         

North Texas

             

Chico(2)

  100.0   Wise, TX   265   150.5   17.6   Cryo (6)   11.5

Shackelford(2)

  100.0   Shackelford, TX   13   11.3   1.3   Cryo (6)   N/A
                     
      278   161.8   18.9     11.5

Combined Gathering Area

    14 counties/2,500 square
miles
         

(1) These plants are part of our Versado joint venture with Chevron, and 2006 volumes represent our 63.0% ownership interest.

 

(2) Included in assets of the Partnership.

 

(3) The Conger plant is not currently operating, but is on standby and can be quickly reactivated on short notice to meet additional needs for processing capacity.

 

(4) Our ownership is adjustable and subject to annual redetermination.

 

(5) VESCO volumes represent our 22.9% ownership interest.

 

(6) Cryo—Cryogenic Processing.

 

(7) RA—Refrigerated Absorption.

 

78


Table of Contents

Permian Basin Assets

The Permian Basin is characterized by long-lived, multi-horizon oil and gas reserves that have low natural production declines. Natural gas produced in the Permian Basin typically has higher NGL content, commonly referred to in the industry as rich gas. Rich gas makes processing a necessity before natural gas can be transported via interstate pipeline and provides for high NGL recovery and profitable processing margins under the percent of proceeds contracts.

Drilling and workover activity to increase oil and natural gas production in the Permian Basin has increased over the last several years, driven primarily by higher oil and natural gas prices. Workover activity is designed to allow existing wells to produce more oil and natural gas through recompletions, formation stimulation, enhanced artificial lift, enhanced oil recovery and other techniques.

We believe we are well positioned as a gatherer and processor in the Permian Basin. We have broad geographic scope, covering portions of 10 counties and approximately 8,160 square miles in southeast New Mexico and west Texas. Proximity to production and development provide us with a competitive advantage in capturing new supplies of natural gas because of our resulting competitive costs to connect new wells and to process additional natural gas in our existing processing plants. Additionally, because we operate all of our plants in this region, we are often able to redirect natural gas among several of our processing plants, allowing us to optimize processing efficiency and further improve the profitability of our operations.

Our Permian Basin operations consist of three different sets of assets: (i) west Texas, (ii) the Versado system and (iii) the San Angelo Operating Unit (the “SAOU System”).

West Texas Assets. The west Texas facilities consist of the Sand Hills plant and the West Seminole and Puckett gathering systems. The systems consist of approximately 1,300 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines. These gathering systems are low-pressure gathering systems with significant compression assets. The Sand Hills refrigerated cryogenic processing plant has residue gas connections to pipelines owned by affiliates of Enterprise Products Partners, ONEOK and El Paso.

Versado System. The Versado processing plants consist of three plants included in the Versado Gas Processors joint venture: Saunders, Eunice and Monument. Versado Gas Processors is a joint venture that is 63% owned by us and 37% owned by Chevron. These refrigerated cryogenic processing plants have 280 MMcf per day of total processing capacity in aggregate (net to our interest, 176 MMcf per day). The Versado plants have residue gas connections to pipelines owned by affiliates of El Paso, MidAmerican Energy Company and Kinder Morgan Energy Partners, L.P.

SAOU System (described under Targa Resources Partners LP below).

Louisiana Assets

Our Louisiana gathering systems and processing plants are supplied by natural gas produced from the South Louisiana basin onshore and from the shelf, deep shelf and deepwater of the Gulf of Mexico. With the strategic location of our assets in Louisiana, we have access to the Henry Hub, the largest natural gas hub in the United States, and a substantial NGL distribution system with access to markets throughout Louisiana and the southeast United States.

Our Louisiana Natural Gas Gathering and Processing assets consist of (i) coastal straddle plants and (ii) the onshore gathering and processing assets of the LOU System. Coastal straddle plants are generally situated on mainline natural gas pipelines and process volumes of natural gas collected from multiple offshore producing areas through a series of offshore gathering systems and pipelines. Our coastal straddle plants, some of which are operated by us, are located along the Louisiana Gulf Coast.

 

79


Table of Contents

Coastal Louisiana Straddle Plants . Our Coastal Louisiana assets consist of three wholly owned and eight partially owned straddle plants located on the Louisiana Gulf Coast. We also own and operate two offshore gathering systems, the 89-mile Pelican pipeline system, which has capacity of 125 Mmcf per day, and supplies a portion of the natural gas to the Barracuda processing facility and the 120-mile Seahawk pipeline system, which has capacity of 105 Mmcf per day and supplies a portion of the natural gas to the Lowry processing facility. The gathering systems are unregulated pipelines that gather natural gas from the shallow water central Gulf of Mexico shelf. The Seahawk gathering system that aggregates natural gas to supply the Lowry plant also gathers some natural gas from onshore South Louisiana locations. Additionally, we have an interest in the Venice gathering system, an offshore gathering system, regulated as an interstate pipeline by the FERC, which supplies a portion of the natural gas to VESCO.

Our Coastal Louisiana straddle plants process natural gas produced from shallow water central and western Gulf of Mexico natural gas wells and from deep shelf and deepwater Gulf of Mexico production via connections to third-party pipelines or through pipelines owned by us. Our Coastal Louisiana straddle plants have access to markets across the United States through the pipelines on which they are situated. These straddle plants are competitively positioned to receive natural gas produced from the Gulf of Mexico due to their pipeline interconnections and available capacity.

LOU System (described under Targa Resources Partners LP below).

Targa Resources Partners LP

The Partnership’s business consists of three sets of gathering and processing assets: (i) North Texas, (ii) the SAOU System and (iii) the LOU System.

North Texas. North Texas includes the following assets:

 

   

the Chico system, located in the northeast part of the Fort Worth Basin, which consists of:

 

   

approximately 1,900 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines with approximately 1,850 active connections to producing wells and central delivery points;

 

   

a refrigerated cryogenic natural gas processing plant with throughput capacity of approximately 265 MMcf/d (for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the average daily plant inlet volume was approximately 151 MMcf/d and 149 MMcf/d, respectively); and

 

   

an 11,500 Bbls/d fractionator located at the processing plant that enables the Partnership, based on market conditions, to either fractionate a portion of its raw NGL mix into separate NGL products for sale into local and other markets or deliver raw NGL mix to Mont Belvieu for fractionation primarily through Chevron’s West Texas LPG Pipeline, L.P (“WTLPG”);

 

   

the Shackelford system, located on the western side of the Fort Worth Basin, which consists of:

 

   

approximately 2,100 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines with approximately 800 active connections to producing wells and central delivery points;

 

   

a cryogenic natural gas processing plant with throughput capacity of approximately 13 MMcf/d (for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the average daily plant inlet volume was approximately 11 MMcf/d and 11 MMcf/d, respectively); and

 

   

a 32-mile, 10-inch diameter natural gas pipeline connecting the Shackelford and Chico systems, which we refer to as the “Interconnect Pipeline,” that is used primarily to send natural gas gathered in excess of the Shackelford system’s processing capacity to the Chico plant.

 

80


Table of Contents

The Shackelford plant delivers gas to Atmos Energy Corporation, or Atmos. The Chico plant can deliver residue gas to Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America, which is owned by Kinder Morgan, Inc. and serves the Midwest, specifically the Chicago market, ET Fuel System, which is owned by Energy Transfer Partners, L.P. and has access to the Waha, Carthage and Katy hubs in Texas, and Atmos.

SAOU System. The Partnership’s Permian Basin assets include the following:

 

   

approximately 1,350 miles of gathering pipelines covering approximately 4,000 square miles in portions of ten counties near San Angelo, Texas, including:

 

   

approximately 850 miles of low-pressure gathering systems, which allow wells that produce at progressively lower field pressures as they age to remain connected to the gathering system and to continue to produce for longer periods than otherwise possible; and

 

   

approximately 500 miles of high pressure gathering pipelines that deliver the natural gas to its processing plants currently operating in the region. The gathering system has 27 compressor stations at several central delivery points to inject low pressure gas into these high pressure pipelines;

 

   

approximately 3,000 active connections to producing wells and/or central delivery points;

 

   

the Mertzon and Sterling processing plants, which are refrigerated cryogenic plants and have aggregate processing capacity of approximately 110 MMcf/d; and

 

   

the Conger cryogenic processing plant with capacity of approximately 25 MMcf/d that is not currently operating, but can be reactivated on short notice to meet additional needs for processing capacity.

The Mertzon processing plant currently delivers residue gas to the Rancho Pipeline owned by Kinder Morgan, and NGLs produced by the plant are delivered to a pipeline owned by DCP Midstream, LLC (“DCP”) that delivers such NGLs to Targa-owned fractionators and the Mont Belvieu hub. The Sterling processing plant has residue gas connections to pipelines owned by affiliates of Atmos, El Paso Natural Gas Company, or El Paso, ONEOK and Enterprise Products/ET Fuel, and NGLs are delivered to the West Texas NGL pipeline, owned by Chevron, which also accesses the Mont Belvieu hub.

LOU System. The Partnership’s Louisiana assets include the following:

 

   

approximately 700 miles of gathering system pipelines, covering approximately 3,800 square miles in southwest Louisiana between Lafayette and Lake Charles;

 

   

the Gillis and Acadia processing plants, which are refrigerated cryogenic plants that have aggregate processing capacity of approximately 260 MMcf/d;

 

   

an integrated fractionation facility at the Gillis plant with processing capacity of approximately 13 MBbls/d; and

 

   

an approximately 60-mile intrastate pipeline system.

The LOU System’s processing plants have direct access to the Lake Charles industrial market through its intrastate pipeline system, providing the ability to deliver natural gas to industrial users and electric utilities in the Lake Charles area. As a result of the location and flexibility of its intrastate pipeline assets and the reliability of its natural gas supplies in the area, the LOU System has a leading market share in the Lake Charles area. It also has access to both interstate natural gas supplies and markets as well as access to the liquid NGL markets of the Louisiana and Texas gulf coast. For example, the Acadia plant also has the ability to deliver high-pressure residue gas to markets throughout the United States by accessing the Trunkline, Transco, Tennessee, Columbia Gulf and GulfSouth pipelines. The industrial customers that burn the Gillis plant residue gas readily burn richer (higher Btu) gas which provides the LOU System with operational and commercial flexibility to process less

 

81


Table of Contents

NGLs from the gas stream if unexpected operating conditions occur or if NGLs are more valuable as natural gas. Such volumes are typically under short term contracts. The above factors mitigate the commodity price risk typically associated with wellhead purchase or keep-whole contracts.

Our Business—NGL Logistics and Marketing Division

In our NGL Logistics and Marketing division, we use our platform of integrated assets to fractionate, store, terminal, transport, distribute and market NGLs typically under fee-based and margin-based arrangements. For NGLs to be used by refineries, petrochemical manufacturers, propane distributors and other industrial end-users, they must be fractionated into their component products and efficiently delivered to various points throughout the U.S. Our NGL logistics and marketing assets are generally connected to and supplied, in part, by our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing assets and are primarily located at Mont Belvieu and Galena Park near Houston, Texas and in Lake Charles, Louisiana with terminals and transportation assets across the United States. In addition, we own or commercially manage assets in a number of other states, including Alabama, Nevada, California, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee, Kentucky and New Jersey. The geographic diversity of our assets provides us direct access to many NGL customers as well as markets via open-access regulated NGL pipelines owned by third-parties.

Our NGL Logistics and Marketing division consists of three segments: (i) Logistics Assets, (ii) NGL Distribution and Marketing and (iii) Wholesale Marketing. Our Logistics Assets segment includes the assets involved in the fractionation, storage and transportation of NGLs. Our NGL Distribution and Marketing segment markets our own NGL production and also purchases NGL products from third parties for resale. Our Wholesale Marketing segment includes our refinery services business and wholesale propane marketing operations.

Logistics Assets Segment

Fractionation . NGL fractionation facilities separate raw NGL mix into discrete NGL products: ethane, propane, butanes and natural gasoline. Raw NGL mix recovered from our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division represents the largest source of volumes processed by our NGL fractionators.

The majority of our NGL fractionation facilities process raw NGL mix under fee-based arrangements. These fees are subject to adjustment for changes in certain fractionation expenses, including energy costs. The operating results of our NGL fractionation business are dependent upon the volume of raw NGL mix fractionated and the level of fractionation fees charged.

We believe that sufficient volumes of raw NGL mix will be available for fractionation in commercially viable quantities for the foreseeable future due to increases in natural gas liquids production from the Fort Worth Basin, Fayetteville Shale, Rockies and certain other basins accessed by pipelines to Mont Belvieu, as well as from continued production of NGLs in areas such as the Permian Basin, Mid-Continent, south Louisiana and Shelf and Deepwater Gulf of Mexico. Changes in dew point specifications implemented by individual pipelines and enacted by the FERC across the industry should result in a potential increase in volumes of raw NGL mix available for fractionation because the natural gas will require processing or conditioning to meet pipeline quality specifications. These requirements could help to establish a base volume of raw NGL mix during periods when it might be otherwise uneconomical to process certain sources of natural gas. Furthermore, significant volumes of raw NGL mix are contractually committed to our NGL fractionation facilities.

Although competition for NGL fractionation services is primarily based on the fractionation fee, the ability of an NGL fractionator to obtain raw NGL mix and distribute NGL products is also an important competitive factor. This ability is a function of the existence of the pipeline and storage infrastructure necessary to conduct such operations. The scope and capability of our logistics assets, including our transportation and distribution systems, give us access to both substantial sources of raw NGL mix and a large number of end-use markets.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table details our fractionation facilities:

 

Facility

   %
Owned
   Maximum
Gross
Capacity
(MBls per
day)
   2006 Net
Throughput
(MBls per
day)
 

Operated Fractionation Facilities: (1)

        

Lake Charles Fractionators(2) (Lake Charles, LA)

   100.0    55    32.8  

Cedar Bayou Fractionators (Mont Belvieu, TX)

   88.0    215    131.2  

Equity Fractionation Facilities (non-operated):

        

Gulf Coast Fractionators (Mont Belvieu, TX)

   38.8    105    41.5  

Partnership Operated Fractionation Facilities:

        

Gillis Plant Fractionator (Lake Charles, LA)(3)

   100.0    13    9.7  

Chico Plant Fractionator (Wise, TX)(3)

   100.0    12    12.0 (4)

(1) Excludes operating data for our Chico and VESCO fractionation facilities.

 

(2) Includes ownership through our 88% interest in Downstream Energy Ventures Co, LLC.

 

(3) Included in our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division.

 

(4) Chico Plant Fractionator is running at full capacity.

Our fractionation assets include ownership interests in three stand-alone fractionation facilities that are strategically located on the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast. We operate two of the facilities, one at Mont Belvieu, Texas, and the other at Lake Charles, Louisiana. During 2006, these facilities fractionated an aggregate average of approximately 227 thousand barrels per day (net to our ownership interest). We also have an equity investment in a third fractionator, the GCF Fractionator, or GCF, located in Mont Belvieu. We are subject to a consent decree with the Federal Trade Commission, issued December 12, 1996, that, among other things, prevents us from participating in commercial decisions regarding rates paid by third parties for fractionation services at GCF. This restriction on our activity at GCF will terminate on December 12, 2016, twenty years after the date the consent order was issued. This consent decree predates our ownership of the assets.

Storage and Terminalling . In general, our storage provides warehousing of raw NGL mix, NGL products and petrochemical products in underground wells to inject and withdraw such products at various times in order to meet demand cycles. Similarly, our terminalling operations are the inbound/outbound logistics and warehousing of raw NGL mix, NGL products and petrochemical products in above-ground storage tanks. Our underground storage and terminalling facilities range in scale from serving a singular market, such as propane, to serving multiple products and markets, such as our Mont Belvieu and Galena Park facilities where we have extensive pipeline connections for mixed NGL supply and delivery of component NGLs. In addition, some of these facilities are connected to marine, rail and truck loading and unloading facilities that provide services and products to our customers. We provide long-and short-term storage and terminalling services and throughput capability to affiliates and third-party domestic customers for a fee.

We own and operate a total of 43 storage wells at our facilities with a net storage capacity of approximately 65 MMBbls, the usage of which may be limited by brine handling capacity, which is utilized to displace NGL from storage. We also have 14 wholly owned terminal facilities in Texas, Kentucky, Mississippi, Tennessee, Louisiana, Florida and New Jersey.

We operate our storage and terminalling facilities based on the needs and requirements of our customers in the NGL, petrochemical, heating and other related industries. We usually experience an increase in demand for storage and terminalling of mixed NGLs during the summer months when gas plants typically reach peak NGL production, refineries have excess NGL products and liquid petroleum gas, or LPG, imports are often highest. Likewise, demand for storage and terminalling at our propane facilities typically peak during the highest demand periods of fall, winter and early spring.

 

83


Table of Contents

The following tables detail our NGL storage and terminalling assets:

 

NGL Storage Facilities

Facility

   % Owned    County/Parish State    Number of
Wells
    Gross
Permitted
Capacity
(Mmbbl)

Hackberry Storage (Lake Charles)

   100    Cameron, LA    12 (3)   16.3

Mont Belvieu Storage

   100    Chambers, TX    20 (4)   65.0

Easton Storage (1)(2)

   100    Evangeline, LA    0 (1)   —  

Hattiesburg Storage

   50    Forrest, MS    3     7.5

VESCO

   23    Plaquemines, LA    8     10.0

Versado(2)

   63    Lea, NM    0     —  

(1) One of the inactive wells expected in commercial service during 2008.
(2) Out of service.
(3) Four of twelve owned wells leased to Citgo under long-term lease; one of twelve currently permitting for hydrocarbon service.
(4) We own 20 wells and operate 6 wells owned by ChevronPhillipsChemical.

 

Terminal Facilities

 
     % Owned    County/Parish State    Description    2006
Throughput
(million gallons)
 

Galena Park Terminal

   100    Harris, TX    NGL import/export terminal    1,131.3  

Calvert City Terminal

   100    Marshall, KY    Propane terminal    45.5  

Greenville Terminal

   100    Washington, MS    Marine propane terminal    25.4 (1)

Pt. Everglades Terminal

   100    Broward, FL    Marine propane terminal    43.8  

Tampa Terminal

   100    Hillsborough, FL    Marine propane terminal    19.2  

Tyler Terminal

   100    Smith, TX    Propane terminal    7.6  

Abilene Transport

   100    Taylor, TX    Raw NGL transport terminal    8.6  

Bridgeport Transport

   100    Jack, TX    Raw NGL transport terminal    47.9  

Gladewater Transport

   100    Gregg, TX    Raw NGL transport terminal    20.6  

Hammond Transport

   100    Tangipahoa, LA    Transport terminal    32.3  

Chattanooga Terminal

   100    Hamilton, TN    Propane terminal    20.1  

Mont Belvieu Terminal

   100    Chambers, TX    Transport and storage terminal    3,514.5 (1)

Venice Terminal

   23    Plaquemines, LA    Storage terminal    6.8  

Hackberry Terminal

   100    Cameron, LA    Storage terminal    531.3  

Sparta Terminal

   100    Sparta, NJ    Propane terminal    8.3  

Hattiesburg Terminal

   50    Forrest, MS    Propane terminal    170.1  

(1) Volumes reflect total import and export across the dock/terminal.

Wholesale Marketing Segment

Transportation and Distribution . Our NGL transportation and distribution infrastructure includes a wide range of assets supporting both third-party customers and the delivery requirements of our marketing and asset management business. We provide fee-based transportation services to refineries and petrochemical companies throughout the Gulf Coast area. Our assets are also deployed to serve our wholesale distribution terminals, fractionation facilities, underground storage facilities, pipeline injection terminals and numerous crude oil refineries and petrochemical facilities. These distribution assets provide a variety of ways to transport and deliver products to our customers. Our transportation assets, as of September 30, 2007, include:

 

   

approximately 800 railcars that we lease and manage;

 

   

approximately 80 transport tractors and 100 tank trailers;

 

84


Table of Contents
   

approximately 530 miles of gas liquids pipelines, primarily in the Gulf Coast area; and

 

   

21 NGL pressurized barges with more than 320,000 barrels of capacity.

Refinery Services . In our refinery services business, we typically provide NGL balancing services, in which we have contractual arrangements with refiners to purchase and/or market propane and to provide butane supply. We also contract for and use the storage, transportation and distribution assets included in our Logistics Assets segment to assist refinery customers in managing their NGL product demand and production schedules. This includes both feedstocks consumed in refinery processes and the excess NGL produced by those same refining processes. Under typical net-back contracts, we generally retain a portion of the resale price of NGL sold, subject to a fixed minimum fee per gallon on products sold. Under net-back contracts, fees are earned for locating and supplying NGL feedstocks to the refineries based on a percentage of the cost to obtain such supply, subject to a minimum fee per gallon. In 2006, we sold an average of 38,000 barrels of NGL per day through this refinery services business. In 2007, we have extended and expanded our refinery services contracts.

Key factors impacting the results of our refinery services business include production volumes produced, propane and butane prices, as well as our ability to perform receipt, delivery and transportation services in order to meet refinery demand.

Wholesale Propane Marketing . Our wholesale propane marketing operations include the sale of propane and related logistics services to major multi-state retailers, independent retailers and other end-users. Our propane supply primarily originates from both our refinery/gas supply contracts and our other owned or managed logistics and marketing assets. We generally sell propane at a fixed or posted price at the time of delivery and, in some circumstances, we earn margin on a net-back basis. In 2006, we sold an average of approximately 33,000 barrels of propane per day.

Our wholesale propane marketing business is significantly impacted by weather-driven demand, particularly in the winter, the price of propane in the markets we serve and our ability to deliver propane to customers to satisfy peak winter demand.

NGL Distribution and Marketing Segment

In our NGL Distribution and Marketing segment, we market our own NGL production and also purchase component NGL products from other NGL producers and marketers for resale. In 2006, our distribution and marketing services business sold an average of approximately 220,000 barrels per day of NGLs to third parties in North America, not including approximately 11,000 barrels per day sold by Targa and recorded in its gathering and processing business. We generally purchase raw NGL mix from producers at a monthly pricing index less applicable fractionation, transportation and marketing fees and resell these products to petrochemical manufacturers, refineries and other marketing and retail companies. This is primarily a physical settlement business in which we earn margins from purchasing and selling NGL products from producers under contract. We also earn margins by purchasing and reselling NGL products in the spot and forward physical markets. To effectively serve our customers in the NGL Distribution and Marketing segment, we contract for and use many of the assets included in our Logistics Assets segment.

Operational Risks and Insurance

We are subject to all risks inherent in the midstream natural gas business. These risks include, but are not limited to, explosions, fires, mechanical failure, terrorist attacks, product spillage, weather, nature and inadequate maintenance of rights-of-way, which could result in damage to or destruction of operating assets and other property, or could result in personal injury, loss of life or pollution of the environment, as well as curtailment or suspension of operations at the affected facility. We maintain general public liability, property, boiler and machinery and business interruption insurance in amounts that we consider to be appropriate for such risks. Such insurance is subject to deductibles that we consider reasonable and not excessive given the current insurance

 

85


Table of Contents

market environment. The costs associated with these insurance coverages have increased significantly during recent periods, and may continue to do so in the future. For example, following Hurricanes Katrina and Rita, insurance premiums, deductibles and co-insurance requirements have increased substantially, and terms generally are less favorable than terms that could be obtained prior to such hurricanes. We believe that recent increases in insurance premiums, deductibles and co-insurance requirements represent the near-term impact of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita. Although we do not anticipate that insurance terms and coverage will return to levels experienced prior to such hurricanes, we do expect that, barring a recurrence of significant hurricane related losses, more favorable insurance terms and coverage will be available over the next several years.

The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured or indemnified against, or the failure of a party to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition. While we currently maintain levels and types of insurance that we believe to be prudent under current insurance industry market conditions, our inability to secure these levels and types of insurance in the future could negatively impact our business operations and financial stability, particularly if an uninsured loss were to occur. No assurance can be given that we will be able to maintain these levels of insurance in the future at rates we consider commercially reasonable, particularly in the area of contingent business interruption insurance for our offshore gathering systems and, should the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005 not be extended beyond December 2007, terrorism insurance.

Significant Customers

For the year ended December 31, 2006, transactions with Chevron and CPC represented approximately 28% and 20% of our consolidated revenues and consolidated product purchases, respectively. No other third party customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues during these periods. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, transactions with Chevron and CPC represented approximately 24% and 13% of our consolidated revenues and consolidated product purchases, respectively.

Gas Gathering and Processing Contracts with Chevron

Under gas gathering and processing agreements with us or the Versado and VESCO entities in which we have a 63.0% and 22.9% ownership interest, respectively, Chevron has dedicated, on a life-of-field basis, substantially all of the natural gas it produces from committed areas in New Mexico, Texas and the Gulf of Mexico. Under these contracts, we receive a percentage of the volumes of NGLs and residue gas attributable to the processed natural gas in Texas and New Mexico and a percentage of the volumes of NGLs or a fee depending on processing economics for the Gulf of Mexico. These contracts provide that either party has the right to periodically renegotiate the processing terms. If the parties are unable to agree, then the matter is settled by binding arbitration. These terms were renegotiated effective September 1, 2006 for substantially all of the affected production without the need for arbitration.

Refinery Services and Related Contracts With Chevron

Our master refinery services agreement for Chevron refineries was renegotiated and replaced on September 1, 2006 with liquid product purchase and sale agreements which allow us to purchase propane (and in some cases to purchase and sell butanes) for the Elk Hills, Kettleman Hills, McKittrick and Taft 1C Gas plants, the El Segundo (propane and p/p mix), Maysville (butane only), Pascagoula, Richmond and Salt Lake City refineries; time charter agreements in which we provide transportation for Chevron’s p/p mix and butane produced at the Pascagoula Refinery; and fractionation agreements in which we fractionate Chevron’s raw product and butane at our Mont Belvieu facility. These contracts have one to three year terms. We are well positioned to retain Chevron as a customer based on these contractual positions and customer relationships, our long-standing history of customer service, established relationship with each facility, criticality of the service provided, competitive rate structure, competitive-cost provision of non-traditional services and potentially high costs of replacing the infrastructure assets that we have in place to serve Chevron’s needs.

 

86


Table of Contents

In addition to our agreements with Chevron, we have agreements with Chevron Phillips Chemical (“CPC”), a separate joint venture affiliate of Chevron, pursuant to which we supply a significant portion of CPC’s NGL feedstock needs for petrochemical plants in the Texas gulf Coast area. Through a related services agreement, we provide storage and logistical services to CPC for feedstocks and products produced from the petrochemical plants. Under provisions of the services contract, we have given CPC notice of termination, which starts a two year termination clock to renegotiate the agreement, for the mutual benefit of both companies. Similarly, we have given notice on the feedstocks agreement, which also starts a two year clock, effective August 2007, to renegotiate this agreement for the mutual benefit of both companies. We are well positioned to retain CPC as a customer based on our long-standing history of customer service, criticality of the service provided, the integrated nature of facilities and the difficulty and high cost associated with replicating our assets.

Competition

We face strong competition in acquiring new natural gas supplies. Competition for natural gas supplies is primarily based on the location of gathering and processing facilities, pricing arrangements, reputation, efficiency, flexibility, reliability and access to end-use markets or liquid marketing hubs. Competitors to our gathering and processing operations include other natural gas gatherers and processors, such as major interstate and intrastate pipeline companies, master limited partnerships and oil and gas producers. Our major competitors for natural gas supplies in our current operating regions, include Duke Energy Field Services (“DEFS”), Enterprise Products, Energy Transfer, Enbridge, JL Davis and Southern Union Gas (formerly Sid Richardson). Many of our competitors have greater financial resources than we possess. If we are unable to maintain or increase the throughput on our gathering systems or in our processing plants because of an inability to connect new supplies of gas or attract new customers, then our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected.

We also compete for NGL products to market through our NGL Logistics and Marketing division. Our competitors include major oil and gas producers who market NGL products for their own account and for others. Additionally, we compete with several other NGL marketing companies, including Enterprise Products, TEPPCO Partners, DEFS and BP p.l.c.

Additionally, we face competition for raw NGL mix supplies at our fractionation facilities. Our competitors include large oil, natural gas and petrochemical companies. The fractionators in which we own an interest in the Mont Belvieu region compete for volumes of raw NGL mix with other fractionators also located at Mont Belvieu. Among the primary competitors are Enterprise Products and ONEOK. In addition, certain producers fractionate raw NGL mix for their own account in captive facilities. Our Mont Belvieu fractionators also compete on a more limited basis with fractionators in Conway, Kansas and a number of decentralized, smaller fractionation facilities in Texas, Louisiana and New Mexico. Our other fractionation facilities compete for raw NGL mix with the fractionators at Mont Belvieu as well as other fractionation facilities located in Louisiana. Our customers who are significant producers of raw NGL mix and NGL products or consumers of NGL products may develop their own fractionation facilities in lieu of using our services.

Regulation

Regulation of Our Interstate Natural Gas Pipelines

We are the commercial operator and part-owner (22.9 percent equity interest) of Venice Gathering System, L.L.C. (“VGS”), a natural gas pipeline that originates on the Outer Continental Shelf (“OCS”). VGS is regulated by FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938, or NGA, and the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978, or NGPA. VGS operates under a FERC-approved, open-access tariff that establishes rates and terms and conditions under which the system provides services to its customers. Pursuant to FERC’s jurisdiction, existing pipeline rates and/or terms and conditions of service may be challenged by customer complaint or by FERC and proposed rate changes or changes in the terms and conditions of service may be challenged by protest.

 

87


Table of Contents

Generally, FERC’s authority extends to:

 

   

Transportation of natural gas;

 

   

rates and charges for natural gas transportation;

 

   

certification and construction of new facilities;

 

   

extension or abandonment of services and facilities;

 

   

maintenance of accounts and records;

 

   

commercial relationships and communications between pipelines and certain affiliates;

 

   

terms and conditions of service and service contracts with customers;

 

   

depreciation and amortization policies; and

 

   

acquisition and disposition of facilities.

VGS holds a certificate of public convenience and necessity issued by FERC pursuant to Section 7 of the NGA permitting the construction, ownership, and operation of its interstate natural gas pipeline facilities and the provision of transportation services. This certificate authorization requires VGS to provide on a non-discriminatory basis open-access services to all customers who qualify under its FERC gas tariff. Under Section 8 of the NGA, FERC has the power to prescribe the accounting treatment of items for regulatory purposes. Thus, the books and records of VGS may be periodically audited by FERC.

The maximum recourse rates that may be charged by VGS for its services are established through FERC’s ratemaking process. Generally, the maximum filed recourse rates for interstate pipelines are based on the cost of service including recovery of and a return on the pipeline’s actual prudent historical cost investment. Key determinants in the ratemaking process are costs of providing service, allowed rate of return and volume throughput and contractual capacity commitment assumptions. The maximum applicable recourse rates and terms and conditions for service are set forth in each pipeline’s FERC approved tariff. Rate design and the allocation of costs also can impact a pipeline’s profitability. Natural gas companies may not charge rates that have been determined to be unjust and unreasonable. VGS is permitted to discount its firm and interruptible rates without further FERC authorization down to the variable cost of performing service, provided they do not “unduly discriminate.”

The design, construction, and operation of our natural gas pipelines are also subject to regulation by the Office of Pipeline Safety of the Department of Transportation, or DOT. The DOT has promulgated regulations governing pipeline wall thickness, design pressures, maximum operating pressures, pipeline patrols and leak surveys, minimum depth requirements, and emergency procedures, as well as other matters intended to ensure adequate protection for the public and to prevent accidents and failures. In Louisiana, the Department of Natural Resources, Pipeline Division implements DOT’s safety rules. In Texas, the Railroad Commission of Texas, or RRC, implements those safety rules. In New Mexico, the New Mexico Public Regulation Commission implements the DOT’s safety rules.

Energy Policy Act of 2005 . On August 8, 2005, President Bush signed into law the Domenici-Barton Energy Policy Act of 2005, or the 2005 EP Act. The 2005 EP Act is a comprehensive compilation of tax incentives, authorized appropriations for grants and guaranteed loans, and significant changes to the statutory policy that affects all segments of the energy industry. With respect to regulation of natural gas transportation, the 2005 EP Act amends the NGA and the NGPA by increasing the criminal penalties available for violations of each Act. The 2005 EP Act also adds a new section to the NGA, which provides FERC with the power to assess civil penalties of up to $1,000,000 per day for violations of the NGA and increases the FERC’s civil penalty authority under the NGPA from $5,000 per violation per day to $1,000,000 per violation per day. Before enactment of the 2005 EP Act, FERC was only authorized to impose criminal penalties for violations of the NGA and criminal or civil penalties for violations of the NGPA. This new legislation is applicable to FERC-regulated

 

88


Table of Contents

entities, including VGS. EPAct 2005 also amends the NGA to add an anti-market manipulation provision which makes it unlawful for any entity to engage in prohibited behavior in contravention of rules and regulations to be prescribed by FERC. On January 19, 2006, FERC issued Order No. 670, a rule implementing the anti-market manipulation provision of EPAct 2005, and subsequently denied rehearing. The rules make it unlawful to: (1) in connection with the purchase or sale of natural gas subject to the jurisdiction of FERC, or the purchase or sale of transportation services subject to the jurisdiction of FERC, for any entity, directly or indirectly, to use or employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud; (2) to make any untrue statement of material fact or omit to make any such statement necessary to make the statements made not misleading; or (3) to engage in any act or practice that operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person. The new anti-market manipulation rule does not apply to activities that relate only to intrastate or other non-jurisdictional sales or gathering, but does apply to activities of gas pipelines and storage companies that provide interstate services, as well as otherwise non-jurisdictional entities to the extent the activities are conducted “in connection with” gas sales, purchases or transportation subject to FERC jurisdiction. The anti-market manipulation rule and enhanced civil penalty authority reflect an expansion of FERC’s NGA enforcement authority. Additional proposals and proceedings that might affect the natural gas industry are pending before Congress, FERC and the courts. The natural gas industry historically has been heavily regulated. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that present policies pursued by FERC and Congress will continue.

Affiliate Relationships . Commencing in 2003, FERC issued a series of orders adopting rules for new Standards of Conduct for Transmission Providers (Order No. 2004) which applied to interstate natural gas pipelines and to certain natural gas storage companies which provide storage services in interstate commerce. Order No. 2004 became effective in 2004. Among other matters, Order No. 2004 required interstate pipelines to operate independently from their energy affiliates, prohibited interstate pipelines from providing non-public transportation or shipper information to their energy affiliates, prohibited interstate pipelines from favoring their energy affiliates in providing service, and obligated interstate pipelines to post on their websites a number of items of information concerning the company, including its organizational structure, facilities shared with energy affiliates, discounts given for service and instances in which the company has agreed to waive discretionary terms of its tariff.

Late in 2006, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (“D.C. Circuit”) vacated and remanded Order No. 2004, as it relates to natural gas transportation providers. The court objected to FERC’s expansion of the prior standards of conduct to include energy affiliates, and vacated the entire rule as it relates to natural gas transportation providers. On January 9, 2007, and as clarified on March 21, 2007, FERC issued an interim rule re-promulgating on an interim basis the standards of conduct that were not challenged before the court, while FERC decides how to respond to the court’s decision on a permanent basis. The interim rule makes the standards of conduct apply to the relationship between natural gas transportation providers and their marketing affiliates, but not to energy affiliates who are not also marketing affiliates. Our only transmission provider, VGS, does not currently engage in any transactions with its market affiliates, and thus the interim rule does not currently impact VGS’ operations.

Several companies requested rehearing and clarification of the interim rule. The March 21, 2007 order on clarification granted some of the requested clarifications and stated that it would address the other requests in its proceeding establishing a permanent rule. FERC has issued a notice of proposed rulemaking, or NOPR, that proposes permanent standards of conduct that FERC states will avoid the aspects of the previous standards of conduct rejected by the court. With respect to natural gas transportation providers, the NOPR proposes (1) that the permanent standards of conduct apply only to the relationship between natural gas transportation providers and their marketing affiliates, and (2) to make permanent the changes adopted in the interim rule permitting risk management employees to be shared by natural gas transportation providers and their marketing affiliates and requiring that tariff waivers be maintained in a written waiver log and available upon request. We have no way to predict with certainty the scope of FERC’s permanent rules on the standards of conduct.

 

89


Table of Contents

Market Transparency NOPR . On April 19, 2007, FERC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in which it proposed to require intrastate natural gas pipelines, which may include both gathering and transportation pipelines, to post daily on their Internet websites the volumes flowing on their systems. In addition, FERC proposed to require all buyers and sellers of more than a minimum volume of natural gas to report to FERC on an annual basis the number and total volume of their transactions. FERC has asserted that is has the jurisdiction to issue these regulations with respect to intrastate pipelines and otherwise non-jurisdictional buyers and sellers of gas in order to facilitate market transparency in the interstate natural gas market pursuant to Section 23 of the NGA, which was added by Section 316 of EPAct 2005. Initial comments were submitted on July 11, 2007, and reply comments were submitted on August 23, 2007, by industry participants. FERC has not yet issued a final rule. If adopted as proposed, our intrastate natural gas operations may incur additional costs in order to comply with the posting and reporting requirements of the rules. We cannot predict the ultimate impact of these regulatory changes to our natural gas operations. We do not believe that we would be affected by any such FERC action materially differently than other natural gas companies with whom we compete.

FERC Policy Statement on Income Tax Allowances . In 2005, FERC issued a policy statement in which it stated it will permit a pipeline to include in its cost-of-service a tax allowance to reflect actual or potential tax liability on its public utility income attributable to all partnership or limited liability company interests, if the ultimate owner of the interest has an actual or potential income tax liability on such income. Whether a pipeline’s owners have such actual or potential income tax liability will be determined by FERC on a case-by-case basis. The new policy entails rate risk due to the case-by-case review requirement. FERC’s new tax allowance policy was appealed to the D.C. Circuit. The D.C. Circuit issued an order on May 29, 2007 in which it upheld FERC’s new tax allowance policy. On August 20, 2007, the D.C. Circuit denied a request for rehearing of the May 29, 2007 decision. The period for appeals has now passed.

On December 8, 2006, FERC issued a new order addressing rates on one of the interstate oil pipelines of SFPP, L.P. (SFPP). In the new order, FERC refined its income tax allowance policy, noting that the tax deferral features of a publicly traded partnership may cause some investors to receive, for some indeterminate duration, cash distributions in excess of their taxable income, which FERC characterized as a “tax savings.” FERC stated that it is concerned that this created an opportunity for those investors to earn an additional return, funded by ratepayers. Responding to this concern, FERC chose to adjust the pipeline’s equity rate of return downward based on the percentage by which the publicly traded partnership’s cash flow exceeded taxable income. On February 7, 2007, SFPP asked FERC to reconsider this ruling. The ultimate outcome of this proceeding is not certain and could result in changes to FERC’s treatment of income tax allowances in cost of service, which may cause the rates for Targa NGL Pipeline Company LLC, or Targa NGL, and the recourse rates for VGS to be set at a level that is different, and in some instances lower, than the level otherwise in effect.

FERC Policy Statement on Proxy Groups for Rates of Return Determinations . On July 19, 2007, FERC issued a proposed policy statement regarding the composition of proxy groups for determining the appropriate returns on equity for natural gas and oil pipelines. The proposed policy statement would permit the inclusion of master limited partnerships (MLPs) in the proxy group for purposes of calculating allowed returns on equity under the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) analysis, a change from its prior view that MLPs had not been shown to be appropriate for such inclusion. FERC proposes to apply the final policy statement to all natural gas rate cases that have not completed the hearing phase as of the date FERC issues the final policy statement. FERC received comments on the proposed policy in September 2007. FERC’s proposed policy statement is subject to change based on comments filed and therefore we cannot predict the scope of the final policy statement and its impact, if any, on VGS’ rates.

 

90


Table of Contents

Regulation of Our Offshore Gathering Facilities

Our Seahawk and Pelican gathering systems gather gas on the OCS. Section 1(b) of the NGA exempts natural gas gathering facilities from regulation by FERC as a natural gas company under the NGA. We believe that the natural gas pipelines in our Seahawk and Pelican gathering systems meet the traditional tests FERC has used to establish a pipeline’s status as a gatherer not subject to regulation under the NGA as a natural gas company. However, the distinction between FERC-regulated transmission services and federally unregulated gathering services is the subject of substantial, on-going litigation, so the classification and regulation of our gathering facilities are subject to change based on future determinations by FERC, the courts, or Congress.

Seahawk and Pelican are subject to the jurisdiction of the applicable Louisiana regulatory agencies to the extent that those gathering systems traverse state land and/or waters. State regulation of gathering facilities generally includes various safety, environmental, nondiscriminatory take, and common purchaser requirements, and complaint-based rate regulation. Natural gas gathering may receive greater regulatory scrutiny at both the state and federal levels now that FERC has taken a more light-handed approach to regulation of the gathering activities of interstate pipeline transmission companies and a number of such companies have transferred gathering facilities to unregulated affiliates. Our natural gas gathering operations could be adversely affected should they be subject to more stringent application of state or federal regulation of rates and services. Our natural gas gathering operations also may be or become subject to additional safety and operational regulations relating to the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of gathering facilities. Additional rules and legislation pertaining to these matters are considered or adopted from time to time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have on our operations, but the industry could be required to incur additional capital expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative and regulatory changes.

Seahawk and Pelican are also subject to the jurisdiction of the Minerals Management Service, or MMS, since they traverse the OCS pursuant to MMS-issued easements. The MMS has issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to determine whether to revise its regulations to better ensure that pipelines subject to MMS’ jurisdiction provide open and non-discriminatory access to both owner and non-owner shippers as required under section 5(f) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act. No final determination has yet been reached in this proceeding.

Regulation of Our Onshore Gathering Facilities

Our onshore natural gas gathering operations are subject to ratable take and common purchaser statutes in Louisiana, Texas, and New Mexico. The common purchaser statutes generally require our gathering pipelines to purchase or take without undue discrimination as to source of supply or producer. These statutes are designed to prohibit discrimination in favor of one producer over another producer or one source of supply over another. The regulations under these statutes can have the effect of imposing some restrictions on our ability as an owner of gathering facilities to decide with whom we contract to gather natural gas. Our gathering facilities in New Mexico are not subject to rate regulation. Louisiana and Texas have adopted a complaint-based regulation of natural gas gathering activities, which allows natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve grievances relating to gathering access and rate discrimination. The rates we charge for gathering in Texas and Louisiana are deemed just and reasonable unless challenged in a complaint. We cannot predict whether such a complaint will be filed against us in the future. Failure to comply with state regulations can result in the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal penalties.

During the 2007 legislative session, the Texas State Legislature passed H.B. 3273, or Competition Bill, and H.B. 1920, or LUG Bill. The Competition Bill gives the RRC the ability to use either a cost-of-service method or a market-based method for setting rates for natural gas gathering and intrastate transportation pipelines in formal rate proceedings. It also gives the RRC specific authority to enforce its statutory duty to prevent discrimination in natural gas gathering and transportation, to enforce the requirement that parties participate in an informal complaint process and to punish purchasers, transporters, and gatherers for taking discriminatory actions against shippers and sellers. The Competition Bill also provides producers with the unilateral option to determine whether or not confidentiality provisions are included in a contract to which a producer is a party for the sale,

 

91


Table of Contents

transportation, or gathering of natural gas. The LUG Bill modifies the informal complaint process at the RRC with procedures unique to lost and unaccounted for gas issues. It extends the types of information that can be requested, provides producers with an annual audit right, and provides the RRC with the authority to make determinations and issue orders in specific situations. Both the Competition Bill and the LUG Bill became effective September 1, 2007. We cannot predict what effect, if any, either the Competition Bill or the LUG Bill might have on our operations in Texas.

Regulation of Our Interstate Common Carrier Liquids Pipeline

Targa NGL Pipeline Company LLC, or Targa NGL, a natural gas liquids (“NGL”) pipeline that extends from Lake Charles, Louisiana to Mont Belvieu, Texas, is an interstate common carrier liquids pipeline subject to regulation by FERC under the Interstate Commerce Act, or ICA. The ICA requires that we maintain our tariffs on file with FERC. Those tariffs set forth the rates we charge for providing transportation services on our interstate common carrier pipeline as well as the rules and regulations governing these services. The ICA requires, among other things, that such rates on interstate common carrier pipelines be “just and reasonable” and nondiscriminatory. The ICA permits interested persons to challenge newly proposed or changed rates and authorizes FERC to suspend the effectiveness of such rates for a period of up to seven months and to investigate such rates. If, upon completion of an investigation, FERC finds that the new or changed rate is unlawful, it is authorized to require the carrier to refund the revenues in excess of the prior tariff collected during the pendency of the investigation. FERC may also investigate, upon complaint or on its own motion, rates that are already in effect and may order a carrier to change its rates prospectively. Upon an appropriate showing, a shipper may obtain reparations for damages sustained during the two years prior to the filing of a complaint. FERC’s recent Policy Statement on Income Tax Allowances and Policy Statement on Proxy Groups for Rates of Return Determinations are applicable to determining a just and reasonable cost of service for interstate NGL pipelines as well.

Interstate NGL pipelines may change their rates within prescribed ceiling levels that are tied to an inflation index. Shippers may protest rate increases made within the ceiling levels, but such protests must show that the portion of the rate increase resulting from application of the index is substantially in excess of the pipeline’s increase in costs from the previous year. A pipeline must, as a general rule, utilize the indexing methodology to change its rates. FERC, however, also permits cost-of-service ratemaking, market-based rates and settlement rates as alternatives to the indexing approach in certain specified circumstances.

Regulation of Our Intrastate Liquids and Natural Gas Pipelines

Our intrastate natural gas transportation pipelines are subject to regulation by applicable state regulatory commissions. Proposed and existing rates are subject to state regulation and are subject to challenge by protest and complaint, respectively. Further, the states we operate in require that services be provided on a non-discriminatory basis.

Targa Louisiana Intrastate LLC’s intrastate pipeline receives all of the natural gas it transports within or at the boundary of the State of Louisiana. Because all such gas ultimately is consumed within Louisiana, and since the pipeline’s rates and terms of service are subject to regulation by the Office of Conservation of the Louisiana Department of Natural Resources, the pipeline qualifies as a Hinshaw pipeline under Section 1(c) of the NGA and thus is exempt from most FERC jurisdiction.

Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC, or Targa Intrastate, owns a Texas intrastate pipeline that transports natural gas from the Shackelford processing plant to an interconnect with a pipeline owned by Atmos—Texas that in turn delivers gas to West Texas Utilities Company’s Paint Creek Power station and is regulated by the DOT. Targa Intrastate is also subject to regulation by the RRC, and has a tariff on file with the RRC.

Texas and Louisiana have adopted complaint-based regulation of intrastate natural gas transportation activities, which allows natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve grievances relating to pipeline access and rate discrimination. The rates we charge for intrastate

 

92


Table of Contents

transportation are deemed just and reasonable unless challenged in a complaint. We cannot predict whether such a complaint will be filed against us in the future. Failure to comply with state regulations can result in the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal penalties.

As discussed above in the context of regulation of our onshore gathering operations, the Texas Competition Bill and LUG Bill contain provisions applicable to intrastate transportation pipelines. We cannot predict what effect, if any, either the Competition Bill or the LUG Bill might have on our operations in Texas.

Our intrastate NGL pipelines in Louisiana gather raw NGL streams we own from various processing plants in Louisiana to our fractionator in Lake Charles, Louisiana, where the raw NGL streams are fractionated into various products. These pipelines are not subject to FERC regulation or rate regulation by the Louisiana Department of Natural Resources, but are required to comply with DOT safety regulations.

Natural Gas Processing

Our natural gas processing operations are not presently subject to FERC regulation. However, there can be no assurance that our processing operations will continue to be exempt from FERC regulation in the future.

Our processing facilities are affected by the availability, terms and cost of pipeline transportation. As noted above, the price and terms of access to pipeline transportation can be subject to extensive federal and in Texas and Louisiana, if a complaint is filed, state regulation. FERC is continually proposing and implementing new rules and regulations affecting the interstate transportation of natural gas, and to a lesser extent, the interstate transportation of NGLs. These initiatives also may indirectly affect the intrastate transportation of natural gas and NGLs under certain circumstances. We cannot predict the ultimate impact of these regulatory changes to our processing operations.

The ability of our processing facilities and pipelines to deliver natural gas into third party natural gas pipeline facilities is directly impacted by the gas quality specifications required by those pipelines. On June 15, 2006, FERC issued a policy statement on provisions governing gas quality and interchangeability in the tariffs of interstate gas pipeline companies and a separate order declining to set generic prescriptive national standards. FERC strongly encouraged all natural gas pipelines subject to its jurisdiction to adopt, as needed, gas quality and interchangeability standards in their FERC gas tariffs modeled on the interim guidelines issued by a group of industry representatives, headed by the Natural Gas Council (the NGC+ Work Group), or to explain how and why their tariff provisions differ. We do not believe that the adoption of the NGC+ Work Group’s gas quality interim guidelines by a pipeline that either directly or indirectly interconnects with our facilities would materially affect our operations. We have no way to predict, however, whether FERC will approve of gas quality specifications that materially differ from the NGC+ Work Group’s interim guidelines for such an interconnecting pipeline.

Sales of Natural Gas and NGLs

The price at which we buy and sell natural gas and NGLs is currently not subject to federal regulation and, for the most part, is not subject to state regulation. However, with regard to our physical purchases and sales of these energy commodities, and any related hedging activities that we undertake, we are required to observe anti-market manipulation laws and related regulations enforced by FERC and/or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or CFTC. Should we violate the anti-market manipulation laws and regulations, we could also be subject to related third party damage claims by, among others, market participants, sellers, royalty owners and taxing authorities.

Our sales of natural gas and NGLs are affected by the availability, terms and cost of pipeline transportation. As noted above, the price and terms of access to pipeline transportation can be subject to extensive federal and, if a complaint is filed, state regulation. FERC is continually proposing and implementing new rules and regulations affecting the interstate transportation of natural gas, and to a lesser extent, the interstate transportation of NGLs.

 

93


Table of Contents

These initiatives also may indirectly affect the intrastate transportation of natural gas and NGLs under certain circumstances. We cannot predict the ultimate impact of these regulatory changes to our natural gas and NGL marketing operations, and we do not believe that we would be affected by any such FERC action materially differently than other natural gas and NGL marketers with whom we compete.

Other State and Local Regulation of Our Operations

Our business activities are subject to various state and local laws and regulations, as well as orders of regulatory bodies pursuant thereto, governing a wide variety of matters, including marketing, production, pricing, community right-to-know, protection of the environment, safety and other matters. For additional information regarding the potential impact of federal, state or local regulatory measures on our business, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business,” included elsewhere in this offering circular.

Environmental and Other Matters

Our operation of pipelines, plants, and other facilities for gathering, compressing, treating, processing, fractionating, terminalling, storing or transporting natural gas, NGLs and other products is subject to stringent and complex federal, state, and local laws and regulations pertaining to health, safety and the environment. As with the industry generally, compliance with these laws and regulations increases our overall cost of business, including our capital costs to construct, maintain, and upgrade equipment and facilities. These laws and regulations may, among other things, require the acquisition of various permits to conduct regulated activities; require the installation of pollution control equipment or otherwise restrict the way we can handle or dispose of our wastes; limit or prohibit construction activities in sensitive areas such as wetlands, wilderness areas or areas inhabited by endangered or threatened species; and require remedial activities or capital expenditures to mitigate pollution conditions caused by our operations or attributable to former operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of removal or remedial obligations, and the issuance of injunctions limiting or prohibiting our activities.

We have implemented programs and policies designed to keep our pipelines, plants, and other facilities in compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations. The clear trend in environmental regulation, however, is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment, and thus, any changes in environmental laws and regulations that result in more stringent and costly waste handling, storage, transport, disposal, or remediation requirements could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position. We may be unable to pass on such increased compliance costs to our customers. Moreover, accidental releases or spills may occur in the course of our operations, and we cannot assure you that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of such releases or spills, including any third party claims for damage to property or persons. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations and that continued compliance with current requirements would not have a material adverse effect on us, there is no assurance that this trend will continue in the future.

The following is a summary of the more significant existing environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which our business operations are subject and for which compliance may have a material adverse impact on our capital expenditures, results of operations or financial position.

Hazardous Substances and Waste

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, referred to as “CERCLA” or the “Superfund” law, and comparable state laws impose liability without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred and entities that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these “responsible persons” may be subject to joint and several, strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment,

 

94


Table of Contents

for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances or other pollutants into the environment. We generate materials in the course of our operations that are regulated as “hazardous substances” under CERCLA or similar state statutes and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which these hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

We also generate solid wastes, including hazardous wastes, that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, or RCRA, and comparable state statutes. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. In the course of our operations we generate petroleum product wastes and ordinary industrial wastes such as paint wastes, waste solvents, and waste compressor oils that are regulated as hazardous wastes. Certain materials generated in the exploration, development, or production of crude oil and natural gas are excluded from RCRA’s hazardous waste regulations. However, it is possible that these wastes, which include wastes currently generated during our operations, will in the future be designated as “hazardous wastes” and therefore be subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Any such changes in the laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our maintenance capital expenditures and operating expenses.

We currently own or lease, and have in the past owned or leased, properties that for many years have been used for midstream natural gas activities. Although we have used operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other wastes may have been disposed of or released on or under the properties owned or leased by us or on or under other locations where these hydrocarbons and wastes have been taken for treatment or disposal. In addition, some of these properties have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other wastes was not under our control. These properties and the materials disposed or released on them may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators), to clean up contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater), or to perform remedial activities to prevent future contamination. We are responsible for several remedial projects that have cleanup costs for which we have accrued reserves in the amount of $2.7 million as of September 30, 2007.

Air Emissions

The Clean Air Act, as amended, and comparable state laws and regulations restrict the emission of air pollutants from many sources, including processing plants and compressor stations, and also impose various monitoring and reporting requirements. These laws and regulations may require us to obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce or significantly increase air emissions, obtain and strictly comply with stringent air permit requirements, or utilize specific equipment or technologies to control emissions. We are currently reviewing the air emissions monitoring systems at certain of our facilities. We may be required to incur capital expenditures in the next few years for air emissions monitoring or air pollution control equipment as a result of our review or in connection with maintaining or obtaining operating permits and approvals for air emissions. We currently believe, however, that such requirements will not have a material adverse affect on our operations.

Our failure to comply with the requirements of the Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations could subject us to monetary penalties, injunctions, restrictions on operations, and potentially criminal enforcement actions. For instance, we have been in discussions with the New Mexico Environment Department, or NMED, to resolve alleged air emissions violations at the Eunice, Monument and Saunders gas processing plants. In May 2007, the NMED initially provided us with a draft compliance order proposing to resolve certain

 

95


Table of Contents

of these alleged violations, which were identified in the course of an inspection of the Eunice plant conducted by the NMED in August 2005. More recently, however, we have discussed with the NMED an expansion of the proposed compliance order to include the resolution of other alleged violations associated with the operation of flares at the Eunice, Monument and Saunders plants. We may be required to incur capital expenditures to upgrade the flares at the Eunice, Monument and Saunders plants in order to resolve these alleged violations, the amount of which currently is not reasonably ascertainable. It is also possible that the NMED may assess a penalty as part of the settlement of these violations, although no such penalty has yet been proposed by the agency.

Global Warming and Climate Control

Recent scientific studies have suggested that emissions of certain gases, commonly referred to as “greenhouse gases” and including carbon dioxide and methane, may be contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere. In response to such studies, the U.S. Congress is actively considering legislation to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. In addition, at least 17 states, have declined to wait on Congress to develop and implement climate control legislation and have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, primarily through the planned development of greenhouse gas emission inventories and/or regional greenhouse gas cap and trade programs. Also, as a result of the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision on April 2, 2007 in Massachusetts, et al. v. EPA , the EPA may be required to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from mobile sources (e.g., cars and trucks) even if Congress does not adopt new legislation specifically addressing emissions of greenhouse gases. The Court’s holding in Massachusetts that greenhouse gases fall under the federal Clean Air Act’s definition of “air pollutant” may also result in future regulation of greenhouse gas emissions from stationary sources under certain Clean Air Act programs. New legislation or regulatory programs that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases in areas where we conduct business could adversely affect our operations and demand for our services.

Water Discharges

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended, or the Clean Water Act, and analogous state laws impose restrictions and controls on the discharge of pollutants into navigable waters. Pursuant to the Clean Water Act and analogous state laws, permits must be obtained to discharge pollutants into state waters or waters of the United States. Any such discharge of pollutants into regulated waters must be performed in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by EPA or the analogous state agency. Spill prevention, control and countermeasure requirements under federal law require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters in the event of a hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture or leak. In addition, the Clean Water Act and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of storm water runoff from certain types of facilities. These permits may require us to monitor and sample the storm water runoff. The Clean Water Act can impose substantial civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance. Any unpermitted release of pollutants, including NGLs or condensates, therefore, could result in penalties, as well as significant remedial obligations, imposed by the Clean Water Act or analogous state laws.

The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended, or OPA, which amends and augments the Clean Water Act, establishes strict liability for owners and operators of facilities that are the site of a release of oil into waters of the United States. OPA and its associated regulations impose a variety of requirements on responsible parties related to the prevention of oil spills and liability for damages resulting from such spills. A “responsible party” under OPA includes owners and operators of vessels, including barges, offshore platforms, and onshore facilities, such as our pipelines and marine terminals. Under OPA, owners and operators of vessels and shore facilities that handle, store, or transport oil are required to develop and implement oil spill response plans, and establish and maintain evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to cover liabilities related to an oil spill for which such parties could be statutorily responsible. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with the Clean Water Act, OPA and analogous state laws.

 

96


Table of Contents

Endangered Species Act

The federal Endangered Species Act, as amended, or ESA, restricts activities that may affect endangered or threatened species or their habitats. While some of our facilities may be located in areas that are designated as habitat for endangered or threatened species, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the ESA. However, the designation of previously unidentified endangered or threatened species could cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the affected areas.

Pipeline Safety

Our pipelines are subject to regulation by the U.S. Department of Transportation, or the DOT, under the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, as amended, or NGPSA, pursuant to which the DOT has established requirements relating to the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of pipeline facilities. The NGPSA covers the pipeline transportation and storage of natural gas and other gases, and requires any entity that owns or operates pipeline facilities to comply with the regulations under the NGPSA, to permit access to and allow copying of records and to make certain reports and provide information as required by the Secretary of Transportation. We believe that our pipeline operations are in substantial compliance with existing NGPSA requirements; however, due to the possibility of new or amended laws and regulations or reinterpretation of existing laws and regulations, future compliance with the NGPSA could result in increased costs.

Our pipelines are also subject to regulation by the DOT under the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, which was reauthorized and amended by the Pipeline Inspection, Protection, Enforcement, and Safety Act of 2006. The DOT, through the Office of Pipeline Safety, has established a series of rules, which require pipeline operators to develop and implement integrity management programs for gas transmission pipelines that, in the event of a failure, could affect “high consequence areas.” “High consequence areas” are currently defined as areas with specified population densities, buildings containing populations of limited mobility, and areas where people gather that are located along the route of a pipeline. Similar rules are also in place for operators of hazardous liquid pipelines. The DOT is required by the recent Pipeline Inspections, Protection, Enforcement, and Safety Act of 2006 to issue new regulations by December 31, 2007 that set forth safety standards and reporting requirements applicable to low stress pipelines transporting hazardous liquids, including NGLs and condensate. These safety standards may include applicable integrity management program requirements.

In addition, states have adopted regulations, similar to existing DOT regulations, for intrastate gathering and transmission lines. New Mexico, Texas and Louisiana have developed regulatory programs that parallel the federal regulatory scheme and are applicable to intrastate pipelines transporting natural gas and NGLs. We currently estimate an annual average cost of $3.4 million for years 2007 through 2009 to perform necessary integrity management program testing on our pipelines required by existing DOT and state regulations. This estimate does not include the costs, if any, of any repair, remediation, preventative or mitigating actions that may be determined to be necessary as a result of the testing program, which costs could be substantial. However, we do not expect that any such costs would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

Employee Health and Safety

We are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that regulate the protection of the health and safety of employees. In addition, OSHA’s hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with OSHA requirements, including general industry standards, record keeping requirements, and monitoring of occupational exposure to regulated substances.

Other Laws and Regulations

As a supplier of component parts from raw NGL mixtures, including ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane, and natural gasoline, to end-users by pipeline, rail, truck, and barge, we are further subject to

 

97


Table of Contents

regulation by federal transportation-related agencies such as the U.S. Surface Transportation Board (the successor federal agency to the Interstate Commerce Commission), the U.S. Department of Transportation, and the U.S. Coast Guard, as well as by analogous state agencies. These regulatory authorities have broad powers over such regulated activities as carrier operations, operational safety and employee fitness, accounting systems, tariff filings of freight rates, and financial reporting. In addition, the potential for releases and spills of these component parts in the course of our deliveries are an inherent risk that could result in potentially significant costs and liabilities. We believe that our transportation-related services are in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

In the wake of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the U.S., the Coast Guard has developed a security guidance document for marine terminals and has issued a security circular that defines appropriate countermeasures for protecting them and explains how the Coast Guard plans to verify that operators have taken appropriate action to implement satisfactory security procedures and plans. Using the guidelines provided by the Coast Guard, we have specifically identified certain of our facilities as marine terminals and therefore potential terrorist targets. In compliance with the Coast Guard guidance, we performed vulnerability analyses on such marine terminals. Future analyses of our security measures may result in additional measures and procedures, which measures or procedures have the potential for increasing costs of doing business. Regardless of the steps taken to increase security, however, we cannot provide assurance that our marine terminals will not become the subject of a terrorist attack.

In addition, the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act of 2007 requires the Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, to issue regulations establishing risk-based performance standards for the security of chemical and industrial facilities, including oil and gas facilities that are deemed to present “high levels of security risk.” The DHS issued an interim final rule in April 2007 regarding risk-based performance standards to be attained pursuant to the act and on November 20, 2007 further issued an Appendix A to the interim rules that establish the chemicals of interest and their respective threshold quantities that will trigger compliance with these interim rules. We have not yet determined the extent to which our facilities are subject to the interim rules or the associated costs to comply, but it is possible that such costs could be substantial.

Title to Properties and Rights-of-Way

Our real property falls into two categories: (1) parcels that we own in fee and (2) parcels in which our interest derives from leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities permitting the use of such land for our operations. Portions of the land on which our plants and other major facilities are located are owned by us in fee title, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to these lands. The remainder of the land on which our plant sites and major facilities are located are held by us pursuant to ground leases between us, as lessee, and the fee owner of the lands, as lessors. We, or our predecessors, have leased these lands for many years without any material challenge known to us relating to the title to the land upon which the assets are located, and we believe that we have satisfactory leasehold estates to such lands. We have no knowledge of any challenge to the underlying fee title of any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or license held by us or to our title to any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or lease, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to all of our material leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits and licenses.

We may continue to hold record title to portions of certain of the Partnership’s assets until the Partnership makes the appropriate filings in the jurisdictions in which such assets are located and obtains any consents and approvals that were not obtained prior to transfer of such assets to the Partnership. Such consents and approvals would include those required by federal and state agencies or political subdivisions. In some cases, we may, where required consents or approvals have not been obtained, temporarily hold record title to property as nominee for the Partnership’s benefit and in other cases may, on the basis of expense and difficulty associated with the conveyance of title, cause our affiliates to retain title, as nominee for the Partnership’s benefit, until a future date.

 

98


Table of Contents

Employees

At September 30, 2007, we had approximately 230 employees at our administrative offices and approximately 660 employees at our operating facilities.

Legal Proceedings

We are a party to various legal proceedings and/or regulatory proceedings and certain claims, suits and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending against us. We believe all such matters are without merit or involve amounts, which, if resolved unfavorably, would not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows except for the items more fully described below.

In May 2002, Apache Corporation (“Apache”) filed suit in Texas state court against Versado Gas Processors, LLC (“Versado”) as purchaser and processor of Apache’s gas and Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (now known as Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours (“TMSLP”)), as operator, of the Versado assets in New Mexico (“Versado Defendants”) alleging (i) excessive field losses of natural gas from wells owned by the plaintiff, (ii) that the Versado Defendants engaged in certain transactions with affiliates, resulting in the Versado Defendants not receiving fair market value when it sold gas and liquids, and (iii) that the formula for calculating the amount the Versado Defendants received from its buyers of gas and liquids is flawed since it is based on gas price indices that were allegedly manipulated. At trial, the jury found in favor of Apache on the lost gas claim, awarding approximately $1.6 million in damages. Apache’s claims with respect to the alleged “sham” transactions and index manipulation, among others, were severed by the trial court and abated for a future trial. The parties settled the severed lawsuit in May 2007.

In May 2004, the trial court granted the Versado Defendants’ motion to set aside the jury verdict on the lost gas claim and vacated the jury award to Apache. Apache filed its notice of appeal with the 14 th Court of Appeals of Houston in October 2004 and its appellate brief in December 2004.

In September 2006, the Court of Appeals reinstated the jury verdict in Apache’s favor on the issue of lost gas and also awarded Apache legal fees and interest, bringing the total award against the Versado Defendants to approximately $2.7 million. In October 2006, the Versado Defendants filed a motion for rehearing with the Court of Appeals. After rehearing, the Court of Appeals affirmed its decision reinstating the original jury verdict in Apache’s favor. With interest and attorneys fees that verdict stands at approximately $2.8 million.

In January 2007, the Versado Defendants filed their petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas and in March 2007, Apache filed its conditional petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas. At the request of the Supreme Court of Texas, the Versado Defendants and Apache filed responses to the opposing party’s petition in June 2007. Pursuant to an additional request from the Supreme Court of Texas, the Versado Defendants and Apache filed briefs on the merits on October 29, 2007. The Versado Defendants and Apache filed responses to each other’s brief on December 14, 2007. The appeal is currently pending before the Supreme Court of Texas.

As a result of damage caused by Hurricane Rita, TMSLP’s West Cameron 229A platform sank in late September 2005. On November 12, 2005, the submerged wreckage was struck by an integrated tug-barge, the M/T Rebel, owned by K-Sea Transportation (“K-Sea”). As much as 25,000 barrels of No. 6 fuel oil may have entered Gulf of Mexico waters as the barge dragged part of the platform debris approximately three (3) miles from the sunken platform location. After receiving a letter from K-Sea threatening to hold TMSLP liable for all damages, TMSLP filed suit in federal district court in Galveston, Texas on November 21, 2005, seeking to hold K-Sea responsible for damage to the platform. In June 2007, the case was transferred to the federal district court in Houston, Texas.

 

99


Table of Contents

In January 2006, Rios Energy (“Rios”), owner of the oil being transported in the barge, intervened in the existing suit and filed a new suit in the same federal court against both TMSLP and K-Sea alleging their negligence caused the loss of and damage to Rios’ oil. On March 8, 2006, K-Sea filed a counterclaim against TMSLP seeking to recover its alleged damages in excess of $90 million. In order to resolve K-Sea’s concerns over security for its claims, we agreed to provide a guarantee to K-Sea pursuant to which we would satisfy any final, non-appealable judgment or settlement against TMSLP if TMSLP is unable to pay any judgment against it.

On December 10, 2007, after a trial on the merits, United States District Judge Sim Lake concluded that K-Sea’s negligence caused 60% of the damages suffered by K-Sea and TMSLP. Judge Lake assessed 40% fault against TMSLP. Final judgment was entered on December 14, 2007. During trial, TMSLP and Rios settled their dispute.

For purposes of the trial, K-Sea and TMSLP stipulated to the amount of damages for K-Sea in the amount of $62.3 million and for TMSLP in the amount of $400,000. The parties also agreed that prejudgment interest, if any, would accrue at the rate of 4.45% simple interest per annum commencing May 1, 2006. TMSLP anticipates that its entire liability for K-Sea’s claims, if any, is covered by insurance. TMSLP has met the self-insured retention amount under its applicable insurance policy. The parties are currently in discussions regarding TMSLP’s payment of the judgment amount.

Prior to trial, K-Sea submitted a claim under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA 90”) seeking reimbursement of removal costs and cleanup damages from the Oil Spill Liability Trusts Fund (“Trust Fund”). K-Sea included the same removal costs and cleanup damages as a portion of its request for relief at the trial before the federal district court. K-Sea has indicated that it will adjust its request for reimbursement from the Trust Fund to reflect any recovery of removal and cleanup damages from TMSLP but has not yet done so. In the event K-Sea receives a reimbursement from the Trust Fund, the Trust Fund may seek to recover from TMSLP some or all of any reimbursement to K-Sea. TMSLP anticipates that liability to the Trust Fund, if any, would be covered by insurance. TMSLP intends to contest liability in any action or proceeding to recover amounts reimbursed to K-Sea, but we can give no assurances regarding the outcome of any such action or proceeding.

On December 8, 2005, WTG Gas Processing (“WTG”) filed suit in the 333rd District Court of Harris County, Texas against several defendants, including Targa Resources, Inc., and three other Targa entities and private equity funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus LLC, seeking damages from the defendants. The suit alleges that Targa and private equity funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus LLC, along with ConocoPhillips Company (“ConocoPhillips”) and Morgan Stanley, tortiously interfered with (i) a contract WTG claims to have had to purchase certain ConocoPhillips assets, and (ii) prospective business relations of WTG. WTG claims the alleged interference resulted from Targa’s competition to purchase the ConocoPhillips’ assets and its successful acquisition of those assets in 2004. On October 2, 2007, the District Court granted defendants’ motions for summary judgment on all of WTG’s claims. WTG’s motion to reconsider and for a new trial is pending before the District Court. Targa has filed a response to the motion and will contest any appeal filed by WTG, but can give no assurances regarding the outcome of the proceeding.

 

100


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of December 14, 2007.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Rene R. Joyce

   60   

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Joe Bob Perkins

   47   

President

James W. Whalen

   66   

President-Finance and Administration and Director

Roy E. Johnson

   63   

Executive Vice President

Michael A. Heim

   59   

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Jeffrey J. McParland

   53   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Paul W. Chung

   47   

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Charles R. Crisp

   60   

Director

Joe B. Foster

   73   

Director

In Seon Hwang

   31   

Director

Chansoo Joung

   47   

Director

Peter R. Kagan

   39   

Director

Chris Tong

   51   

Director

Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Rene R. Joyce has served as a director and Chief Executive Officer of Targa since its formation in February 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since October 2006, and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. He is also a member of the supervisory directors of Core Laboratories N.V. Mr. Joyce served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2000 through 2003 providing advice to various energy companies and investors regarding their operations, acquisitions and dispositions. Mr. Joyce served as President of onshore pipeline operations of Coral Energy, LLC, a subsidiary of Shell Oil Company, or Shell, from 1998 through 1999, and President of energy services of Coral Energy Holding, L.P., or Coral, a subsidiary of Shell which was the gas and power marketing joint venture between Shell and Tejas Gas Corporation, or Tejas, during 1999. Mr. Joyce served as President of various operating subsidiaries of Tejas, a natural gas pipeline company, from 1990 until 1998 when Tejas was acquired by Shell.

Joe Bob Perkins has served as President of Targa since February 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since October 2006, and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. Perkins also served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2002 through 2003 and was an active partner in RTM Media (an outdoor advertising firm) during such time period. Mr. Perkins served as President and Chief Operating Officer for the Wholesale Businesses, Wholesale Group, and Power Generation Group of Reliant Resources, Inc. and its parent/predecessor companies, from 1998 to 2002, and as Vice President, Corporate Planning and Development, of Houston Industries from 1996 to 1998. He served as Vice President, Business Development, of Coral from 1995 to 1996 and as Director, Business Development, of Tejas from 1994 to 1995. Prior to 1994, Mr. Perkins held various positions with the consulting firm of McKinsey & Company and with an exploration and production company.

James W. Whalen has served as President-Finance and Administration of Targa since January 2006 and of the general partner of the Partnership since October 2006, and as a director of Targa since May 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since February 2007. Since November 2005, Mr. Whalen has served as President-Finance and Administration for various Targa subsidiaries. Between October 2002 and October 2005, Mr. Whalen served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Parker Drilling Company. Between January 2002 and October 2002, he was the Chief Financial Officer of Diversified Diagnostic Products,

 

101


Table of Contents

Inc. He served as Chief Commercial Officer of Coral from February 1998 through January 2000. Previously, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Tejas from 1992 to 1998. Mr. Whalen is also a director of Equitable Resources, Inc.

Roy E. Johnson has served as Executive Vice President of Targa since April 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since October 2006, and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. Johnson also served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2000 through 2003 providing advice to various energy companies and investors regarding their operations, acquisitions and dispositions. He served as Vice President, Business Development and President of the International Group, of Tejas from 1995 to 2000. In these positions, he was responsible for acquisitions, pipeline expansion and development projects in North and South America. Mr. Johnson served as President of Louisiana Resources Company, a company engaged in intrastate natural gas transmission, from 1992 to 1995. Prior to 1992, Mr. Johnson held various positions with a number of different companies in the upstream and downstream energy industry.

Michael A. Heim has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Targa since April 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since October 2006, and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. Heim also served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2001 through 2003 providing advice to various energy companies and investors regarding their operations, acquisitions and dispositions. Mr. Heim served as Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President of Coastal Field Services, a subsidiary of The Coastal Corp., or Coastal, a diversified energy company, from 1997 to 2001 and President of Coastal States Gas Transmission Company from 1997 to 2001. In these positions, he was responsible for Coastal’s midstream gathering, processing, and marketing businesses. Prior to 1997, he served as an officer of several other Coastal exploration and production, marketing, and midstream subsidiaries.

Jeffrey J. McParland has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Targa since April 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since October 2006, and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. McParland served as a director of the general partner of the Partnership between October 2006 and February 2007. Mr. McParland served as Treasurer of Targa from April 2004 until May 2007 and of the general partner of the Partnership from October 2006 until May 2007. Mr. McParland served as Secretary of Targa between February 2004 and May 2004, at which time he was elected as Assistant Secretary. Mr. McParland served as Senior Vice President, Finance, Dynegy Inc., a company engaged in power generation, the midstream natural gas business and energy marketing, from 2000 to 2002. In this position, he was responsible for corporate finance and treasury operations activities. He served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of PG&E Gas Transmission, a midstream natural gas and regulated natural gas pipeline company, from 1999 to 2000. Prior to 1999, he worked in various engineering and finance positions with companies in the power generation and engineering and construction industries.

Paul W. Chung has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Targa since May 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since October 2006. Mr. Chung served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Coral from 1999 to April 2004; Shell Trading North America Company, a subsidiary of Shell, from 2001 to April 2004; and Coral Energy, LLC from 1999 to 2001. In these positions, he was responsible for all legal and regulatory affairs. He served as Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of Tejas from 1996 to 1999. Prior to 1996, Mr. Chung held a number of legal positions with different companies, including the law firm of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

Charles R. Crisp has served as a director of Targa since February 2004. Mr. Crisp was President and Chief Executive Officer of Coral Energy, LLC, a subsidiary of Shell Oil Company from 1999 until his retirement in November 2000, and was President and Chief Operating Officer of Coral from January 1998 through February 1999. Prior to this, Mr. Crisp served as President of the power generation group of Houston Industries and, between 1988 and 1996, as President and Chief Operating Officer of Tejas. Mr. Crisp is also a director of AGL Resources Inc., EOG Resources Inc. and IntercontinentalExchange, Inc.

 

102


Table of Contents

Joe B. Foster has served as a director of Targa since May 2004. Mr. Foster was founder of Newfield Exploration Company and most recently served as the Non-Executive Chairman from January 2000 to May 2005, at which time he retired. He was previously Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Newfield from May 1999 to January 2000, and President and Chief Executive Officer from 1989 to January 2000.

In Seon Hwang has served as a director of Targa since May 2006. Mr. Hwang is a principal in the Energy Group of Warburg Pincus LLC, where he has been employed since 2004. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus, Mr. Hwang worked at GSC Partners, a distressed investment firm, from 2002 until 2004, the M&A group at Goldman Sachs from 1998 to 2000, and the Boston Consulting Group from 1997 to 1998. He is also a director of APT Generation, CoalTek, Competitive Power Ventures and Floridian Natural Gas Storage Company. He also serves on the investment committee of Sheridan Production Partners LLC.

Chansoo Joung has served as a Director of Targa since December 2005 and of the general partner of the Partnership since February 2007. Mr. Joung is a Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC, where he has been employed since 2005, and became a partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. in 2005. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus, Mr. Joung was head of the Americas Natural Resources Group in the investment banking division of Goldman Sachs. He joined Goldman Sachs in 1987 and served in the Corporate Finance and Mergers and Acquisitions departments and also founded and led the European Energy Group. He is a director of APT Generation, Broad Oak Energy and Floridian Natural Gas Storage Company. He also serves on the investment committee of Sheridan Production Partners LLC.

Peter R. Kagan has served as a director of Targa since February 2004 and of the general partner of the Partnership since February 2007. Mr. Kagan is a Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC, where he has been employed since 1997, and became a partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. in 2002. He is also a director of Antero Resources Corporation, Broad Oak Energy, Inc., Fairfield Energy Limited, Laredo Petroleum, MEG Energy Corp. and Universal Space Network, Inc.

Chris Tong has served as a director of Targa since January 2006. Mr. Tong is a Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Noble Energy, Inc. and has held this position since January 2005. He served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Magnum Hunter Resources, Inc. from August 1997 until December 2004. Prior thereto, he was Senior Vice President of Finance of Tejas Acadian Holding Company and its subsidiaries, including Tejas Gas Corp., Acadian Gas Corporation and Transok, Inc., all of which were wholly-owned subsidiaries of Tejas Gas Corporation. Mr. Tong held these positions from August 1996 until August 1997, and had served in other treasury positions with Tejas since August 1989.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors (the “Board”) consists of eight members. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for a description of arrangements pursuant to which directors of Targa Investments are selected.

Board Independence

We do not have securities listed on a national securities exchange or in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association and, as such, are not subject to the director independence requirements of such an exchange or association. In addition, we are a controlled company as defined in Rule 4350(c)(5) of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”). If our securities were listed on NASDAQ, then, as a controlled company, we would be exempt from NASDAQ’s independence requirements as they relate to the composition of the board of directors and committees thereof. However, for audit committee purposes, we would be subject to the committee independence requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

103


Table of Contents

The Board has made no formal determination as to the independence of our directors because we are not subject to independence requirements. Nonetheless, if NASDAQ’s independence requirements applied to us, it is likely that Messrs. Kagan, Joung, Hwang, Tong, Crisp and Foster would be determined to be independent for purposes of serving on the Board.

Board Committees

The Board has appointed three committees: an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”), a compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) and a risk management committee. The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Joung, Hwang and Tong, and the members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Kagan, Crisp and Foster.

The Board has made no formal determination as to the independence of our directors for purposes of committee membership because we are not subject to independence requirements. If NASDAQ’s committee independence requirements applied to us (including the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act), then it is likely that Messrs. Hwang and Joung would be determined not to be independent for purposes of serving on the audit committee. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationships with Warburg Pincus” for a discussion of Warburg Pincus’ relationships with us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee members whose names appear on the Compensation Committee Report above were committee members during all of fiscal year 2006. No member of the Compensation Committee is or has been a former or current executive officer of the Company. None of the Company’s executive officers served as a director or a member of a compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, the executive officers of which served as a director or member of the Compensation Committee during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for a description of relationships requiring disclosure by the Company under the SEC’s rules requiring disclosure of certain relationships and related-party transactions.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following discussion and analysis contains statements regarding our and our executive officers’ future performance targets and goals. These targets and goals are disclosed in the limited context of our compensation programs and should not be understood to be statements of management’s expectations or estimates of results or other guidance.

Overview

Targa Resources Investments Inc. (“Targa Investments”) is our indirect parent, with its only significant asset being its ownership of all of the outstanding capital stock of an intermediate holding company, whose sole asset is its ownership of all of our outstanding capital stock. As our parent, Targa Investments has ultimate decision making authority with respect to the compensation of our executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table (“named executive officers”). Under the terms of the Targa Investments Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, as amended (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), compensatory arrangements with our named executive officers are required to be submitted to a vote of Targa Investments’ stockholders unless such arrangements have been approved by the Compensation Committee of Targa Investments (the “TRII Compensation Committee”). As such, the TRII Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the development of an executive compensation philosophy, strategy and framework for our named executive officers that is based on Targa Investments’ business priorities.

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the material elements of compensation for our named executive officers. These elements, and the TRII Compensation Committee’s decisions with respect to

 

104


Table of Contents

determinations on payments, are not subject to approval by our board of directors (the “Targa Board”). However, members of the Targa Board, including its compensation committee, are members of the board of directors of Targa Investments (the “Targa Investments Board”), including the TRII Compensation Committee.

Compensation Philosophy

The TRII Compensation Committee believes that total compensation of executives should be competitive with the market in which we compete for executive talent—the energy industry and midstream natural gas companies. The following compensation objectives guide the TRII Compensation Committee in its deliberations about executive compensation matters:

 

   

Provide a competitive total compensation program that enables us to attract and retain key executives;

 

   

Ensure an alignment between our strategic and financial performance and the total compensation received by our named executive officers;

 

   

Provide compensation for performance relative to expectations and our peer group;

 

   

Ensure a balance between short-term and long-term compensation while emphasizing at-risk, or variable, compensation as a valuable means of supporting our strategic goals and aligning the interests of our named executive officers with those of our shareholders; and

 

   

Ensure that our total compensation program supports our business objectives and priorities.

As a result of this philosophy, we do not pay for perquisites for any of our named executive officers, other than parking subsidies.

The Role of Peer Groups and Benchmarking

Our chief executive officer (the “CEO”), president and chief financial officer (collectively, “Senior Management”) review compensation practices at peer companies at a general level to ensure that our total compensation is within a comparable range. In addition, when evaluating compensation levels for each named executive officer, the TRII Compensation Committee reviews publicly available compensation data for executives in our peer group, compensation surveys, and compensation levels for each named executive officer with respect to their roles with the Company and levels of responsibility, accountability and decision-making authority. Senior Management and the TRII Compensation Committee, however, do not attempt to set compensation components to meet specific benchmarks, such as salaries “above the median” or total compensation “at the 50th percentile.”

For 2006, Senior Management identified peer companies that competed with us in the midstream natural gas industry and reviewed compensation information filed by the peer companies with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The peer group reviewed by Senior Management for 2006 consisted of the following companies: Copano Energy, Crosstex Energy, Enbridge Energy Partners, Energy Transfer Partners, Oneok Partners, Plains All American Pipeline and TEPPCO Partners.

Senior Management intends to review our compensation practices and performance against peer companies on an annual basis.

Role of Senior Management in Establishing Compensation for Named Executive Officers

Typically, Senior Management consults with compensation consultants and reviews market data to determine relevant compensation levels and compensation program elements. Based on these consultations and a review of publicly available information for the peer group, Senior Management submits a proposal to the chairman of the TRII Compensation Committee. The proposal includes a recommendation of base salary, annual

 

105


Table of Contents

bonus and any new long term compensation to be paid or awarded to executive officers and employees. The chairman of the TRII Compensation Committee considers this proposal (which he may request Senior Management to modify based on information available to him or that he requests of Senior Management) and his resulting recommendation is then submitted to the TRII Compensation Committee for consideration. The final compensation decisions are reported to the Targa Investments Board.

Our Senior Management has no other role in determining compensation for our executive officers, but our executive officers are delegated the authority and responsibility to determine the compensation for all other employees.

Elements of Compensation for Named Executive Officers

The compensation philosophy for our executive officers centers on long-term equity awards to attract, motivate and retain our executive team. For this reason, in connection with our formation in 2004 and with the DMS Acquisition in 2005, the named executive officers were granted restricted stock and options to purchase restricted stock of Targa Investments. As a result, executive compensation has been weighted toward long-term equity awards. Our executive officers have also invested a significant portion of their personal investable assets in the equity of Targa Investments. Within this context, elements of compensation for our named executive officers are the following: (i) annual base salary; (ii) discretionary annual cash awards; (iii) contributions under our 401(k) and profit sharing plan; and (iv) participation in our health and welfare plans on the same basis as all of our other employees.

Base Salary . The base salaries for our named executive officers are set and reviewed annually by the TRII Compensation Committee. The salaries are based on historical salaries paid to our named executive officers for services rendered to us, the extent of their equity ownership in Targa Investments, market data and responsibilities of our named executive officers. Base salaries are intended to provide fixed compensation comparable to market levels for similarly situated executive officers.

Annual Cash Incentives . The discretionary annual cash awards paid to our named executive officers are designed to supplement the annual base salary of our named executive officers so that, on a combined basis, the annual cash compensation for our named executive officers yield competitive cash compensation levels and drive performance in support of our business strategies. It is Targa Investments’ general policy to pay these awards prior to the end of the first quarter of the next fiscal year. The payment of individual cash bonuses to employees, including our named executive officers, are subject to the sole discretion of the TRII Compensation Committee.

Our 2006 Annual Incentive Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) was adopted on February 2, 2006 to reward our employees for contributions towards our achievement of financial and operational goals approved by the TRII Compensation Committee and to aid us in retaining and motivating employees. Under the Bonus Plan and similar plans expected to be adopted in subsequent years, a discretionary cash bonus pool is expected to be funded annually based on our achievement of certain strategic, financial and operational objectives recommended by our CEO and approved by the TRII Compensation Committee. The Bonus Plan is administered by the TRII Compensation Committee, which considers certain recommendations by the CEO. At the end of each year, the CEO recommends to the TRII Compensation Committee the total amount of cash to be allocated to the bonus pool based upon our overall performance relative to these objectives. Upon receipt of the CEO’s recommendation, the TRII Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the total amount of cash to be allocated to the bonus pool. Additionally, the TRII Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the amount of the cash bonus award to each of our executive officers, including the CEO. The executive officers determine the amount of the cash bonus pool to be allocated to certain of our departments, groups and employees (other than our executive officers) based on the recommendation of their supervisors, managers and line officers.

For 2006, 35% of the cash bonus pool was attributable to the achievement of an EBITDA component and 65% of the cash bonus pool was attributable to the achievement of key strategic and operational objectives. The

 

106


Table of Contents

financial objective for 2006 was based on our achieving certain levels of EBITDA. EBITDA was selected as the financial objective for 2006 because it is used as a key supplemental financial measure by us and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess our performance. The strategic and operational objectives were the following eight items: (i) selling North Texas; (ii) executing an initial public offering of a master limited partnership; (iii) repairing the coastal Louisiana plants and reestablishing associated throughput volume performance; (iv) recovering insurance proceeds for hurricane related damage; (v) renegotiating certain of our commercial contracts; (vi) increasing wellhead volumes connected to the Company’s gathering lines; (vii) monitoring and managing operating expenses and general and administrative costs; and (viii) performance of development activities, such as acquisitions, project development and other opportunities involving synergies. The Bonus Plan established goals that the TRII Compensation Committee will consider when making awards under the Bonus Plan and also established the following threshold, target and maximum levels for the Company’s bonus pool: 50% of the cash bonus pool for the threshold level; 100% for the target level and 200% for the maximum level. The funding of the cash bonus pool and the payment of individual cash bonuses to employees, including our named executive officers, are subject to the sole discretion of the TRII Compensation Committee.

Retirement Benefits . We offer eligible employees a Section 401(k) tax-qualified, defined contribution plan to enable employees to save for retirement through a tax-advantaged combination of employee and Company contributions and to provide employees the opportunity to directly manage their retirement plan assets through a variety of investment options. Our employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan and may elect to defer up to 30% of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the plan, subject to certain limitations under the Code. In addition, we make the following contributions to the 401(k) Plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers: (i) 3% of the employees eligible compensation; (ii) an amount equal to the employee’s contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to 5% of the employee’s eligible compensation and (iii) a discretionary amount depending on Targa’s performance.

Health and Welfare Benefits. All full-time employees, including our named executive officers, may participate in our health and welfare benefit programs, including medical, health, life insurance, and dental coverage and disability insurance.

Perquisites. We believe that the elements of executive compensation should be tied directly or indirectly to the actual performance of the Company. It is the TRII Compensation Committee’s policy not to pay for perquisites for any of our named executive officers, other than parking subsidies.

Relation of Compensation Elements to Compensation Philosophy

Our named executive officers and other senior managers, through a combination of personal investment and equity grants, own approximately 20% of the fully diluted equity of Targa Investments. The TRII Compensation Committee believes that the elements of its compensation program fit the established overall compensation objectives in the context of management’s substantial ownership of our parent’s equity, which allows Targa to provide competitive compensation opportunities to align and drive the performance of the named executive officers in support of Targa Investments’ and our own business strategies and to attract, motivate and retain high quality talent with the skills and competencies required by Targa Investments and us.

Application of Compensation Elements

For 2006, the TRII Compensation Committee did not award additional equity to our named executive officers.

Base Salary . In 2006, base salaries for our named executive officers were comparable to similar positions in our peer group.

 

107


Table of Contents

Annual Cash Incentives . In January 2007, the TRII Compensation Committee approved a cash bonus pool of 192% of the target level for the employee group, including our named executive officers, under the Bonus Plan for performance during 2006. The executive officers received bonus awards equivalent to the same percentage of target as the Company bonus pool. The TRII Compensation Committee paid near maximum level bonuses under the Bonus Plan in recognition of organizational performance in the face of multiple challenges experienced during 2006. Our named executive officers received cash bonuses under the Bonus Plan based on our achievement of overall goals in 2006 as follows:

 

Rene R. Joyce

   $ 262,000

Jeffrey J. McParland

   $ 204,400

Joe Bob Perkins

   $ 238,000

James W. Whalen

   $ 238,000

Michael A. Heim

   $ 214,000

Retirement Benefits . For 2006, the discretionary amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan equaled 2.25% of the employee’s eligible compensation.

Health and Welfare Benefits. For 2006, our named executive officers participated in our health and welfare benefit programs, including medical, health, life insurance, and dental coverage and disability insurance.

Perquisites. Consistent with our compensation philosophy, we did not pay for perquisites for any of our named executive officers during 2006, other than parking subsidies.

Changes for 2007

Annual Cash Incentives. In connection with the development of our 2007 business plan and discussion of the plan with the Targa Investments Board, Senior Management proposed a set of strategic priorities. The Targa Investments Board suggested modifications to these proposals and requested that the proposals, as modified, be used by Senior Management for their review of 2007 compensation. In January 2007, the TRII Compensation Committee approved the Targa Investments 2007 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2007 Bonus Plan”), the cash bonus plan for performance during 2007, and established the following six key business priorities: (i) involving employees in improving our businesses; (ii) proactively and aggressively investing in our businesses and developing the pipeline of projects and opportunities; (iii) bringing closure to hurricane repair and recovery; (iv) identifying and pursuing new opportunities in the downstream sector; (v) debt reduction and achievement of capital structure goals; and (vi) executing on all fronts (including the financial business plan). As with the Bonus Plan, funding of the cash bonus pool and the payment of individual cash bonuses to employees, including our named executive officers, are subject to the sole discretion of the TRII Compensation Committee.

Stock Option Exchange . In May 2007, options relating to Targa Investments’ preferred stock held by the employees, including the named executive officers, were exchanged for (i) a grant of 10 shares of Targa Investments common stock for each option and (ii) a right to receive a cash payment in the amount of $27.69 for each option.

Long-term Cash Incentives . In connection with the Partnership’s initial public offering in February 2007, Targa Investments issued to key employees and the executive officers of the General Partner cash-settled performance unit awards linked to the performance of the Partnership’s common units that will vest in August of 2010, with the amounts vesting under such awards dependent on the Partnership’s performance compared to a peer-group consisting of the Partnership and 12 other publicly traded partnerships. The peer group companies for 2007 are: Energy Transfer Partners, Oneok Partners, Copano Energy, DCP Midstream, Regency Energy Partners, Plains All American Pipeline, MarkWest Energy Partners, Williams Energy Partners, Magellan Midstream, Martin Midstream, Enbridge Energy Partners, Crosstex Energy and Targa Resources Partners LP. These performance unit awards were made pursuant to a plan adopted by Targa Investments and administered by Targa

 

108


Table of Contents

Resources LLC. The TRII Compensation Committee has the ability to modify the peer-group in the event a peer company is no longer determined to be one of the Partnership’s peers. The cash settlement value of each performance unit award will be the value of an equivalent Partnership common unit at the time of vesting plus associated distributions over the vesting period, which may be higher or lower than the Partnership’s common unit price at the time of the award. If the Partnership’s performance equals or exceeds the performance for the median of the group, 100% of the award will vest. If the Partnership ranks tenth in the group, 50% of the award will vest, between tenth and seventh, 50% to 100% will vest, and for a performance ranking lower than tenth, no amounts will vest. In February 2007, our named executive officers, who are also executive officers of the General Partner, received an initial award of performance units as follows: 15,000 performance units to Mr. Joyce, 8,200 performance units to Mr. McParland, 10,800 performance units to Mr. Perkins, 10,800 performance units to Mr. Whalen and 10,000 performance units to Mr. Heim.

Long-term Equity Incentives . The Partnership made equity-based awards in February 2007 in connection with its initial public offering to the General Partners’ nonmanagement and independent directors under the Partnership’s long-term incentive plan. These awards were determined by Targa Investments and approved by the board of directors of the General Partner. Each of these directors received an initial award of 2,000 restricted units, which will settle with the delivery of Partnership common units. The Partnership has made similar grants under its long-term incentive plan to our independent directors. All of these awards are subject to three year vesting, without a performance condition, and vest ratably on each anniversary of the grant. The awards are intended to align the long-term interests of executive officers and directors of the General Partner with those of the Partnership’s unitholders. The independent and non-management directors of the General Partner and the independent directors of Targa Investments currently participate in the Partnership’s plan. Over time, our officers and employees may begin to participate in the Partnership’s plan.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the disclosure set forth above under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” with management and, based on this review and discussion, it has recommended to the Targa Board that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included in this registration statement on Form S-4.

The information contained in this report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the company specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

The Compensation Committee

 

Peter R. Kagan, Chairman

  Charles R. Crisp   Joe B. Foster

 

109


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth the compensation of our named executive officers for 2006. Additional details regarding the applicable elements of compensation in the Summary Compensation Table are provided in the footnotes following the table.

 

Summary Compensation Table for 2006

    Year   Salary   Stock
awards($)(1)
  Option
awards($)(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
  All Other
Compensation
(2)
  Total
Compensation

Rene R. Joyce

Chief Executive Officer

  2006   $ 266,530   $ 312,513   $ 3,244   $ 262,000   $ 25,536   $ 869,823

Jeffrey J. McParland

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  2006     210,280     236,270     3,244     204,400     23,386     677,580

Joe Bob Perkins

President

  2006     244,030     260,294     3,244     238,000     23,474     769,042

James W. Whalen

President—Finance and Administration

  2006     244,030     227,546     —       238,000     17,539     693,515

Michael A. Heim

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

  2006     217,791     260,294     3,244     214,000     23,411     718,740

(1) The amounts reported in these columns reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for stock awards and option awards, as applicable, for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to fiscal year 2006 (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions). No stock awards or option awards granted to the named executive officers were forfeited during 2006. Detailed information about the amount recognized for specific awards is reported in the table under “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End” below. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to value the awards reported in these columns, please see the discussion of stock awards and option awards contained in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at Note 7 included in this registration statement.

 

(2) For 2006 “All Other Compensation” includes the aggregate value of matching, non-matching and discretionary contributions to our 401(k) plan and the dollar value of life insurance coverage.

 

Name

   401(k) and
Profit
Sharing
Plan
   Dollar Value of Life
Insurance
   Total

Rene R. Joyce

   $ 22,850    $ 686    $ 25,536

Jeffrey J. McParland

     22,850      536      23,386

Joe Bob Perkins

     22,850      624      23,474

James W. Whalen

     18,163      624      17,539

Michael A. Heim

     22,850      561      23,411

 

110


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table and the footnotes thereto provide information regarding grants of plan-based equity and non-equity awards made to the named executive officers during 2006:

 

Grants of Plan Based Awards for 2006

    

Estimated Future Payouts under

non-equity incentive plan awards

Name

   Threshold    Target    2X Target

Mr. Joyce

   $ 68,750    $ 137,500    $ 275,000

Mr. McParland

     53,750      107,500      215,000

Mr. Perkins

     62,500      125,000      250,000

Mr. Whalen

     62,500      125,000      250,000

Mr. Heim

     56,250      112,500      225,000

At the time the Bonus Plan was adopted, the estimated future payouts in the above table represented the cash bonus pool available for awards to the named executive officers under the Bonus Plan.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Awards table

A discussion of 2006 salaries and bonuses is included in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

Targa Investments 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

Stock Option Grants.  Under the Targa Investments 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Incentive Plan”), incentive stock options and non-incentive stock options to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 5,159,786 shares of Targa Investments’ restricted stock may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. Subject to the terms of the applicable stock option agreement, options granted under the 2005 Incentive Plan have a vesting period of four years, remain exercisable for ten years from the date of grant and have an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of a share of restricted stock on the date of grant. Additional details relating to previously granted non-incentive stock options under the 2005 Incentive Plan are included in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End” below.

Restricted Stock Grants.  Under the 2005 Incentive Plan, up to 7,293,882 shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. Subject to the terms of the restricted stock agreement, restricted stock granted under the Incentive Plan has a vesting period of four years from the date of grant. Additional details relating to previously granted shares of restricted stock are included in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End” below.

Targa Investments 2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Stock Option Grants . No awards have been, or may be, made under the Targa Investments 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as assumed and amended (the “2004 Incentive Plan”), from and after December 31, 2004. The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan governs options to purchase shares of Targa Investments’ Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”). Subject to the terms of the applicable stock option agreement, options granted under the 2004 Incentive Plan have a vesting period of four years and remain exercisable for ten years from the date of grant. Additional details relating to previously granted stock options under the 2004 Incentive Plan are included in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End” below. On May 1, 2007, employees and directors of Targa Investments surrendered all options to acquire shares of Preferred Stock in exchange for a cash payment of $27.69 and ten shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments for each option surrendered.

 

111


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End

Targa Investments indirectly owns all of our equity interests. The following table and the footnotes related thereto provide information regarding each stock option and other equity-based awards of Targa Investments outstanding as of December 31, 2006 for each of our named executive officers.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End for 2006

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

#

Exercisable

  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

#

Unexercisable

    Option
exercise
price
   Option
expiration
date
   Number of Shares
or Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested
    Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested(11)

Rene R. Joyce

      21,772 (1)   $ 0.75    10/31/2015    734,199 (7)   $ 440,519
      291,376 (1)   $ 3.00    10/31/2015    7,116 (8)     4,270
      246,549 (1)   $ 15.00    10/31/2015     
      3,006 (2)   $ 3.00    12/20/2015     
      2,559 (2)   $ 15.00    12/20/2015     
   5,046    3,365 (3)   $ 72.31    04/16/2014     

Jeffrey J. McParland

      21,772 (1)   $ 0.75    10/31/2015    555,120 (7)   $ 333,072
      218,532 (1)   $ 3.00    10/31/2015    5,337 (8)     3,202
      184,912 (1)   $ 15.00    10/31/2015     
      2,254 (2)   $ 3.00    12/20/2015     
      1,919 (2)   $ 15.00    12/20/2015     
   4,146    2,763 (3)   $ 72.31    04/16/2014     

Joe Bob Perkins

      21,772 (1)   $ 0.75    10/31/2015    611,680 (7)   $ 367,008
      236,014 (1)   $ 3.00    10/31/2015    5,764 (8)     3,458
      199,705 (1)   $ 15.00    10/31/2015     
      2,435 (2)   $ 3.00    12/20/2015     
      2,073 (2)   $ 15.00    12/20/2015     
   5,046    3,365 (3)   $ 72.31    04/16/2014     

James W. Whalen

   90,910    136,363 (4)   $ 3.00    11/01/2015    303,417 (9)   $ 182,050
   76,924    115,384 (4)   $ 15.00    11/01/2015    3,330 (10)     1,998
   938    1,406 (5)   $ 3.00    12/20/2015     
   799    1,197 (5)   $ 15.00    12/20/2015     
   1,509    1,005 (6)   $ 72.31    05/07/2014     

Michael A. Heim

      21,772 (1)   $ 0.75    10/31/2015    611,680 (7)   $ 367,008
      236,014 (1)   $ 3.00    10/31/2015    5,764 (8)     3,458
      199,705 (1)   $ 15.00    10/31/2015     
      2,435 (2)   $ 3.00    12/20/2015     
      2,073 (2)   $ 15.00    12/20/2015     
   5,046    3,365 (3)   $ 72.31    04/16/2014     

(1) Represents options to purchase shares of Targa Investments common stock. These options vest on the following schedule: 70% vest on April 30, 2008, an additional 10% vest on October 31, 2008 and the remaining options vest on October 31, 2009.

 

(2) Represents options to purchase shares of Targa Investments common stock. These options vest on the following schedule: 70% vest on June 20, 2008, an additional 10% vest on December 20, 2008 and the remaining options vest on December 20, 2009.

 

(3)

Represents options to purchase shares of Targa Investments preferred stock. These options vest on the following schedule: 50% on each of April 16, 2007 and 2008. Each share of preferred stock converts into 10

 

112


Table of Contents
 

shares of common stock of Targa Investments plus an additional number of shares equal to the accreted value (purchase price plus unpaid dividends) divided by the price of the common stock in an initial public offering by Targa Investments.

 

(4) Represents options to purchase shares of Targa Investments common stock awarded on November 1, 2005. These options vest on the following schedule: One-third vest on each of November 1, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 

(5) Represents options to purchase shares of Targa Investments common stock awarded on December 20, 2005. These options vest on the following schedule: One-third vest on each of December 20, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 

(6) Represents options to purchase shares of Targa Investments preferred stock. These options vest on the following schedule: 50% on each of May 7, 2007 and 2008. Each share of restricted preferred stock converts into 10 shares of common stock of Targa Investments plus an additional number of shares equal to the accreted value (purchase price plus unpaid dividends) divided by the price of the common stock in an initial public offering by Targa Investments.

 

(7) Represents shares of restricted common stock of Targa Investments awarded on October 31, 2005. These shares vest on the following schedule: 70% on April 30, 2008; an additional 10% on October 31, 2008 and the remaining shares on October 31, 2009.

 

(8) Represents shares of restricted common stock of Targa Investments awarded on December 20, 2005. These shares vest on the following schedule: 70% on June 20, 2008; an additional 10% on December 20, 2008 and the remaining shares on December 20, 2009.

 

(9) Represents shares of restricted common stock of Targa Investments awarded on October 31, 2005 (2,721 shares) and November 1, 2005 (502,975 shares). These shares vest on the following schedule: One-third vest on each of October 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 (with respect to the October 31, 2005 awards) and November 1, 2007, 2008 and 2009 (with respect to the November 1, 2005 awards).

 

(10) Represents shares of restricted common stock of Targa Investments awarded on December 20, 2005. These shares vest on the following schedule: One-third vest on each of December 20, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 

(11) The dollar amounts shown are determined by multiplying the number of shares or units reported in the table by $0.60 (the value determined by an independent consultant pursuant to a valuation of Targa Investments’ common stock as of December 31, 2006).

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2006

The following table provides the amount realized during 2006 by each named executive officer upon the exercise of options and upon the vesting of restricted common stock.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for 2006

 
     Stock Awards  

Name

   # of shares acquired on
vesting
   Value realized on
vesting
 

Rene R. Joyce

     

Jeffrey J. McParland

     

Joe Bob Perkins

     

James W. Whalen

   102,249    $ 61,349 (1)

Michael A. Heim

     

(1) Value determined by an independent consultant pursuant to a valuation of Targa Investments common stock as of December 31, 2006. On October 31, 2006 and December 20, 2006, 101,139 and 1,110 shares, respectively, vested. The value realized on vesting used a per share price of $0.60.

Change in Control and Termination Benefits

2005 Incentive Plan. If a Change of Control or a Liquidation Event (each as defined below), or in the case of restricted stock, certain drag-along transactions, occurs during a named executive officer’s employment with us, the options granted to him under Targa Investments form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and/or the restricted stock granted to him under Targa Investment’s form of Restricted

 

113


Table of Contents

Stock Agreement (the “Stock Agreement”) will fully vest and be exercisable (in the case of options) by him so long as he remains an employee of Targa Investments.

Options granted to a named executive officer under the Option Agreement will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon the termination of his employment with Targa Investments, except that: (i) if his employment is terminated by reason of a disability, he (or his estate or the person who acquires the options by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of his death ) may exercise the options in full for 180 days following such termination; (ii) if he dies while employed by Targa Investments, his estate or the person who acquires the options by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of his death, may exercise the options in full for 180 days following his death; or (iii) if he resigns or is terminated by Targa Investments without Cause (as defined below), then he (or his estate or the person who acquires the options by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of his death) may exercise the options for three months following such resignation or termination, but only as to the options he was entitled to exercise as of the date his employment terminates.

Restricted stock granted to a named executive officer under the Stock Agreement will fully vest if his employment is terminated by reason of a disability or his death. If a named executive officer resigns or he is terminated by Targa Investments without Cause, then his unvested restricted stock is forfeited to Targa Investments for no consideration. If a named executive officer is terminated by Targa Investments for Cause, then all restricted stock (both vested and unvested) granted to him under the Stock Agreement is forfeited to Targa Investments for no consideration. For one year following a named executive officer’s termination of employment, Targa Investments has the right to repurchase all of his restricted stock and other Capital Stock (as defined below), after any applicable forfeitures, at a purchase price equal to, in the case of a termination by death, disability, resignation or without Cause, the then fair market value of such restricted stock and Capital Stock determined in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, and, in the case of a termination with Cause, the lower of the Original Cost (as defined below) or the then Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such Capital Stock.

The following terms have the specified meanings for purposes of the 2005 Incentive Plan:

 

   

Change of Control means, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, a consolidation, merger or any other form of corporate reorganization involving Targa Investments or a sale of Preferred Stock (or a sale of Targa Investments’ common stock following conversion of the Preferred Stock) by stockholders of Targa Investments with the result immediately after such merger, consolidation, corporate reorganization or sale that (A) a single person, together with its affiliates, owns, if prior to any firm commitment underwritten offering by Targa Investments of its common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (x) for which the aggregate cash proceeds to be received by Targa Investments from such offering (without deducting underwriting discounts, expenses, and commissions) are at least $35,000,000, and (y) pursuant to which Targa Investments’ common stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or is admitted to trading and quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System (a “Qualified Public Offering”), either a greater number of shares of Targa Investments’ common stock (calculated assuming that all shares of Preferred Stock have been converted at the specified conversion ratio) than Warburg Pincus and its affiliates then own or, in the context of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization in which Targa Investments is not the surviving entity, more voting stock generally entitled to elect directors of such surviving entity (or in the case of a triangular merger, of the parent entity of such surviving entity) than Warburg Pincus and its affiliates then own or, if on or after a Qualified Public Offering, either a majority of Targa Investments’ common stock calculated on a fully-diluted basis (i.e. on the basis that all shares of Preferred Stock have been converted at the specified conversion ratio, that all Management Stock is outstanding, whether vested or not, and that all outstanding options to acquire Targa Investments’ common stock had been exercised (whether then exercisable or not)) or, in the context of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization in which Targa Investments is not the surviving entity, a majority of the voting stock generally entitled to elect directors of such

 

114


Table of Contents
 

surviving entity (or in the case of a triangular merger, of the parent entity of such surviving entity) calculated on a fully diluted basis and (B) Warburg Pincus and its affiliates collectively own less than a majority of the initial shares of Capital Stock outstanding on October 31, 2005 owned by them (the “Initial Shares”) or, in the event such Initial Shares are converted or exchanged into other voting securities of Targa Investment or such surviving or parent entity, less than a majority of such voting securities Warburg Pincus and its affiliates would have owned had they retained all such Initial Shares;

 

   

Management Stock means the shares of Targa Investments’ common stock granted pursuant to the terms of the 2005 Incentive Plan, any such shares transferred to a permitted transferee and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of Targa Investments which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or upon conversion of such shares of common stock pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization of Targa Investments or otherwise.

 

   

Liquidation Event means the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of Targa Investments; provided that neither the merger or consolidation of Targa Investments with or into another entity, nor the merger or consolidation of another entity with or into Targa Investments, nor the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Targa Investments shall be deemed to be a Liquidation Event;

 

   

Cause means discharge by Targa Investments based on (A) an employee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties, (B) conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; (C) an employee’s willful refusal, after fifteen days’ written notice from the Targa Investments Board, to perform the material lawful duties or responsibilities required of him; (D) willful and material breach of any corporate policy or code of conduct established by Targa Investments; and (E) willfully engaging in conduct that is known or should be known to be materially injurious to Targa Investments or any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

Capital Stock means any and all shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, Targa Investments, and any and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing;

 

   

Original Cost means, with respect to a particular share of Capital Stock, the cash amount originally paid to Targa Investments to purchase such share (or if such share was issued in respect of other shares of Targa Investments issued in connection with the merger of one of Targa Investments’ subsidiaries with and into us, then the cash amount originally paid to us to purchase such other shares), subject to adjustment for subdivisions, combinations or stock dividends involving such Capital Stock, or, if no cash amount was originally paid to Targa Investments to purchase such share, then no consideration (or if such share was issued in respect of other shares of Targa Investments issued in connection with the merger of one of Targa Investments’ subsidiaries with and into us and such other shares were issued by us for no cash consideration, then no consideration); and

 

   

Fair Market Value means the value determined by the unanimous resolution of all directors of the Targa Investments Board, provided that if the Targa Investments Board does not or is unable to make such a determination, Fair Market Value means the value determined by an investment banking firm of recognized national standing selected by a majority of the directors of the Targa Investments Board.

The following table reflects payments that would have been made to each of the named executive officers under the 2005 Incentive Plan and related agreements in the event there was a Change of Control or their employment was terminated, each as of December 31, 2006.

 

Name

   Change of Control     Termination for death or
disability
 

Rene R. Joyce

   $  558,123 (1)   $  558,123 (1)

Jeffrey J. McParland

     429,359 (2)     429,359 (2)

Joe Bob Perkins

     483,802 (3)     483,802 (3)

James W. Whalen

     217,905 (4)     217,905 (4)

Michael A. Heim

     483,802 (5)     483,802 (5)

 

115


Table of Contents

(1) Of this amount, $440,519 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on October 31, 2005; $4,270 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on December 20, 2005; and $113,334 relates to the unvested options to purchase Preferred Stock granted on April 16, 2004.

 

(2) Of this amount, $333,071 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on October 31, 2005; $3,202 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on December 20, 2005; and $93,086 relates to the unvested options to purchase Preferred Stock granted on April 16, 2004.

 

(3) Of this amount, $367,009 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on October 31, 2005; $3,459 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on December 20, 2005; and $113,334 relates to the unvested options to purchase Preferred Stock granted on April 16, 2004.

 

(4) Of this amount, $978 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on October 31, 2005; $181,071 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on November 1, 2005; $1,998 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on December 20, 2005; and $33,858 relates to the unvested options to purchase Preferred Stock granted on May 7, 2004.

 

(5) Of this amount, $367,009 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on October 31, 2005; $3,459 relates to the unvested shares of restricted stock of Targa Investments granted on December 20, 2005; and $113,334 relates to the unvested options to purchase Preferred Stock granted on April 16, 2004.

Other Agreements

In connection with the DMS acquisition on October 31, 2005, we entered into bonus agreements (the “Bonus Agreements”) with Messrs. Crisp, Foster, Heim, Joyce, McParland, Perkins and Whalen and adopted the Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Plan (the “Change of Control Bonus Plan”) applicable to eligible employees, including Messrs. Joyce, McParland, Perkins and Heim, that provide these named executive officers certain benefits upon a Change of Control. In addition, on July 12, 2006, in order to ensure managerial transition in the face of a potential transaction, the TRII Compensation Committee approved the Targa Investments Change of Control Executive Officer Severance Program (the “TRII Severance Program”) in which all of our named executive officers were participants.

Bonus Agreements . Under the Bonus Agreements, following a Change of Control or a death or disability, our named executive officers and directors are entitled to receive the following lump sum cash bonus amounts: Mr. Crisp-$20,800; Mr. Foster-$21,802; Mr. Heim-$717,537; Mr. Joyce—$717,537; Mr. McParland-$574,028; Mr. Perkins-$717,537; and Mr. Whalen-$21,802.

Change of Control Bonus Plan . The Change of Control Bonus Plan provides a lump sum cash bonus payment in case there is a Change of Control or the plan is terminated. The bonus pool will be $2 million if the weighted average sale price with respect to Targa Investments’ preferred stock sold by Warburg Pincus between November 1, 2005 and the change of control is equal to or greater than $100 per share. The bonus pool will be $0 if the weighted average sale price is equal to or less than $72.31 per share. The bonus pool will be a prorated amount between $0 and $2 million if the weighted average sale price is between $72.31 and $100 per share.

TRII Severance Program . This program provides separation benefits to our executive officers who voluntarily terminate their employment or whose employment is terminated in connection with a change of control of Targa. In such event, executive officers will receive a lump sum cash payment, subsidized medical coverage for up to two years and minimal transition assistance. The lump sum cash payment will be paid in an amount equal to (i) two multiplied by fifty percent of the executive officer’s annual base pay in effect on the date

 

116


Table of Contents

immediately preceding the change of control, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the period beginning on the first day of such fiscal year and ending on the date of such termination, and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty-five.

The following table reflects payments that would have been made to each of the named executive officers in the event there was a change of control or, following a change of control, their employment was terminated, each as of December 31, 2006. For purposes of potential payments under the Change of Control Bonus Plan, we assume the named executive officers would have received payments in an amount equal to the actual payments they received under the Change of Control Bonus Plan in August 2007 in connection with the termination of the Change of Control Bonus Plan. Payments under the Bonus Agreements, Change of Control Bonus Plan and TRII Severance Program are cumulative.

 

Name

  

Change of Control and death or disability
prior to a Change of Control Payment under
Change of Control Bonus Plan

and Bonus Agreements

   

Termination following a Change in
Control Payment under the

TRII Severance Program

 

Rene R. Joyce

   $ 794,151 (1)   $ 293,000 (6)

Jeffrey J. McParland

     650,642 (2)     239,798 (7)

Joe Bob Perkins

     794,151 (3)     262,798 (8)

James W. Whalen

     21,802 (4)     268,552 (9)

Michael A. Heim

     794,151 (5)     249,798 (10)

(1) Of this amount, $717,537 relates to the Bonus Agreement and $76,614 relates to the Change of Control Bonus Plan.

 

(2) Of this amount, $574,028 relates to the Bonus Agreement and $76,614 relates to the Change of Control Bonus Plan.

 

(3) Of this amount, $717,537 relates to the Bonus Agreement and $76,614 relates to the Change of Control Bonus Plan.

 

(4) This amount relates to the Bonus Agreement.

 

(5) Of this amount, $717,537 relates to the Bonus Agreement and $76,614 relates to the Change of Control Bonus Plan.

 

(6) This amount includes an estimated amount of up to $17,552 for our share of health care coverage costs to allow the officer and covered family members to continue coverage under our plans on the same terms as all employees for a period of up to two years. In addition, this amount includes an $1,000 estimated value of the officer’s computer and telecom equipment provided by us that would be transferred to him upon his termination.

 

(7) This amount includes an estimated amount of up to $23,798 for our share of health care coverage costs to allow the officer and covered family members to continue coverage under our plans on the same terms as all employees for a period of up to two years. In addition, this amount includes an $1,000 estimated value of the officer’s computer and telecom equipment provided by us that would be transferred to him upon his termination.

 

(8) This amount includes an estimated amount of up to $23,798 for our share of health care coverage costs to allow the officer and covered family members to continue coverage under our plans on the same terms as all employees for a period of up to two years. In addition, this amount includes an $1,000 estimated value of the officer’s computer and telecom equipment provided by us that would be transferred to him upon his termination.

 

(9) This amount includes an estimated amount of up to $17,552 for our share of health care coverage costs to allow the officer and covered family members to continue coverage under our plans on the same terms as all employees for a period of up to two years. In addition, this amount includes an $1,000 estimated value of the officer’s computer and telecom equipment provided by us that would be transferred to him upon his termination.

 

117


Table of Contents
(10) This amount includes an estimated amount of up to $23,798 for our share of health care coverage costs to allow the officer and covered family members to continue coverage under our plans on the same terms as all employees for a period of up to two years. In addition, this amount includes an $1,000 estimated value of the officer’s computer and telecom equipment provided by us that would be transferred to him upon his termination.

The following table reflects the total payments that would have been made to each of the named executive officers in the event there was a change of control, the employment of a named executive officer was terminated following a change of control, or the employment of a named executive officer was terminated due to a death or disability, each as of December 31, 2006. Payments under the 2005 Incentive Plan are cumulative with payments under the Bonus Agreements and the Change of Control Bonus Plan in the case of a Change of Control and are cumulative with payments under the Bonus Agreements in the case of termination due to death or disability prior to a Change of Control. Payments under the TRII Severance Program are cumulative with payments under the 2005 Incentive Plan, the Bonus Agreements and the Change of Control Bonus Plan in the case of a termination following a Change of Control.

 

Name

  

Change of Control

under the 2005

Incentive Plan, the

Bonus Agreements

and the Change of
Control Bonus Plan

  

Termination

following a Change

of Control under the

TRII Severance Program

  

Termination for death or disability prior to

a Change of Control under the Bonus

Agreements and the 2005 Incentive Plan

Rene R. Joyce

   $ 1,352,274    $ 293,000    $ 1,275,660

Jeffrey J. McParland

     1,080,001      239,798      1,003,377

Joe Bob Perkins

     1,277,953      262,798      1,201,339

James W. Whalen

     239,707      268,552      239,707

Michael A. Heim

     1,277,953      249,798      1,201,339

Termination of Change in Control and Termination Benefits

In connection with Targa Investment’s entry into a credit facility in August 2007, which funded a distribution to Targa Investment’s investors, the Targa Board elected to terminate the Bonus Agreements and the Change of Control Bonus Plan and to trigger the payments due under the agreements and plan. The TRII Severance Program was terminated without any payments to the named executive officers when the Targa Investments Board determined the need to ensure managerial transition in the case of a Change of Control was no longer necessary.

 

118


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth the compensation earned by our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2006:

 

Director Compensation for 2006

Name

  

Fees

Earned or
paid in

cash($)

   Stock
awards($)(1)
    Option
awards($)(1)
    Total($)

Charles R. Crisp

   $ 28,000    $ 42,398 (2)   $ 2,847 (2)   $ 73,245

Joe B. Foster

     28,000      42,398 (3)     2,847 (3)     73,245

In Seon Hwang

     —        —         —         —  

Chansoo Joung

     —        —         —         —  

Peter R. Kagan

     —        —         —         —  

Chris Tong

     40,000      49,402 (4)     6,381 (4)     95,783

(1) The amounts reported in these columns reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for stock awards and option awards, as applicable, for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to fiscal year 2006 (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions). No stock awards or option awards granted to the directors were forfeited during 2006. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to value the awards reported in these columns, please see the discussion of stock awards and option awards contained in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at Note 7 included in this registration statement.

 

(2) The grant date fair value of the 95,395 shares of common stock and 87,018 options to purchase shares of common stock granted to Mr. Crisp on October 31, 2005 is $110,658 and $7,430, respectively. This value was determined by an independent consultant pursuant to a FAS 123R valuation of Targa Investments common stock as of October 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, Mr. Crisp held 9,709 shares of preferred stock, 95,395 shares of common stock, 2,514 options to purchase shares of preferred stock and 87,018 options to purchase shares of common stock.

 

(3) The grant date fair value of the 95,395 shares of common stock and 87,018 options to purchase shares of common stock granted to Mr. Foster on October 31, 2005 is $110,658 and $7,430, respectively. This value was determined by an independent consultant pursuant to a FAS 123R valuation of Targa Investments common stock as of October 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, Mr. Foster held 28,591 shares of preferred stock, 95,395 shares of common stock, 2,514 options to purchase shares of preferred stock and 87,018 options to purchase shares of common stock.

 

(4) The grant date fair value of the 72,564 shares of common stock and 51,672 option to purchase shares of common stock granted to Mr. Tong on January 26, 2006 is $84,174 and $10,872, respectively. This value was determined by an independent consultant pursuant to a FAS 123R valuation of Targa Investments common stock as of January 26, 2006. At December 31, 2006, Mr. Tong held 72,564 shares of common stock and 51,672 options to purchase shares of common stock.

Narrative to Director Compensation Table

Beginning on February 2, 2006, each independent director receives an annual cash retainer of $20,000, the chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $8,000 and the chairmen of all other committees receive an additional annual retainer of $2,500. All of our independent directors receive $1,500 for each Board meeting attended and an additional $1,000 for each committee meeting attended (if not at a regularly scheduled board meeting). Payment of independent director fees is generally made twice annually, at the second regularly scheduled meeting of the Board and the final meeting of the Board for the fiscal year. All independent directors are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board and committees.

 

119


Table of Contents

Prior to February 2, 2006, our independent directors received an annual cash retainer of $10,000 but did not receive additional compensation for attending Board and committee meetings or for serving as chairmen of any Board committee.

A director who is also an employee receives no additional compensation for services as a director. Accordingly, the Summary Compensation Table reflects total compensation received by Messrs. Joyce and Whalen for services performed for us and our subsidiaries. In addition, a director who is also employed by Warburg Pincus receives no compensation for services as a director.

Our independent directors are eligible to receive awards under the Partnership’s long term incentive plan. The board of directors of the Partnership’s general partner (the “General Partner”) makes decisions with respect to awards under the Partnership’s long term incentive plan.

Changes for 2007

In response to market developments identified by Apogee, a compensation consultant, the TRII Compensation Committee approved changes to director compensation for the 2007 fiscal year. For 2007, each independent director (other than the Warburg directors) receives an annual cash retainer of $34,000 and the chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $15,000. All of our independent directors (other than the Warburg directors) receive $1,500 for each Audit Committee and Compensation Committee meeting attended. No additional fees are paid for attending board meetings. Payment of independent director fees is generally made twice annually, at the second regularly scheduled meeting of the Board and the final meeting of the Board for the fiscal year. All independent directors (other than the Warburg directors) are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board and committee meetings.

 

120


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Stockholders’ Agreement

Stockholders of Targa Investments, our indirect parent, including our named executive officers, certain of our directors, Warburg Pincus and Merrill Lynch, are party to the Targa Resources Investments Inc. Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated October 31, 2005, as amended (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”). The Stockholders’ Agreement (i) provides certain holders of Targa Investments’ preferred stock with preemptive rights relating to certain issuances of securities by Targa Investments or its subsidiaries, (ii) imposes restrictions on the disposition and transfer of securities of Targa Investments, (iii) establishes vesting and forfeiture provisions for securities held by our management, (iv) provides Targa Investments with the option to repurchase its securities held by our management and directors upon the termination of their employment or service to Targa Investments in certain circumstances, and (v) imposes on Targa Investments the obligation to furnish financial information to Warburg Pincus and Merrill Lynch as long as they maintain a certain ownership level in Targa Investments’ securities.

The Stockholders’ Agreement also requires the stockholders party thereto to vote to elect to the Board of Directors of Targa Investments two individuals that are executive officers of Targa Investments (one of whom shall be the chief executive officer of Targa Investments unless otherwise agreed by the majority holders), five individuals that will be designated by Warburg Pincus and one individual (two individuals if there are only four Warburg nominees or three individuals if there are only three Warburg nominees) who shall be independent that will be selected by Warburg Pincus, after consultation with the chief executive officer of Targa Investments and approved by the majority holders.

Relationships with Warburg Pincus

Warburg Pincus beneficially owns approximately 74% of the outstanding voting stock of our parent on a fully diluted basis. Warburg Pincus is able to elect members of our board of directors, appoint new management and approve any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including amendment of our certificate of incorporation and mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors elected by Warburg Pincus will be able to make decisions affecting our capital structure, including decisions to issue additional capital stock, implement stock repurchase programs and declare dividends.

Relationships with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”)

Equity

An affiliate of Merrill Lynch holds a non-voting equity interest in the general partner of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P., the principal shareholders of Targa Investments. Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, owns approximately 6.5% of the outstanding voting stock of our parent on a fully diluted basis.

Financial Services

Merrill Lynch was an initial purchaser of the notes, and acted as our financial advisor with respect to our purchase of all the equity interests in DMS. An affiliate of Merrill Lynch is a lender and an agent under our senior secured credit facilities.

Hedging Arrangements

We have entered into various commodity derivative transactions with Merrill Lynch Commodities Inc. (“MLCI”), an affiliate of Merrill Lynch. Under the terms of these various commodity derivative transactions, MLCI has agreed to pay us specified fixed prices in relation to specified notional quantities of natural gas, NGL, and condensate over periods ending in 2010, and we have agreed to pay Merrill Lynch floating prices based on

 

121


Table of Contents

published index prices of such commodities for delivery at specified locations. The following table shows our open commodity derivatives with Merrill Lynch as of December 31, 2006:

 

Period

   Commodity   

Instrument

Type

   Daily Volumes    Average Price    Index

Jan 2007

   Natural gas    Basis Swap    20,000    MMBtu     
 
Receive IF-HH minus $0.01,
pay GD-HH

Jan 2007—Dec 2007

   Natural gas    Swap    26,118    MMBtu    $ 7.65    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2008—Dec 2008

   Natural gas    Swap    25,765    MMBtu      7.23    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2009—Dec 2009

   Natural gas    Swap    25,474    MMBtu      6.82    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2010—Dec 2010

   Natural gas    Swap    3,289    MMBtu      7.39    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2007—Dec 2007

   NGLs    Swap    5,998    barrels      0.82    per gallon    OPIS-MB

Jan 2008—Dec 2008

   NGLs    Swap    5,847    barrels      0.79    per gallon    OPIS-MB

Jan 2009—Dec 2009

   NGLs    Swap    5,547    barrels      0.76    per gallon    OPIS-MB

Jan 2007—Dec 2007

   Condensate    Swap    319    barrels      75.27    per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2008—Dec 2008

   Condensate    Swap    264    barrels      72.66    per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2009—Dec 2009

   Condensate    Swap    202    barrels      70.60    per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2010—Dec 2010

   Condensate    Swap    181    barrels      69.28    per barrel    NY-WTI

At December 31, 2006, the fair value of these open positions is a liability of $2.8 million. During 2006, Merrill Lynch paid us $6.8 million in commodity derivative settlements. There were no commodity derivative settlements with Merrill Lynch prior to 2006.

Commercial Relationships

In April 2004, we entered into a base agreement for the purchase and sale of natural gas with Entergy-Koch Trading, LP, pursuant to which Entergy-Koch Trading, LP typically purchases natural gas for fuel at its affiliated cogeneration facility in Lake Charles. On November 1, 2004, MLCI acquired Entergy-Koch, LP and became a successor to this agreement. Pricing terms under the agreement are governed by reference to specified index prices plus a premium.

Other Relationships

On December 16, 2004, we acquired a 40% ownership interest in Bridgeline. During 2005 we had net purchases of natural gas of $11.4 million from Bridgeline. During the period from December 16, 2004 to December 31, 2004, we purchased $1.4 million of natural gas from Bridgeline. These transactions were at market prices consistent with those paid to non-affiliate entities. We sold our interest in Bridgeline in August 2005.

Initial Public Offering of Partnership

On February 14, 2007, the Partnership completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) and borrowed $294.5 million under its newly established credit facility. In return for our contribution of North Texas to the Partnership we received a 2% general partner interest and a 36.6% limited partner interest in the Partnership and cash proceeds of $665.7 million. We used the proceeds received from contributing North Texas to the Partnership and cash on hand to retire in full the outstanding balance (including accrued interest) of our $700 million senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility.

Purchase and Sale Agreement

On September 18, 2007, we entered into a purchase and sale agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the Partnership pursuant to which the Partnership acquired SAOU and LOU (the “Acquired Businesses”) for aggregate consideration of $705 million, subject to certain adjustments, consisting of $698.0 million in cash and

 

122


Table of Contents

the issuance to the Partnership’s general partner of 275,511 general partner units, enabling the general partner to maintain its general partner interest in the Partnership. On September 25 and 26, 2007, we completed transactions to terminate certain out of the money NGL hedges associated with the Acquired Businesses and to enter into new hedges for approximately the same volume and term at then current market prices. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, these hedging transactions resulted in a $24.2 million increase to the purchase price we received for the Acquired Businesses. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we have indemnified the Partnership from and against (i) all losses that it incurs arising from any breach of our representations, warranties or covenants in the Purchase Agreement, (ii) certain environmental matters and (iii) certain litigation matters. The Partnership has indemnified us from and against all losses that we incur arising from or out of (i) the business or operations of Targa Resources Texas GP LLC, Targa Texas, Targa Louisiana and Targa Louisiana Intrastate LLC (whether relating to periods prior to or after the closing of the acquisition of the Acquired Businesses) to the extent such losses are not matters for which we have indemnified the Partnership or (ii) any breach of the Partnership’s representations, warranties or covenants in the Purchase Agreement. Certain of our indemnification obligations are subject to an aggregate deductible of $10 million and a cap equal to $80 million. In addition, these parties’ reciprocal indemnification obligations for certain tax liability and losses are not subject to the deductible and cap.

Omnibus Agreement

Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition of the Acquired Businesses, the Partnership amended and restated its omnibus agreement (as amended and restated, the “Omnibus Agreement”) with us, its general partner (one of our subsidiaries) and others that addresses the reimbursement of its general partner for costs incurred on its behalf, competition and indemnification matters. Any or all of the provisions of the Omnibus Agreement, other than the indemnification provisions described below, are terminable by us at our option if the Partnership’s general partner is removed without cause and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal. The Omnibus Agreement will also terminate in the event of a change of control of the Partnership or its general partner.

Reimbursement of Operating and General and Administrative Expense

Under the Omnibus Agreement, the Partnership reimburses us for the payment of certain operating expenses, including compensation and benefits of operating personnel, and for the provision of various general and administrative services for the Partnership’s benefit. With respect to North Texas, the Partnership reimburses us for the following expenses:

 

   

general and administrative expenses, which are capped at $5 million annually for three years, subject to increases based on increases in the Consumer Price Index and subject to further increases in connection with expansions of the Partnership’s operations through the acquisition or construction of new assets or businesses with the concurrence of its conflicts committee; thereafter, the Partnership’s general partner will determine the general and administrative expenses to be allocated to the Partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement; and

 

   

operations and certain direct expenses, which are not subject to the $5 million cap for general and administrative expenses.

With respect to the Acquired Businesses, the Partnership reimburses us for the following expenses:

 

   

general and administrative expenses, which are not capped, allocated to the Acquired Businesses according to our allocation practice; and

 

   

operating and certain direct expenses, which are not capped.

Pursuant to these arrangements, we perform centralized corporate functions for the Partnership, such as legal, accounting, treasury, insurance, risk management, health, safety and environmental, information technology, human resources, credit, payroll, internal audit, taxes, engineering and marketing. The Partnership

 

123


Table of Contents

reimburses us for the direct expenses to provide these services as well as other direct expenses we incur on the Partnership’s behalf, such as compensation of operational personnel performing services for the Partnership’s benefit and the cost of their employee benefits, including 401(k), pension and health insurance benefits.

General and administrative costs will continue to be allocated to the Acquired Businesses according to our allocation practice.

Competition

We are not restricted, under either the Partnership’s partnership agreement or the Omnibus Agreement, from competing with the Partnership. We may acquire, construct or dispose of additional midstream energy or other assets in the future without any obligation to offer the Partnership the opportunity to purchase or construct those assets.

Indemnification

Under the Omnibus Agreement, we will indemnify the Partnership until February 14, 2010 against certain potential environmental claims, losses and expenses associated with the operation of North Texas and occurring before February 14, 2007 that are not reserved on the books of the Predecessor Business as of February 14, 2007. Our maximum liability for this indemnification obligation does not exceed $10.0 million and we do not have any obligation under this indemnification until the Partnership’s aggregate losses exceed $250,000. The Partnership has agreed to indemnify us against environmental liabilities related to North Texas arising or occurring after February 14, 2007.

Additionally, we will indemnify the Partnership for losses attributable to rights-of-way, certain consents or governmental permits, preclosing litigation relating to North Texas and income taxes attributable to pre-IPO operations that are not reserved on the books of the Predecessor Business as of February 14, 2007. We do not have any obligation under these indemnifications until the Partnership’s aggregate losses exceed $250,000. The Partnership will indemnify us for all losses attributable to the post-IPO operations of North Texas. Our obligations under this additional indemnification survive until February 14, 2010, except that the indemnification for income tax liabilities will terminate upon the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

Agreements Governing the Drop-Down Transactions

We have entered into various documents and agreements that effected the drop-down transactions, including the vesting of assets in, and the assumption of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries, and the application of the proceeds therefrom. These agreements were not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations, and they, or any of the transactions that they provide for, were not effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to these agreements as they could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions, including the expenses associated with transferring assets into our subsidiaries, were paid from the proceeds of transaction.

Contracts with Affiliates

NGL and Condensate Purchase Agreement for the North Texas System. The Partnership has entered into an NGL and high pressure condensate purchase agreement pursuant to which (i) it is obligated to sell all volumes of NGLs (other than high-pressure condensate) that it owns or controls to our subsidiary, Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade (“TLMT”) and (ii) it has the right to sell to TLMT or third parties the volumes of high-pressure condensate that it owns or controls, in each case at a price based on the prevailing market price less transportation, fractionation and certain other fees. This agreement has an initial term of 15 years and automatically extends for a term of five years, unless the agreement is otherwise terminated by either party. Furthermore, either party may elect to terminate the agreement if either party ceases to be one of our affiliates.

 

124


Table of Contents

NGL Purchase Agreements for the Acquired Businesses. The SAOU System has entered into an NGL purchase agreement pursuant to which it is obligated to sell all volumes of mixed NGLs, or raw product, that it owns or controls to TLMT at a price based on either TLMT’s sales price to third parties or the prevailing market price, less transportation, fractionation and certain other fees. The LOU System has entered into an NGL purchase agreement pursuant to which (i) it has the right to sell to TLMT the volumes of raw product that it owns or controls at a commercially reasonable price agreed by the parties, and (ii) it is obligated to sell all volumes of fractionated NGL components that it owns or controls at a price based on TLMT’s sales price to third parties or the prevailing market price, less transportation, fractionation and certain other fees. Both NGL purchase agreements have an initial term of one year and automatically extend for additional terms of one year, unless the agreements are otherwise terminated by either party.

Natural Gas Purchase Agreements. Both North Texas and the Acquired Businesses have entered into natural gas purchase agreements at a price based on Targa Gas Marketing LLC’s (“TGM”) sale price for such natural gas, less TGM’s costs and expenses associated therewith. These agreements have an initial term of 15 years and automatically extend for a term of five years, unless the agreements are otherwise terminated by either party. Furthermore, either party may elect to terminate the agreements if either party ceases to be one of our affiliates. In addition, we manage the Acquired Businesses’ natural gas sales to third parties under contracts that remain in the name of the Acquired Businesses.

 

125


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table is based on our records and reports filed with the Commission and sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock and equity securities of our subsidiaries that are held by:

 

   

each person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our outstanding common stock (only with respect to our common stock);

 

   

all of the directors of Targa Resources, Inc.;

 

   

each named executive officer of Targa Resources, Inc.; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers of Targa Resources, Inc. as a group.

 

      Targa Resources, Inc.     Targa Resources Partners LP     Targa Resources Investments Inc.  

Name of Beneficial
Owner(1)

  Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage
of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Common
Units
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage
of
Common
Units
Beneficially
Owned
  Subordinated
Units
Beneficially
Owned(3)
  Percentage of
Subordinated
Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Total
Common and
Subordinated
Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Series B
Preferred
Stock
  Restricted
Common
Stock
    Percentage
of Series B
Preferred
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage
of
Restricted
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
 

Targa Resources Investments Inc.

  1,000   100 %   —       —     —       —       —     —       —       —    

Rene R. Joyce

  —     —       20,000   *   223,648   1.94 %   *     56,208   825,425     *     11.2 %

Joe Bob Perkins

  —     —       7,100   *   190,216   1.65 %   *     47,632   701,554     *     9.5 %

Michael A. Heim

  —     —       2,500   *   176,382   1.53 %   *     39,192   701,554     *     9.5 %

Jeffrey J. McParland

  —     —       1,500   *   154,478   1.34 %   *     32,856   629,547     *     8.5 %

James W. Whalen

  —     —       36,151.67   *   151,020   1.31 %   *     14,978   790,740 (4)   *     10.3 %

Charles R. Crisp

  —     —       3,100   *   34,585   *     *     9,709   120,535     *     1.6 %

Joe B. Foster

  —     —       6,700   *   65,711   *     *     28,591   120,535     *     1.6 %

In Seon Hwang(2)

  —     —       —     *   —     —       *     —     —       —       —    

Chansoo Joung(2)

  —     —       2,000   *   —     —       *     —     —       —       —    

Peter R. Kagan(2)

  —     —       2,000   *   —     —       *     —     —       —       —    

Chris Tong

  —     —       4,400   *   11,528   *     *     —     72,564     *     *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

  —     —       85,451.67   *   1,338,428   11.54 %   3.21 %   268,723   5,249,094     4.2 %   68.7 %

* Less than 1%.

 

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners in this table is 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002. The nature of the beneficial ownership for all the equity securities is sole voting and investment power.

 

(2) Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. (“WP VIII”) and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P. (“WP IX”) in the aggregate beneficially own 73.6% of Targa Resources Investments Inc. The general partner of WP VIII is Warburg Pincus Partners, LLC (“WP Partners LLC”) and the general partner of WP IX is Warburg Pincus IX, LLC, of which WP Partners LLC is sole member. Warburg Pincus & Co. (“WP”) is the managing member of WP Partners LLC. WP VIII and WP IX are managed by Warburg Pincus LLC (“WP LLC”). The address of the Warburg Pincus entities is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017. Chansoo Joung and Peter R. Kagan, two of our directors, are each a general partner of WP and a Managing Director and member of WP LLC. In Seon Hwang, one of our directors, is a principal of WP LLC. Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy are Managing General Partners of WP and Managing Members of WP LLC and may be deemed to control the Warburg Pincus entities. Messrs. Joung, Kagan, Hwang, Kaye and Landy disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities.

 

(3) The subordinated units of the Partnership presented as being beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers represent the number of units held indirectly by Targa Resources Investments Inc. that are attributable to such directors and officers based on their ownership of equity interests in Targa Resources Investments Inc. Targa Resources Investments Inc. indirectly holds all 11,528,231 subordinated units of the Partnership.

 

(4) Of this amount, 254,354 shares of restricted common stock reflect options that are currently exercisable for shares of restricted common stock.

 

126


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES

Targa Resources, Inc. and Targa Resources Finance Corporation will issue the new notes, and the old notes were issued, under an Indenture (the “ Indenture” ) among themselves, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee” ). The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “ Trust Indenture Ac t”). You can find the definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this description under the subheading “Certain Definitions”. In this description, the “Company” refers to Targa Resources, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries. The “Co-Issuer” refers to Targa Resources Finance Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company and co-issuer of the notes. The Co-Issuer has no material assets.

If the exchange offer contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, old notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer, together with the new notes, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Otherwise unqualified references herein to “notes” shall, unless the context requires otherwise, include the old notes and the new notes, and all references to specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the notes shall be deemed to mean, at any time after the exchange offer is completed, such percentage in aggregate principal amount of the old notes and the new notes then outstanding.

The terms of the new notes will be substantially identical to the terms of the old notes, except that the new notes:

 

   

will have been registered under the Securities Act;

 

   

will not be subject to transfer restrictions applicable to the old notes; and

 

   

will not have the benefit of the registration rights agreement applicable to the old notes.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the notes and the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of notes. A copy of the Indenture is available upon request from us as set forth under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Brief Description of the Notes

Like the old notes, the new notes:

 

   

will be unsecured senior obligations of the Company and the Co-Issuer;

 

   

will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness, including Indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities, of the Company and the Co-Issuer;

 

   

will be effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness, including Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities;

 

   

will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future claims of creditors (including trade creditors) and holders of Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of the Company and the Co-Issuer that do not guarantee the notes, including any Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs;

 

   

will rank senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and the Co-Issuer; and

 

   

will be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Subsidiary Guarantors that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Company and the Co-Issuer issued the old notes with a maximum aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million. The Company and the Co-Issuer again may issue additional notes under the Indenture from time

 

127


Table of Contents

to time after this offering (the “ Additional Notes ”). Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to the covenant described below under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”. Any old notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer, any new notes issued in connection with the exchange offer and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “notes” include any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

Interest on the new notes will accrue at the rate of 8  1 / 2 % per annum and be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1, commencing May 1, 2008. The Company and the Co-Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record of the notes on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15. Interest on the new notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the old notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The notes will mature on November 1, 2013. The new notes will be issued, and the old notes were issued, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

Subsidiary Guarantees

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees the Company’s and the Co-Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture and the notes on a senior unsecured basis. All the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuer, NCLB Liquids Inc., Warren Petroleum Company, LLC and Targa Bridgeline LLC) guarantee the notes. Each Subsidiary Guarantee of the notes is a general unsecured obligation of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, ranks pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, is effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee of the Senior Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness and ranks senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor is structurally subordinated to all existing and future claims of creditors (including trade creditors) and holders of Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary Guarantor that do not guarantee the notes, including any Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs.

Each Subsidiary Guarantee contains a provision intended to limit the Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability thereunder to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Subsidiary Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law or may reduce the Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its Subsidiary Guarantee worthless. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Offer and the Notes and our Capital Structure—Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees and subordinate claims in respect of the guarantees.”

Each Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell all or substantially all its assets to (A) the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor without limitation or (B) any other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. See “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”.

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged upon:

(1) (a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock following which such Subsidiary

 

128


Table of Contents

Guaran tor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of such Subsidiary Guarantor (other than a sale, disposition or other transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary) if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Partially Owned Operating Company;

(c) the designation by the Company of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture set forth under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(d) the release or discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee the notes, if such Subsidiary Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the notes pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries” (treating any guarantees of such Subsidiary Guarantor that remain outstanding as incurred at least 30 days prior to such release or discharge); or

(e) the exercise by the Company and the Co-Issuer of their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or if the Company’s and the Co-Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) in the case of clause (1) (a) above, the release or discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee, if any, of and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Senior Credit Facilities and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Ranking

Secured Indebtedness versus Notes

Payments of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the notes and the payment of any Subsidiary Guarantee rank pari passu in right of payment with all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Company and such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities. However, the notes and Subsidiary Guarantees are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

In addition, certain of our Hedging Obligations with respect to natural gas and natural gas liquids constitute Secured Indebtedness. To the extent prices of these commodities increase, the amount of this Secured Indebtedness could increase significantly. We expect to incur additional secured Hedging Obligations as part of our ongoing commodity risk management activities.

Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Senior Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur and the amount of additional Secured Indebtedness the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Senior Indebtedness and Secured Indebtedness could be substantial.

See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens”.

Liabilities of Subsidiaries versus Notes

All of our operations are conducted through our Subsidiaries. Some of our Subsidiaries are not guaranteeing the notes, and Subsidiary Guarantees may be released under certain circumstances, as described under

 

129


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary Guarantees.” In addition, our future Subsidiaries may not be required to guarantee the notes, and Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs will not be required to guarantee the notes. Claims of creditors of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs, including trade creditors and creditors holding indebtedness or guarantees issued by such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs, and claims of holders of Preferred Stock of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs over the claims of our creditors, including Holders. Accordingly, the notes will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors (including trade creditors) and holders of Preferred Stock, if any, of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs.

Mandatory Redemption; Offer to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Company and the Co-Issuer are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Company and the Co-Issuer may be required to offer to purchase notes as described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”.

The Company and the Co-Issuer may from time to time acquire notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, in open market purchases, through negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws.

Optional Redemption

Except as described below, the notes are not redeemable at the Company’s or the Co-Issuer’s option prior to November 1, 2009. From and after November 1, 2009, the Company or the Co-Issuer may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2009

   104.250 %

2010

   102.125 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

Prior to November 1, 2008, the Company or the Co-Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the sum of the original aggregate principal amount of notes (and the original principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 108.500% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such net proceeds are contributed to the Company; provided that:

 

   

at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally issued under the Indenture and the original principal amount of any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and

 

   

each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

At any time prior to November 1, 2009, the Company or the Co-Issuer may also redeem all or a part of the notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

130


Table of Contents

Selection and Notice

If the Company is redeeming less than all of the notes at any time, the Trustee will select the notes to be redeemed (a) if the notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such notes are listed, or (b) if the notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address, except that notices of redemption may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any note is to be redeemed in part only, any notice of redemption that relates to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of any outstanding note redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the outstanding note. Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Company or the Co-Issuer defaults in payment of the redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Except as set forth below, the new notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

One or more Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

Except as set forth below, Global Notes may be transferred only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee, in whole and not in part. Except in the limited circumstances described below, beneficial interests in Global Notes may not be exchanged for notes in certificated form and owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form. See “—Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes”.

Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants, which may change from time to time.

Depository Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of DTC and are subject to changes by it. We take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge investors to contact DTC or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “ Participants ”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial

 

131


Table of Contents

Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “ Indirect Participants ”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

(1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of Participants with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and

(2) ownership of these interests in Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes).

Investors in Global Notes who are Participants in DTC’s system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations that are Participants in DTC. All interests in a Global Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own and the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to Persons that are subject to those requirements will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge those interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of those interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing those interests.

Except as described below, owners of an interest in Global Notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of definitive notes in registered certificated form (“ Certificated Notes ”) and will not be considered the registered owners or “ Holders ” thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, and interest on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company, the Co-Issuer or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in Global Notes; or

(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.

DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on that payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary

 

132


Table of Contents

practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee, the Company or the Co-Issuer. Neither the Company, the Co-Issuer nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a Holder only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of the portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which that Participant or those Participants has or have given the relevant direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for notes in certificated form, and to distribute those notes to its Participants.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in Global Notes among Participants, it is under no obligation to perform those procedures, and may discontinue or change those procedures at any time. Neither the Company, the Co-Issuer nor the Trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its Participants or Indirect Participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes if:

(1) DTC (a) notifies the Company and the Co-Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed;

(2) the Company and the Co-Issuer, at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes; or

(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default with respect to the notes.

In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in a Global Note will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Same Day Settlement and Payment

The Company and the Co-Issuer will make payments in respect of the notes represented by Global Notes (including payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee. The Company and the Co-Issuer will make all payments of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no account is specified, by mailing a check to each Holder’s registered address. The new notes represented by Global Notes are expected to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in notes represented by the Global Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds.

 

133


Table of Contents

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, the Company and the Co-Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company and the Co-Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

(1) a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and all notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) any note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) unless the Company or the Co-Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) Holders electing to have any notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered notes and their election to require the Company or the Co-Issuer to purchase such notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the last day of the offer period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered notes and its election to have such notes purchased; and

(7) Holders whose notes are being purchased only in part will be issued another note equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

While the notes are in global form and the Company or the Co-Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations.

The Company and the Co-Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Company and the Co-Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company and the Co-Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

134


Table of Contents

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Company and the Co-Issuer.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail to each Holder another note equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered; provided that each such other note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Company and the Co-Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Senior Credit Facilities, and future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Company becomes a party, may provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Company (including a Change of Control) would constitute a default thereunder and prohibit the Company from purchasing any notes as a result of a Change of Control. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing the notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to permit the purchase of the notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing the notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. If the Company experiences a change of control that triggers a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or cross defaults under other Indebtedness, the Company could seek a waiver of such defaults or seek to refinance the Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and such other Indebtedness. In the event the Company does not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and such other Indebtedness, such defaults could result in amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and such other Indebtedness being declared due and payable. Our ability to pay cash to the Holders following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Company and the Co-Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and the Co-Issuer and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Initial Purchasers. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”. Such restrictions can be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenant, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Co-Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in

 

135


Table of Contents

certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company or the Co-Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder may require the Company or the Co-Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Company’s and the Co-Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of

(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party on behalf of the transferee) and for which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has been validly released by all creditors in writing,

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and

(c) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 365 days after any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may, at its option, apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

(1) to permanently reduce

(x) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other Senior Indebtedness, in each case, of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, and, in the case of Obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Funded Synthetic Letter of Credit Facility or other similar Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto (other than Obligations owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness that is not Secured Indebtedness, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall, equally and ratably, reduce Obligations under the notes by, at its option, (A) redeeming the notes to the extent they are then redeemable as provided under “—Optional

 

136


Table of Contents

Redemption”, (B) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased or (C) purchasing notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof) in a manner that complies with the Indenture and applicable securities law; or

(y) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) to an investment in (a) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties, (c) capital expenditures and (d) acquisitions of other assets, that in each of (a), (b), (c) and (d) are used or useful in a Similar Business or replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not invested or applied in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”; provided that if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed, but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, the date of termination of such agreement). When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $35.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders and, if required by the terms of any Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (other than with respect to Hedging Obligations) (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of notes and such Senior Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $35.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365 days (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $35.0 million or less .

To the extent that the aggregate amount of notes and such Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes or the Senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select or cause to be selected the notes and such Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the notes or such Senior Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds related to such Asset Sale Offer shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The procedures for an Asset Sale Offer will be substantially the same as for a Change of Control Offer. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws

 

137


Table of Contents

and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

The Senior Credit Facilities will limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Company becomes a party may limit or prohibit, the Company from purchasing any notes as a result of an Asset Sale Offer. In the event the Company is required to make an Asset Sale Offer at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing the notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to permit the purchase of the notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing the notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes.

Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause or make a MLP Asset Transfer or a MLP Equity Transfer, unless:

(1) in the case of a MLP Asset Transfer, after such MLP Asset Transfer and as a result thereof, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have received an amount of cash attributable to such MLP Asset Transfer (as a result of (i) the receipt of cash proceeds as all or a portion of the consideration for such MLP Asset Transfer or (ii) the repayment of intercompany indebtedness, owed by a Subsidiary of the Company, transferred or assumed as part of such MLP Asset Transfer) at least equal to 75% of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company based on values that could be obtained in an arms’ length transaction) of (a) the assets and property transferred or (b) in the case of a transfer of any Equity Interests of a Person, such Person at the time of such MLP Asset Transfer (it being understood that, in the case of a transfer of less than all of the Equity Interests of a Person, the value of such Person shall be determined at the time of the first MLP Asset Transfer constituting part of such MLP Asset Transfer (as if all the Equity Interests in such Person shall have been transferred at the time of such first MLP Asset Transfer and the cash requirement set forth in this clause shall be satisfied on that basis in connection with such first MLP Asset Transfer) and there shall be no such additional cash attributable to such MLP Asset Transfer required for any subsequent transfer of Equity Interests of such Person constituting part of the MLP Asset Transfer) (in each case of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), assuming such assets or Person, as applicable, operate as a going concern), with the balance of the consideration received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such MLP Asset Transfer consisting solely of Equity Interests in the applicable MLP; provided, however , that in the event that the fair market value of the assets, property and Person transferred in connection with a MLP Asset Transfer exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that such MLP Asset Transfer is fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) in the case of a MLP Equity Transfer (other than a MLP Equity Transfer to the extent it is made to satisfy the proviso to the definition of “ Minimum Cash Consideration ,” in which case only the requirements of such proviso need be satisfied), the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives net proceeds in connection therewith in an amount at least equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests that are transferred in such MLP Equity Transfer and at least 75% of the consideration for such MLP Equity Transfer received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in the form of cash.

 

138


Table of Contents

(3) the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of the Indenture and the documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities, and such MLP Asset Transfer or MLP Equity Transfer, as the case may be, would not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Indenture or any of the documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities; and

(4) such MLP Asset Transfer would not result in the related MLP or any MLP Subsidiary being required to assume the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary under the terms of any of the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness

(any such MLP Asset Transfer or MLP Equity Transfer that complies with clauses (1) through (4) above being referred to as a “ Permitted MLP Transfer ”). All Equity Interests received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any Permitted MLP Transfer that is a MLP Asset Transfer shall be held by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, until such time as any such Equity Interest is sold, conveyed, transferred or otherwise disposed of pursuant to this covenant.

The Indenture also provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or MLP GP to, cause or make a GP Equity Transfer unless:

(1) (x) in the case of a GP Equity Transfer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives in connection therewith cash (which may include the repayment in cash of Indebtedness owing to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary) at substantially the same time of such GP Equity Transfer in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) $50.0 million (with this clause (i) applicable only in the case of a GP Equity Transfer undertaken in connection with the initial public offering of a MLP GP) and (ii) the fair market value of the Equity Interests subject to such GP Equity Transfer or (y) in the case of a GP Equity Transfer by a MLP GP, the net proceeds received by such MLP GP in such GP Equity Transfer, which shall be at least equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests subject to such GP Equity Transfer, are used to pay a dividend to the holders of Equity Interests of such MLP GP or to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests in such MLP GP; provided, however , that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive at least a pro rata portion of such dividend or at least a pro rata portion of the payment for such purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, except that such requirement shall not apply with respect to payments for the purchase, redemption, defeasance or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of any MLP GP held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of such MLP GP, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement;

(2) the Company is in compliance with the terms of the Indenture and the documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities, and such GP Equity Transfer would not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Indenture or any of the documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities;

(3) the related MLP GP’s sole business is to act as the general partner of the applicable Permitted MLP and engage in activities ancillary thereto and such MLP GP owns no assets (other than (i) ownership interests in such Permitted MLP and Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, (ii) temporarily holding assets to be transferred or distributed in connection with a Permitted MLP Transfer or Permitted GP Transfer or distributions from a Permitted MLP, (iii) current assets sufficient to satisfy its ordinary course operating expenses, including such expenses after it has become a publicly traded company, and other assets necessary for its existence and operation as a public company and (iv) the reserves referred to in clause (4) below); and

(4) the related GP is required by its partnership agreement to distribute all cash and Cash Equivalents that it receives from time to time to its partners on a pro rata basis, subject to the establishment of such reserves as management of such related GP determines are appropriate for general, administrative and operating expenses in the ordinary course of its business and as are prudent to maintain for the proper conduct of its business or to provide for future distributions, in each case in accordance with the terms of the

 

139


Table of Contents

organizational documents of the related GP; provided that such organizational documents are, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, in a form that is customary for similar entities whose primary function is to serve as general partners of entities operating as master limited partnerships;

(any such GP Equity Transfer that complies with clauses (1) through (4) above being referred to as a “ Permitted GP Transfer ”). All Equity Interests in the related GP from time to time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company shall be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary until such time as any such Equity Interest is sold, conveyed, transferred or otherwise disposed of pursuant to this covenant.

For purposes of calculating the fair market value of any assets or property transferred to any Person, any Person and any Equity Interests in a Person with respect to any MLP Asset Transfer, MLP Equity Transfer or Permitted GP Transfer, any Indebtedness that is owed by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded and shall not be reflected in such calculation to reduce the fair market value of such assets or property, Person or Equity Interests in such Person, as the case may be.

Within 365 days after any Permitted MLP Transfer, Permitted GP Transfer or Extraordinary Distribution has occurred, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may, at its option, apply the Net Proceeds from such Permitted MLP Transfer, Permitted GP Transfer or Extraordinary Distribution to permanently reduce:

(1) Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility and Asset Sale Bridge Facility;

(2) Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and, in the case of Obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Funded Synthetic Letter of Credit Facility, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto (other than Obligations owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness that is not Secured Indebtedness, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, equally and ratably, reduce Obligations under the notes by, at its option, (A) redeeming the notes to the extent they are redeemable as provided under “—Optional Redemption”, (B) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for a MLP Offer) to all Holders to purchase their notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, or (C) purchasing notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof) in a manner that complies with the Indenture and applicable securities law; or

(3) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply up to 50% of the Net Proceeds from any Permitted MLP Transfer (other than the Initial MLP Transfer), any Permitted GP Transfer or any Extraordinary Distribution to make a Permitted MLP Investment; provided that if during such 365-day period, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds to make a Permitted MLP Investment after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed (but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 180 days) until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, the date of termination of such agreement).

If any Net Proceeds received are not invested or applied in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds (or such longer period provided for in such paragraph), then the Company shall make an offer to all Holders and, if required by the terms of any other Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such other Senior Indebtedness (other than with respect to Hedging Obligations) (an “ MLP Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of notes and such other Senior Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the excess Net Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest,

 

140


Table of Contents

and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company will commence a MLP Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that excess Net Proceeds exceed $10.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of notes and such other Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to a MLP Offer is less than the excess Net Proceeds from the Permitted MLP Transfer, Permitted GP Transfer or Extraordinary Distribution, the Company may use any remaining excess Net Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and the other Senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of such excess Net Proceeds, the Trustee shall select or cause to be selected the notes and such other Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the notes or such other Senior Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such MLP Offer, the amount of such excess Net Proceeds related to such MLP Offer shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The procedures for a MLP Offer will be substantially the same as for a Change of Control Offer. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a MLP Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Permitted MLP Transfer, Permitted GP Transfer or Extraordinary Distribution may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than

(A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or

(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

141


Table of Contents

(3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than

(x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (j)(1) and (j)(2) of the covenant described under “—Limitations on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” or

(y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after October 31, 2005 pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(C), (8) and (12) of the next succeeding paragraph (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from September 1, 2005 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; provided that if, at the time of a proposed Restricted Payment under the first paragraph of this covenant, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is less than 3.50: 1.00, for purposes of calculating availability of amounts hereunder for such Restricted Payment only, the reference to 50% in this clause (1) above shall be deemed to be 75%, plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Company after October 31, 2005 ( less the amount of such net cash proceeds to the extent such amount has been relied upon to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness, or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (u)(ii) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of

(x) Equity Interests of the Company, including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of

(A) Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, managers, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries after October 31, 2005 to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph and

 

142


Table of Contents

(B) Designated Preferred Stock and to the extent actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph) or

(y) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company;

provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (b) Equity Interests of the Company or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or (d) Excluded Contributions, plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company after October 31, 2005 (less the amount of such net cash proceeds to the extent such amount has been relied upon to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (u)(ii) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than by any Excluded Contributions), plus

(4) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received after October 31, 2005 by means of

(A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and repayments of loans or advances that constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or

(B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (9) or (13) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(5) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after October 31, 2005, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Company in good faith or if, in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value may exceed $100.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (9) or (13) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially

 

143


Table of Contents

concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of such Person that is incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as

(A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $20.0 million in any calendar year); provided, further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed

(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after October 31, 2005, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (c) of the preceding paragraph, plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after October 31, 2005, less

(C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4);

 

144


Table of Contents

and provided, further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

(6) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after October 31, 2005;

(B) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after October 31, 2005; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided, however , in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after October 31, 2005, of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, its direct parent company in amounts required for the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies to pay

(A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(B) Federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(D) general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

145


Table of Contents

(E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering by such direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

(11) any Restricted Payments used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto, including those owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(12) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”, “—Asset Sales” and “—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs”; provided that prior to such repurchase, redemption or other acquisition the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by the Indenture) shall have made a Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or MLP Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the notes and shall have repurchased all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or MLP Offer;

(13) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time such Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(15) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise (and the declaration of such dividend), of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, (a) any Person designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after October 31, 2005 pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (other than any of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries referred to in clause (1) of the first paragraph of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and any successor thereto) or (b) any Permitted MLP or Permitted GP; provided that at the time of such dividend or distribution, with respect to this clause (b) only, and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 2.75:1.0;

(16) Restricted Payments in an amount that, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (16) does not exceed the sum of (x) 50% of the amount by which the Net Proceeds from the North Texas Asset Sale exceed $700.0 million but are less than or equal to $850.0 million and (y) 25% of the amount by which the Net Proceeds from the North Texas Asset Sale exceed $850.0 million; provided that first $700.0 million of Net Proceeds from the North Texas Asset Sale plus the balance of the Net Proceeds described in subclauses (x) and (y) above shall have been applied in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” and the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clause (b) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” shall, as a consequence thereof, have been reduced to the extent provided therein; and

(17) other Restricted Payments taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (17), not to exceed $75.0 million;

provided, however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (15), (16) and (17) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the time of issuance of the old notes, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries were Restricted Subsidiaries other than Versado Gas Processors L.L.C., Downstream Energy Ventures, Co., L.L.C. and Cedar Bayou Fractionaters, LP. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and the

 

146


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments”. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clauses (9), (13), or (17), or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments”, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed $75.0 million at any one time outstanding.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to any of the following items (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (a) and then outstanding does not exceed $250.0 million less up to $50.0 million in the aggregate of all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made pursuant to the second paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or pursuant to the fourth paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs”;

(b) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Term Loan Facility and the Asset Sale Bridge Term Loan Facility by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (b) and then outstanding does not exceed $1,950.0 million less the sum of (x) all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made pursuant to the second paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Asset Sales” with the first $700.0 million of the Net Proceeds from the North Texas Asset Sale and (y) up to $200.0 million in the aggregate of all other principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made pursuant to the second paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or the fourth paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs”;

(c) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Funded Synthetic Letter of Credit Facility by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (c) and then outstanding does not exceed $300.0 million less up to $50.0 million in the aggregate of all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made pursuant to the second paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or the fourth paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs”;

 

147


Table of Contents

(d) additional Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under clauses (a), (b) or (c) above; provided that immediately after giving effect to such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (d) and then outstanding does not exceed the sum of $200.0 million less up to $60.0 million in the aggregate of all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made pursuant to the second paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or the fourth paragraph under “Repurchase at Option of Holders—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs”;

(e) the incurrence by the Company, Co-Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the old notes (including any Subsidiary Guarantees thereof) and the new notes and related exchange guarantees to be issued in exchange for the old notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (other than any Additional Notes);

(f) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e));

(g) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the development, construction, purchase, lease, repairs, additions or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (including any refinancing or replacement thereof); provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (g) does not exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

(h) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(i) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that

(1) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (i)(1)) and

(2) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including monkish proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(j) Indebtedness of

(1) the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a GP or the general partner of a GP); provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the notes; provided, further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness and

(2) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a GP or the general partner of a GP); provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such

 

148


Table of Contents

Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(k) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(l) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting: (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity pricing risk with respect to any commodity;

(m) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(n) (x) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture or (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(o) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (e) and (f) above, this clause (o) and clauses (p) and (u)(ii) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased,

(2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively and

(3) shall not include

(x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company,

(y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor or

 

149


Table of Contents

(z) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(p) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (y) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets or (z) of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that either

(1) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant; or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; or

(2) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) is not Secured Indebtedness and is Subordinated Indebtedness, (b) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom, (c) does not mature (and is not mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the notes and (d) in the case of clause (z) above only, is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger;

(q) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(r) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(s) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred under this clause (s) and then outstanding (including any refinancing or replacement thereof), does not exceed $50.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (s) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (s) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (s));

(t) Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (t) and then outstanding, does not exceed 5.0% of Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (t) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (t) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (t));

(u) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (u) and then outstanding, does not at any one time outstanding exceed the sum of

(i) $125.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (u)(i) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for

 

150


Table of Contents

purposes of this clause (u)(i) but shall be deemed incurred for purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (u)(i)); plus

(ii) 200% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since after October 31, 2005 from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (c)(2) and (c)(3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (a) and (c) of the definition thereof);

(v) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent permitted pursuant to clause (4) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(w) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a GP or a general partner of a GP, in each case that is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness may not exceed the actual cash loaned by such GP or such general partner, as applicable, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent that interest accrued thereon is added to the principal amount thereof) and such Indebtedness

(1) is not convertible into, or putable or exchangeable for, any other security other than a security that would satisfy the requirement of this clause (w);

(2) does not mature or become mandatorily redeemable, putable or subject to a purchase offer, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or become redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is 91 days after the notes are no longer outstanding (such 91st day being the “ Permitted Date ”),

(3) does not require or permit the payment of cash interest or any other payment of cash with respect to such Indebtedness until the Permitted Date; and

(4) is subordinated to the notes on the terms provided for in the Indenture, including a prohibition against enforcing any rights with respect to such Indebtedness prior to the Permitted Date;

provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock (including a GP Equity Transfer) or any other event which results in any such GP or such general partner, as applicable, ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (a) through (v) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one or more of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on October 31, 2005 will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the definition of Permitted Debt.

 

151


Table of Contents

The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit the Co-Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, are secured by a Lien on such property or assets that is senior in priority to such Liens; and

(2) in all other cases, the notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, are equally and ratably secured;

provided that any Lien that is granted to secure the notes under this covenant shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the notes.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Company is the surviving company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

152


Table of Contents

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would be greater than such ratio for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (A)(2) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture and the notes;

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; and

(7) if the Successor Company will not be a corporation following any such merger, consolidation, winding up, sole assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such transaction and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such transaction had not occurred.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under the Indenture and the notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Co-Issuer) may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and

(b) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another state of the United States of America or converting into a different form of business entity so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Subsidiary Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantor, each Subsidiary Guarantor will not, and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless

(A) (1) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation or other entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(2) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

153


Table of Contents

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(B) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs”, as applicable.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company.

The Co-Issuer may not, and the Company will not permit the Co-Issuer to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Co-Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Co-Issuer is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Co-Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Co-Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called, the “ Successor Co-Issuer ”);

(2) the Successor Co-Issuer, if other than the Co-Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Co-Issuer under the Indenture and the notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with the Indenture.

A Successor Co-Issuer will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Co-Issuer under the Indenture and the notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Acquisition will be permitted without compliance with this “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” covenant.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all”, there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of a Person.

 

154


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless

(a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and

(b) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a Board Resolution adopted by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) Transactions between or among the Company and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(3) the payment of (x) management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Sponsor not to exceed $7.5 million in the aggregate per calendar year and (y) any termination or other fee payable to the Sponsor upon a change of control or initial public equity offering of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof, which fees, in the case of this clause (y) only, are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and the Co-Investor for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements with such employees or consultants that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith, including the special bonus payments described under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in this offering circular;

(8) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of October 31, 2005, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on October 31, 2005 as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company);

(9) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or its equivalent (including any registration

 

155


Table of Contents

rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of October 31, 2005 and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after October 31, 2005 shall only be permitted by this clause (9) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the terms of the original agreement in effect on October 31, 2005 as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company;

(10) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Circular;

(11) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture that are fair to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(12) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, manager, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

(13) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(14) investments by the Sponsor and the Co-Investor in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; and

(15) any Permitted MLP Transfer and any Permitted GP Transfer.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on October 31, 2005, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation (including security documents and intercreditor agreements) and Hedging Obligations;

(2) the Indenture and the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees of the notes issued thereunder;

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

156


Table of Contents

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred after October 31, 2005 pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-lease back agreements and other similar agreements;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) restrictions in connection with any Receivables Facility that are, in the good faith determination of the Company, necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(13) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;

(14) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder and/or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary; and

(15) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; provided , further , that with respect to contracts, instruments or obligations existing on October 31, 2005, any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and other restrictions than those contained in such contracts, instruments or obligations as in effect on October 31, 2005.

 

157


Table of Contents

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes;

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

(a) such Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

(b) such Subsidiary Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any property unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (A) incur additional Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (B) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt under the definition of “Permitted Liens”; (ii) the consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of such property; and (iii) the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”.

Limitations on Co-Issuer

The Company will not cease to beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Co-Issuer. The Co-Issuer will be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at all times and will not own any material assets or other property, other than Indebtedness or other obligations owing to the Co-Issuer by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or engage in any trade or conduct any business other than treasury, cash management, hedging and cash pooling activities and activities incidental thereto. The Co-Issuer will not incur any material liabilities or obligations other than its obligations pursuant to the notes or the indenture and other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Co-Issuer under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and

 

158


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” and liabilities and obligations pursuant to business activities permitted by this covenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Co-Issuer may be a co-obligor or guarantor with respect to Indebtedness if the Company is an obligor of such Indebtedness and the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Company or one or more of the Company’s Subsidiary Guarantors.

The Company will not sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Capital Stock of the Co-Issuer and will not permit the Co-Issuer, directly or indirectly, to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of its Capital Stock.

Reports and Other Information

Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of notes or post on the Company Website (and furnish to the Trustee):

(1) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (as in effect on October 31, 2005) for non-accelerated filers with respect to Form 10-K and within 60 days from the end of the applicable fiscal quarter with respect to Form 10-Q, all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing by a non-accelerated filer with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K (or any successor or comparable forms) if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) within 10 calendar days from any event that triggers the requirement for such filing under the SEC’s rules and regulations, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein (i) the obligations of the Company with respect to clauses (1) and (2) of the previous paragraph will not extend to (x) any information the provision of which is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, unduly burdensome to the Company and, in lieu of such information, the Company will furnish information comparable to that included in the Offering Circular or (y) any information for historical periods covered by the financial information in this Offering Circular to the extent such information is not included in this Offering Circular,

(ii) with respect to any quarterly or annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q, 10-K or on Form 8-K with respect to any period, or event occurring, prior to the Company’s second quarter in fiscal year 2006, such information shall be comparable to the corresponding information included in the Offering Circular and (iii) with respect to the furnishing of reports pursuant to clause (2) of the preceding paragraph, prior to the beginning of the Company’s second quarter in fiscal year 2006, such information shall be filed within 15 calendar days from the event that triggers the requirement for such filing under the SEC’s rules and regulations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to include in any information furnished hereunder a management’s report on internal controls over financial reporting or an auditor’s attestation thereon unless the Company is required under the SEC’s rules and regulations to include such report and attestation in its filings with the SEC.

In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company will (subject to the immediately preceding paragraph) make the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. For purposes of this covenant, the term “ Company Website ” means the collection of web pages that may be accessed on the World Wide Web using the URL address http://www.targaresources.com or such other address as the Company may from time to time designate in writing to the Trustee.

 

159


Table of Contents

The Company has also agreed that, for so long as any old notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to Holders of old notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the notes (there being no obligation of such parent to do so), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to the Holders pursuant to this covenant may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such parent rather than the Company; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

The following events constitute Events of Default under the Indenture:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of payments of principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes issued under the Indenture;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture;

(3) failure by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the notes then outstanding and issued under the Indenture to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the notes, if both

(A) such default either

(i) results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or

(ii) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and

(B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than

 

160


Table of Contents

60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

(7) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Subsidiary Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the notes if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of such notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued thereunder by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of such notes, waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default in the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any such notes held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders if, within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,

(x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged,

(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or

(z) if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Except to enforce the right to receive payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the notes when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

 

161


Table of Contents

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

The Indenture provides that we are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and we are required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the Federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

Most of the obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate and will be released upon payment in full of all of the notes issued under the Indenture. The Company and the Co-Issuer may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their obligations discharged with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture and have each Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for

(1) the rights of Holders of notes issued under the Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture,

(2) the Company’s and the Co-Issuer’s obligations with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of such notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust,

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s and the Co-Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Company and the Co-Issuer may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and those of each Subsidiary Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the notes. In the event a Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Company or the Co-Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture:

(1) the Company and the Co-Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such

 

162


Table of Contents

amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the notes issued under the Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on the notes;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company and the Co-Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A) the Company and the Co-Issuer have received from, or there has been published by, the United States of America Internal Revenue Service a ruling or

(B) since the original issuance of the notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel in the United States of America shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company and the Co-Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any of the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Company and the Co-Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States of America to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally under any applicable U.S. Federal or state law, and that the Trustee has a perfected security interest in such trust funds for the ratable benefit of the Holders;

(7) the Company and the Co-Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company or the Co-Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Company and the Co-Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel in the United States of America (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal

Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

163


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when

(a) either (1) all such notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all such notes not theretofore delivered to such Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Co-Issuer, the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with such Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the notes issued thereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facilities or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

(c) the Company and the Co-Issuer have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(d) the Company and the Co-Issuer have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company and the Co-Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company and the Co-Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company and the Co-Issuer are not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Company and the Co-Issuer are not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

The registered Holder of a note will be treated as the owner of the note for all purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any related Subsidiary Guarantee and the notes issued thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding and issued under the Indenture, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent

 

164


Table of Contents

of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture, other than notes beneficially owned by the Company or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for notes).

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any notes issued under the Indenture and held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any such note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of the notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the notes issued under the Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee that cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the notes;

(7) make any change in the ranking of the notes that would adversely affect the Holders;

(8) modify the Subsidiary Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) in any manner adverse to the Holders;

(9) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions; or

(10) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on, such Holder’s notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Co-Issuer any Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee or the notes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets and to provide for the assumption of the Company’s, the Co-Issuer’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to Holders in connection therewith;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

(5) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(6) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

165


Table of Contents

(8) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(9) to add a Subsidiary Guarantor or other guarantor under the Indenture;

(10) to conform the text of the Indenture, Subsidiary Guarantees or the notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the notes; or

(11) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of notes; provided that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company or the Co-Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest while a default exists it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes issued thereunder have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The laws of the State of New York govern the Indenture, the notes and any Subsidiary Guarantee.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full definition of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, (1) the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Partially Owned Operating Subsidiaries and any Subsidiary thereof), and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary, Permitted MLP and Permitted GP as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary, Permitted MLP or Permitted GP were not an Affiliate of such Person and (2) the term “including” means “including, without limitation”.

 

166


Table of Contents

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition ” means the acquisition of Equity Interests contemplated by the PIPA.

Additional Interest ” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; or

(2) the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at November 1, 2009 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “—Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through November 1, 2009 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of such Note.

Asset Sale ” means

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); and

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:

(a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment, vehicles or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

(c) the making of any Permitted Investment or the making of any Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $20.0 million;

 

167


Table of Contents

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures on assets;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; and

(l) a MLP Asset Transfer, MLP Equity Transfer or GP Equity Transfer.

Asset Sale Bridge Term Loan Facility ” means the asset sale credit facility provided under the Credit Agreement, entered into as of October 31, 2005, among the Company, the lenders party thereto in their capacity as lenders and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”).

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided , however , that if such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligation”.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution ” means with respect to the Company or the Co-Issuer, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as the case maybe, or any respective committee thereof.

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock,

 

168


Table of Contents

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” means

(1) United States of America dollars,

(2) (a) Canadian dollars; or

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and sur plus in excess of $250.0 million,

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above,

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of issuance thereof,

(7) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (6) above,

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition and

(9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in one or more currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into the currencies set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the

 

169


Table of Contents

meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Co-Investor ” means Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001 and its Affiliates.

Co-Issuer ” means Targa Resources Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General”; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under the Indenture, “Company” shall, unless otherwise expressly stated, be deemed to mean the Board of Directors of the Company when the fair market value of such asset or liability is equal to or in excess of $50.0 million.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” as of the date of determination means the aggregate amount of liabilities of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (including taxes accrued as estimated), on a consolidated basis, after eliminating (1) all intercompany items between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary and (2) all current maturities of long-term Indebtedness, all as determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other related noncash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances including fees in connection with the Funded Synthetic Letter of Credit Facility or similar facility, (iii) noncash interest payments (but excluding any noncash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (v) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (A) Additional Interest, (B) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (C) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees (other than those described in clause (ii) above), (D) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility) and (E) any redemption premiums paid in connection with the Transactions, plus

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less

(c) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, means the ratio of (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of such Person as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal

 

170


Table of Contents

financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (y) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recently ended four full consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to severance, relocation, one-time compensation charges and the Transactions) shall be excluded,

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application in each case in accordance with GAAP,

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, a Permitted MLP or a Permitted GP, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by (a) the amount of dividends, distributions or other payments from any Person that is not a Subsidiary, any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting (in each case, other than a Permitted MLP or Permitted GP or any Subsidiary thereof) and (b) the amount of any dividends, distributions or other payments from a Permitted MLP or a Permitted GP, in each case only to the extent made out of the operating sur plus of such Permitted MLP or such Permitted GP, in each of clauses (a) and (b) above, that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends, distributions or other payments made to a Restricted Subsidiary to the limitations contained in clause (6) below),

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) any increase in amortization or depreciation or other noncash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition that is consummated after October 31, 2005, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

171


Table of Contents

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded, and

(10) any noncash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (c)(4) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances that constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (c)(4) thereof.

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” as of any date of determination, means the total amount of assets ( less accumulated depreciation and amortization, allowances for doubtful receivables, other applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) which would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and after giving effect to purchase accounting and after deducting therefrom Consolidated Current Liabilities and, to the extent otherwise included, the amounts of:

(1) minority interests in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors;

(3) any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to October 31, 2005 as a result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(4) unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;

(5) treasury stock;

(6) cash set apart and held in a sinking or other analogous fund established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock to the extent such obligation is not reflected in Consolidated Current Liabilities; and

(7) Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Permitted MLPs and Permitted GPs.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and debt obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (and excluding (x) any undrawn letters of credit and (y) all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities), and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding items eliminated in consolidation), with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock, equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified

 

172


Table of Contents

Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (the “primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or

(B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Noncash Consideration ” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by an executive vice president and the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an executive vice president and the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the notes and the date the notes are no longer outstanding; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than (i) a Foreign Subsidiary or (ii) a Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, but, in each case, including any Subsidiary that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any indebtedness of the Company.

 

173


Table of Contents

Downstream Business ” means that portion of the business of the Company that is primarily engaged in fractionating, storing, terminalling, transporting, distributing and marketing natural gas liquids, including the following principal assets: Houston Area, Louisiana Area, NGL Marketing, and Wholesale Marketing and Commercial Transportation (each term, as defined in the PIPA).

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period,

(1) increased by (without duplication):

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(b) consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(d) any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture including a refinancing thereof (whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions, including such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, including the offering of the notes and the Senior Credit Facilities, in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after October 31, 2005, plus

(f) any write offs, write downs or other noncash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid (or any accruals related to such fees or related expenses) during such period to the Sponsor to the extent permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”, plus

(i) the amount of net cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken within 36 months after October 31, 2005 and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $35.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”), plus

(j) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock that is Preferred Stock) in each case, solely to the extent that such cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

174


Table of Contents

(2) decreased by (without duplication) noncash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any gains that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than such cash charges that have been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA in accordance with this definition); and

(3) decreased or increased, as applicable, by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards #133;

(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk); and

(c) the amount of gain or loss resulting in such period from a sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any underwritten primary public offering of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than

(a) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock or Preferred Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(b) any such offering that constitutes an Excluded Contribution; and

(c) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from

(a) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an executive vice president and the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants— Limitation on Restricted Payments”.

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on October 31, 2005, plus interest accruing thereon.

Extraordinary Distribution ” means any dividends or distributions made by a Permitted MLP or Permitted GP other than any dividends or distributions out of the operating sur plus of such Permitted MLP or Permitted GP.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other

 

175


Table of Contents

than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility that has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (the “reference period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charges and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the reference period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,

(b) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock made during such period, and

(c) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.

Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets ” means the total amount of all assets of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

 

176


Table of Contents

Funded Synthetic Letter of Credit Facility ” means the funded synthetic letter of credit facility provided under the Credit Agreement, entered into as of October 31, 2005, among the Company, the lenders party thereto in their capacity as lenders thereunder and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof ( provided that any such extensions, replacements, renewals, refundings or refinancings are in the form of a synthetic letter of credit facility, a revolving credit facility or a similar credit facility entered into to support hedging or cash collateral obligations), including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America that were in effect on October 31, 2005.

Government Securities ” means securities that are

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

GP ” means the Person that is the general partner of a MLP.

GP Equity Transfer ” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of any Equity Interest in a MLP GP in connection with, or following, the initial public offering of a MLP GP.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations, and, when used as a verb, shall have a corresponding meaning.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements, in each case designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent

(1) in respect of borrowed money,

 

177


Table of Contents

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(3) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, or

(4) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured, and

(d) Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions;

provided , however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) Obligations under or in respect of the Receivables Facilities and (C) Obligations of a GP of a Permitted MLP with respect to Indebtedness of such Permitted MLP arising by operation of law due to such GP’s position as a general partner of such Permitted MLP (or corresponding Obligations of any general partner of such GP arising by operation of law due to such entity’s position as a general partner of such GP); provided , however , that such Obligations or Indebtedness are non-recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such GP and, if such GP is a limited partnership, the general partner of such GP, provided that (x) the sole business of such general partner of such GP is to act as the general partner of such GP and engage in activities ancillary thereto and (y) and such general partner of such GP owns no assets (other than (i) ownership interests in such GP or in the Permitted MLP of which such GP is the MLP GP or Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and Indebtedness owed to such general partner of such GP that is incurred pursuant to clause (w) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (ii) temporarily holding assets to be transferred or distributed in connection with a Permitted MLP Transfer or a Permitted GP Transfer or distributions from a Permitted MLP or a Permitted GP and (iii) current assets sufficient to satisfy its ordinary course operating expenses)).

Indenture ” means the Senior Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2005, among the Company, the Co-Issuer as issuer, certain of its Subsidiaries, as guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Company and its Affiliates.

Initial MLP Asset Transfer ” means, at the option of the Company:

(1) one or more MLP Asset Transfers of (x) the assets constituting the Downstream Business or (y) all or a portion of the Equity Interests in one or more Persons that hold the Downstream Business; provided that no previous MLP Asset Transfer has occurred (except those described in this clause (1)); or

 

178


Table of Contents

(2) the initial MLP Asset Transfer and any subsequent MLP Asset Transfer to the applicable MLP of property or assets (including any Equity Interests) with respect to which the EBITDA attributable to such property or assets (treating such property or assets as if they were owned by a single Person) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters ending at least 45 days prior to the date of the most recent MLP Asset Transfer does not exceed $95.0 million in the aggregate; provided that any such MLP Asset Transfers do not include any of the Downstream Business;

in each case made in connection with an initial public offering of Equity Interests of such MLP (or, in the case of an Initial MLP Asset Transfer comprising more than one MLP Asset Transfers, the first such MLP Asset Transfer made in connection with such an initial public offering).

Initial Purchasers ” means Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization, or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other nationally recognized securities rating agency, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries,

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States of America customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”,

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to

(x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less

(y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

179


Table of Contents

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Minimum Cash Consideration ” with respect to the Initial MLP Asset Transfer means 40% of the fair market value of (a) the assets and property transferred or (b) in the case of a transfer of any Equity Interests of a Person, such Person at the time of such Initial MLP Asset Transfer (it being understood that, in the case of a transfer of less than all of the Equity Interests of a Person, the fair market value of such Person shall be determined at the time of the first MLP Asset Transfer constituting part of such Initial MLP Asset Transfer (as if all the Equity Interests in such Person had been transferred at the time of such first MLP Asset Transfer and the Minimum Cash Consideration requirement shall have to be satisfied on that basis in connection with such first MLP Asset Transfer) and there shall be no Minimum Cash Consideration required for any subsequent transfer of Equity Interests of such Person constituting part of the same Initial MLP Asset Transfer) (in each of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), assuming such assets or Person, as applicable, operate as a going concern); provided that up to 50% of the Minimum Cash Consideration may consist of Equity Interests in the applicable MLP so long as such Equity Interests are converted into or exchanged for, within 365 days of the Initial MLP Asset Transfer, cash equal to at least the fair market value of such Equity Interests on the date of the Initial MLP Asset Transfer. For purposes of this definition, (x) with respect to any assets, property or Person constituting part of the Downstream Business subject to such Initial MLP Asset Transfer, the fair market value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Company based on values that could be obtained in arms’ length transactions, but in no event shall such fair market value be lower than an amount equal to the product of (a) the EBITDA (calculated, without giving effect to clause (5) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”, to include the pro rata share of the EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary included in such Downstream Business) attributable to such Downstream Business for the four fiscal quarter period most recently ended prior to the date of the Initial MLP Asset Transfer for which internal financial statements are available as of such date (as set forth in a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company delivered to the Trustee) and (B) 8.5 ( provided , however that, if the Company determines that such fair market value is lower than such minimum amount, the fair market value of such assets, property or Person constituting part of the Downstream Business subject to such Initial MLP Asset Transfer shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor) and (y) with respect to any other assets, property or Equity Interests of a Person constituting the subject of such Initial MLP Asset Transfer, the fair market value of such assets, property or Person, as applicable, shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor.

MLP ” means any master limited partnership.

MLP Asset Transfer ” means the direct or indirect sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of property or assets (including any Equity Interests of any Person) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to one or more MLPs or MLP Subsidiaries.

MLP Equity Transfer ” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of any Equity Interest in a MLP.

MLP GP ” means a GP that is a general partner of a Permitted MLP.

 

180


Table of Contents

MLP Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of a MLP.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, Permitted MLP Transfer, Permitted GP Transfer or Extraordinary Distribution, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Noncash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, Permitted MLP Transfer or Permitted GP Transfer and the sale or disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness required (other than by the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” and other than by the fourth paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and, in the case of an Asset Sale, Permitted MLP Transfer or Permitted GP Transfer, any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

North Texas Asset Sale ” means the Asset Sale by the Company of the North Texas Assets as contemplated and described in the Offering Circular.

North Texas Assets ” means (a) the Chico natural gas processing plant, (b) the Shackelford natural gas processing plant and (c) the associated gathering system connected to both plants, in each case acquired by the Company from Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership pursuant to the PIPA.

Obligations ” means any principal (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit whether or not drawn), interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the applicable agreement), premium (if any), guarantees of payment, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the notes shall not include fees or indemnification in favor of the Trustee and any other third parties other than the Holders.

Offering Circular ” means the Offering Circular dated October 18, 2005 with respect to the offering of the old notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Co-Issuer.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Co-Issuer by two Officers of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

Partially Owned Operating Company ” means any Person that (i) is transferred to a MLP or a MLP Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted MLP Transfer and (ii) holds operating assets and as to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary continues to own Equity Interests.

 

181


Table of Contents

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person that is not the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”.

Permitted GP ” means any MLP GP as to which a Permitted GP Transfer has occurred, including any successor Person to such MLP GP.

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Sponsor, the Co-Investor and members of management of the Company (or its direct parent) who were holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on October 31, 2005 and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Sponsor, the Co-Investor and such members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Partially Owned Operating Company);

(b) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(c) (i) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment

(1) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or

(2) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and

(ii) any Investment held by such Person;

(d) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities received in connection with (i) an Asset Sale or Permitted MLP Transfer made pursuant to the provisions of the covenants described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” and “—Transactions Involving MLPs and GPs” or (ii) any other disposition of assets (other than a Permitted MLP Transfer or Permitted GP Transfer) not constituting an Asset Sale;

(e) any Investment existing on October 31, 2005 or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on October 31, 2005;

(f) loans and advances to, and guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(g) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary

(1) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Person in which such other Investment is made or which is the obligor with respect to such accounts receivable or

(2) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

182


Table of Contents

(h) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (l) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(i) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or any indirect parent company thereof under compensation plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(j) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(k) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and per forma nce guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (6) and (11) of such paragraph);

(m) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(n) Investments relating to a Receivables Facility; provided that in the case of Receivables Facilities established after October 31, 2005, such Investments are necessary or advisable (in the good faith determination of the Company) to effect such Receivables Facility;

(o) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (o) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $125.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

(p) any Investments in a Permitted MLP or a GP; provided that such Investment results from a Permitted MLP Transfer that is a MLP Asset Transfer or a Permitted GP Transfer.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred under clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and any related Obligations;

(2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits, prepayments or cash pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemens’, mechanics’, materialmens’, repairmens’, construction contractors’ Liens and other similar Liens, in each case, for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

183


Table of Contents

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet overdue for a period more of than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(5) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(6) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties, in each case, which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(7) Liens existing on October 31, 2005;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(12) leases and subleases granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(13) Liens arising from financing statement filings under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar state laws regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(15) Liens on inventory or equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s client at which such inventory or equipment is located;

(16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(17) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (7), (8) and (9) and the following clause (18); provided that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien ( plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (7), (8), (9) and the following clause (18) at

 

184


Table of Contents

the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(18) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (g), (l), (s), (t) and (u)(i) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (s) are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be, and (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (t) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

(19) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies”, so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(21) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(24) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $35.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(25) from and after the date that the notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount which, together with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all other Indebtedness secured by Liens pursuant to this clause (25) and pursuant to clauses (1), (8), (9) and (24) above and clause (28) below, does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(27) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and

(28) Liens incurred in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness of Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.00:1.00.

 

185


Table of Contents

Permitted MLP ” means any MLP to which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Permitted MLP Transfer either directly to such MLP or to a Subsidiary of such MLP, including any successor Person to such MLP.

Permitted MLP Investment ” means an investment in (1) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) properties, (3) capital expenditures and (4) acquisitions of long lived assets, that in each of (1), (2), (3) and (4), are used or useful in a Similar Business.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

PIPA ” means the Partnership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and between Dynegy, Inc., Dynegy Holdings Inc., Dynegy Midstream Holdings, Inc. and Dynegy Midstream G.P., Inc., as Sellers, and Targa Resources, Inc., Targa Resources Partners OLP LP, and Targa Midstream GP, LLC, as Buyers, as the same may be amended prior to October 31, 2005.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating of the notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded or refinanced from time to time, the Indebtedness of which is non-recourse (except for standard representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of engaging, and that engages only, in one or more Receivables Facilities.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2005, among the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

186


Table of Contents

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including the Co-Issuer and any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then (i) an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary” or (ii) a Permitted MLP, Permitted GP or a Subsidiary of a Permitted MLP or Permitted GP (other than a Partially Owned Operating Company); provided that any such Partially Owned Operating Company will be a Restricted Subsidiary solely for purposes of the covenants described under “Certain Covenants— Limitation on Restricted Payments”, “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens”.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means the revolving credit facility provided under the Credit Agreement, entered into as of October 31, 2005, among the Company, the lenders party thereto in their capacity as lenders thereunder and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Debt Ratio ”, as of any date of determination, means the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (b) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the then most recent four fiscal quarters ending with the fiscal quarter referred to in clause (a), in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan Facility, the Funded Synthetic Letter of Credit Facility and the Asset Sale Bridge Term Loan Facility.

Senior Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person:

(1) all Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on October 31, 2005 or thereafter incurred; and

 

187


Table of Contents

(2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(1) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary or to any joint venture in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has an interest;

(2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof as instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person that is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(5) that portion of any Indebtedness that at the time of Incurrence is Incurred in violation of the Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on October 31, 2005 or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Sponsor ” means Warburg Pincus LLC and its Affiliates.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means

(a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes, and

(b) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person,

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

188


Table of Contents

(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s and the Co-Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture and the notes.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executed the Indenture as a guarantor on October 31, 2005 and each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that thereafter guarantees the notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

Term Loan Facility ” means the term loan credit facility provided under the Credit Agreement, entered into as of October 31, 2005, among the Company, the lenders party thereto in their capacity as lenders and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”).

Total Assets ” means the total amount of all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the North Texas Assets), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

Transactions ” means the Acquisition, including the payment of the merger consideration in connection therewith, the investments by the Sponsor, the Co-Investor, members of management and any other co-investors, the issuance of the notes and the execution of, and borrowings on October 31, 2005 under, the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on October 31, 2005, the pledge and security arrangements in connection with the foregoing, the refinancing of certain Indebtedness in connection with the foregoing and the related transactions described in this offering circular, in particular as described under the section thereof entitled “The Transactions”.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States of America Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 1, 2009; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to November 1, 2009, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States of America Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trustee ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means

(1) Versado Gas Processors L.L.C., Downstream Ventures, Co., L.L.C. and Cedar Bayou Fractionaters, LP,

(2) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below) and

(3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

provided that no Permitted MLP, Permitted GP, Subsidiary of a Permitted MLP or Permitted GP and no Co-Issuer will be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

189


Table of Contents

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary but excluding any of the entities referred to in the proviso of the immediately following paragraph) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the capital stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company,

(b) such designation complies with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and

(c) each of

(1) the Subsidiary to be so designated and

(2) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either

(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of any applicable Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

190


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of exchange notes for outstanding notes, but does not purport to be a complete analysis for all potential tax effects. The summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury Regulations, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which may be subject to change at any time by legislative, judicial or administrative action. These changes may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of exchange notes. The description does not consider the effect of any applicable foreign, state, local or other tax laws or estate or gift tax considerations. Each holder is encouraged to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the particular tax consequences of exchanging such holder’s outstanding notes for new notes, including the applicability and effect of any federal, state, local and foreign tax laws.

The exchange of exchange notes for outstanding notes will not be a taxable event to a holder for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a holder will have the same adjusted issue price, adjusted basis and holding period in the exchange notes as it had in the outstanding notes immediately before the exchange.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2008, all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of the new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to this exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transaction in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to this exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of the new notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the outstanding notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the outstanding notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

191


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the new notes offered in this exchange offer and the related guarantees will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Targa Resources, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership for the ten month period ended October 31, 2005 and as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004 included in this Prospectus, have been so incorporated in reliance on the reports (which includes explanatory paragraphs relating to significant transactions with related parties) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Targa Resources, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2004, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, and the combined financial statements of the Midstream Operations sold to Targa Resources, Inc. at April 15, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the 106-day period ended April 15, 2004, and years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 with respect to the notes being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the notes offered by this prospectus, please review the full registration statement, including its exhibits. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained from the public reference section of the SEC at prescribed rates, or accessed at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on its public reference room.

Following the completion of the exchange offer, we will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. We have agreed that, whether or not we are required to do so under the applicable rules and regulations, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding we will comply with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file the applicable reports and information with the SEC, unless the SEC will not accept such filings. If the SEC will not accept these filings, we will post the reports referred to above on our website. Our website is located at www.targaresources.com, and we expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website is not a part of this prospectus. You may also request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address: Targa Resources, Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002, (713) 584-1000.

 

192


Table of Contents

In addition, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we have agreed to make available to any prospective purchaser of the notes or beneficial owner of the notes, in connection with any sale thereof, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, future capital and other expenditures, plans and objectives of management for future operations. You can typically identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “potential,” “project,” “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate” or similar expressions or variations on such expressions. Each forward-looking statement reflects our current view of future events and is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, known and unknown, which could cause our actual results to differ materially from any results expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our ability to access the debt and equity markets, which will depend on general market conditions and the credit ratings for our debt obligations;

 

   

our success in risk management activities, including the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge commodity and interest rate risks;

 

   

the level of creditworthiness of counterparties to transactions;

 

   

the amount of collateral required to be posted from time to time in our transactions;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations, particularly with regard to taxes, safety and protection of the environment or the gathering and processing industry;

 

   

the timing and extent of changes in natural gas, NGL and commodity prices, interest rates and demand for our services;

 

   

weather and other natural phenomena;

 

   

industry changes, including the impact of consolidations and changes in competition;

 

   

our ability to obtain necessary licenses, permits and other approvals;

 

   

our ability to grow through acquisitions or internal growth projects, and the successful integration and future performance of such assets;

 

   

the level and success of natural gas drilling around our assets, and our success in connecting natural gas supplies to our gathering and processing systems;

 

   

general economic, market and business conditions; and

 

   

the risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate, and, therefore, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Some of these and other risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements are more fully described under the heading Risk Factors in this prospectus. Except as may be required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or advise of any change in any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

 

193


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-6

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-9

TARGA RESOURCES, INC. UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006

   F-53

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2006

   F-54

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2006

   F-55

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006

   F-56

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2006

   F-57

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-58

PREDECESSOR OF TARGA RESOURCES, INC. (CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.)

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-84

Combined Statements of Operations for the 106-day period from January 1 to April 15, 2004 and the Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

   F-85

Combined Balance Sheets at April 15, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and 2002

   F-86

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the 106-day period from January 1 to April 15, 2004 and the Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

   F-87

Combined Statement of Parent Company Investments at April 15, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and 2002

   F-88

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

   F-89

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-98

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Ten Months Ended October 31, 2005

   F-99

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Ten Months Ended October 31, 2005

   F-100

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Partners’ Capital for the Ten Months Ended October 31, 2005

   F-101

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-102

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-113

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-114

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

   F-115

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

   F-116

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Partners’ Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and January 1, 2002

   F-117

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-118

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Targa Resources, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Targa Resources, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

March 30, 2007

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of Targa Resources, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Targa Resources, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. The financial statements of Bridgeline Holdings L.P. (“Bridgeline”), a joint venture in which the Company has a total interest of 40%, for the year ended December 31, 2004, have been audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us; insofar as our opinion on the consolidated financial statements relates to the amounts included for Bridgeline, it is based solely on their report.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of the operations and the cash flows of Targa Resources, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/ S /    E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Houston, Texas

May 20, 2005, except for Notes 8 and 20, as to

which the date is September 29, 2005

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  
     (in thousands)  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 142,739     $ 41,427  

Trade receivables, net of allowances of $781 and $800

     528,864       516,879  

Inventory

     116,956       159,833  

Deferred income taxes

     —         10,472  

Assets from risk management activities

     34,255       1,220  

Other current assets

     36,843       97,744  
                

Total current assets

     859,657       827,575  
                

Property, plant, and equipment, at cost

     2,651,375       2,474,157  

Accumulated depreciation

     (186,848 )     (37,554 )
                

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     2,464,527       2,436,603  

Unconsolidated investments

     40,212       62,337  

Deferred income taxes

     —         7,038  

Long-term assets from risk management activities

     15,851       150  

Other assets

     77,778       62,883  
                

Total assets

   $ 3,458,025     $ 3,396,586  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 271,696     $ 367,166  

Accrued liabilities

     301,540       166,468  

Current maturities of debt

     712,500       12,500  

Liabilities from risk management activities

     6,611       29,851  

Deferred income taxes

     11,383       —    
                

Total current liabilities

     1,303,730       575,985  
                

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     1,471,875       2,184,375  

Long-term liabilities from risk management activities

     17,731       62,969  

Deferred income taxes

     23,950       —    

Other long-term obligations

     24,941       26,166  

Minority interest

     101,528       112,714  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock ($0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005)

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     472,423       470,608  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     6,164       (17,250 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     35,683       (18,981 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     514,270       434,377  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,458,025     $ 3,396,586  
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2004

 
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 6,132,881     $ 1,829,027     $ 602,376  
                        

Costs and expenses:

      

Product purchases

     5,440,832       1,631,963       544,918  

Operating expenses

     224,169       52,090       15,253  

Depreciation and amortization

     149,687       27,141       10,631  

General and administrative

     82,351       28,275       11,149  
                        
     5,897,039       1,739,469       581,951  
                        

Operating income

     235,842       89,558       20,425  

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense, net

     (180,189 )     (39,856 )     (6,406 )

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     9,968       (3,776 )     2,370  

Gain on sale of investment in Bridgeline Holdings, L.P.

     —         18,008       —    

Loss on mark-to-market derivative contracts

     —         (73,950 )     —    

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —         (3,375 )     —    

Minority interest

     (25,998 )     (7,361 )     —    
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     39,623       (20,752 )     16,389  

Income tax (expense) benefit:

      

Current

     (34 )     (205 )     —    

Deferred

     (16,175 )     6,742       (5,227 )
                        
     (16,209 )     6,537       (5,227 )
                        

Net income (loss)

     23,414       (14,215 )     11,162  

Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

     —         (7,167 )     (5,829 )
                        

Net income (loss) to common stock

   $ 23,414     $ (21,382 )   $ 5,333  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

   

Year Ended
December 31,

2004

 
     (In thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 23,414     $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

      

Commodity hedging contracts:

      

Change in fair value

     120,283       (40,159 )     1,292  

Reclassification adjustment for settled periods

     (31,243 )     7,450       1,207  

Related income taxes

     (35,376 )     12,203       (874 )

Interest rate swaps:

      

Change in fair value

     2,606       (249 )     —    

Reclassification adjustment for settled periods

     (1,005 )     80       —    

Related income taxes

     (639 )     63       —    

Foreign currency items:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     59       9       —    

Related income taxes

     (21 )     (3 )     —    

Equity in other comprehensive income changes of

      

Bridgeline Holdings, L.P.

     —         149       (149 )

Related income taxes

     —         (52 )     52  
                        
     54,664       (20,509 )     1,528  
                        

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 78,078     $ (34,724 )   $ 12,690  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     Common Stock    

Additional
Paid-in

Capital

   

Retained
Earnings

(Deficit)

   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

    Total  
     Shares     Amount          
     (In thousands)  

Initial contribution

   —       $     —       $ 2,078     $ (1,201 )   $ —       $ 877  

Contributions

   —             —         2,550       —         —         2,550  

Issuance of redeemable preferred stock

   —             —         (3,750 )     —         —         (3,750 )

Issuance of nonvested common stock

   1,610       2       14       —         —         16  

Amortization of deferred compensation

   —             —         485       —         —         485  

Other comprehensive income

   —             —         —         —         1,528       1,528  

Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

   —             —         —         (5,829 )     —         (5,829 )

Net income

   —             —         —         11,162       —         11,162  
                                              

Balance, December 31, 2004

   1,610       2       1,377       4,132       1,528       7,039  

Tax benefit on vesting of common stock

   —             —         3,878       —         —         3,878  

Amortization of deferred compensation

   —             —         497       —         —         497  

Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

   —             —         —         (7,167 )     —         (7,167 )

Retirement of preferred stock

   —             —         148,046       —         —         148,046  

Contribution of parent

   —             —         315,630       —         —         315,630  

Equity reorganization

   (1,609 )     (2 )     2       —         —         —    

Contribution of noncash compensation

   —             —         1,178       —         —         1,178  

Other comprehensive loss

   —             —         —         —         (20,509 )     (20,509 )

Net loss

   —             —         —         (14,215 )     —         (14,215 )
                                              

Balance, December 31, 2005

   1           —         470,608       (17,250 )     (18,981 )     434,377  

Tax expense on vesting of common stock

   —             —         7       —         —         7  

Distribution to parent

   —             —         (969 )     —         —         (969 )

Contribution of noncash compensation

   —             —         2,777       —         —         2,777  

Other comprehensive income

   —             —         —         —         54,664       54,664  

Net income

   —             —         —         23,414       —         23,414  
                                              

Balance, December 31, 2006

   1     $     —       $ 472,423     $ 6,164     $ 35,683     $ 514,270  
                                              

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2004

 
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 23,414     $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162  

Items not affecting cash flows from operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     149,563       27,017       10,537  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     16,175       (6,742 )     5,227  

Amortization of debt issue costs

     13,001       6,746       956  

Amortization of intangibles

     124       124       94  

Amortization of discount on senior subordinated second lien notes

     —         527       113  

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     888       232       40  

Noncash compensation

     2,777       1,675       485  

Inventory valuation adjustment

     13,103       —         —    

Provision for uncollectible accounts

     (860 )     —         —    

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     (9,968 )     3,776       (2,370 )

Distributions from unconsolidated investments

     2,306       387       —    

Minority interest

     25,998       7,361       —    

Minority interest distributions

     (37,184 )     —         —    

Gain on sale of investment in Bridgeline Holdings, L.P.

     —         (18,008 )     —    

Risk management activities

     (24,618 )     —         —    

Loss on mark-to-market derivative contracts

     —         73,950       —    

Loss on sale of assets

     169       —         —    

Other

     —         975       (95 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable and other assets

     (2,052 )     (97,135 )     (77,843 )

Inventory

     23,407       (16,756 )     (381 )

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     37,043       138,941       85,210  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     233,286       108,855       33,135  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (136,325 )     (21,976 )     (250,187 )

Acquisition of Dynegy Midstream Services, L.P., net of cash acquired

     (340 )     (2,403,544 )     —    

Proceeds from property insurance

     27,221       —         —    

Investment in unconsolidated affiliates

     (9,102 )     (6,032 )     (101,275 )

Proceeds from sale of investment in Bridgeline Holdings, L.P.

     —         117,000       —    

Payment of premium on commodity derivative

     —         (13,600 )     —    

Other

     734       (764 )     (1,772 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (117,812 )     (2,328,916 )     (353,234 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Senior secured credit facilities:

      

Borrowings

     —         1,998,000       168,000  

Repayments

     (12,500 )     (177,125 )     (42,000 )

Proceeds from issuance of senior unsecured notes

     —         250,000       —    

Proceeds from issuance of term loan

     —         —         45,000  

Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated second lien notes

     —         —         31,360  

Repayment of term loan

     —         (45,000 )     —    

Repayment of senior subordinated second lien notes

     —         (32,000 )     —    

Distributions to Targa Resources Investments Inc.

     (969 )     315,630       —    

Parent contributions (distributions)

     —         —         2,550  

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred stock

     —         —         131,300  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     —         —         16  

Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements

     (693 )     (58,884 )     (5,550 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (14,162 )     2,250,621       330,676  
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     101,312       30,560       10,577  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     41,427       10,867       290  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 142,739     $ 41,427     $ 10,867  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization and Operations of the Company

Organization

Targa Resources, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed on February 26, 2004. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we”, “us”, “our”, “the Company” or “Targa” are intended to mean the consolidated business and operations of Targa Resources, Inc.

On April 16, 2004, the common stock of Pipeco Development Company, Inc. (“Pipeco”) was contributed to Targa in exchange for 37,500 shares of preferred stock. Both Targa and Pipeco were considered “entities under common control” as defined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and, as such, this transaction was recorded in a manner similar to that required for a pooling of interests, whereby the recorded assets and liabilities of Targa and Pipeco were carried forward to the combined consolidated corporation at their recorded amounts.

Prior to April 16, 2004, certain investors in Targa had previous ownership in Pipeco, a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Targa Resources, Inc. and Warburg Pincus VIII Development Company, Inc. Pipeco was the entity that performed due diligence and other acquisition-specific activities associated with the asset acquisitions from ConocoPhillips Corporation (“ConocoPhillips”).

We commenced initial operations on April 16, 2004, with the purchase from ConocoPhillips of certain midstream natural gas assets located in West Texas and South Louisiana. In these financial statements and notes therein, all references to the “predecessor” are to these assets, presented on a going-concern basis, as if the assets had existed as an entity separate from ConocoPhillips.

On December 16, 2004, we acquired an aggregate 40% equity ownership in Bridgeline Holdings, L.P., and Bridgeline LLC (collectively, “Bridgeline”). We accounted for our investment in Bridgeline using the equity method of accounting. On August 5, 2005, we sold our interest in Bridgeline to Chevron Corporation (“Chevron”) for $117.0 million. We recognized a pre-tax gain of $18.0 million from the sale.

On October 31, 2005, we acquired Dynegy Inc.’s (“Dynegy”) midstream natural gas business for approximately $2,452 million. Under the terms of the agreement, we acquired Dynegy’s ownership interests in Dynegy Midstream Services Limited Partnership (“DMS”), which held Dynegy’s natural gas gathering and processing assets, as well as its natural gas liquids (“NGL”) fractionation, terminalling, storage, transportation, distribution and marketing assets.

Prior to the closing of the DMS acquisition, we engaged in a corporate reorganization pursuant to which we became a second-tier, wholly-owned subsidiary of our newly-formed parent holding company, Targa Resources Investments Inc. (“Targa Investments”). In the reorganization, our stockholders exchanged their shares of Targa common stock, Targa stock options and Targa Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock for shares of Targa Investments having the same terms as the Targa stock, and our preferred stock was retired.

Immediately after the reorganization, the only significant asset of Targa Investments was its ownership of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of an intermediate holding company, whose sole asset was its ownership of 100% of our outstanding capital stock, which consisted entirely of common stock. Following the reorganization, and in connection with the closing of the DMS acquisition, Targa Investments exchanged its outstanding common stock and preferred stock for a new series of preferred stock and issued new common stock to our management. In addition, certain investors and members of our management contributed cash to Targa Investments to purchase additional preferred stock in Targa Investments. Approximately $316 million of such cash was contributed to us concurrent with the closing of the DMS acquisition.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Operations

Our business operations consist of natural gas gathering and processing, and the fractionating, storing, terminalling, transporting, distributing and marketing of NGLs. Please see Note 15—Segment Information for a description of our segments and segment operations.

Basis of Presentation.  The accompanying financial statements and related notes present our consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of our operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year balances to conform to the current year presentation.

Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies

Asset Retirement Obligations.  We account for asset retirement obligations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 143, “Asset Retirement Obligations.” SFAS 143 requires entities to record the fair value of a liability for a legal obligation to retire an asset in the period in which the liability is incurred. A legal obligation is a liability that a party is required to settle as a result of an existing or enacted law, statute, ordinance or contract. When the liability is initially recorded, the entity is required to capitalize the retirement cost of the related long-lived asset. Each period the liability is accreted to its then present value, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. If the liability is settled for an amount other than the recorded amount, a gain or loss is recognized.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation (“FIN”) 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.” This Interpretation clarifies the definition and treatment of conditional asset retirement obligations as discussed in SFAS 143. A conditional asset retirement obligation is defined as an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are dependent on future events that may be outside the control of the company. FIN 47 states that a company must record a liability when incurred for conditional asset retirement obligations if the fair value of the obligation is reasonably estimable. This Interpretation is intended to provide more information about long-lived assets, more information about potential future cash outflows for these obligations and more consistent recognition of these liabilities. Our adoption of FIN 47 on December 31, 2005 had no effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

The following table reflects the changes in our asset retirement obligations during the periods shown:

 

(in thousands)   

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

  

Year Ended

December 31,

2004

Asset retirement obligations—beginning of period

   $ 14,104     $ 630    $ —  

Liabilities incurred

     —         12,828        590

Liabilities settled

     (6 )     —        —  

Change in cash flow estimate

       

Purchase price adjustment (1)

     (3,330 )     —        —  

Other

     (35 )     414      —  

Accretion expense

     888       232      40
                     

Asset retirement obligations—end of period

   $ 11,621     $ 14,104    $   630
                     

(1) See Note 3.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents include all cash on hand, demand deposits, and investments with original maturities of three months or less. We consider cash equivalents to include short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Comprehensive Income.  Comprehensive income includes net income and other comprehensive income, which includes unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments that are designated as hedges, our equity interest in the other comprehensive income changes of unconsolidated investments accounted for under the equity method and unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses.

Concentration of Credit Risk.  Financial instruments which potentially subject Targa to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable and derivative instruments. Management believes the risk is limited, as our customers represent a broad and diverse group of energy marketers and end users.

We extend credit to customers and other parties in the normal course of business. We have established various procedures to manage our credit exposure, including initial credit approvals, credit limits and terms, letters of credit, and rights of offset. We also use prepayments and guarantees to limit credit risk to ensure that our established credit criteria are met.

Estimated losses on accounts receivable are provided through an allowance for doubtful accounts. In evaluating the level of established reserves, we make judgments regarding each party’s ability to make required payments, economic events and other factors. As the financial condition of any party changes, circumstances develop or additional information becomes available, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts may be required.

Significant Commercial Relationships

For the year ended December 31, 2006, transactions with Chevron and its subsidiaries represented approximately 15% and 19% of our consolidated revenues and consolidated product purchases, respectively. No other counterparty accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues or consolidated product purchases during 2006.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, transactions with Chevron and its subsidiaries represented approximately 10% and 12% of our consolidated revenues and consolidated product purchases, respectively. In addition, approximately 11% of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries. No other counterparty accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues or consolidated product purchases during 2005.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, transactions with ConocoPhillips, Enterprise Products, PPG Industries, and CITGO represented approximately 17%, 16%, 16% and 12%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues and transactions with Newfield Exploration and Cimarex Energy represented approximately 12% and 10%, respectively, of our consolidated product purchases. No other counterparty accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues or consolidated product purchases during 2004.

Consolidation Policy.  Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our majority-owned subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest, and our proportionate share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of undivided interests in certain gas processing facilities after the elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We follow the equity method of accounting if our ownership interest is between 20% and 50% and we exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. Our proportionate share of profits and losses from transactions with equity method unconsolidated affiliates are eliminated in consolidation to the extent such amounts are material and remain on our equity method investees’ balance sheet in inventory or similar accounts.

If our ownership interest in an investee does not provide us with either control or significant influence over the investee, we account for the investment using the cost method.

Debt Issue Costs.  Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt are capitalized and charged to interest expense over the term of the related debt. During the fourth quarter of 2005, $2.7 million of previously unamortized debt issue costs were charged to expense when the related debt was paid off prior to the normal termination of the related borrowing agreements.

Earnings per Share.  Upon completion of our equity reorganization in 2005, our capital stock consisted of one thousand shares of common stock, owned by our parent company. As such, earnings per share information would not be meaningful and is not presented herein.

Environmental Liabilities.  Liabilities for loss contingencies, including environmental remediation costs, arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are charged to expense when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

Exchanges.  Exchanges are movements of NGL products between parties to satisfy timing and logistical needs of the parties. Volumes received and delivered under exchange agreements are recorded as inventory. If the locations of receipt and delivery are in different markets, a price differential may be billed or owed. The price differential is recorded as either accounts receivable or an accrued liability.

Impairment Testing for Unconsolidated Investments.  We evaluate equity method investments (which include excess cost amounts attributable to tangible or intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that there is a loss in value of the investment which is an other than temporary decline. Examples of such events or changes in circumstances include continuing operating losses of the investee or long-term negative changes in the investee’s industry. In the event that we determine that the loss in value of an investment is other than a temporary decline, we would record a charge to earnings to adjust the carrying value to fair value.

Income Taxes.  We follow the guidance in SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” , which requires that we use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant temporary differences.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax payable and related tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of certain items, such as depreciation, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences can result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets.

We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we must establish a valuation allowance. We consider all

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of the evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. Evidence used includes information about our current financial position and our results of operations for the current and preceding years, as well as all currently available information about future years, including our anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies.

We believe future sources of taxable income, reversing temporary differences and other tax planning strategies will be sufficient to realize assets for which no reserve has been established. Any change in the valuation allowance would impact our income tax provision and net income in the period in which such a determination is made.

Intangible Assets.  Intangible assets consist of the value of customer and supplier contracts and relationships obtained in the acquisition from ConocoPhillips. These assets are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related gathering systems on a straight-line basis. Amortization expense was $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

We review intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. This review consists of comparing the carrying value of the asset with the asset’s expected future undiscounted cash flows. Estimates of expected future cash flows represent management’s best estimate based on reasonable and supportable assumptions. If such a review should indicate that the carrying amount of intangible assets is not recoverable, we reduce the carrying amount of such assets to fair value.

Inventories.  Product inventories consist primarily of NGLs. Most product inventories turn over monthly, but some inventory, primarily propane, is held during the year for strategic purposes to meet anticipated heating season requirements of our customers. Product inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method.

Quantities of natural gas over-delivered or under-delivered related to operational balancing agreements are recorded monthly as inventory or as a payable using weighted average prices at the time the imbalance was created. Monthly, gas imbalances receivable are valued at the lower of cost or market, gas imbalances payable are valued at replacement cost. These imbalances are typically settled in the following month with deliveries or receipts of natural gas. Certain contracts require cash settlement of imbalances on a current basis. Under these contracts, imbalance cash-outs are recorded as a sale or purchase of natural gas, as appropriate.

Due to fluctuating commodity prices for natural gas liquids, we occasionally recognize lower of cost or market adjustments when the carrying values of our inventories exceeds their net realizable value. These non-cash adjustments are charged to product purchases within operating costs and expenses in the period they are recognized, with the related cash impact in the subsequent period. For the year ended December 31, 2006 we recognized $13.1 million of lower of cost or market adjustments.

Inventory consisted of the following at the dates indicated:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005
     (in thousands)

Natural gas liquids

   $ 116,568    $ 159,366

Natural gas

     —        396

Materials and supplies

     388      71
             
   $ 116,956    $ 159,833
             

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Minority Interest.  Minority interest represents third-party ownership interests in the net assets of our subsidiaries that are joint ventures. For financial reporting purposes, the assets and liabilities of our majority owned subsidiaries are consolidated with those of our own, with any third party investor’s interest in our consolidated balance amounts shown as minority interest. In the statement of operations, minority interest reflects the allocation of joint venture earnings to third party investors. Distributions to and contributions from minority interests represent cash payments and cash contributions, respectively, from such third-party investors.

Price Risk Management (Hedging).  We account for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” , as amended. Under SFAS 133, all derivative instruments not qualifying for the normal purchases and sales exception are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If a derivative does not qualify as a hedge, or is not designated as a hedge, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings. If a derivative qualifies for hedge accounting and is designated as a hedge, the effective portion of the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”), a component of stockholders’ equity, and reclassed to revenues or interest expense in the period the hedged forecasted transaction is recognized.

The relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item must be highly effective in achieving the offset of changes in cash flows attributable to the hedged risk both at the inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when a hedge instrument becomes ineffective. Gains and losses deferred in OCI related to cash flow hedges for which hedge accounting has been discontinued remain unchanged until the related product has been delivered. If it is probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, deferred gains or losses on the hedging instrument are recognized in other revenues immediately.

We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes specific identification of the hedging instrument and the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and the manner in which the hedging instrument’s effectiveness will be assessed. At the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we assess whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is measured on a quarterly basis. Any ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the current period. See Note 9.

Property, Plant, and Equipment.  Property, plant, and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated service lives of our functional asset groups are as follows:

 

Asset Group

  

Range of

Years

Natural gas gathering systems and processing facilities

   15 to 25

Fractionation, terminalling and natural gas liquids storage facilities

   25

Transportation equipment and barges

   5 to 10

Office and miscellaneous equipment

   3 to 7

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are generally expensed as incurred. However, expenditures for refurbishments that extend the useful lives of assets or prevent environmental contamination are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset.

Our determination of the useful lives of property, plant and equipment requires us to make various assumptions, including the supply of and demand for hydrocarbons in the markets served by our assets, normal

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

wear and tear of the facilities, and the extent and frequency of maintenance programs. From time to time, we utilize consultants and other experts to assist us in assessing the remaining lives of the crude oil or natural gas production in the basins we serve.

We may capitalize certain costs directly related to the construction of assets, including internal labor costs, interest and engineering costs. Upon disposition or retirement of property, plant and equipment, any gain or loss is charged to operations.

In accordance with SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” we evaluate the recoverability of our property, plant and equipment when events or circumstances such as economic obsolescence, the business climate, legal and other factors indicate we may not recover the carrying amount of the assets. We continually monitor our businesses and the market and business environments to identify indicators that may suggest an asset may not be recoverable.

We evaluate an asset for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the asset’s expected future undiscounted cash flows. These cash flow estimates require us to make projections and assumptions for many years into the future for pricing, demand, competition, operating cost and other factors. If the carrying amount exceeds the expected future undiscounted cash flows we recognize an impairment loss to write down the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value as determined by quoted market prices in active markets or present value techniques if quotes are unavailable. The determination of the fair value using present value techniques requires us to make projections and assumptions regarding the probability of a range of outcomes and the rates of interest used in the present value calculations. Any changes we make to these projections and assumptions could result in significant revisions to our evaluation of recoverability of our property, plant and equipment and the recognition of an impairment loss in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Revenue Recognition.  Our primary types of sales and service activities reported as operating revenue include:

 

   

sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate;

 

   

natural gas processing, from which we generate revenue through the compression, gathering, treating, and processing of natural gas; and

 

   

fractionation, storage, terminalling and transportation of NGLs, from which we generate fee-based revenue.

In general, we recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an exchange arrangement exists, if applicable, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the price is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

For processing services, we receive either fees or a percentage of commodities as payment for these services, depending on the type of contract. Under percent-of-proceeds contracts, we are paid for our services by keeping a percentage of the NGLs extracted and the residue gas resulting from processing natural gas. In percent-of-proceeds arrangements, we remit either a percentage of the proceeds received from the sales of residue gas and NGLs or a percentage of the residue gas or NGLs at the tailgate of the plant to the producer. Under the terms of percent-of-proceeds and similar contracts, we may purchase the producer’s share of the processed commodities for resale or deliver the commodities to the producer at the tailgate of the plant. Percent-of-value and percent-of-liquids contracts are variations on this arrangement. Under keep-whole contracts, we keep the NGLs extracted and return the processed natural gas or value of the natural gas to the producer. Natural gas or NGLs that

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

we receive for services or purchase for resale are in turn sold and recognized in accordance with the criteria outlined above. Under fee-based contracts, we receive a fee based on throughput volumes.

We generally report revenues gross in the combined statements of operations, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Except for fee-based contracts, we act as the principal in these transactions where we receive natural gas or NGLs, take title to the commodities, and incur the risks and rewards of ownership.

Stock-Based Compensation.  On January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” using the modified prospective method, which resulted in the provisions of SFAS 123R being applied to our consolidated financial statements on a going-forward basis beginning in fiscal year 2006. Prior periods have not been adjusted and, therefore, the results for 2006 are not necessarily comparable to the same period in prior years. However, the impact to prior periods was not material. SFAS 123R requires companies to recognize stock-based awards granted to employees as compensation expense on a fair value basis. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the service period, which generally represents the vesting period, and includes an estimate of the awards that will be forfeited. We calculate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the fair value of restricted stock is based on intrinsic value.

Use of Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial position and results of operations. We review significant estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any necessary adjustments prior to their publication. Estimates and judgments are based on information available at the time such estimates and judgments are made. Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and judgments often relate to information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (1) estimating unbilled revenues and operating and general and administrative costs (2) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (3) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (4) estimating the useful lives of our assets and (5) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  We adopted SFAS 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” on January 1, 2006. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections.

On April 1, 2006 we adopted the consensus on EITF 04-13, “Accounting for Purchases and Sales of Inventory With the Same Counterparty.” EITF 04-13 requires that two or more inventory transactions with the same counterparty should be viewed as a single non-monetary transaction, if the transactions were entered into in contemplation of one another. Exchanges of inventory between entities in the same line of business should be accounted for at fair value or recorded at carrying amounts, depending on the classification of such inventory. Our adoption of EITF 04-13 had no effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. FIN 48 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. This interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We continue to

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

evaluate our tax positions, and based on our current evaluation, anticipate FIN 48 will not have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157 “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the Board having previously concluded in these accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have not yet determined the impact this statement will have on our results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 108 (“SAB 108”). Due to diversity in practice among registrants, SAB 108 expresses SEC staff views regarding the process by which misstatements in financial statements are evaluated for purposes of determining whether financial statement restatement is necessary. We began to apply the guidance in SAB 108 on October 1, 2006. SAB 108 had no effect on our results of operations or financial position.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of No. 115” , which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. SFAS 159 expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. We are currently reviewing this new accounting standard and the impact, if any, it will have on our financial statements.

Note 3—Acquisitions

Acquisition of DMS

On October 31, 2005, we acquired Dynegy’s midstream natural gas business for approximately $2,452 million, including certain acquisition-related costs. Under the terms of the agreement, we acquired Dynegy’s ownership interests in DMS, which held Dynegy’s natural gas gathering and processing assets, and its NGL fractionation, terminalling, storage, transportation, distribution and marketing assets. We acquired DMS to expand our natural gas gathering and processing asset base in Texas, Louisiana and New Mexico, and to gain greater access to marketing and distribution channels for our produced NGL.

We have accounted for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” We retained a third party to perform certain valuation services in relation to the DMS acquisition. These services included providing a report stating an opinion of the fair value of certain tangible and intangible assets, unconsolidated equity interests, and product inventory. The third party applied standard valuation approaches and methodologies utilizing publicly available economic and pricing data, historical DMS operations and financial data, and assumptions provided by our management. The third party’s analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed and its report was prepared in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

Certain of the DMS property, plant and equipment sustained damage from the effects of Hurricane Katrina and Hurricane Rita. Our final purchase price allocation reflects our estimate of the damage incurred and the amount we expect to recover from property damage insurance claims.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The purchase price and the final allocation to assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values as of October 31, 2005 are shown below (in thousands):

 

     Preliminary     Adjustments     Final  

Purchase price:

      

Cash purchase price

   $ 2,350,000     $ —       $ 2,350,000  

Cash collateral

     90,703       —         90,703  

Acquisition-related costs incurred

     11,399       340       11,739  
                        

Total purchase price

   $ 2,452,102     $ 340     $ 2,452,442  
                        

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

      

Current assets, including cash of $33,508

   $ 605,641     $ (3,726 )   $ 601,915  

Property, plant and equipment

     2,192,659       38,844       2,231,503  

Unconsolidated investments

     59,303       (38,108 )     21,195  

Other assets

     3,059       —         3,059  

Current liabilities

     (279,636 )     —         (279,636 )

Other long-term liabilities

     (23,571 )     3,330       (20,241 )

Minority interest

     (105,353 )     —         (105,353 )
                        

Total purchase price

   $ 2,452,102     $ 340     $ 2,452,442  
                        

During the allocation period we recorded the following adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation:

 

   

A $0.3 million increase in acquisition-related costs, which consisted mainly of legal and accounting fees;

 

   

A $7.7 million reduction in inventory to reflect the resolution of disputed NGL volumes in storage at a third party facility as of the acquisition closing date. The net reduction to inventory volumes was approximately 0.2 million barrels;

 

   

A $2.9 million increase in current assets to reflect the recognition of inventory sold to Chevron prior to the DMS acquisition, but not invoiced until 2006.

 

   

A $3.3 million reduction of our asset retirement obligation to reflect an adjustment to our original estimate of pipeline abandonment costs;

 

   

A $1.1 million increase in receivables to record a receivable for a contract dispute settled prior to the acquisition closing date; and

 

   

A $38.1 million reduction in the valuation of our investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries to reflect an adjustment to our original estimate of the fair value of our equity investment in Venice Energy Services Company LLC (“VESCO”) as a result of pre-acquisition hurricane damage.

The offset to each of these adjustments was in property, plant, and equipment.

Acquisition of Equity Interest in Bridgeline

In December 2004, we purchased a 40% ownership interest in Bridgeline from Enron North America Corporation (“Enron”) and certain of its affiliates, for $101.3 million, including certain acquisition-related costs. Bridgeline was originally formed by Enron and certain affiliates of Chevron to own and operate certain natural gas pipeline and storage facilities in southern Louisiana.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On August 5, 2005, we sold our interest in Bridgeline to Chevron for $117.0 million. We recognized a pre-tax gain of $18.0 million from the sale. We used the proceeds from this sale primarily for debt repayment, including repayment in full of a $45 million term loan related to Bridgeline.

Acquisition of Assets from ConocoPhillips

In April 2004, we purchased various midstream assets located in Texas and Louisiana from ConocoPhillips for $247 million in cash, including certain acquisition-related costs.

The Texas assets consist of an integrated gathering and processing system with low- and high-pressure lines, gathering natural gas from wellhead and central delivery locations in the Permian Basin, covering parts of eight counties from San Angelo to Big Spring. The Louisiana assets consist of an integrated gathering and processing system from Lake Charles to Lafayette, gathering from wells and central delivery facilities.

The final purchase price was allocated to the following assets based on their fair values as of April 16, 2004 (in thousands):

 

Gathering and processing systems

   $ 194,493

Processing plants

     43,943

Other property and equipment

     6,252

Customer and supplier contracts

     2,359
      
   $ 247,047
      

Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)

The following table presents selected unaudited pro forma financial information incorporating the historical (pre-merger) results of the DMS acquisition and the acquisition of assets from ConocoPhillips. Since the DMS acquisition closed on October 31, 2005, our Consolidated Statements of Operations do not include any earnings from DMS prior to November 1, 2005.

The following pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 2005 has been presented as if the DMS acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2005. The pro forma information is based upon data currently available and includes certain estimates and assumptions made by management. As a result, this pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of our financial results had the transactions actually occurred on this date. Likewise, the following unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of our future financial results.

 

     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 5,420,027  

Product purchases

     (4,991,232 )

Depreciation and amortization

     (175,533 )

Gain on sale of assets

     9,900  

Other operating expense

     (48,575 )
        

Operating income

     214,587  

Interest expense, net

     (179,557 )

Other expense

     (90,071 )

Income tax benefit

     19,037  
        

Net loss

   $ (36,004 )
        

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 4—Property, Plant, and Equipment

Our property, plant, and equipment and accumulated depreciation were as follows at the dates indicated:

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Natural gas gathering systems

     1,326,337       1,261,016  

Processing and fractionation facilities

     831,302       759,768  

Terminalling and natural gas liquids storage facilities

     208,193       188,398  

Transportation assets

     149,663       145,435  

Other property and equipment

     42,013       36,856  

Land

     50,428       48,636  

Construction in progress

     43,439       34,048  
                
     2,651,375       2,474,157  

Accumulated depreciation

     (186,848 )     (37,554 )
                
   $ 2,464,527     $ 2,436,603  
                

Note 5—Unconsolidated Investments

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, our unconsolidated investments included a 22.9% ownership interest in Venice Energy Services Company, LLC (“VESCO”), a venture that operates a natural gas liquids processing and extraction facility in the Gulf Coast region and a 38.8% ownership interest in Gulf Coast Fractionators LP (“GCF”), a venture that fractionates natural gas liquids on the Gulf Coast. In August 2005 we sold our interest in Bridgeline.

We acquired these equity method investments in the DMS acquisition. These ventures maintain independent capital structures and have financed their operations either on a non-recourse basis to us or through their ongoing commercial activities.

The following table shows our unconsolidated investments at the dates indicated.

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005
     (in thousands)

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing

     

VESCO

   $ 20,610    $ 48,933

Logistics Assets

     

GCF

     19,602      13,404
             
   $ 40,212    $ 62,337
             

The recorded value of our equity investments was reduced approximately $38.1 million during 2006 as a result of a revision to our original purchase price allocation (see Note 3).

Our equity in the net assets of VESCO and GCF exceeded our acquisition date investment account by approximately $20.3 million and $5.2 million, respectively. The difference is being amortized over the estimated remaining life of the net assets on a straight-line basis, and is included as a component of our equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table shows our equity earnings, cash contributions and cash distributions with respect to our unconsolidated investments for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

         2006            2005             2004    
     (in thousands)

Equity in earnings of:

       

VESCO

   $ 7,214    $ 572     $ —  

GCF

     2,754      383       —  

Bridgeline

     —        (4,731 )     2,370
                     
   $ 9,968    $ (3,776 )   $ 2,370
                     

Contributions to VESCO

   $ 9,102    $ 5,990     $ —  
                     

Distributions from GCF

   $ 2,306    $ 387     $ —  
                     

Our equity in earnings of VESCO for 2006 and 2005 includes $2.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for partially settled business interruption insurance claims. For 2005, our equity in earnings of VESCO and GCF includes only our share of their results for the two months ended December 31, 2005.

The following table shows summarized financial information of our unconsolidated investments for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006    2005     2004  
     GCF    VESCO    GCF    VESCO(1)     Bridgeline(2)  

Revenues

   $ 46,545    $ 126,695    $ 48,024    $ 146,974     $ 2,328,209  

Cost of sales and operations

     40,325      103,602      41,195      149,847       2,328,274  

Income (loss) from operations

     6,220      23,093      6,829      (151,852 )     (65 )

Net income (loss)

     6,622      23,093      6,973      (151,852 )     (556 )

 

     As of December 31,
     2006    2005
     GCF    VESCO    GCF    VESCO

Current assets

   $ 12,181    $ 47,749    $ 8,070    $ 39,448

Property, plant and equipment, net

     52,258      102,028      55,220      53,144

Other assets

     —        328      —        275

Total assets

     64,439      150,105      63,290      92,867

Current liabilities

     1,206      20,444      729      26,801

Long-term liabilities

     —        7,851      —        7,101

Owners’ equity

     63,233      121,810      62,561      58,965

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

     64,439      150,105      63,290      92,867

(1) VESCO’s results include a $136.0 million non-cash impairment charge related to hurricane damage suffered in August.
(2) We sold our interests in Bridgeline in August 2005. Results of operations information for 2005 is not available.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 6—Debt Obligations

Our consolidated debt obligations consisted of the following at the dates indicated:

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Senior secured term loan facility, variable rate, due October 2012(1)

   $ 1,234,375     $ 1,246,875  

Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, variable rate, due October 2007(1)(2)

     700,000       700,000  

Senior unsecured notes, 8  1 / 2 % fixed rate, due November 2013

     250,000       250,000  

Senior secured revolving credit facility, variable rate, due October 2011(1)

     —         —    
                

Total principal amount

     2,184,375       2,196,875  

Current maturities

     (712,500 )     (12,500 )
                

Long-term debt

   $ 1,471,875     $ 2,184,375  
                

Irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding(3)

   $ 227,571     $ 213,556  
                

(1) These facilities became effective with the closing of the DMS acquisition on October 31, 2005. The entire $250 million available under the senior secured revolving credit facility may also be utilized for letters of credit.
(2) See Note 19.
(3) These letters of credit were issued under our $300 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility, which terminates in October 2012.

Information Regarding Variable Interest Rates Paid

The following table shows the range of interest rates paid and weighted-average interest rate paid on our significant consolidated variable-rate debt obligations during 2006:

 

    

Range of Interest

Rates Paid

  

Weighted Average

Interest Rate Paid

Senior secured term loan facility

   6.59% to 7.75%    7.03%

Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility

   6.83% to 7.62%    7.26%

Consolidated Debt Maturity Table

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of principal amounts of our debt obligations for the next five years and in total thereafter (in thousands):

 

2007

   $ 712,500

2008

     12,500

2009

     12,500

2010

     12,500

2011

     12,500

Thereafter

     1,421,875
      
   $ 2,184,375
      

See also Note 19—Subsequent Events.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Description of Debt Obligations

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On October 31, 2005, we entered into a senior secured credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions and other institutional lenders. The senior secured credit facility provides senior secured financing of $2,500 million, consisting of:

 

   

a $1,250 million senior secured term loan facility;

 

   

a $700 million senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility;

 

   

a $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility; and

 

   

a $300 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility.

The entire amount of the senior secured revolving credit facility is available for letters of credit and includes a limited borrowing capacity for borrowings on same-day notice referred to as swingline loans. The lenders under the senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility pre-funded the entire amount of their respective commitments by depositing such amounts in a designated deposit account that is held by the administrative agent and which is used to support letters of credit.

We may add one or more incremental term loan facilities, and/or one or more incremental synthetic letter of credit facilities and/or increase the commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount for all such increases of up to $400 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. No commitments for such incremental facilities have been requested by the Company or offered by the lenders and no lender under the senior secured credit facility will be obligated to provide any incremental credit extensions unless it so agrees.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities, other than the senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility, will bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (2) the federal funds rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% or (b) LIBOR as determined by reference to the costs of funds for dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain statutory reserves. At December 31, 2006, the applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility is 1.25% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.25% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. Upon repayment of the senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, the margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility will be 1.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility may fluctuate based upon the Company’s leverage ratio as defined in the credit agreement.

We are required to pay a facility fee, quarterly in arrears, to the lenders under the senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility equal to (i) 2.25% of the amount on deposit in the designated deposit account (2.00% following repayment of the $700 million senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility) plus (ii) the administrative cost incurred by the deposit account agent for such quarterly period.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% of the currently unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate may fluctuate based upon the Company’s leverage ratios.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The senior secured credit agreement requires us to prepay loans outstanding under the senior secured term loan facility and the senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

   

50% of our annual excess cash flow (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is no more than 4.00 to 1.00 and to 0% if our total leverage ratio is no more than 3.00 to 1.00 commencing with the fiscal year end December 31, 2006);

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales, transfers, or other dispositions of property, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than debt permitted under the senior secured credit agreement.

Prepayments, other than voluntary prepayments of outstanding amounts under the senior secured revolving credit facility, will be applied first, to the senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility and second, to the term loan facility (and applied to reduce remaining amortization payments of the term loan facility in chronological order of maturity). We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitments and prepay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

We are required to repay the term loan facility in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of the original principal amount, with the remaining amount payable October 31, 2012. Principal amounts outstanding under the senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility are due and payable in full on October 31, 2007.

Principal amounts outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility are due and payable in full on October 31, 2011.

Principal amounts outstanding under the senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility are due and payable in full on October 31, 2012.

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement and certain secured hedging arrangements are unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by each of our existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries, referred to, collectively, as the guarantors.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities and certain secured hedging arrangements, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of the following assets, subject to certain exceptions:

 

   

a pledge of the capital stock and other equity interests held by us or any guarantor (except that we will not pledge more than 65% of the voting stock and other voting equity interests of any foreign subsidiary); and

 

   

a security interest in, and mortgages on, our and our guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets.

The senior secured credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees and hedging obligations) or issue preferred stock; create liens on assets; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and make distributions or repurchase capital stock and other equity interests; make investments, loans or advances; make capital expenditures; repay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness; make certain acquisitions; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; amend certain debt and other material agreements; change our lines of business; and impose certain restrictions on restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors, including restrictions on the ability of such subsidiaries that are not guarantors to pay dividends.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In addition, beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2006, the senior secured credit agreement required us to maintain certain specified maximum total leverage ratios and certain specified minimum interest coverage ratios.

The senior secured credit agreement will permit us to transfer, on one or more occasions:

 

   

assets (including equity interests of a subsidiary or other entity) to one or more MLPs and/or one or more subsidiaries of any MLP; and

 

   

equity interests in an MLP, or, in certain circumstances, the general partner of an MLP.

In each case we are required to comply with certain limitations, including minimum cash consideration requirements.

$250 Million Senior Notes Offering

On October 31, 2005 we completed the private placement under Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933 of $250 million in aggregate principal amount of eight year senior unsecured notes (“the Notes”). Proceeds from the Notes plus borrowings under our senior secured credit facility were used to repay pre-existing debt and fund a portion of the DMS acquisition.

The Notes:

 

   

are our unsecured senior obligations;

 

   

rank pari passu in right of payment with all our existing and future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facility;

 

   

are effectively subordinated to all our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, including indebtedness under the senior secured credit facilities;

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future claims of creditors (including trade creditors) and holders of preferred stock of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes;

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to any of our future subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the subsidiary guarantors that guarantee the senior secured credit facilities; and

 

   

are subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to a registration rights agreement.

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 8  1 / 2 % per annum and is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1, commencing May 1, 2006. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Additional interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to a registration rights agreement.

On and after November 1, 2009, we may redeem all or part of the Notes at our option, at 104.250% of the principal amount for the twelve-month period beginning November 1, 2009, at 102.125% of the principal amount for the twelve-month period beginning November 1, 2010, and at 100% of the principal amount thereafter. In each case, accrued and unpaid interest is payable to the date of redemption. In addition, before November 1, 2009, we may redeem all or part of the Notes at the make-whole price set forth under the indenture. At any time prior to November 1, 2008, we may redeem up to 35% of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.500% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 7—Stock and Other Compensation Plans

Accounting for Equity Awards

Effective January 1, 2006, we began to account for Targa Investments’ equity awards granted to our employees using the provisions of SFAS 123R. SFAS 123R requires us to recognize compensation expense related to equity awards based on the grant date fair value of the award. The fair value of an award of nonvested common stock is measured at its fair value as if it were vested and issued on the grant date. The fair value of a stock option award is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Under SFAS 123R, the fair value of all awards expected to vest is amortized to earnings on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Prior to our adoption of SFAS 123R, we recognized compensation expense related to stock options only if the grant date fair value of the underlying stock was greater than the exercise price of the option. Our recognition of compensation expense in connection with awards of nonvested common stock did not change under SFAS 123R.

We apply SFAS 123R prospectively to new stock option awards and to stock option awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled on or after January 1, 2006. We shall continue to account for the nonvested portion of stock option awards outstanding on January 1, 2006 using the intrinsic value method. Stock-based compensation expense is based on the awards ultimately expected to vest, and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The effects of applying SFAS 123R during the year ended December 31, 2006 did not have a material effect on our net income.

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, on a pro forma basis, the effect on our net income of using the fair value method of SFAS 123 instead of the intrinsic-value method allowed previously was not material.

Stock Options

Under Targa Investments’ 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan (“the Plan”), options to purchase a fixed number of shares of its stock may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. Generally, options granted under the Plan have a vesting period of four years and remain exercisable for ten years from the date of grant.

The fair value of each option granted since our adoption of SFAS 123R was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including (i) expected term of the options of ten years, (ii) a risk-free interest rate of 4.5%, (iii) expected dividend yield of 0%, and (iv) expected stock price volatility on Targa Investments’ common stock of 23.8%. Our selection of the risk-free interest rate was based on published yields for U.S. government securities with comparable terms. Because Targa Investments is a non-public company, its expected stock price volatility was estimated based upon the historical price volatility of the Dow Jones MidCap Pipelines Index over a period equal to the expected average term of the options granted. The calculated fair value of options granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 is $0.21 per share.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table shows stock option activity for periods indicated:

 

    

Number of

Options

   

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term (In Years)

Outstanding at beginning of period

   —       $ —     

Granted

   909,002       8.50   
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   909,002     $ 8.50   

Granted

   5,148,114       7.65   

Converted to options on Series B preferred stock

   (949,002 )     8.50   
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   5,108,114     $ 7.64   

Granted

   51,672       8.50   

Cancelled

   (54,474 )     8.50   
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   5,105,312     $ 7.64    8.85
           

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   1,120,440     $ 7.23    8.85
           

We recognized $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0 of compensation expense associated with stock options during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, we expect to incur an additional $0.1 million of expense related to non-vested stock options over a weighted-average period of approximately two years.

Non-vested Common Stock

Under the Plan, Targa Investments can also issue non-vested (i.e., restricted) common stock to our employees, directors and consultants. Except for 73,049 previously awarded shares that were forfeited during 2006, all 6.2 million shares of restricted common stock provided for under the Plan are outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

Restricted stock awards entitle recipients to exchange restricted common shares for unrestricted common shares (at no cost to them) once the defined vesting period expires, subject to certain forfeiture provisions. The restrictions on the non-vested shares generally lapse four years from the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The fair value of non-vested stock is measured on the grant date using the estimated market price of Targa Investments common stock on such date.

The following table provides a summary of Targa Investments’ non-vested common stock for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
     2006     2005     2004  

Outstanding at beginning of period

     5,501,132       1,287,805       —    

Granted

     72,564       6,105,818       1,609,756  

Vested

     (612,799 )     (1,892,491 )     (321,951 )

Forfeited

     (73,049 )     —         —    
                        

Outstanding at end of period

     4,887,848       5,501,132       1,287,805  
                        

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 1.16     $ 1.16     $ 0.62  
                        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The total fair value of non-vested common shares that vested during the year ended December 31, 2006 was $0.7 million. We recognized $2.7 million, $1.6 million and $0.5 million of compensation expense associated with the vesting of restricted stock during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, we expect to incur an additional $3.3 million of expense related to non-vested shares issued to our employees, over a weighted-average period of approximately the next two years.

Other Compensation Plans

We have a 401(k) plan whereby we match 100% of up to 5% of an employee’s contribution (subject to certain limitations in the plan). We also contribute an amount equal to 3% of each employee’s eligible compensation to the plan as a retirement contribution and may make additional contributions at our sole discretion. All Targa contributions are made 100% in cash. We made contributions to the 401(k) plan totaling $6.0 million, $2.4 million and $0.7 million during 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Note 8—Stockholders’ Equity

At December 31, 2004, we had outstanding 1,350,500 shares of Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock (the “Series A stock”), 1,609,756 shares of common stock, and 949,002 options on common stock. In order for our financial statements to be compliant with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X, our Series A Stock is required to be classified outside of stockholders’ equity. Our previously issued financial statements reported the Series A Stock as a component of stockholders’ equity.

Prior to the closing of the DMS acquisition, we engaged in a corporate reorganization pursuant to which we became a second-tier, wholly owned subsidiary of our newly-formed parent holding company, Targa Resources Investments Inc. (“Targa Investments”). In the reorganization, our stockholders exchanged their shares of Targa common stock, Targa stock options, and Targa Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock for shares of Targa Investments having the same terms as the Targa stock, and our Series A stock was retired.

Immediately after the reorganization, the only significant asset of Targa Investments was its ownership of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of an intermediate holding company, whose sole asset was its ownership of 100% of our outstanding capital stock, which consists of one thousand shares of common stock.

Following the reorganization, and in connection with the closing of the DMS acquisition, Targa Investments issued a new series of preferred stock in exchange for its outstanding common stock and preferred stock and issued new common stock to our management. In addition, certain Targa Investments investors and members of our management purchased additional equity interests in Targa Investments for cash. Approximately $316 million of such cash was contributed to us by Targa Investments concurrent with the closing of the DMS acquisition.

Additionally, outstanding options on our common stock were exchanged for options on Targa Investments’ Series B preferred stock.

Note 9—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

At December 31, 2006, OCI included $58.8 million ($34.8 million, net of tax) of unrealized net gains on commodity hedges, and $1.4 million ($0.8 million, net of tax) of unrealized net gains on interest rate hedges.

At December 31, 2005, OCI included $30.2 million ($18.9 million, net of tax) of unrealized net losses on commodity hedges, and $0.2 million ($0.1 million, net of tax) of unrealized losses on interest rate hedges.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During 2006, deferred net gains on commodity hedges of $31.2 million were reclassified from OCI and credited to income as an increase in revenues, and deferred net gains on interest rate hedges of $1.0 million were reclassified from OCI and credited to income as a reduction in interest expense.

During 2005, deferred net losses of $7.5 million were reclassified from OCI and charged to expense as a reduction in revenues, and deferred net losses on interest rate hedges of $0.1 million were reclassified from OCI and charged to expense as an increase in interest expense. Adjustments for hedge ineffectiveness decreased revenues by $0.4 million in 2005.

On August 2, 2005, concurrent with the announcement of the DMS acquisition, we entered into certain swap transactions in respect of incremental natural gas and NGL sales volumes expected to occur during the years 2006 through 2009. We paid a premium of $17 million in order to limit any payment that might otherwise be payable to the counterparty on termination of the swap transactions as a result of a failure to close the DMS acquisition. Upon the closing of the DMS acquisition, the counterparty refunded $3.4 million of the premium. During the period from August 2, 2005 until the DMS acquisition closing date, the swap transactions did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. As such, in addition to expensing the $13.6 million net premium paid, we recognized a mark-to-market loss of $60.4 million. The swap transactions were designated as hedges on October 31, 2005.

During the year ended December 31, 2004, deferred net losses on commodity hedges of $1.2 million were reclassified from OCI and charged to expense as a reduction in revenues, and adjustments for hedge ineffectiveness increased revenues by $0.1 million.

As of December 31, 2006, $43.8 million ($25.9 million, net of tax) of deferred net gains on commodity hedges and $1.4 million ($0.9 million, net of tax) of deferred net gains on interest rate hedges recorded in OCI are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2006, our open derivatives designated as hedges consist of the following:

Natural Gas

 

Instrument Type

   Index    Avg. Price
$/MMBtu
   MMBtu per Day    Fair Value  
         2007    2008    2009    2010   
                                   (in thousands)  

Swap

   IF-HSC    $ 9.08    2,740    —      —      —      $ 2,371  

Swap

   IF-HSC      8.09    —      2,328    —      —        272  

Swap

   IF-HSC      7.39    —      —      1,966    —        (128 )
                                  
         2,740    2,328    1,966    —        2,515  
                                  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      8.56    8,152    —      —      —        7,262  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      8.43    —      6,964    —      —        3,444  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      8.02    —      —      6,256    —        1,677  

Swap

   IF-NGPL MC      7.43    —      —      —      5,685      932  
                                  
         8,152    6,964    6,256    5,685      13,315  
                                  

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.71    30,118    —      —      —        14,445  

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.27    —      29,307    —      —        (1,499 )

Swap

   IF-Waha      6.86    —      —      28,854    —        (4,729 )

Swap

   IF-Waha      7.38    —      —      —      3,809      514  
                                  
         30,118    29,307    28,854    3,809      8,731  
                                  

Total Swaps

         41,010    38,599    37,076    9,494      24,561  
                                  

Floor

   IF-NGPL MC      6.45    520    —      —      —        200  

Floor

   IF-NGPL MC      6.55    —      1,000    —      —        342  

Floor

   IF-NGPL MC      6.55    —      —      850    —        246  
                                  
         520    1,000    850    —        788  
                                  

Floor

   IF-Waha      6.70    350    —      —      —        137  

Floor

   IF-Waha      6.85    —      670    —      —        231  

Floor

   IF-Waha      6.55    —      —      565    —        154  
                                  
         350    670    565    —        522  
                                  

Total Floors

         870    1,670    1,415    —        1,310  
                                  

Basis Swap Jan 2007 Rec IF-HH minus $0.01, pay GD-HH, 899,000 MMBtu

           7  
                          
                     $ 25,878  
                          
NGLs                     

Instrument Type

   Index    Avg. Price
$/gal
   Barrels per Day    Fair Value  
         2007    2008    2009    2010   
                                   (in thousands)  

Swap

   OPIS-MB    $ 0.87    8,414    —      —      —      $ 697  

Swap

   OPIS-MB      0.83    —      8,007    —      —        (1,489 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB      0.80    —      —      7,495    —        (3,447 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB      0.88    —      —      —      1,759      606  
                                  
         8,414    8,007    7,495    1,759    $ (3,633 )
                                  

 

F-30


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Condensate

 

Instrument Type

   Index    Avg. Price
$/Bbl
   Barrels per day    Fair Value
         2007    2008    2009    2010   
                                   (in thousands)

Swap

   NY-WTI    $ 72.82    439    —      —      —      $ 1,225

Swap

   NY-WTI      70.68    —      384    —      —        415

Swap

   NY-WTI      69.00    —      —      322    —        183

Swap

   NY-WTI      68.10    —      —      —      301      152
                                

Total Swaps

         439    384    322    301      1,975
                                

Floor

   NY-WTI    $ 58.60    25    —      —      —        19

Floor

   NY-WTI      60.50    —      55    —      —        83

Floor

   NY-WTI      60.00    —      —      50    —        84
                                

Total Floors

         25    55    50    —        186
                                
         464    439    372    301    $ 2,161
                                

These derivatives have been designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted purchases and sales of commodities expected to be owned by us.

Customer Derivatives

 

Period

  Commodity  

Instrument

Type

 

Daily

Volumes

 

Average

Price

  Index  

Fair

Value

 
            (In thousands)           (In thousands)  

Purchases

           

Jan 2007—Dec 2007

  Natural gas   Swap   6,382 MMBtu   $ 7.94 per MMBtu   NY-HH   $ (3,296 )

Sales

           

Jan 2007—Dec 2007

  Natural gas   Fixed price sale   6,382 MMBtu   $ 7.91 per MMBtu   —       3,223  
                 
            $ (73 )
                 

These are commodity derivative contracts directly related to short-term fixed price arrangements elected by certain customers in various natural gas purchase and sale agreements. They have been marked to market.

We also have interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $350 million. The interest rate swaps effectively fix our interest rate on $350 million in borrowings under our senior secured term loan facility to a rate of 4.8% plus the applicable LIBOR margin (2.25% at December 31, 2006) through November 2007. At December 31, 2006, the fair value of our interest rate swaps was $1.4 million.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following shows the balance sheet classification of the fair value of open commodity and interest rate derivatives at the dates indicated.

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Current assets

   $ 34,255     $ 1,220  

Noncurrent assets

     15,851       150  

Current liabilities

     (6,611 )     (29,851 )

Noncurrent liabilities

     (17,731 )     (62,969 )
                
   $ 25,764     $ (91,450 )
                

Note 10—Income Taxes

We provide for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred taxes are recorded for the differences between the tax and book bases of assets and liabilities that will reverse in future periods.

Our provisions for income taxes for the periods indicated are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Targa Resources, Inc.
     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
   Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004

Current expense

   $ 34    $ 205     $ —  

Deferred expense (benefit)

     16,175      (6,742 )     5,227
                     
   $ 16,209    $ (6,537 )   $ 5,227
                     

 

F-32


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Our deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005 consist of differences related to the timing of recognition of certain types of costs as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss

   $ 182,145     $ 33,909  

Commodity hedging contracts and other

     —         34,193  

Asset retirement obligation

     484       414  
                
     182,629       68,516  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Investments(1)

     (168,396 )     (26,910 )

Net property, plant, and equipment

     (40,572 )     (24,096 )

Commodity hedging contracts and other

     (8,994 )     —    
                
     (217,962 )     (51,006 )
                

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ (35,333 )   $ 17,510  
                

Federal

   $ (26,784 )   $ 16,275  

Foreign

     199       72  

State

     (8,748 )     1,163  
                
   $ (35,333 )   $ 17,510  
                

Balance sheet classification of deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Current asset

   $ —       $ 10,472  

Long-term asset

     —         7,038  

Current liability

     (11,383 )     —    

Long-term liability

     (23,950 )     —    
                
   $ (35,333 )   $ 17,510  
                

(1) Our deferred tax liability attributable to investments includes outside basis differences in assets and liabilities of our wholly-owned partnerships and our equity method investments.

At December 31, 2006, for federal income tax purposes, we had carryforwards of approximately $453.5 million of regular tax net operating losses (“NOL”). The NOL carryforwards expire between 2023 and 2027.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Set forth below is reconciliation between our income tax provision (benefit) computed at the United States statutory rate on income before income taxes and the income tax provision in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Targa Resources, Inc.  
    

Years Ended December 31,

 
     2006     2005     2004  

U.S. federal income tax provision at statutory rate

   $ 13,868     $ (7,263 )   $ 5,736  

State income taxes

     2,743       211       —    

Other

     (402 )     515       (509 )
                        

Income tax provision

   $ 16,209     $ (6,537 )   $ 5,227  
                        

Note 11—Commitments and Contingencies

Certain property and equipment is leased under non-cancelable leases that require fixed monthly rental payments and expire at various dates through 2099. Surface and underground access for gathering, processing, and distribution assets that are located on property not owned by us is obtained through right-of-way agreements, which require annual rental payments and expire at various dates through 2099. Future non-cancelable commitments related to these obligations and our asset retirement obligations are presented below (in millions):

 

     2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012+

Operating leases

   $ 17.6    $ 13.9    $ 9.3    $ 8.2    $ 8.1    $ 30.5

Capacity payments

     2.6      2.5      2.4      0.8      —        —  

Asset retirement obligations

     —        —        —        —        —        11.6
                                         
   $ 20.2    $ 16.4    $ 11.7    $ 9.0    $ 8.1    $ 42.1
                                         

Total expenses related to operating leases and capacity payments were $11.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively, for 2006, $1.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively, for 2005, and $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for 2004.

Environmental

For environmental matters, we record liabilities when remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position 96-1, “Environmental Remediation Liabilities.” Environmental reserves do not reflect management’s assessment of the insurance coverage that may be applicable to the matters at issue. Management has assessed each of the matters based on current information and made a judgment concerning its potential outcome, considering the nature of the claim, the amount and nature of damages sought and the probability of success.

Prior to our purchase of the Acadia plant site and other assets from ConocoPhillips, the Acadia plant site, located in Louisiana, was identified as having benzene, toluene, ethyl benzene and xylene contamination, collectively (“BTEX”). The BTEX contamination was reported by ConocoPhillips to the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (“LDEQ”) who identified ConocoPhillips as a potentially responsible party. ConocoPhillips has begun remediation activities in coordination with the LDEQ, and is negotiating a cooperative

 

F-34


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

agreement with the LDEQ regarding environmental assessment and remedial activities at the site. Under the terms of our purchase and sales agreement, ConocoPhillips retains the liability for the BTEX remediation and for all third party costs or claims relating to, arising out of, or connected with corrective actions/remediation of the BTEX contamination. As a result, we have not recorded a liability for environmental remediation as it relates to the BTEX contamination.

Prior to our purchase of DMS from Dynegy, the LDEQ issued a Compliance Order charging VESCO (a joint venture in which DMS owns a 22.9% interest) with failure to initiate quarterly leak monitoring of valve emission sources at the Venice Stabilizer Plant (VSP) as part of VESCO’s Title V air permit issued in December 1997. On May 14, 2004 LDEQ issued a Notice of Potential Penalty (NOPP) seeking additional information from VESCO. We have been engaged in discussions with LDEQ about a monetary penalty relating to the alleged violations and whether it is proper for LDEQ to apply its penalty matrix calculations in this proceeding. In March 2007, the LDEQ tentatively agreed that a penalty amount, not exceeding $250,000, would resolve the matter described above as well as resolving two other alleged violations at other Gulf Coast plants. Discussions are continuing with the LDEQ on the form of the settlement and associated consent order.

Our environmental liability at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $2.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Our December 31, 2006 liability consisted of $0.8 million for gathering system leaks and $1.5 million for ground water assessment and remediation.

Litigation Summary

We are a party to various legal proceedings and/or regulatory proceedings and certain claims, suits and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending against us. We believe, all such matters are without merit or involve amounts, which, if resolved unfavorably, would not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows except for the items more fully described below.

In May 2002, Apache Corporation filed suit in Texas state court against Versado Gas Processors LLC (“Versado”) as purchaser and processor of Apache’s gas and Dynegy Midstream Services Limited Partnership (“DMS”) as operator of the Versado assets in New Mexico (“Versado Defendants”) alleging (i) excessive field losses of natural gas from wells owned by the plaintiff, (ii) that the Versado Defendants engaged in certain transactions with affiliates, resulting in Versado Defendants not receiving fair market value when it sold gas and liquids, and (iii) that the formula for calculating the amount the Versado Defendants received from its buyers of gas and liquids is flawed since it is based on gas price indexes that were allegedly manipulated. At trial, the plaintiff’s claim with respect to the alleged “sham” transactions and index manipulation, among others, were severed by the trial court and abated for a future trial, and the jury found in favor of the plaintiff on the lost gas claim, awarding approximately $1.6 million in damages. In May 2004, the Versado Defendants’ motion to set aside this jury verdict was granted by the court and the jury award to the plaintiff was vacated. The plaintiff filed its notice of appeal with the 14th Court of Appeals (“COA”) in October 2004 and its appellate brief in December 2004.

In September 2006, the COA reinstated the jury verdict in Apache’s favor on the issue of lost gas and also awarded Apache legal fees and interest, bringing the total award against Versado Defendants to approximately $2.7 million. In October 2006, the Versado Defendants filed a motion for rehearing with the COA. In October 2006, the COA requested Apache to file a response to the Versado Defendants motion for rehearing and Versado Defendants filed a Reply to that response. After rehearing, the COA affirmed its decision reinstating the original jury verdict in Apache’s favor. With interest and attorneys fees that verdict stands at approximately $2.8 million.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In January 2007, the Versado Defendants filed their petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas and in March 2007, Apache filed its conditional petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas.

In March 2007, the restraint in the severed lawsuit referenced above was released and the severed case is proceeding. The Versado Defendants have filed a motion for partial summary judgment on the index manipulation claims.

As a result of damage caused by Hurricane Rita, Targa Midstream Services LP’s (“TMSLP”, a wholly owned subsidiary of Targa) West Cameron 229A platform sank in late September 2005. On November 12, 2005, the submerged wreckage was struck by an integrated tug-barge, the M/T Rebel, owned by K-Sea Transportation. As much as 25,000 barrels of No. 6 fuel oil may have entered the Gulf of Mexico waters as the barge dragged part of the platform debris approximately three (3) miles from the sunken platform location. After receiving a letter from K-Sea threatening to hold us liable for all damages, TMSLP filed suit in federal district court in Galveston on November 21, 2005, seeking to hold K-Sea responsible for damage to the platform.

In January 2006, Rios Energy, owner of the oil being transported in the barge intervened in the existing suit and filed a new suit in the same federal court against both TMSLP and K-Sea alleging their negligence caused the loss of and damage to Rios’ oil. On March 8, 2006, K-Sea filed a counterclaim against TMSLP seeking to recover its alleged damages in excess of $90 million. In February 2007, K-Sea filed actions against TMSLP under admiralty law, seeking to secure any judgment K-Sea obtains in an amount equal to 1.5 times K-Sea’s claimed damages, or $135 million. Although TMSLP believes the validity of the actions seeking attachment of its assets were without merit, in order to resolve K-Sea’s concerns over security for its claims, we agreed to provide a guarantee to K-Sea pursuant to which we would satisfy any final, non-appealable judgment or settlement against TMSLP if TMSLP is unable to pay in such an event. Discovery is proceeding in the underlying claim, counterclaim and Rios Energy lawsuit. TMSLP intends to vigorously contest liability herein but can give no assurances regarding the outcome of the initial proceeding, the counterclaim or the Rios Energy lawsuit.

On December 8, 2005, WTG Gas Processing filed suit in the 333rd District Court of Harris County, Texas against several defendants, including Targa Resources, Inc., and three other Targa entities and Warburg Pincus, seeking damages from the defendants. The suit alleges that Targa and Warburg Pincus, along with ConocoPhillips and Morgan Stanley, tortuously interfered with (i) a contract WTG claims to have had to purchase certain ConocoPhillips assets, and (ii) with prospective business relations of WTG. WTG claims the alleged interference resulted from Targa’s competition to purchase the ConocoPhillips’ assets and its successful acquisition of those assets in 2004. Discovery, with the exception of expert discovery on damages, is largely complete. Our motion for summary judgment is scheduled for oral argument on April 10, 2007. Targa intends to vigorously contest liability herein but can give no assurances regarding the outcome of the proceeding.

Note 12—Related-Party Transactions

Relationships with Warburg Pincus

Warburg Pincus beneficially owns approximately 75% of the outstanding voting stock of our parent. Warburg Pincus is able to elect members of our board of directors, appoint new management and approve any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including amendment of our certificate of incorporation and mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors elected by Warburg Pincus will be able to make decisions affecting our capital structure, including decisions to issue additional capital stock, implement stock repurchase programs and declare dividends.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Relationships with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”)

Equity

An affiliate of Merrill Lynch holds a non-voting equity interest in the general partner of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P., the principal shareholders of Targa Investments. On October 31, 2005, Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, purchased an equity interest in our parent holding company, Targa Investments, for $50 million in cash, which was then contributed to us by Targa Investments in connection with our equity reorganization.

Financial Services

Merrill Lynch was an initial purchaser of the notes, and acted as our financial advisor with respect to our purchase of all the equity interests in DMS. An affiliate of Merrill Lynch is a lender and an agent under our existing senior secured credit facilities.

Hedging Arrangements

We have entered into various commodity derivative transactions with Merrill Lynch Commodities Inc. (“MLCI”), an affiliate of Merrill Lynch. Under the terms of these various commodity derivative transactions, MLCI has agreed to pay us specified fixed prices in relation to specified notional quantities of natural gas, NGL, and condensate over periods ending in 2010, and we have agreed to pay Merrill Lynch floating prices based on published index prices of such commodities for delivery at specified locations. The following table shows our open commodity derivatives with Merrill Lynch as of December 31, 2006:

 

Period

   Commodity    Instrument Type    Daily Volumes    Average Price    Index

Jan 2007

   Natural gas    Basis Swap    20,000 MMBtu    Receive IF-HH minus

$0.01, pay GD-HH

  

Jan 2007 – Dec 2007

   Natural gas    Swap    26,118 MMBtu    $7.65 per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2008 – Dec 2008

   Natural gas    Swap    25,765 MMBtu    7.23 per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2009 – Dec 2009

   Natural gas    Swap    25,474 MMBtu    6.82 per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2010 – Dec 2010

   Natural gas    Swap    3,289 MMBtu    7.39 per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2007 – Dec 2007

   NGLs    Swap    5,998 barrels    0.82 per gallon    OPIS-MB

Jan 2008 – Dec 2008

   NGLs    Swap    5,847 barrels    0.79 per gallon    OPIS-MB

Jan 2009 – Dec 2009

   NGLs    Swap    5,547 barrels    0.76 per gallon    OPIS-MB

Jan 2007 – Dec 2007

   Condensate    Swap    319 barrels    75.27 per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2008 – Dec 2008

   Condensate    Swap    264 barrels    72.66 per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2009 – Dec 2009

   Condensate    Swap    202 barrels    70.60 per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2010 – Dec 2010

   Condensate    Swap    181 barrels    69.28 per barrel    NY-WTI

At December 31, 2006, the fair value of these open positions is a liability of $2.8 million. During 2006, Merrill Lynch paid us $6.8 million in commodity derivative settlements. There were no commodity derivative settlements with Merrill Lynch prior to 2006.

Commercial Relationships

In April 2004, we entered into a base agreement for the purchase and sale of natural gas with Entergy-Koch Trading, LP, pursuant to which Entergy-Koch Trading, LP typically purchases natural gas for fuel at its affiliated cogeneration facility in Lake Charles. On November 1, 2004, MLCI acquired Entergy-Koch, LP and became a

 

F-37


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

successor to this agreement. Pricing terms under the agreement are governed by reference to specified index prices plus a premium.

Other Relationships

On December 16, 2004, we acquired a 40% ownership interest in Bridgeline. During 2005 we had net purchases of natural gas of $11.4 million from Bridgeline. During the period from December 16, 2004 to December 31, 2004, we purchased $1.4 million of natural gas from Bridgeline. These transactions were at market prices consistent with those paid to non-affiliate entities. We sold our interest in Bridgeline in August 2005.

Note 13—Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with the requirements of SFAS 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” The estimated fair value amounts have been determined using available market information and valuation methodologies described below. Considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. The use of different market assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The carrying values of items comprising current assets and current liabilities approximate fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. Derivative financial instruments included in our financial statements are stated at fair value. The carrying amounts and fair values of our other financial instruments are as follows as of December 31, 2006:

 

    

Carrying

Amount

   Fair Value
     (In thousands)

Senior secured term loan facility, variable rate

   $ 1,234,375    $ 1,240,547

Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, variable rate

     700,000      700,000

Senior unsecured notes, 8  1 / 2 % fixed rate

     250,000      251,875

The carrying value of the senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility approximates its fair value, as its remaining term is less than one year and its interest rate is based on prevailing market rates. The fair value of the senior secured term loan facility and the senior unsecured notes are based on quoted market prices based on trades of such debt.

Note 14—Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure

Cash activity related to interest on indebtedness, income taxes and business interruption insurance were:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

  

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

  

Year Ended

December 31,

2004

     (In thousands)

Cash payments for interest

   $ 170,928    $ 22,266    $ 5,086
                    

Cash payments for income taxes

   $ 59    $ 166    $ —  
                    

Cash receipts from business interruption insurance

   $ 14,926    $ —      $ —  
                    

 

F-38


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 15—Segment Information

We categorize the midstream natural gas industry into, and describe our business in, two divisions: (i) Natural Gas Gathering and Processing (also a segment) and (ii) NGL Logistics and Marketing. Our NGL Logistics and Marketing division consists of three segments: (a) Logistics Assets, (b) NGL Distribution and Marketing and (c) Wholesale Marketing.

Our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing segment includes assets used in the gathering of natural gas produced from oil and gas wells and processing this raw natural gas into merchantable natural gas by extracting natural gas liquids and removing impurities. These assets are located in North Texas, Louisiana and the Permian Basin of West Texas and Southeast New Mexico. We are also party to natural gas processing agreements with third party plants.

Our Logistics Assets segment is involved with gathering and storing mixed NGL and fractionating, storing, and transporting of finished NGL. These assets are generally connected to and supplied, in part, by our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing segment and are predominantly located in Mont Belvieu, Texas and West Louisiana.

Our NGL Distribution and Marketing segment markets our own natural gas liquids production and also purchased natural gas liquids products in selected United States markets. We also had the right to purchase or market substantially all of ChevronTexaco’s natural gas liquids pursuant to a Master Natural Gas Liquids Purchase Agreement.

Our Wholesale Marketing segment includes our refinery services business and wholesale propane marketing operations. In our refinery services business, we provide LPG (liquefied petroleum gas) balancing services, purchasing natural gas liquids products from refinery customers and selling natural gas liquids products to various customers. Our wholesale propane marketing operations include the sale of propane and related logistics services to multi-state retailers, independent retailers and other end users. Wholesale Marketing operates principally in the United States, and has a small marketing presence in Canada.

Eliminations and Other includes amounts related to general and administrative expenses not allocated to segment operations, corporate development, interest expense, income tax expense, and the depreciation and cost of equipment used in our headquarters office. Eliminations and Other also includes the elimination of intersegment revenues and expenses.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Our reportable segment information is shown in the following tables (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2006
   

Gas Gathering

and Processing

 

Logistics

Assets

   

NGL

Distribution

and Marketing

 

Wholesale

Marketing

 

Eliminations

and Other

    Total

Revenues

  $ 1,486,081   $ 63,813     $ 3,315,535   $ 1,267,452   $ —       $ 6,132,881

Intersegment revenues

    1,104,938     114,700       423,234     63,106     (1,705,978 )     —  
                                       

Revenues

    2,591,019     178,513       3,738,769     1,330,558     (1,705,978 )     6,132,881
                                       

Product purchases

    2,064,436     3       2,496,448     879,945     —         5,440,832

Intersegment product purchases

    2,939     (3 )     1,229,673     440,646     (1,673,255 )     —  
                                       

Product purchases

    2,067,375     —         3,726,121     1,320,591     (1,673,255 )     5,440,832
                                       

Operating expenses

    118,123     103,992       2,044     10     —         224,169

Intersegment operating expenses

    617     32,106       —       —       (32,723 )     —  
                                       

Operating expenses

    118,740     136,098       2,044     10     (32,723 )     224,169
                                       

Operating margin

  $ 404,904   $ 42,415     $ 10,604   $ 9,957   $ —       $ 467,880
                                       

General and administrative

  $ 40,471   $ 14,074     $ 9,504   $ 17,820   $ 482     $ 82,351
                                       

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

  $ 7,214   $ 2,754     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ 9,968
                                       

Identifiable assets

  $ 2,375,589   $ 542,718     $ 352,900   $ 158,015   $ 28,803     $ 3,458,025

Unconsolidated investments

    20,610     19,602       —       —       —         40,212

Capital expenditures

    115,261     23,167       —       —       4,474       142,902

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2005  
   

Gas Gathering

and Processing

   

Logistics

Assets

 

NGL

Distribution

and Marketing

 

Wholesale

Marketing

 

Eliminations

and Other

    Total  

Revenues

  $ 1,198,228     $ 7,374   $ 346,193   $ 277,232   $ —       $ 1,829,027  

Intersegment revenues

    110,830       17,624     128,470     22,088     (279,012 )     —    
                                         

Revenues

    1,309,058       24,998     474,663     299,320     (279,012 )     1,829,027  
                                         

Product purchases

    1,148,469       —       330,751     152,743     —         1,631,963  

Intersegment product purchases

    (2,892 )     —       137,791     142,014     (276,913 )     —    
                                         

Product purchases

    1,145,577       —       468,542     294,757     (276,913 )     1,631,963  
                                         

Operating expenses

    35,064       16,870     93     63     —         52,090  

Intersegment operating expenses

    46       2,053     —       —       (2,099 )     —    
                                         

Operating expenses

    35,110       18,923     93     63     (2,099 )     52,090  
                                         

Operating margin

  $ 128,371     $ 6,075   $ 6,028   $ 4,500   $ —       $ 144,974  
                                         

General and administrative

  $ 16,377     $ 2,472   $ 1,523   $ 2,335   $ 5,568     $ 28,275  
                                         

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

  $ (4,159 )   $ 383   $ —     $ —     $ —       $ (3,776 )
                                         

Identifiable assets

  $ 2,233,051     $ 547,370   $ 290,521   $ 202,546   $ 123,098     $ 3,396,586  

Unconsolidated investments

    48,933       13,404     —       —       —         62,337  

Capital expenditures

    11,605       3,252     —       —       7,119       21,976  

 

F-40


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2004
   

Gas Gathering

and Processing

 

Logistics

Assets

 

NGL

Distribution

and Marketing

 

Wholesale

Marketing

 

Eliminations

and Other

  Total

Revenues

  $ 602,376   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 602,376

Intersegment revenues

    —       —       —       —       —       —  
                                   

Revenues

    602,376     —       —       —       —       602,376
                                   

Product purchases

    544,918     —       —       —       —       544,918

Intersegment product purchases

    —       —       —       —       —       —  
                                   

Product purchases

    544,918     —       —       —       —       544,918
                                   

Operating expenses

    15,253     —       —       —       —       15,253

Intersegment operating expenses

    —       —       —       —       —       —  
                                   

Operating expenses

    15,253     —       —       —       —       15,253
                                   

Operating margin

  $ 42,205   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 42,205
                                   

General and administrative

  $ 7,698   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 3,451   $ 11,149
                                   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

  $ 2,370   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 2,370
                                   

Identifiable assets

  $ 429,085   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 14,128   $ 443,213

Unconsolidated investments

    103,496     —       —       —       —       103,496

Capital expenditures

    2,633     —       —       —       2,866     5,499

The following table is a reconciliation of operating margin to net income for each period presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
   Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
 

Operating margin

   $ 467,880    $ 144,974     $ 42,205  

Less:

       

Depreciation and amortization expense

     149,687      27,141       10,631  

General and administrative expense

     82,351      28,275       11,149  

Interest expense, net

     180,189      39,856       6,406  

Other, net

     16,030      70,454       (2,370 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     16,209      (6,537 )     5,227  
                       

Net income (loss)

   $ 23,414    $ (14,215 )   $ 11,162  
                       

Note 16—Significant Risks and Uncertainties

Nature of Operations in Midstream Energy Industry

We operate in the midstream energy industry, which includes gathering, transporting, processing, fractionating and storing natural gas, NGL and crude oil. As such, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition may be affected by (i) changes in the commodity prices of these hydrocarbon products and (ii) changes in the relative price levels among these hydrocarbon products. In general, the prices of natural gas,

 

F-41


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NGL, crude oil and other hydrocarbon products are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control.

Our profitability could be impacted by a decline in the volume of natural gas, NGL and condensate transported, gathered or processed at our facilities. A material decrease in natural gas or crude oil production or crude oil refining, as a result of depressed commodity prices, a decrease in exploration and development activities or otherwise, could result in a decline in the volume of natural gas, NGL and condensate handled by our facilities. A reduction in demand for NGL products by the petrochemical, refining or heating industries, whether because of (i) general economic conditions, (ii) reduced demand by consumers for the end products made with NGL products, (iii) increased competition from petroleum-based products due to the pricing differences, (iv) adverse weather conditions, (v) government regulations affecting commodity prices and production levels of hydrocarbons or the content of motor gasoline or (vi) other reasons, could also adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

Credit Risk due to Industry Concentrations

A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from companies in the domestic natural gas, NGL and petrochemical industries. This concentration could impact our overall exposure to credit risk since these customers may be impacted by similar economic or other conditions. To help reduce our credit risk, we evaluate our counterparties’ financial condition and, where appropriate, negotiate netting agreements. We generally do not require collateral for our accounts receivable; however, in certain circumstances we will call for prepayment, require automatic debit agreements or obtain collateral to minimize our potential exposure to defaults.

Counterparty Risk with Respect to Financial Instruments

Where we are exposed to credit risk in our financial instrument transactions, we analyze the counterparty’s financial condition prior to entering into an agreement, establish credit and/or margin limits and monitor the appropriateness of these limits on an ongoing basis. Generally, we do not require collateral and we do not anticipate nonperformance by our counterparties.

Casualties and Other Risks

We maintain coverage in various insurance programs, which provide us with property damage, business interruption and other coverages which are customary for the nature and scope of our operations. The financial impact of storm events such as Hurricanes Katrina and Rita has affected many insurance carriers, and may affect their ability to meet their obligation or trigger limitations in certain insurance coverages. At present, there is no indication of any of our insurance carriers being unable or unwilling to meet its coverage obligations.

We believe that we maintain adequate insurance coverage, although insurance will not cover every type of interruption that might occur. As a result of insurance market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies have increased substantially, and in some instances, certain insurance may become unavailable, or available for only reduced amounts of coverage. As a result, we may not be able to renew existing insurance policies or procure other desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. In addition, the proceeds of any such insurance may not be paid in a timely manner and may be insufficient if such an event were to occur. Any event that interrupts the revenues generated by our consolidated operations, or which causes us to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce our ability to meet our obligations under various agreements with our lenders.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 17—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table shows summary financial data for 2006 and 2005:

 

     First
Quarter
   

Second

Quarter

   

Third

Quarter

   

Fourth

Quarter

   Year  
     (in thousands)  

Year Ended December 31, 2006

           

Revenues

   $ 1,499,345     $ 1,605,389     $ 1,594,549     $ 1,433,598    $ 6,132,881  

Operating income

     70,395       96,394       21,247       47,806      235,842  

Net income (loss)

     12,225       27,684       (18,483 )     1,988      23,414  

Year Ended December 31, 2005

           

Revenues

   $ 208,253     $ 244,739     $ 282,204     $ 1,093,831    $ 1,829,027  

Operating income

     9,664       9,011       10,473       60,410      89,558  

Net income (loss)

     1,669       2,109       (39,616 )     21,623      (14,215 )

Preferred dividends

     2,084       2,138       2,195       750      7,167  

Net income (loss) to common stock

     (415 )     (29 )     (41,811 )     20,873      (21,382 )

Note 18—Proposed Disposition of North Texas Assets

At the time we acquired DMS, we planned to market the North Texas assets in an auction style sales process in early 2006, with the expectation that the sales transaction would close by mid 2006. In September 2006, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) determined that the available sales options did not meet the Board’s criteria. As a result, the North Texas assets were reclassified from “held for sale” to “held for use” and we began activities necessary for an initial public offering (“IPO”) of common units representing limited partnership interests in Targa Resources Partners LP (“the Partnership”).

During 2006, we recorded $64.9 million of depreciation expense for the North Texas assets, including $9.1 million of previously deferred depreciation expense for the period from November 2005 to December 2005.

Note 19—Subsequent Events

On February 14, 2007, we completed the IPO and the Partnership borrowed $294.5 million under its newly established credit facility. In return for our contribution of the North Texas assets we received a 2% general partner interest, a 36.6% limited partner interest and cash proceeds of $665.7 million. After closing, we will continue to consolidate the Partnership’s net assets and results due to our continuing control of the Partnership through our general partner interest.

We used the proceeds received from contributing the North Texas assets and cash on hand to retire in full the outstanding balance (including accrued interest) of our $700 million senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility.

Note 20—Consolidating Financial Statements

We are the issuer of the notes discussed in Note 7. The notes are jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by our wholly-owned subsidiaries (referred to as “Guarantor Subsidiaries”).

The following financial information presents condensed consolidating financial statements, which include:

 

   

The parent company only (“Parent”);

 

F-43


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

The Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;

 

   

The Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

 

   

Elimination entries necessary to consolidate the Parent, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; and

 

   

The Company on a consolidated basis.

Condensed consolidating financial statements are not presented for the predecessor.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2006

 

    Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  

ASSETS

         

Current assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —       $ 117,661     $ 25,078     $ —       $ 142,739  

Accounts receivable and other current assets

    1,694       692,935       22,289       —         716,918  
                                       
    1,694       810,596       47,367       —         859,657  
                                       

Property, plant, and equipment, at cost

    —         2,088,468       562,907       —         2,651,375  

Accumulated depreciation

    —         40,081       (226,929 )     —         (186,848 )
                                       

Property, plant, and equipment, net

    —         2,128,549       335,978       —         2,464,527  

Unconsolidated investments

    —         40,212         —         40,212  

Investment in subsidiaries

    2,622,245       —         —         (2,622,245 )     —    

Advances to (from) subsidiaries

    (14,088 )     (16,263 )     30,351       —         —    

Other assets

    146,184       (53,605 )     1,050       —         93,629  
                                       

Total assets

  $ 2,756,035     $ 2,909,489     $ 414,746     $ (2,622,245 )   $ 3,458,025  
                                       

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Current liabilities

         

Accounts payable and other liabilities

  $ 37,000     $ 503,952     $ 50,278     $ —       $ 591,230  

Current maturities of debt

    712,500       —         —         —         712,500  
                                       
    749,500       503,952       50,278       —         1,303,730  
                                       

Long-term liabilities

         

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

    1,471,875       —         —         —         1,471,875  

Other long-term obligations

    20,390       44,368       1,864       —         66,622  
                                       
    1,492,265       44,368       1,864       —         1,538,497  

Minority interest

    —         —         101,528       —         101,528  

Stockholders’ equity:

         

Stockholders’ equity

    478,587       2,297,046       261,016       (2,558,062 )     478,587  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    35,683       64,123       60       (64,183 )     35,683  
                                       
    514,270       2,361,169       261,076       (2,622,245 )     514,270  
                                       

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 2,756,035     $ 2,909,489     $ 414,746     $ (2,622,245 )   $ 3,458,025  
                                       

 

F-45


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2005

 

    Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  

ASSETS

         

Current assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —       $ 9,624     $ 31,803     $ —       $ 41,427  

Accounts receivable and other current assets

    10,697       747,561       27,890       —         786,148  
                                       
    10,697       757,185       59,693       —         827,575  
                                       

Property, plant, and equipment, at cost

    —         1,937,063       537,094       —         2,474,157  

Accumulated depreciation

    —         162,350       (199,904 )     —         (37,554 )
                                       
    —         2,099,413       337,190       —         2,436,603  
                                       

Unconsolidated investments

    —         62,337       —         —         62,337  

Investment in subsidiaries

    2,646,874       —         —         (2,646,874 )     —    

Advances to (from) subsidiaries

    (58,841 )     30,502       28,339       —         —    

Other assets

    63,830       5,405       836       —         70,071  
                                       

Total assets

  $ 2,662,560     $ 2,954,842     $ 426,058     $ (2,646,874 )   $ 3,396,586  
                                       

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Current liabilities

         

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 30,262     $ 486,848     $ 38,025     $ —       $ 555,135  

Current maturities of debt

    12,500       —         —         —         12,500  

Other current liabilities

    133       6,552       1,665       —         8,350  
                                       
    42,895       493,400       39,690       —         575,985  

Long-term liabilities

         

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

    2,184,375       —         —         —         2,184,375  

Other long-term liabilities

    913       85,367       2,855       —         89,135  
                                       
    2,185,288       85,367       2,855       —         2,273,510  

Minority interest

    —         —         112,714       —         112,714  

Stockholders’ Equity:

         

Stockholders equity

    453,358       2,406,277       270,798       (2,677,075 )     453,358  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    (18,981 )     (30,202 )     1       30,201       (18,981 )
                                       
    434,377       2,376,075       270,799       (2,646,874 )     434,377  
                                       

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 2,662,560     $ 2,954,842     $ 426,058     $ (2,646,874 )   $ 3,396,586  
                                       

 

F-46


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

     Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ —       $ 5,594,397     $ 538,484     $ —       $ 6,132,881  
                                        
       —          

Operating costs and expenses:

       —          

Product purchases

     —         5,095,299       345,533       —         5,440,832  

Operating expenses

     —         124,120       100,049       —         224,169  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         122,142       27,545       —         149,687  

General and administrative

     161       81,883       307       —         82,351  
                                        
     161       5,423,444       473,434       —         5,897,039  
                                        

Operating income (loss)

     (161 )     170,953       65,050       —         235,842  

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense, net

     —         (181,417 )     1,228       —         (180,189 )

Equity income of unconsolidated investments

     —         9,968       —         —         9,968  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     39,784       —         —         (39,784 )     —    

Minority interest

     —         —         (25,998 )     —         (25,998 )
                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     39,623       (496 )     40,280       (39,784 )     39,623  

Income tax expense

     (16,209 )     —         —         —         (16,209 )
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 23,414     $ (496 )   $ 40,280     $ (39,784 )   $ 23,414  
                                        

 

F-47


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

     Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Intercompany

Eliminations

   Consolidated  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ —       $ 1,725,587     $ 103,440     $ —      $ 1,829,027  
                                       

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Product purchases

     —         1,566,612       65,351       —        1,631,963  

Operating expenses

     —         39,151       12,939       —        52,090  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         22,662       4,479       —        27,141  

General and administrative

     —         28,233       42       —        28,275  
                                       
     —         1,656,658       82,811       —        1,739,469  
                                       

Operating income

     —         68,929       20,629       —        89,558  

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense, net

     —         (39,856 )     —         —        (39,856 )

Other income (expense)

     —         (59,375 )     58       —        (59,317 )

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     —         (3,776 )     —         —        (3,776 )

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (20,752 )     —         —         20,752      —    

Minority interest

     —         —         (7,361 )     —        (7,361 )
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (20,752 )     (34,078 )     13,326       20,752      (20,752 )

Income tax benefit

     6,537       —         —         —        6,537  
                                       

Net income (loss)

     (14,215 )     (34,078 )     13,326       20,752      (14,215 )

Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

     (7,167 )     —         —         —        (7,167 )
                                       

Net income (loss) to common stock

   $ (21,382 )   $ (34,078 )   $ 13,326     $ 20,752    $ (21,382 )
                                       

 

F-48


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

     Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

  

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ —       $ 602,376     $  —      $ —       $ 602,376  
                                     

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Product purchases

     —         544,918     —        —         544,918  

Operating expenses

     —         15,253     —        —         15,253  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         10,631     —        —         10,631  

General and administrative

     485       10,664     —        —         11,149  
                                     
     485       581,466     —        —         581,951  
                                     

Operating income (loss)

     (485 )     20,910     —        —         20,425  

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense, net

     —         (6,406 )   —        —         (6,406 )

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investment

     —         2,370     —        —         2,370  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     16,874       —       —        (16,874 )     —    
                                     

Income before income taxes

     16,389       16,874     —        (16,874 )     16,389  

Income tax expense

     (5,227 )     —       —        —         (5,227 )
                                     

Net income

     11,162       16,874     —        (16,874 )     11,162  

Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

     (5,829 )     —       —        —         (5,829 )
                                     

Net income to common stock

   $ 5,333     $ 16,874     $  —      $ (16,874 )   $ 5,333  
                                     

 

F-49


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

    Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net income (loss)

  $ 23,414     $ (496 )   $ 40,280     $ (39,784 )   $ 23,414  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

    —         155,919       7,657       —         163,576  

Deferred income tax expense

    16,141       34       —         —         16,175  

Noncash compensation

    —         2,777       —         —         2,777  

Inventory valuation adjustment

    —         13,103       —         —         13,103  

Provision for uncollectible accounts

    —         (860 )     —         —         (860 )

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

    —         (9,968 )     —         —         (9,968 )

Distribution from unconsolidated investments

    —         2,306       —         —         2,306  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    (39,784 )     —         —         39,784       —    

Minority interest

    —         —         25,998       —         25,998  

Minority interest distributions

    —         (37,184 )     —         —         (37,184 )

Gain on sale of assets

    —         169       —         —         169  

Risk management activities

    —         (24,618 )     —         —         (24,618 )

Other

    —         —         —         —         —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable and other assets

    347       1,330       (3,729 )     —         (2,052 )

Inventory

    —         22,598       809       —         23,407  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    (18,243 )     77,032       (21,746 )     —         37,043  
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (18,125 )     202,142       49,269       —         233,286  
                                       

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchases of property, plant, and equipment

    —         (128,132 )     (8,533 )     —         (136,665 )

Proceeds from property insurance

    —         27,221       —         —         27,221  

Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated investment

    —         —         —         —         —    

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

    —         (9,102 )     —         —         (9,102 )

Other

    —         734       —         —         734  
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    —         (109,279 )     (8,533 )     —         (117,812 )
                                       

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Senior secured credit facility:

         

Borrowings

    —         —         —         —         —    

Repayments

    (12,500 )     —         —         —         (12,500 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    —         —         —         —         —    

Repayment of long-term debt

    —         —         —         —         —    

Parent contributions (distributions)

    —         —         (969 )     —         (969 )

Receipts from (payments to) subsidiaries

    31,318       15,174       (46,492 )     —         —    

Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements

    (693 )     —         —         —         (693 )
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    18,125       15,174       (47,461 )     —         (14,162 )
                                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    —         108,037       (6,725 )     —         101,312  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    —         9,624       31,803       —         41,427  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ —       $ 117,661     $ 25,078     $ —       $ 142,739  
                                       

 

F-50


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

    Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,215 )   $ (34,078 )   $ 13,326     $ 20,752     $ (14,215 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

    —         29,935       4,479       —         34,414  

Deferred income taxes

    (6,742 )     —         —         —         (6,742 )

Earnings (loss) from unconsolidated investments

    —         4,163       —         —         4,163  

Equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

    20,752       —         —         (20,752 )     —    

Other

    —         58,824       7,361       —         66,185  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable and other assets

    —         (98,805 )     1,670       —         (97,135 )

Inventory

    —         (17,412 )     656       —         (16,756 )

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    205       141,872       (3,136 )     —         138,941  
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    —         84,499       24,356       —         108,855  
                                       

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    —         (18,918 )     (3,058 )     —         (21,976 )

Acquisition of DMS, net of cash acquired

    (2,437,102 )     26,426       —         7,132       (2,403,544 )

Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated investment

    —         117,000       —         —         117,000  

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

    —         (6,032 )     —         —         (6,032 )

Other

    —         (14,365 )     1       —         (14,364 )
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,437,102 )     104,111       (3,057 )     7,132       (2,328,916 )
                                       

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Senior secured credit facility:

         

Borrowings

    1,950,000       48,000       —         —         1,998,000  

Repayments

    (3,125 )     (174,000 )     —         —         (177,125 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    250,000       —         —         —         250,000  

Repayment of long-term debt

    —         (77,000 )     —         —         (77,000 )

Parent contributions (distributions)

    315,630       —         —         —         315,630  

Receipts from (payments to) subsidiaries

    (16,519 )     13,147       3,372       —         —    

Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements

    (58,884 )     —         —         —         (58,884 )
                                       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    2,437,102       (189,853 )     3,372       —         2,250,621  
                                       

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    —         (1,243 )     24,671       7,132       30,560  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    —         10,867       7,132       (7,132 )     10,867  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ —       $ 9,624     $ 31,803     $ —       $ 41,427  
                                       

 

F-51


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

    Parent    

Guarantor

Subsidiaries

   

Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries

 

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net income

  $ 11,162     $ 16,874     $  —     $ (16,874 )   $ 11,162  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

         

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

    —         11,740     —       —         11,740  

Deferred income tax expense

    5,227       —       —       —         5,227  

Noncash compensation

    485             485  

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated investments

    —         (2,370 )   —       —         (2,370 )

Equity in (earnings) losses of subsidiaries

    (16,874 )     —       —       16,874       —    

Hedge ineffectiveness adjustment

    —         (95 )   —       —         (95 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable and other assets

    —         (77,843 )   —       —         (77,843 )

Inventory

    —         (381 )   —       —         (381 )

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    —         85,210     —       —         85,210  
                                   

Net cash provided by operating activities

    —         33,135     —       —         33,135  
                                   

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    —         (250,187 )   —       —         (250,187 )

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

    —         (101,275 )   —       —         (101,275 )

Other

    —         (1,772 )   —       —         (1,772 )
                                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    —         (353,234 )   —       —         (353,234 )
                                   

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Senior secured credit facility:

         

Borrowings

    —         168,000     —       —         168,000  

Repayments

    —         (42,000 )   —       —         (42,000 )

Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated second lien notes

    —         31,360     —       —         31,360  

Proceeds from issuance of term loan

    —         45,000     —       —         45,000  

Parent contributions (distributions), net

    2,550       —       —       —         2,550  

Receipts from (payments to) subsidiaries

    (133,866 )     133,866     —       —         —    

Proceeds from the issuance of redeemable preferred stock

    131,300       —       —       —         131,300  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    16       —       —       —         16  

Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements

    —         (5,550 )   —       —         (5,550 )
                                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    —         330,676     —       —         330,676  
                                   

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    —         10,577     —       —         10,577  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    —         290     —       —         290  
                                   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ —       $ 10,867     $  —     $ —       $ 10,867  
                                   

 

F-52


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     September 30,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 152,408     $ 142,739  

Trade receivables, net of allowances of $720 and $781

     633,728       528,864  

Inventory

     144,595       116,956  

Deferred income taxes

     8,593       —    

Assets from risk management activities

     14,277       34,255  

Other current assets

     43,567       36,843  
                

Total current assets

     997,168       859,657  
                

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     2,744,357       2,651,375  

Accumulated depreciation

     (297,176 )     (186,848 )
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     2,447,181       2,464,527  

Unconsolidated investments

     46,637       40,212  

Long-term assets from risk management activities

     13,269       15,851  

Other assets

     50,256       77,778  
                

Total assets

   $ 3,554,511     $ 3,458,025  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 354,226     $ 271,696  

Accrued liabilities

     345,740       301,540  

Current maturities of debt

     12,500       712,500  

Liabilities from risk management activities

     35,460       6,611  

Deferred income taxes

     —         11,383  
                

Total current liabilities

     747,926       1,303,730  
                

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     1,757,000       1,471,875  

Long-term liabilities from risk management activities

     35,286       17,731  

Deferred income taxes

     14,714       23,950  

Other long-term obligations

     33,907       24,941  

Minority interest

     103,335       101,528  

Non-controlling interest in Targa Resources Partners LP

     368,338       —    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Stockholder’s equity:

    

Common stock ($0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, collateral for Targa Resources Investments Inc. debt, see Note 7)

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     474,407       472,423  

Retained earnings

     42,493       6,164  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (22,895 )     35,683  
                

Total stockholder’s equity

     494,005       514,270  
                

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 3,554,511     $ 3,458,025  
                

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-53


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    

Nine Months

Ended September 30,

 
     2007     2006  
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 
    

Revenues

   $ 4,923,416     $ 4,699,283  
                

Costs and expenses:

    

Product purchases

     4,373,289       4,174,895  

Operating expenses

     179,837       160,554  

Depreciation and amortization

     110,757       110,938  

General and administrative

     78,221       65,061  

Gain on sale of assets

     (95 )     (201 )
                
     4,742,009       4,511,247  
                

Operating income

     181,407       188,036  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense, net

     (112,752 )     (133,245 )

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     7,964       5,403  

Minority interest

     (20,492 )     (22,403 )

Non-controlling interest in Targa Resources Partners LP

     (6,628 )     —    
                

Income before income taxes

     49,499       37,791  

Income tax expense:

    

Current

     (1,289 )     —    

Deferred

     (11,881 )     (16,365 )
                

Net income

   $ 36,329     $ 21,426  
                

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-54


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

    

Nine Months

Ended September 30,

 
     2007     2006  
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 
    

Net income

   $ 36,329     $ 21,426  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    

Commodity hedging contracts:

    

Non-controlling partners’ share of other comprehensive income of Targa Resources Partners LP

     6,084       —    

Change in fair value

     (89,677 )     116,933  

Reclassification adjustment for settled periods

     (16,313 )     (17,597 )

Related income taxes

     40,907       (37,798 )

Interest rate swaps:

    

Change in fair value

     660       2,334  

Reclassification adjustment for settled periods

     (1,633 )     (455 )

Related income taxes

     388       (705 )

Foreign currency items:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,714       222  

Related income taxes

     (708 )     (83 )
                
     (58,578 )     62,851  
                

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (22,249 )   $ 84,277  
                

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-55


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

     Common Stock    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
   Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
     Shares    Amount          
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 
               

Balance, December 31, 2006

   1    $ —      $ 472,423     $ 6,164    $ 35,683     $ 514,270  

Distribution to parent

   —      —        (167 )     —        —         (167 )

Contribution of noncash compensation

   —      —        1,614       —        —         1,614  

Tax benefit on vesting of common stock

   —      —        537       —        —         537  

Other comprehensive loss

   —      —        —         —        (58,578 )     (58,578 )

Net income

   —      —        —         36,329      —         36,329  
                                         

Balance, September 30, 2007

   1    $ —      $ 474,407     $ 42,493    $ (22,895 )   $ 494,005  
                                         

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-56


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2007     2006  
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 
    

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 36,329     $ 21,426  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     110,664       110,845  

Deferred income tax expense

     11,881       16,365  

Amortization of debt issue costs

     10,846       9,737  

Amortization of intangibles

     93       93  

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     740       632  

Noncash compensation

     1,742       2,204  

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     (7,964 )     (5,403 )

Distributions from unconsolidated investments

     3,100       2,306  

Minority interest

     20,492       22,403  

Minority interest distributions

     (18,685 )     (29,414 )

Non-controlling interest in Targa Resources Partners LP

     6,628       —    

Distributions to non-controlling interest in Targa Resources Partners LP

     (6,628 )     —    

Risk management activities

     (13,821 )     (19,249 )

Gain on sale of assets

     (95 )     (201 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable and other assets

     (129,848 )     17,075  

Inventory

     (27,639 )     26,064  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     138,989       6,714  
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     136,824       181,597  
                

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (97,766 )     (107,921 )

Proceeds from property insurance

     17,900       20,529  

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

     (4,648 )     (9,102 )

Other

     2,255       439  
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (82,259 )     (96,055 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Senior secured credit facilities

    

Borrowings

     342,500       —    

Repayments

     (757,375 )     (9,375 )

Contributions from non-controlling interest in Targa Resources Partners LP

     377,454       —    

Distributions to non-controlling interest in Targa Resources Partners LP in excess of cumulative earnings

     (3,161 )     —    

Distribution to Targa Resources Investments Inc.

     (167 )     —    

Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements

     (4,147 )     (648 )
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (44,896 )     (10,023 )
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     9,669       75,519  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     142,739       41,427  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 152,408     $ 116,946  
                

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-57


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

Targa Resources, Inc. (the “Company”, “we”, “our”, “us”) is a Delaware corporation formed on February 26, 2004. Our business operations consist of gathering and processing natural gas, and fractionating, storing, terminalling, transporting, distributing and marketing NGLs.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. The year-end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. The unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 include all adjustments, both normal and recurring, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The financial results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 are not necessarily the results that may be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2007 due to seasonality of portions of our business, timing of maintenance activities and the impact of the resumption of operations at certain of our facilities that sustained damage during 2005. These unaudited consolidated financial statements and other information included in the quarterly report should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in our Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2006.

The reclassification of prior years’ cash flows related to property damage insurance claims was made to conform to the current year presentation. Such amounts were previously reflected as a component of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

We currently own approximately 38.6% of Targa Resources Partners LP (“TRP LP”), including the interests of the general partner, which is wholly owned by us. TRP LP is consolidated within our Gas Gathering and Processing segment in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 04-5, “ Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights .”

The non-controlling interest in TRP LP on our September 30, 2007 consolidated balance sheet represents the initial investment by the partners other than Targa Resources, Inc., plus those partners’ share of the net income, less those partners’ share of distributions of TRP LP since its initial public offering on February 14, 2007. Non-controlling interest in net income of TRP LP on our consolidated statements of operations represents those partners’ share of the net income of TRP LP.

Note 2—Accounting Policies and Related Matters

Consolidation. We evaluate our financial interests in business enterprises to determine if they represent variable interest entities where we are the primary beneficiary. If such criteria are met, we consolidate the financial statements of such businesses with those of our own. Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our majority-owned subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest, and our proportionate share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of undivided interests in certain gas processing facilities after the elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions. We also consolidate other entities and ventures in which we possess a controlling financial interest.

We follow the equity method of accounting if our ownership interest is between 20% and 50% and we exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. Our proportionate share of

 

F-58


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

profits and losses from transactions with equity method unconsolidated affiliates are eliminated in consolidation to the extent such amounts are material and remain on our equity method investees’ balance sheet in inventory or similar accounts.

If our ownership interest in an investee does not provide us with either control or significant influence over the investee, we account for the investment using the cost method.

Accounting for Income Taxes. We follow the guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” , which requires that we use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant temporary differences.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax payable and related tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of certain items, such as depreciation, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences can result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets.

We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we must establish a valuation allowance. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of the evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. Evidence used includes information about our current financial position and our results of operations for the current and preceding years, as well as all currently available information about future years, including our anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies.

We believe future sources of taxable income, reversing temporary differences and other tax planning strategies will be sufficient to realize assets for which no reserve has been established. Any change in a valuation allowance would impact our income tax provision and net income in the period in which such a determination is made.

We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) 48, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Based on our evaluation, we have determined that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in our financial statements at September 30, 2007. There are no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective rate, and there are no unrecognized tax benefits that are reasonably expected to increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and many state jurisdictions, and are open to federal and state income tax examinations for years 2003 and later. Presently, no federal or state income tax examinations are underway, and none have been announced. No potential interest or penalties were recognized at September 30, 2007.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 157 “ Fair Value Measurements ”. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the

 

F-59


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

application of SFAS 157 will change current practice. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have not yet determined the impact this statement will have on our results of operations or financial position.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ,” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. SFAS 159 expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. We are currently reviewing this new accounting standard and the impact, if any, it will have on our financial statements.

Note 3—Initial Public Offering of TRP LP Units and Related Matters

On February 14, 2007 the initial public offering (“IPO”) of 19,320,000 common units representing limited partner interests in TRP LP was completed. Concurrently with the IPO, TRP LP entered into a five year, $500 million revolving credit facility and borrowed $294.5 million under this newly established facility (see Note 7). TRP LP used the proceeds from this borrowing, together with $377.5 million of net proceeds from the IPO to pay offering expenses and debt issue costs and to retire $665.7 million of affiliate debt owed to us. We applied this amount along with cash on hand to retire in full the outstanding balance (including accrued interest) of our $700 million senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility.

In return for our contribution of our North Texas assets to TRP LP in connection with the IPO, we received a 2% general partner interest, incentive distribution rights and a 36.6% limited partner interest in TRP LP. Our limited partner interest is represented by 11,528,231 subordinated units. These units are subordinated for a period of time to the common units with respect to distribution rights.

We continue to consolidate TRP LP’s assets, liabilities and results of operations due to our control of TRP LP through our general partner interest.

Cash Distributions . In accordance with TRP LP’s partnership agreement, TRP LP must distribute all of its available cash, as defined in the partnership agreement, within 45 days following the end of each calendar quarter. Distributions will generally be made 98% to the common and subordinated unitholders and 2% to the general partner, subject to the payment of incentive distributions to the extent that certain target levels of cash distributions are achieved.

Under the quarterly incentive distribution provisions, generally TRP LP’s general partner is entitled to 13% of amounts distributed in excess of $0.3881 per unit, 23% of the amounts distributed in excess of $0.4219 per unit and 48% of amounts distributed in excess of $0.50625 per unit. No incentive distributions were earned by us through our general partner interest for the period from February 14, 2007 through September 30, 2007. To the extent there is sufficient available cash, the holders of common units are entitled to receive the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit, plus arrearages, prior to any distribution of available cash to the holders of subordinated units. Subordinated units will not accrue any arrearages with respect to distributions for any quarter.

Due to the timing of TRP LP’s IPO, a pro-rated distribution for the first quarter of 2007 of $0.16875 per unit (approximately $5.3 million) was approved by the Board of Directors of TRP LP’s general partner on April 23, 2007 and paid on May 15, 2007 to unitholders of record as of the close of business on May 3, 2007. A distribution for the second quarter of 2007 of $0.3375 per unit (approximately $10.6 million) was approved by the Board of Directors of TRP LP’s general partner on July 23, 2007 and paid on August 14, 2007 to unitholders of record as of the close of business on August 2, 2007.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 4—Share-Based Compensation

We account for share-based compensation in accordance with SFAS 123R, “ Share-Based Payment ,” which was adopted January 1, 2006, utilizing the modified prospective transition method.

Stock Option Plans

Under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, we issued options to acquire 949,002 shares of common stock for $8.50 per share to officers, directors and certain other employees. On October 31, 2005, each outstanding option was converted into options to buy 0.117549 shares of Series B preferred stock (representing options on a total of 111,550 shares) for $72.31 per share. On May 1, 2007, each option was exchanged for 10 shares of non-vested common stock (representing a total of 1,115,500 shares) and the right to receive a cash payment of $27.69 on January 2, 2008. This exchange resulted in no additional compensation costs.

Under its 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan (“the Plan”), our parent, Targa Resources Investments Inc. (“Targa Investments”) granted stock options to certain of our employees and directors. The options were granted at or above the fair market value of Targa Investments’ common stock on the date of grant, and generally have vesting terms of four years.

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, there were 82,791 and 51,672 stock options granted, respectively. The fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 ranged from none to $0.33 per share, with a weighted-average fair value of $0.18 per share. The fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 ranged from $0.01 to $0.38 per share, with a weighted-average fair value of $0.21 per share.

Our unaudited consolidated statements of operations reflect share-based compensation cost related to stock options of $20,000 and $50,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, and $25,000 and $73,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively.

As of September 30, 2007, there was $61,000 of total unamortized compensation cost related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.03 years. The total recognition period for the remaining unrecognized compensation cost is approximately 2.4 years. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, options were exercised on 135,740 shares of common stock.

Non-Vested Common Stock

Targa Investments also issued non-vested (i.e., restricted) common stock to certain of our employees and directors. Restricted stock awards entitle recipients to exchange restricted common shares for unrestricted shares once the defined vesting period expires, subject to certain forfeiture provisions. The restrictions on the non-vested shares generally lapse four years from the date of grant. Compensation cost equal to the estimated grant date fair value of non-vested stock is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Awards of non-vested common stock during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 were 73,049 and 72,564 shares, respectively. The estimated fair values of non-vested awards during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 were $1.10 and $1.16 per share, respectively.

Our unaudited consolidated statements of operations reflect share-based compensation costs related to non-vested common stock of $0.5 million and $1.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, and $0.7 million and $2.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of September 30, 2007, there was $1.8 million of total unamortized compensation cost related to non-vested stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.01 years. The total recognition period for the remaining unrecognized compensation cost is approximately 2.4 years.

Non-Employee Director Grants and Incentive Plan related to TRP LP Common Units

In connection with TRP LP’s IPO in February 2007, Targa Investments adopted a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) for employees, consultants and directors who perform services for Targa Investments or its affiliates. The LTIP provides for the grant of cash-settled performance units which are linked to the performance of TRP LP’s common units and may include distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”). The LTIP is administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Targa Investments. Subject to applicable vesting criteria, a DER entitles the grantee to a cash payment equal to cash distributions paid on an outstanding common unit.

On February 21, 2007, Targa Investments granted 304,600 performance units under the LTIP. Each vested performance unit will entitle the grantee to a cash payment equal to the then value of a TRP LP common unit, including DERs. Vesting of performance units is based on the total return per common unit of TRP LP through the end of the performance period, August 1, 2010, relative to the total return of a defined peer group.

Because the performance units require cash settlement, they have been accounted for as liability awards under SFAS 123R. Accordingly, the measurement date for the performance units is the date of settlement, subject to remeasurement at each reporting date until settlement. The percentage of the fair value that is accrued as compensation cost at the end of each reporting period is equal to the percentage of the requisite service that has been rendered at that date. Changes in fair value that occur after the end of the requisite service period are compensation cost of the period in which the changes occur.

The fair value of a performance unit is the sum of: (i) the closing price of a TRP LP common unit on the reporting date; (ii) the fair value of an at-the-money call option on a performance unit with a grant date equal to the reporting date and an expiration date equal to the last day of the performance period; and (iii) estimated DERs. The fair value of the call option was estimated with a Black-Scholes option pricing model using a risk-free rate of 4.02%, volatility of 21% and a dividend yield of zero.

At September 30, 2007, the aggregate fair value of performance units expected to vest was $10.8 million. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, we recognized compensation expense of $0.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively, related to the performance units. The total recognition period for the remaining unrecognized compensation cost is approximately three years.

Targa Resources GP LLC, the general partner of TRP LP, also made equity-based awards of 16,000 restricted common units of TRP LP (2,000 restricted common units in TRP LP to each of TRP LP’s and Targa Investments’ non-management directors) under the Targa Resources Partners Long-Term Incentive Plan. The awards will settle with the delivery of common units and are subject to three-year vesting, without a performance condition, and will vest ratably on each anniversary of the grant date. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, we recognized compensation expense of $52,000 and $129,000, respectively, related to these awards. We estimate that the remaining fair value of $207,000 will be recognized in expense over the next 29 months.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 5—Inventory

Our inventory values consisted of the following at the dates indicated:

 

(in thousands)    September 30,
2007
   December 31,
2006

Natural gas and natural gas liquids

   $ 144,044    $ 116,568

Materials and supplies

     551      388
             
   $ 144,595    $ 116,956
             

Due to fluctuating commodity prices for natural gas liquids, we occasionally recognize lower of cost or market adjustments when the carrying values of our inventories exceed their net realizable value. These non-cash adjustments are charged to product purchases within operating costs and expenses in the period they are recognized, with the related cash impact in the subsequent period. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2007, we recognized $4,000 and $139,000 respectively, for lower of cost or market adjustments. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006, we recognized $7.8 million and $8.4 million, respectively, for lower of cost or market adjustments.

Note 6—Unconsolidated Investments

At September 30, 2007, our investments included a 22.8959% ownership interest in Venice Energy Services Company, LLC (“VESCO”), a venture that operates a natural gas liquids processing and extraction facility in the Gulf Coast region, and a 38.75% ownership interest in Gulf Coast Fractionators (“GCF”), a venture that fractionates natural gas liquids on the Gulf Coast. The following table shows our unconsolidated investments at the dates indicated:

 

(in thousands)    September 30,
2007
   December 31,
2006

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing

     

VESCO

   $ 27,238    $ 20,610

Logistics Assets

     

GCF

     19,399      19,602
             
   $ 46,637    $ 40,212
             

The following table shows our equity earnings, cash contributions and cash distributions with respect to our unconsolidated investments for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
(in thousands)        2007            2006            2007            2006    

Equity in earnings of:

           

VESCO

   $ 1,567    $ 1,048    $ 5,067    $ 3,302

GCF

     750      387      2,897      2,101
                           
   $ 2,317    $ 1,435    $ 7,964    $ 5,403
                           

Cash contributions

           

VESCO

   $ —      $ 3,078    $ 4,648    $ 9,102
                           

Cash distributions

           

GCF

   $ 775    $ 271    $ 3,100    $ 2,306
                           

 

F-63


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Our equity in earnings of VESCO includes partially settled business interruption insurance claims of $3.1 million and $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The following table shows summarized financial information of our unconsolidated investments for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2007    2006    2007    2006
(in thousands)    GCF    VESCO (1)    GCF    VESCO (1)    GCF    VESCO (1)    GCF    VESCO (1)

Revenues

   $ 11,635    $ 29,820    $ 11,415    $ 45,594    $ 36,426    $ 102,770    $ 34,673    $ 94,248

Cost of sales and operations

     10,443      22,246      10,730      44,908      30,507      91,945      30,623      89,592

Income from operations

     1,192      7,574      685      686      5,919      10,825      4,050      4,656

Net income

     1,308      7,574      774      913      6,287      10,825      4,359      5,407

(1) Our equity earnings in VESCO reflects a disproportionate allocation of depreciation expense, which is based on the cost basis of assets contributed by each of the members.

 

     As of
September 30, 2007
   As of
December 31, 2006
(in thousands)    GCF    VESCO    GCF    VESCO

Current assets

   $ 11,298    $ 52,603    $ 12,181    $ 47,749

Property, plant and equipment, net

     50,926      124,643      52,258      102,028

Other assets

     —        328      —        328

Total assets

     62,224      177,574      64,439      150,105

Current liabilities

     704      16,083      1,206      20,444

Long-term liabilities

     —        8,559      —        7,851

Owners’ equity

     61,520      152,932      63,233      121,810

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

     62,224      177,574      64,439      150,105

 

F-64


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 7—Debt Obligations

Our consolidated debt obligations consisted of the following at the dates indicated:

 

(in thousands)    September 30,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Long-term debt:

    

Senior secured term loan facility, variable rate, due October 2012

   $ 1,225,000     $ 1,234,375  

Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, variable rate (1)

     —         700,000  

Senior unsecured notes, 8  1 / 2 % fixed rate, due November 2013

     250,000       250,000  

Senior secured revolving credit facility, variable rate, due October 2011 (2)

     —         —    

Senior secured revolving credit facility of TRP LP, variable rate, due February 2012

     294,500       —    
                

Subtotal debt

     1,769,500       2,184,375  

Current maturities of debt

     (12,500 )     (712,500 )
                

Long-term debt

   $ 1,757,000     $ 1,471,875  
                

Irrevocable standby letters of credit:

    

Letters of credit outstanding under synthetic letter of credit facility (3)

   $ 274,630     $ 227,571  

Letters of credit outstanding under senior secured revolving credit facility of TRP LP

     300       —    
                
   $ 274,930     $ 227,571  
                

(1) The entire amount was repaid in February 2007 concurrent with the closing of TRP LP’s IPO.
(2) The entire $250 million available under the senior secured revolving credit facility may also be utilized for letters of credit.
(3) The $300 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility terminates in October 2012. At September 30, 2007 we had $25.4 million available under this facility.

Information regarding variable interest rates paid. The following table shows the range of interest rates paid and weighted-average interest rate paid on our consolidated variable-rate debt obligations during the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

 

     Range of interest
rates paid
   Weighted
average interest
rate paid
 

Senior secured term loan facility

   7.2% to 7.6%    7.5 %

Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility

   7.6% to 7.6%    7.6 %

Senior secured revolving credit facility of the Partnership

   6.6% to 6.9%    6.9 %

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of TRP LP. On February 14, 2007 TRP LP entered into a credit agreement which provides for a $500 million five year revolving credit facility with a syndicate of financial institutions. The revolving credit facility bears interest, at TRP LP’s option, at the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0% to 1.25% dependent on TRP LP’s total leverage ratio, or LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.0% to 2.25% dependent on TRP LP’s total leverage ratio. The credit agreement restricts the ability of TRP LP to make distributions of available

 

F-65


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

cash to unitholders if it is in default or an event of default exists (as defined in the credit agreement). The credit agreement requires TRP LP to maintain a leverage ratio (the ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement) of no more than 5.00 to 1.00 on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2007. The credit agreement also requires TRP LP to maintain an interest coverage ratio (the ratio of its consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense, as defined in its credit agreement) of no less than 2.25 to 1.00 determined as of the last day of each quarter for the four-fiscal quarter period ending on the date of determination.

In addition, TRP LP’s credit agreement contains various covenants that may limit, among other things, its ability to:

 

   

incur indebtedness;

 

   

grant liens; and

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates.

As of September 30, 2007, TRP LP had approximately $205.5 million available under its credit agreement, after giving effect to outstanding borrowings of $294.5 million and the issuance of a $0.3 million letter of credit.

The assets owned by TRP LP no longer serve as security for the indebtedness of Targa Resources, Inc. In connection with the IPO, the collateral interest in the North Texas assets that we contributed to TRP LP was released from our senior secured term loan facility. TRP LP’s senior secured revolving credit facility is secured by substantially all of the assets held by the partnership. See also Note 13.

Holdco Loan Facility of Targa Investments . On August 9, 2007, Targa Investments borrowed $450 million under a newly arranged credit agreement. The net proceeds of $445.1 million (after payment of debt issuance costs) were used to pay a dividend on Targa Investments’ preferred stock.

Principal amounts outstanding under the credit agreement are due and payable in full on February 9, 2015. In connection with the agreement, Targa Investments pledged its indirect 100% ownership of our capital stock as collateral for amounts due under the agreement. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries guaranty Targa Investments’ obligations under the loan, our assets are not pledged as collateral for the loan and we have no obligation to repay the loan.

Note 8—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

At September 30, 2007, accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”) included unrealized net losses of $41.1 million ($24.2 million, net of tax) on our open commodity hedges; and unrealized net gains of $0.5 million ($0.3 million, net of tax) on our open interest rate swaps.

At December 31, 2006, OCI included $58.8 million ($34.8 million, net of tax) of unrealized net gains on our open commodity hedges; and unrealized net gains of $1.4 million ($0.9 million, net of tax) on our open interest rate swaps.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, deferred gains on commodity hedges of $2.3 million and $16.3 million, respectively, were reclassified from OCI to revenues; and deferred gains on interest rate swaps of $0.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were reclassified from OCI to interest income.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, deferred gains on commodity hedges of $2.4 million and $17.6 million, respectively, were reclassified from OCI to revenues; and deferred gains on interest rate swaps of $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, were reclassified from OCI to interest expense.

During the next twelve months ending September 30, 2008, based on quoted forward commodity prices and interest rates as of September 30, 2007 we expect to reclassify $11.1 million ($6.6 million, net of tax) of net deferred losses associated with open commodity derivative contracts designated as hedges and $0.5 million ($0.3 million, net of tax) of deferred net gains on interest rate swaps from OCI to revenues and interest expense, respectively. The amounts ultimately reclassified will vary due to the actual realized value upon settlement.

The fair value of our derivative instruments, depending on the type of instrument, was determined by the use of present value methods or standard option valuation models with assumptions about commodity prices based on those observed in underlying markets.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At September 30, 2007 our open derivatives designated as hedges of forecasted sales of commodities expected to be owned by us consisted of the following:

Natural Gas

 

Instrument Type

  Index   Avg. Price
$/MMBtu
  MMBtu per day   (in thousands)
Fair Value
 
      2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012  

Swap

  IF-HSC   9.08   2,740   —     —     —     —     —     $ 593  

Swap

  IF-HSC   8.09   —     2,328   —     —     —     —       381  

Swap

  IF-HSC   7.39   —     —     1,966   —     —     —       (381 )
                                   
      2,740   2,328   1,966   —     —     —       593  
                                   

Swap

  IF-NGPL MC   8.56   8,152   —     —     —     —     —       1,836  

Swap

  IF-NGPL MC   8.43   —     6,964   —     —     —     —       3,958  

Swap

  IF-NGPL MC   8.02   —     —     6,256   —     —     —       1,415  

Swap

  IF-NGPL MC   7.43   —     —     —     5,685   —     —       202  

Swap

  IF-NGPL MC   7.34   —     —     —     —     2,750   —       72  

Swap

  IF-NGPL MC   7.18   —     —     —     —     —     2,750     140  
                                   
      8,152   6,964   6,256   5,685   2,750   2,750     7,623  
                                   

Swap

  IF-Waha   7.71   30,118   —     —     —     —     —       4,123  

Swap

  IF-Waha   7.27   —     29,307   —     —     —     —       (101 )

Swap

  IF-Waha   6.86   —     —     28,854   —     —     —       (8,412 )

Swap

  IF-Waha   7.39   —     —     —     15,009   —     —       (956 )

Swap

  IF-Waha   7.36   —     —     —     —     8,750   —       (135 )

Swap

  IF-Waha   7.18   —     —     —     —     —     8,750     44  
                                   
      30,118   29,307   28,854   15,009   8,750   8,750     (5,437 )
                                   

Swap

  NY-HH   6.79   3,840   —     —     —     —     —       (178 )
                                   

Total Swaps

      44,850   38,599   37,076   20,694   11,500   11,500     2,601  
                                   

Floor

  IF-NGPL MC   6.45   520   —     —     —     —     —       32  

Floor

  IF-NGPL MC   6.55   —     1,000   —     —     —     —       267  

Floor

  IF-NGPL MC   6.55   —     —     850   —     —     —       205  
                                   
      520   1,000   850   —     —     —       504  
                                   

Floor

  IF-Waha   6.70   350   —     —     —     —     —       25  

Floor

  IF-Waha   6.85   —     670   —     —     —     —       173  

Floor

  IF-Waha   6.55   —     —     565   —     —     —       115  
                                   
      350   670   565   —     —     —       313  
                                   

Total Floors

      870   1,670   1,415   —     —     —       817  
                                   
                  $ 3,418  
                       

 

F-68


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NGL

 

Instrument Type

   Index    Avg. Price
$/gal
   Barrels per day    (in thousands)
Fair Value
 
         2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012   

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.96    10,216    —      —      —      —      —      $ (10,672 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.92    —      9,257    —      —      —      —        (25,737 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.88    —      —      8,595    —      —      —        (12,259 )

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.87    —      —      —      6,559    —      —        1,102  

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.88    —      —      —      —      3,950    —        1,235  

Swap

   OPIS-MB    0.88    —      —      —      —      —      2,950      1,121  
                                            
         10,216    9,257    8,595    6,559    3,950    2,950    $ (45,210 )
                                            

Condensate

 

Instrument Type

   Index    Avg. Price
$/Bbl
   Barrels per day    (in thousands)
Fair Value
 
         2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012   

Swap

   NY-WTI    72.82    439    —      —      —      —      —      $ (268 )

Swap

   NY-WTI    70.68    —      384    —      —      —      —        (777 )

Swap

   NY-WTI    69.00    —      —      322    —      —      —        (491 )

Swap

   NY-WTI    68.10    —      —      —      301    —      —        (388 )
                                            

Total Swaps

         439    384    322    301    —      —        (1,924 )
                                            

Floor

   NY-WTI    58.60    25    —      —      —      —      —        0  

Floor

   NY-WTI    60.50    —      55    —      —      —      —        17  

Floor

   NY-WTI    60.00    —      —      50    —      —      —        37  
                                            

Total Floors

         25    55    50    —      —      —        54  
                                            
                           $ (1,870 )
                                

These contracts may expose us to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances. Our hedging arrangements provide us with protection on the hedged volumes if prices decline below the prices at which these hedges are set. If prices rise above the prices at which we have hedged, we will receive less revenue on the hedged volumes than we would receive in the absence of hedges.

The following table shows commodity derivative contracts directly related to short-term fixed price arrangements elected by certain customers in various natural gas purchase and sale agreements. They have been marked to market.

 

Period

   Commodity    Instrument Type    MMBtu
per day
   Avg. Price
$/MMBtu
   Index    (in thousands)
Fair Value
 

Purchases

                 

Oct 2007 – Dec 2007

   Natural gas    Swap    16,587    7.07    NY-HH    $ (717 )

Jan 2008 – June 2008

   Natural gas    Swap    989    7.63    NY-HH      38  

Sales

                 

Oct 2007 – Dec 2007

   Natural gas    Fixed price sale    16,587    7.07    —        717  

Jan 2008 – June 2008

   Natural gas    Fixed price sale    989    7.63    —        (38 )
                       
                  $ —    
                       

 

F-69


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We also have interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $350 million. The interest rate swaps effectively fix our interest rate on $350 million in borrowings under our senior secured term loan facility to a rate of 4.8% plus the applicable LIBOR margin (2.0% at September 30, 2007) through November 2007. At September 30, 2007, the fair value of our interest rate swaps was $0.5 million.

Note 9—Commitments and Contingencies

Environmental

For environmental matters, we record liabilities when remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position No. 96-1, “ Environmental Remediation Liabilities ” (“SOP 96-1”). Environmental reserves do not reflect management’s assessment of the insurance coverage that may be applicable to the matters at issue. Management has assessed each of the matters based on current information and made a judgment concerning its potential outcome, considering the nature of the claim, the amount and nature of damages sought and the probability of success.

In August 2005, prior to Targa’s acquisition of Versado Gas Processors, LLC (“Versado”), the State of New Mexico’s Environment Department (“NMED”) inspected Versado’s Eunice Gas Processing Plant and its books and records. Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership (“TMS”) is the operator of Versado. In May 2007, the NMED sent Versado a draft compliance order relating to the 2005 inspection. In that draft order, the NMED alleged that Versado violated certain emissions standards and permit, monitoring and recordkeeping requirements. TMS responded to the NMED’s allegations in June 2007. The NMED disposed of certain alleged violations but requested additional information on certain other alleged violations. TMS is in the process of preparing further supplemental responses to the NMED’s inquiries. At this time, we can not estimate the effect, if any, that this matter will have on our results of operations.

Our environmental liability at September 30, 2007 was $2.7 million, consisting of $0.9 million for gathering system leaks and $1.8 million for ground water assessment and remediation.

Litigation

We are a party to various legal proceedings and/or regulatory proceedings and certain claims, suits and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business that have been filed or are pending against us. We believe all such matters are without merit or involve amounts, which, if resolved unfavorably, would not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows except for the items more fully described below.

In May 2002, Apache Corporation filed suit in Texas state court against Versado as purchaser and processor of Apache’s gas and Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (now known as TMS), as operator, of the Versado assets in New Mexico (“Versado Defendants”) alleging (i) excessive field losses of natural gas from wells owned by the plaintiff, (ii) that the Versado Defendants engaged in certain transactions with affiliates, resulting in the Versado Defendants not receiving fair market value when it sold gas and liquids, and (iii) that the formula for calculating the amount the Versado Defendants received from its buyers of gas and liquids is flawed since it is based on gas price indices that were allegedly manipulated. At trial, the plaintiff’s claim with respect to the alleged “sham” transactions and index manipulation, among others, were severed by the trial court and abated for a future trial, but was subsequently settled in May 2007. At trial, the jury found in favor of the plaintiff on the lost gas claim, awarding approximately $1.6 million in damages. In May 2004, the Versado Defendants’ motion to set aside this jury verdict was granted by the court and the jury award to the plaintiff was vacated. The plaintiff filed its notice of appeal with the 14th Court of Appeals in October 2004 and its appellate brief in December 2004.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In September 2006, the 14th Court of Appeals of Houston reinstated the jury verdict in Apache’s favor on the issue of lost gas and also awarded Apache legal fees and interest, bringing the total award against Versado Defendants to approximately $2.7 million. In October 2006, the Versado Defendants filed a motion for rehearing with the 14th Court of Appeals. After rehearing, the 14th Court of Appeals affirmed its decision, reinstating the original jury verdict in Apache’s favor. With interest and attorneys’ fees, that verdict stands at approximately $2.8 million.

In January 2007, the Versado Defendants filed their petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas and in March 2007, Apache filed its conditional petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas. At the request of the Supreme Court of Texas, the Versado Defendants and Apache filed responses to the opposing party’s petition in June 2007. Pursuant to an additional request from the Supreme Court of Texas, the Versado Defendants and Apache filed briefs on the merits on October 29, 2007. The appeal is currently pending before the Supreme Court of Texas.

As a result of damage caused by Hurricane Rita, TMS’ West Cameron 229A platform sank in late September 2005. On November 12, 2005, the submerged wreckage was struck by an integrated tug-barge, the M/T Rebel, owned by K-Sea Transportation (“K-Sea”). As much as 25,000 barrels of No. 6 fuel oil may have entered Gulf of Mexico waters as the barge dragged part of the platform debris approximately three (3) miles from the sunken platform location. After receiving a letter from K-Sea threatening to hold us liable for all damages, TMS filed suit in federal district court in Galveston, Texas on November 21, 2005, seeking to hold K-Sea responsible for damage to the platform. In June 2007, the case was transferred to the federal district court in Houston, Texas.

In January 2006, Rios Energy (“Rios”), owner of the oil being transported in the barge, intervened in the existing suit and filed a new suit in the same federal court against both TMS and K-Sea alleging their negligence caused the loss of and damage to Rios’ oil. On March 8, 2006, K-Sea filed a counterclaim against TMS seeking to recover its alleged damages in excess of $90 million. In order to resolve K-Sea’s concerns over security for its claims, we agreed to provide a guarantee to K-Sea pursuant to which we would satisfy any final, non-appealable judgment or settlement against TMS if TMS is unable to pay any judgment against it. Discovery is proceeding in the underlying claim, counterclaim and Rios lawsuit. Trial has been set for December 3, 2007. TMS intends to contest liability but we can give no assurances regarding the outcome of the initial proceeding, the counterclaim or the Rios lawsuit.

On December 8, 2005, WTG Gas Processing (“WTG”) filed suit in the 333rd District Court of Harris County, Texas against several defendants, including Targa Resources, Inc., and Targa Texas, and two other Targa entities and private equity funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus LLC, seeking damages from the defendants. The suit alleges that Targa and private equity funds affiliated with Warburg Pincus LLC, along with ConocoPhillips Company (“ConocoPhillips”) and Morgan Stanley, tortiously interfered with (i) a contract WTG claims to have had to purchase certain ConocoPhillips assets, and (ii) prospective business relations of WTG. WTG claims the alleged interference resulted from Targa’s competition to purchase the ConocoPhillips’ assets and its successful acquisition of those assets in 2004. A hearing on our motion for summary judgment was held on April 10, 2007 (see Note 13).

 

F-71


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Contractual Obligations

The debt incurred by TRP LP in connection with its IPO is the only significant change to our consolidated schedule of maturities of long-term debt since those reported in our Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2006. See Note 7 and Note 13 for additional information regarding the debt obligations of TRP LP.

Casualty or Other Risks

We maintain coverage in various insurance programs providing us with property damage, business interruption and other coverage which are customary for the nature and scope of our operations.

We believe that we have adequate insurance coverage, although insurance will not cover every type of interruption that might occur. As a result of insurance market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies have increased substantially, and in some instances, certain insurance may become unavailable, or available for only reduced amounts of coverage. As a result, we may not be able to renew existing insurance policies or procure other desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. In addition, the proceeds of any such insurance may not be paid in a timely manner and may be insufficient if such an event were to occur. Any event that interrupts the revenues generated by us, or which caused us to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce our ability to meet our financial obligations.

Note 10—Income Taxes

Texas House Bill 3928, effective June 15, 2007, required us to recognize changes in deferred tax assets related to a computational change of the temporary credit related to the Texas Margin Tax. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 we recognized a deferred tax asset of $8.3 million, with a corresponding decrease to deferred income tax expense.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 11—Related Party Transactions

Hedging Arrangements

An affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) is an equity investor in Targa Investments. We have entered into various commodity derivative transactions with Merrill Lynch Commodities Inc. (“MLCI”), an affiliate of Merrill Lynch. Under the terms of these various commodity derivative transactions, MLCI has agreed to pay us specified fixed prices in relation to specified notional quantities of natural gas, NGL, and condensate over periods ending in 2010, and we have agreed to pay MLCI floating prices based on published index prices of such commodities for delivery at specified locations. The following table shows our open commodity derivatives with MLCI as of September 30, 2007:

 

Period

   Commodity    Instrument Type    MMBtu per day    Avg. Price    Index

Oct 2007 – Dec 2007

   Natural gas    Swap    26,118    $ 7.65    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2008 – Dec 2008

   Natural gas    Swap    25,765    $ 7.23    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2009 – Dec 2009

   Natural gas    Swap    25,474    $ 6.82    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Jan 2010 – Dec 2010

   Natural gas    Swap    3,289    $ 7.39    per MMBtu    IF-Waha

Oct 2007 – Dec 2007

   NGLs    Swap    6,498    $ 39.57    per barrel    OPIS-MB

Jan 2008 – Dec 2008

   NGLs    Swap    6,222    $ 38.38    per barrel    OPIS-MB

Jan 2009 – Dec 2009

   NGLs    Swap    5,847    $ 36.28    per barrel    OPIS-MB

Oct 2007 – Dec 2007

   Condensate    Swap    319    $ 75.27    per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2008 – Dec 2008

   Condensate    Swap    264    $ 72.66    per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2009 – Dec 2009

   Condensate    Swap    202    $ 70.60    per barrel    NY-WTI

Jan 2010 – Dec 2010

   Condensate    Swap    181    $ 69.28    per barrel    NY-WTI

During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we paid MLCI $5.8 million to settle payments due under hedge transactions.

Commodity Transactions

During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we completed natural gas and NGL purchases and sales transactions with related parties as follows (in thousands):

 

     Purchases    Sales

VESCO

   $ 104,828    $ 1,455

GCF

     170      10,139

MLCI

     12,083      52,171
             
   $ 117,081    $ 63,765
             

These transactions were at market prices consistent with similar transactions with nonaffiliated entities.

Note 12—Segment Information

We conduct our business operations through two divisions and report our results of operations under four segments:

 

   

our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division, which is a single segment consisting of our natural gas gathering and processing facilities, as well as certain fractionation capability integrated within those facilities; and

 

F-73


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

our NGL Logistics and Marketing division, which consists of three segments: (1) Logistics Assets, (ii) NGL Distribution and Marketing, and (iii) Wholesale Marketing.

Our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing segment, which includes TRP LP, consists of the gathering of natural gas produced from oil and gas wells and processing this raw natural gas into merchantable natural gas by extracting natural gas liquids and removing impurities. These assets are located in north Texas, Louisiana and the Permian Basin of west Texas and southeast New Mexico. We are also party to natural gas processing agreements with third party plants.

Our Logistics Assets segment is involved with gathering and storing mixed NGLs, and fractionating, storing, and transporting finished NGLs. These assets are generally connected to and supplied, in part, by our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing segment and are predominantly located in Mont Belvieu, Texas and western Louisiana.

Our NGL Distribution and Marketing segment markets our own NGL production and purchased NGL products in selected United States markets.

Our Wholesale Marketing segment includes our refinery services business and wholesale propane marketing operations. In our refinery services business, we provide LPG (liquefied petroleum gas) balancing services, purchase NGL products from refinery customers and sell NGL products to various customers. Our wholesale propane marketing operations include the sale of propane and related logistics services to multi-state retailers, independent retailers and other end users. Our Wholesale Marketing segment operates principally in the United States, and has a small marketing presence in Canada.

Eliminations and Other includes amounts related to general and administrative expenses not allocated to segment operations, corporate development, interest expense, income tax expense, and the depreciation and cost of equipment used in our corporate office. Eliminations and Other also includes the elimination of intersegment revenues and expenses.

We review performance based on the non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure of operating margin. We view our operating margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations. We review our operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis. We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to total segment operating margin is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of total segment operating margin should not be considered an alternative to GAAP operating income in evaluating our operating results.

With respect to our Natural Gas Gathering and Processing division, we define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and NGL sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas purchases less operating expense. Natural gas and NGL sales revenue includes settlement gains and losses on commodity hedges.

With respect to our NGL Logistics and Marketing division, we define operating margin as total revenue, which consists primarily of service fee revenues and NGL sales, less cost of sales, which consists primarily of NGL purchases and changes in inventory valuation. Within this division, our management analyzes segment operating margin for each of the three segments per unit of NGL handled or sold as an indicator of operational and commercial performance.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We consolidate the financial statements of TRP LP with those of our own. As a result, our consolidated operating margin amounts include the operating margin amounts of TRP LP on a 100% basis. Our reportable segment information is shown in the following tables:

Nine months ended September 30, 2007

 

(in thousands )   Gas Gathering and
Processing
  Logistics
Assets
  NGL
Distribution and
Marketing
    Wholesale
Marketing
  Eliminations
and Other
    Total

Revenues

  $ 1,111,296   $ 59,399   $ 2,966,002     $ 786,719   $ —       $ 4,923,416

Intersegment revenues

    968,325     85,750     289,690       18,622     (1,362,387 )     —  
                                       

Revenues

    2,079,621     145,149     3,255,692       805,341     (1,362,387 )     4,923,416
                                       

Product purchases

    1,696,256     —       2,180,287       496,746     —         4,373,289

Intersegment product purchases

    12     —       1,040,139       297,596     (1,337,747 )     —  
                                       

Product purchases

    1,696,268     —       3,220,426       794,342     (1,337,747 )     4,373,289
                                       

Operating expenses

    86,028     92,414     1,374       21     —         179,837

Intersegment operating expenses

    642     24,021     (23 )     —       (24,640 )     —  
                                       

Operating expenses

    86,670     116,435     1,351       21     (24,640 )     179,837
                                       

Operating margin

  $ 296,683   $ 28,714   $ 33,915     $ 10,978   $ —       $ 370,290
                                       

General and administrative

  $ 39,725   $ 14,902   $ 8,163     $ 15,194   $ 237     $ 78,221
                                       

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

  $ 5,068   $ 2,896   $ —       $ —     $ —       $ 7,964
                                       

Unconsolidated investments

  $ 27,238   $ 19,399   $ —       $ —     $ —       $ 46,637

Capital expenditures

  $ 64,083   $ 29,983   $ —       $ —     $ 1,580     $ 95,646

Nine months ended September 30, 2006

 

(in thousands )   Gas Gathering and
Processing
  Logistics
Assets
    NGL
Distribution and
Marketing
  Wholesale
Marketing
  Eliminations
and Other
    Total

Revenues

  $ 1,144,951   $ 46,667     $ 2,552,866   $ 954,799   $ —       $ 4,699,283

Intersegment revenues

    838,296     88,169       309,483     53,560     (1,289,508 )     —  
                                       

Revenues

    1,983,247     134,836       2,862,349     1,008,359     (1,289,508 )     4,699,283
                                       

Product purchases

    1,579,167     2       1,908,332     687,394     —         4,174,895

Intersegment product purchases

    2,654     (2 )     945,769     315,808     (1,264,229 )     —  
                                       

Product purchases

    1,581,821     —         2,854,101     1,003,202     (1,264,229 )     4,174,895
                                       

Operating expenses

    83,886     75,423       1,236     9     —         160,554

Intersegment operating expenses

    521     24,758       —       —       (25,279 )     —  
                                       

Operating expenses

    84,407     100,181       1,236     9     (25,279 )     160,554
                                       

Operating margin

  $ 317,019   $ 34,655     $ 7,012   $ 5,148   $ —       $ 363,834
                                       

General and administrative

  $ 27,655   $ 10,450     $ 10,235   $ 13,032   $ 3,689     $ 65,061
                                       

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

  $ 3,302   $ 2,101     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ 5,403
                                       

Unconsolidated investments

  $ 16,789   $ 13,200     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ 29,989

Capital expenditures

  $ 94,803   $ 12,565     $ —     $ —     $ 2,362     $ 109,730

 

F-75


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A reconciliation of our measurement of operating margin to net income follows:

 

(in thousands)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2007     2006  
              

Operating margin

   $ 370,290     $ 363,834  

Adjustments to reconcile operating margin to net income (loss):

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (110,757 )     (110,938 )

Gain (loss) on sale of assets

     95       201  

General and administrative

     (78,221 )     (65,061 )

Interest expense, net

     (112,752 )     (133,245 )

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     7,964       5,403  

Minority interest

     (20,492 )     (22,403 )

Non-controlling interest of net income of TRP LP

     (6,628 )     —    

Income tax (expense) / benefit

     (13,170 )     (16,365 )
                

Net income (loss)

   $ 36,329     $ 21,426  
                

Note 13—Subsequent Events

TRP LP

On October 23, 2007, the general partner of TRP LP approved a quarterly distribution of available cash of $0.3375 per unit (approximately $15.3 million), for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, payable on November 14, 2007 to unitholders of record as of the close of business on November 4, 2007.

On October 24, 2007, TRP LP completed an offering of 13,500,000 common units representing limited partnership interests at $26.87 per common unit (before expenses). The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $346.2 million (net of the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses). Concurrently with the offering, TRP LP entered into a commitment increase supplement to its existing five-year $500 million revolving credit facility that increased the aggregate commitments under the facility to $750 million and borrowed an additional $378.8 million under the facility.

TRP LP used the proceeds from the unit offering and borrowings to acquire our ownership interests in the San Angelo Operating Unit system located in the Permian Basin of west Texas and the Louisiana Operating Unit system located in southwest Louisiana. Total consideration paid by TRP LP consisted of $721.7 million in cash and 275,511 TRP LP general partner units issued to us to maintain our 2% general partner interest in TRP LP.

We continue to consolidate TRP LP’s assets, liabilities and results of operations due to our control of TRP LP through our general partner interest.

On October 24, 2007, TRP LP also amended its credit agreement. The amendment increased by $250 million the maximum amount of increases to the aggregate commitments that may be requested by TRP LP. The amendment allows TRP LP to request commitments under the credit agreement, as supplemented and amended, up to $1 billion.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Litigation

On October 2, 2007, the Court granted defendants’ motions for summary judgment on all of WTG’s claims. WTG’s motion to reconsider and for new trial is pending before the Court. Targa intends to contest the motion and any appeal filed by WTG, but can give no assurances regarding the outcome of the proceeding.

Registration Statement

On October 31, 2007, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4. The exchange offer registration statement pertains to our existing 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 and was filed pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement dated October 31, 2005.

Note 14—Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

We are the issuer of the $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 referred to in Note 6 of our Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2006. The notes are jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by our wholly-owned subsidiaries (referred to as “Guarantor Subsidiaries”).

The following financial information presents condensed consolidating financial statements, which include:

 

   

Targa Resources, Inc. only (“Parent”);

 

   

The Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;

 

   

Non-wholly-owned and foreign subsidiaries (referred to as “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”);

 

   

Elimination entries necessary to consolidate the Parent, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; and

 

   

The Company on a consolidated basis.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Prior period amounts have been restated to reflect as Guarantor Subsidiaries only those subsidiaries that guarantee our notes as of September 30, 2007. In connection with TRP LP’s IPO, the guarantee of indebtedness of the assets contributed to TRP LP from us was terminated, the collateral interest was released, and TRP LP and its consolidated subsidiaries are no longer Guarantor Subsidiaries.

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

September 30, 2007

(in thousands)

 

    Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Intercompany
Eliminations
    Consolidated  
ASSETS          

Current assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —       $ 83,102     $ 69,306     $ —       $ 152,408  

Accounts receivable and other current assets

    9,064       802,014       33,682       —         844,760  
                                       
    9,064       885,116       102,988       —         997,168  
                                       

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

    —         1,016,676       1,727,681       —         2,744,357  

Accumulated depreciation

    —         58,083       (355,259 )     —         (297,176 )
                                       

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —         1,074,759       1,372,422       —         2,447,181  

Unconsolidated investments

    —         46,637       —         —         46,637  

Investment in subsidiaries

    1,669,061       —         —         (1,669,061 )     —    

Advances to (from) subsidiaries

    183,923       (240,107 )     56,184       —         —    

Other assets

    135,846       (84,646 )     12,325       —         63,525  
                                       

Total assets

  $ 1,997,894     $ 1,681,759     $ 1,543,919     $ (1,669,061 )   $ 3,554,511  
                                       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY          

Current liabilities

         

Accounts payable and other liabilities

  $ 17,092     $ 612,636     $ 105,698     $ —       $ 735,426  

Current maturities of debt

    12,500       —         —         —         12,500  
                                       
    29,592       612,636       105,698       —         747,926  
                                       

Long-term liabilities

         

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

    1,462,500       —         294,500       —         1,757,000  

Other long-term obligations

    11,797       54,216       18,506       (612 )     83,907  
                                       
    1,474,297       54,216       313,006       (612 )     1,840,907  

Minority interest

    —         —         —         103,335       103,335  

Non controlling interest in TRP LP

    —         —         —         368,338       368,338  

Stockholder’s equity:

         

Stockholder's equity

    516,900       1,052,149       1,133,350       (2,185,499 )     516,900  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    (22,895 )     (37,242 )     (8,135 )     45,377       (22,895 )
                                       
    494,005       1,014,907       1,125,215       (2,140,122 )     494,005  
                                       

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

  $ 1,997,894     $ 1,681,759     $ 1,543,919     $ (1,669,061 )   $ 3,554,511  
                                       

 

F-78


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2006

(in thousands)

 

    Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Intercompany
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

ASSETS

         

Current assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —       $ 117,661     $ 25,078     $ —       $ 142,739  

Accounts receivable and other current assets

    1,694       674,950       40,274       —         716,918  
                                       
    1,694       792,611       65,352       —         859,657  
                                       

Property, plant, and equipment, at cost

    —         959,258       1,692,117       —         2,651,375  

Accumulated depreciation

    —         105,183       (292,031 )     —         (186,848 )
                                       

Property, plant, and equipment, net

    —         1,064,441       1,400,086       —         2,464,527  

Unconsolidated investments

    —         40,212       —         —         40,212  

Investment in subsidiaries

    2,622,245       —         —         (2,622,245 )     —    

Advances to (from) subsidiaries

    (14,088 )     (16,263 )     30,351       —         —    

Other assets

    146,184       (69,146 )     16,591       —         93,629  
                                       

Total assets

  $ 2,756,035     $ 1,811,855     $ 1,512,380     $ (2,622,245 )   $ 3,458,025  
                                       

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

         

Current liabilities

         

Accounts payable and other liabilities

  $ 37,000     $ 472,735     $ 81,495     $ —       $ 591,230  

Current maturities of debt

    712,500       —         —         —         712,500  
                                       
    749,500       472,735       81,495       —         1,303,730  
                                       

Long-term liabilities

         

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

    1,471,875       —         —         —         1,471,875  

Other long-term obligations

    20,390       39,744       6,488       —         66,622  
                                       
    1,492,265       39,744       6,488       —         1,538,497  

Minority interest

    —         —         101,528       —         101,528  

Stockholder’s equity:

         

Stockholder’s equity

    478,587       1,265,521       1,292,541       (2,558,062 )     478,587  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    35,683       33,855       30,328       (64,183 )     35,683  
                                       
    514,270       1,299,376       1,322,869       (2,622,245 )     514,270  
                                       

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

  $ 2,756,035     $ 1,811,855     $ 1,512,380     $ (2,622,245 )   $ 3,458,025  
                                       

 

F-79


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

(in thousands)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues:

   $ —       $ 4,780,909     $ 731,482     $ (588,975 )   $ 4,923,416  
                                        

Operating costs and expenses:

          

Product purchases

     —         4,443,046       487,349       (557,106 )     4,373,289  

Operating expenses

     —         119,028       92,678       (31,869 )     179,837  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         47,501       63,256       —         110,757  

General and administrative and other

     61       69,951       8,114       —         78,126  
                                        
     61       4,679,526       651,397       (588,975 )     4,742,009  
                                        

Operating income

     (61 )     101,383       80,085       —         181,407  

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense, net

     (6,709 )     (84,035 )     (22,008 )     —         (112,752 )

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     —         7,964       —         —         7,964  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     55,884       —         —         (55,884 )     —    

Minority interest

     —         —         —         (27,120 )     (27,120 )
                                        

Income before income taxes

     49,114       25,312       58,077       (83,004 )     49,499  

Income tax expense

     (12,785 )     —         (997 )     612       (13,170 )
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 36,329     $ 25,312     $ 57,080     $ (82,392 )   $ 36,329  
                                        

 

F-80


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

    Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Intercompany
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —       $ 4,581,364     $ 705,745     $ (587,826 )   $ 4,699,283  
                                       

Operating costs and expenses:

         

Product purchases

    —         4,261,774       469,820       (556,699 )     4,174,895  

Operating expenses

    —         101,061       90,620       (31,127 )     160,554  

Depreciation and amortization

    —         49,337       61,601       —         110,938  

General and administrative and other

    132       59,399       5,329       —         64,860  
                                       
    132       4,471,571       627,370       (587,826 )     4,511,247  
                                       

Income from operations

    (132 )     109,793       78,375       —         188,036  

Other income (expense):

         

Interest income (expense), net

    —         (134,155 )     910       —         (133,245 )

Equity income of unconsolidated investments

    —         5,403       —         —         5,403  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    37,923       —         —         (37,923 )     —    

Minority interest

    —         —         —         (22,403 )     (22,403 )
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    37,791       (18,959 )     79,285       (60,326 )     37,791  

Income tax expense

    (16,365 )     1,988       (1,988 )     —         (16,365 )
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 21,426     $ (16,971 )   $ 77,297     $ (60,326 )   $ 21,426  
                                       

 

F-81


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

(in thousands)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Intercompany
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net income

   $ 36,329     $ 25,312     $ 57,080     $ (82,392 )   $ 36,329  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

          

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     10,338       48,013       63,992       —         122,343  

Deferred income taxes

     11,496       —         997       (612 )     11,881  

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     —         (7,964 )     —         —         (7,964 )

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (55,884 )     —         —         55,884       —    

Other

     (12,405 )     3,012       (24,994 )     27,120       (7,267 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             —    

Accounts receivable and other assets

     (250,692 )     124,501       (3,657 )     —         (129,848 )

Inventory

     —         (27,639 )     —         —         (27,639 )

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     (32,162 )     156,662       14,489       —         138,989  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (292,980 )     321,897       107,907       —         136,824  
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Purchases of property and equipment

     —         (62,202 )     (35,564 )     —         (97,766 )

Other

     —         15,528       (21 )     —         15,507  
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         (46,674 )     (35,585 )     —         (82,259 )
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Senior secured credit facilities:

          

Borrowings

     —         —         342,500       —         342,500  

Repayments

     (709,375 )     —         (48,000 )     —         (757,375 )

Non-controlling investment in Targa Resources Partners LP

     —         —         377,454       —         377,454  

Other

     (167 )     —         (7,308 )     —         (7,475 )

Receipts from (payments to) subsidiaries

     1,002,522       (309,782 )     (692,740 )     —         —    
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     292,980       (309,782 )     (28,094 )     —         (44,896 )
                                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —         (34,559 )     44,228       —         9,669  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —         117,661       25,078       —         142,739  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ —       $ 83,102     $ 69,306     $ —       $ 152,408  
                                        

 

F-82


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

(in thousands)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   

Intercompany

Eliminations

    Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net income (loss)

   $ 21,426     $ (16,971 )   $ 54,894     $ (37,923 )   $ 21,426  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided

     —         —         —         —      

by operating activities

     —         —         —         —      

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     —         55,734       65,573       —         121,307  

Deferred income taxes

     16,562       (2,185 )     1,988       —         16,365  

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments

     —         (5,403 )     —         —         (5,403 )

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (37,923 )     —         —         37,923       —    

Other

     —         (44,354 )     22,403       —         (21,951 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     —         —         —         —      

Accounts receivable and other assets

     (20,529 )     36,044       1,560       —         17,075  

Inventory

     —         26,261       (197 )     —         26,064  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     2,367       (6,119 )     10,466       —         6,714  
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     (18,097 )     43,007       156,687       —         181,597  
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Purchases of property and equipment

     —         (72,872 )     (35,049 )     —         (107,921 )

Acquisition of DMS, net of cash acquired

     20,529       (8,695 )     32       —         11,866  
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     20,529       (81,567 )     (35,017 )     —         (96,055 )
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Senior secured credit facility:

          

Borrowings

     —         —         —         —         —    

Repayments

     (9,375 )     —         —         —         (9,375 )

Receipts from (payments to) subsidiaries

     7,591       69,652       (77,243 )     —         —    

Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements

     (648 )     47,779       (47,779 )     —         (648 )
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (2,432 )     117,431       (125,022 )     —         (10,023 )
                                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —         78,871       (3,352 )     —         75,519  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —         9,624       31,803       —         41,427  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ —       $ 88,495     $ 28,451     $ —       $ 116,946  
                                        

 

F-83


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors of ConocoPhillips

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Midstream Operations sold to Targa Resources, Inc. (the “Midstream Operations”) as of April 15, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related combined statements of operations, parent company investment, and cash flows for the 106-day period ended April 15, 2004, and years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of ConocoPhillips’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Midstream Operations’ internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Midstream Operations’ internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Midstream Operations sold to Targa Resources, Inc. at April 15, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the 106-day period ended April 15, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/    E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Houston, Texas

July 29, 2005

 

F-84


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Thousands of Dollars
    

106-Day

Period Ended

April 15,

2004

   Years Ended December 31,
            2003            2002    

Revenues

        

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 232,769    $ 724,667    $ 541,195
                    

Total revenues

     232,769      724,667      541,195
                    

Costs and Expenses

        

Purchased products

     212,306      665,357      479,682

Operating expenses

     7,850      23,223      24,319

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     757      3,289      3,281

Depreciation and amortization

     3,833      12,866      9,791

Taxes other than income taxes

     1,407      4,325      4,775

Other

     —        4      52
                    

Total Costs and Expenses

     226,153      709,064      521,900
                    

Income before income taxes

     6,616      15,603      19,295

Provision for income taxes

     2,567      6,062      7,475
                    

Net Income

   $ 4,049    $ 9,541    $ 11,820
                    

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     Thousands of Dollars
    

At April 15,

2004

   At December 31,
        2003    2002

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

Accounts receivable

     20,985      44,718      14,398

Materials and supplies inventories

     1,332      1,332      1,339

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     493      1,924      969
                    

Total Current Assets

     22,810      47,974      16,706

Net properties, plants and equipment

     266,011      268,816      296,583
                    

Total Assets

   $ 288,821    $ 316,790    $ 313,289
                    

Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 27,477    $ 48,756    $ 47,260

Accrued income and other taxes

     711      942      50

Other accruals and current liabilities

     991      881      1,618
                    

Total Current Liabilities

     29,179      50,579      48,928

Accrued environmental costs

     827      345      364

Deferred income taxes

     87,954      88,602      94,443
                    

Total Liabilities

     117,960      139,526      143,735
                    

Parent Company Investment

        

Parent company investment

     170,861      177,264      169,554
                    

Total

   $ 288,821    $ 316,790    $ 313,289
                    

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
    

106-Day

Period Ended

April 15,

2004

    Years Ended December 31,  
           2003             2002      

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 4,049     $ 9,541     $ 11,820  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Non-working capital adjustments

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,833       12,866       9,791  

Deferred taxes

     (648 )     880       1,366  

Other

     482       (19 )     364  

Working capital adjustments

      

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable

     23,733       (30,320 )     4,238  

Decrease in inventories

     —         7       128  

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,431       (955 )     917  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     (21,279 )     1,496       13,834  

Increase (decrease) in taxes and other accruals

     (121 )     155       996  
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     11,480       (6,349 )     43,454  
                        

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

      

Capital expenditures

     (1,176 )     (2,413 )     (11,407 )
                        

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (1,176 )     (2,413 )     (11,407 )
                        

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

      

Net cash changes in parent company investment

     (10,304 )     8,762       (32,047 )
                        

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

     (10,304 )     8,762       (32,047 )
                        

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     —         —         —    

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year/period

     —         —         —    
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year/Period

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF PARENT COMPANY INVESTMENT

 

     Thousands of Dollars  

Parent company investment at December 31, 2001

   $ 122,420  

Net income

     11,820  

Net change in parent company advances

     35,314  
        

Parent company investment at December 31, 2002

     169,554  

Net income

     9,541  

Net change in distributions to parent company

     (1,831 )
        

Parent company investment at December 31, 2003

     177,264  

Net income

     4,049  

Net change in distributions to parent company

     (10,452 )
        

Parent company investment at April 15, 2004

   $ 170,861  
        

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Accounting Policies

 

   

Basis of Financial Statements —These combined financial statements represent certain natural gas liquids operations of ConocoPhillips Company (the parent company) located in South Louisiana and the Permian Basin in West Texas (hereinafter collectively referred to as the Midstream Operations), which ConocoPhillips Company sold to Targa Resources, Inc., effective April 1, 2004. These operations are integrated gathering and processing systems that purchase raw natural gas from producers, which is gathered through pipeline gathering systems. The gathered natural gas is then processed to extract natural gas liquids from the raw gas stream and the remaining “residue” gas is marketed to electrical utilities, industrial users, and gas marketing companies. Most of the natural gas liquids are fractionated—separated into individual components like ethane, butane and propane—and marketed as chemical feedstock, fuel, or blendstock. These are sold to third parties, as well as to ConocoPhillips Company.

These financial statements are presented on a going-concern basis, as if these assets had existed as an entity separate from ConocoPhillips Company during the periods presented. These assets were not a separate legal entity during the periods presented. References to the Midstream Operations are to “ConocoPhillips Company, with respect to the midstream operations that it sold to Targa.” During the periods presented, ConocoPhillips Company charged the Midstream Operations a portion of its corporate support costs, including engineering, legal, treasury, planning, environmental, tax, auditing, information technology, and other corporate services, based on usage, actual costs or other allocation methods considered reasonable by ConocoPhillips Company management. Accordingly, expenses included in these financial statements may not be indicative of the level of expenses which might have been incurred had the Midstream Operations been operating as a separate stand-alone company.

ConocoPhillips Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips, a company incorporated in the state of Delaware on November 16, 2001, in connection with, and in anticipation of, the merger between Conoco Inc. (Conoco) and Phillips Petroleum Company (Phillips). The merger between Conoco and Phillips (the merger) was consummated on August 30, 2002, and Conoco and Phillips each became wholly owned subsidiaries of ConocoPhillips. For accounting purposes, Phillips was designated as the acquirer of Conoco and ConocoPhillips was treated as the successor of Phillips. Subsequent to the merger, Phillips was renamed ConocoPhillips Company. Before the merger, the Midstream Operations were owned by Conoco. As a result of the merger and the subsequent allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities, the recorded book value of the Midstream Operations was re-measured to fair value as of August 30, 2002.

 

   

Revenue Recognition —Revenues associated with sales of natural gas, natural gas liquids, and other items are recorded when title passes to the customer, which is when the risk of ownership passes to the purchaser and physical delivery of goods occurs, which is generally at the tailgate of the processing plant. Midstream Operations uses commodity derivative instruments, such as swaps and futures, in various markets to effectively convert fixed-price contracts to a floating price. See Note 1—Accounting Policies—Derivative Instruments, for additional information on the accounting for, and reporting of, commodity derivatives contracts.

 

   

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

 

   

Parent Company Investment —The parent company investment included in the balance sheet represents the net balances resulting from various transactions between the Midstream Operations and

 

F-89


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

ConocoPhillips Company. There were no terms of settlement or interest charges associated with the account balance. The balance included the Midstream Operations’ participation in ConocoPhillips Company’s central cash management program. The Midstream Operations’ cash receipts were remitted to, and its cash disbursements were funded by, ConocoPhillips Company. Other transactions included product purchases from, and sales to, the parent company; the Midstream Operations’ share of the current portion of ConocoPhillips Company’s consolidated income tax liability; and other administrative and support expenses incurred by ConocoPhillips Company and allocated or charged to the Midstream Operations.

 

   

Inventories —Materials and supplies are valued at average cost.

 

   

Derivative Instruments —All derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in either prepaid expenses and other current assets or other accruals and current liabilities. Recognition of the gain or loss that results from recording and adjusting a derivative to fair value depends on the purpose for issuing or holding the derivative. Gains and losses from derivatives that are not accounted for as hedges under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” are recognized immediately in earnings. In the combined statement of operations, gains and losses from derivatives are recorded in sales and other operating revenues.

 

   

Properties, Plants and Equipment —Properties, plants and equipment are recorded at cost except when re-measured to fair-value in a merger.

 

   

Depreciation and Amortization —Depreciation and amortization is determined by the group-straight-line method over a 20-year to 22-year useful life. Prior to August 30, 2002, properties, plants and equipment were depreciated over a 25-year useful life.

 

   

Impairment of Properties, Plants and Equipment —Properties, plants and equipment used in operations are assessed for impairment whenever changes in facts and circumstances indicate a possible significant deterioration in the future cash flows expected to be generated by an asset group. If, upon review, the sum of the undiscounted pretax cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset group, the carrying value is written down to estimated fair value through additional amortization or depreciation provisions and reported as Property Impairments in the periods in which the determination of impairment is made. Individual assets are grouped for impairment purposes at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. The fair value of impaired assets is determined based on quoted market prices in active markets, if available, or upon the present values of expected future cash flows using discount rates commensurate with the risks involved in the asset group. Long-lived assets committed by management for disposal within one year are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, less cost to sell. In assessing impairment and applying the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” management considered the Midstream Operations as a going concern and separate reporting entity. Therefore, considerations related to ConocoPhillips Company’s intentions to dispose of these operations are not reflected in these statements. However, as described in Note 3, ConocoPhillips Company incurred an impairment charge on its investment in the Midstream Operations.

The expected future cash flows used for impairment reviews and related net realizable value calculations are based on production volumes, prices and costs, considering all available evidence at the date of the review.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Maintenance and Repairs —The costs of maintenance and repairs, which are not significant improvements, are expensed when incurred.

 

   

Environmental Costs —Environmental expenditures are expensed or capitalized as appropriate, depending upon their future economic benefit. Expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations and that do not have future economic benefit are expensed. Liabilities for these expenditures are recorded on an undiscounted basis (unless acquired in a purchase business acquisition such as the merger) when environmental assessments or cleanups are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Since the Midstream Operations were acquired by ConocoPhillips Company in the merger of Conoco and Phillips, the majority of its environmental liabilities are recorded on a discounted basis. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties, such as state reimbursement funds, are recorded as assets when their receipt is probable.

 

   

Income Taxes —The Midstream Operations’ results of operations are included in the consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax returns of ConocoPhillips. Deferred taxes are provided on all temporary differences between the financial-reporting basis and the tax basis of the Midstream Operations’ assets and liabilities. Income tax expense or benefit represents Midstream Operations, on a separate-return basis, using the same principles and elections used in ConocoPhillips’ consolidated return. Any resulting current tax liability or refund is settled with the parent company on a current basis.

Note 2—Related-Party Transactions

Significant transactions with related parties were:

 

     Thousands of Dollars
    

106-Day

Period Ended

April 15,

2004

   Years Ended December 31,
        2003    2002

Sales and other operating revenues(a)

   $ 112,706    $ 557,977    $ 322,264

Purchased products(b)

     23,667      100,409      20,252

Selling, general and administrative expenses(c)

     752      3,196      3,242

(a) The Midstream Operations sold natural gas and natural gas liquids to ConocoPhillips Company for re-marketing to third parties, at prices that approximate market.
(b) The Midstream Operations purchased natural gas feedstocks for its processing plants from ConocoPhillips Company, at prices that approximate market.
(c) ConocoPhillips Company charged the Midstream Operations a portion of its corporate support costs, including engineering, legal, treasury, planning, environmental, tax, auditing, information technology, research and development, and other corporate services, based on usage, actual costs, or other allocation methods considered reasonable by ConocoPhillips Company’s management.

Inventory profit-or-loss-elimination amounts at April 15, 2004, and December 31, 2003 and 2002, on purchases from, and sales to, related parties were not material.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 3—Properties, Plants and Equipment

The Midstream Operations’ investment in properties, plants and equipment, with accumulated depreciation and amortization, at balance-sheet date was:

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
    

At April 15,

2004

    At December 31,  
       2003     2002  

Processing plants

   $ 107,308     $ 106,869     $ 106,203  

Pipelines

     178,208       178,347       194,430  
                        

Gross properties, plants and equipment

     285,516       285,216       300,633  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (19,505 )     (16,400 )     (4,050 )
                        

Net properties, plants and equipment

   $ 266,011     $ 268,816     $ 296,583  
                        

Properties, plants and equipment consist primarily of processing plant and pipeline assets, which are depreciated on estimated useful lives of 20 to 22 years. At the end of August 2002, in conjunction with the merger, the Midstream Operations’ properties, plants and equipment were re-measured to fair value. As part of this, the useful lives of the plants changed from 25 years to 20 years for Louisiana and to 22 years for the plants in West Texas. At December 31, 2002, properties, plants and equipment included $17,300,000 for certain pipeline assets in West Texas that the U.S. Federal Trade Commission required ConocoPhillips Company to sell as a condition of the merger. These pipelines were transferred to the parent company in 2003 as part of a sales transaction. Because these assets were an integrated part of the operating units sold to Targa, that transaction has been reflected in these financial statements.

In 2004, ConocoPhillips Company incurred a $24,141,000 impairment to write down to net realizable value the properties, plants and equipment planned to be sold to Targa Resources, Inc.

Note 4—Accrued Environmental Costs and Asset Retirement Obligations

Midstream Operations had environmental costs of $1,055,207, $428,694, and $415,521 accrued at April 15, 2004; December 31, 2003; and December 31, 2002, respectively. Of the total accrued at April 15, 2004, and December 31, 2003 and 2002, $227,988, $83,851 and $51,829, respectively, were classified as short-term on the combined balance sheet. Based on analyses of available information and previous experience with respect to remediation sites, it is reasonably possible that the costs associated with these sites could exceed current accruals by amounts that may not be material but that could range up to $3,000,000, in aggregate.

Because the Midstream Operations were acquired by ConocoPhillips Company in the merger of Conoco and Phillips, the majority of its environmental liabilities are recorded on a discounted basis. Expected expenditures for acquired environmental obligations are discounted using a 5 percent discount factor, resulting in an accrued balance for acquired environmental liabilities of $380,205 at April 15, 2004. The expected future undiscounted payments related to the portion of the accrued environmental costs that have been discounted are: $69,000 in 2004, $50,000 in 2005, $30,000 in 2006, $10,000 in 2007, $10,000 in 2008, $10,000 in 2009, and $294,000 for all future years after 2009.

Effective January 1, 2003, Midstream Operations adopted SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” which applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement and removal of long-lived assets. SFAS No. 143 requires entities to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the

 

F-92


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

period when it is incurred (typically when the asset is installed at the production location). When the liability is initially recorded, an entity capitalizes the cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related properties, plants and equipment. Over time, the liability is increased for the change in its present value, and the initial capitalized cost in properties, plants and equipment is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset.

Midstream Operations facilities, such as plants and office buildings, are not presently subject to any legal requirements to remove these facilities and so are not within the scope of SFAS No. 143. Consequently, application of this new accounting standard did not result in an increase in net properties, plants and equipment or impact net income.

Note 5—Contingencies

In the case of all known contingencies, the Midstream Operations accrue an undiscounted liability when the loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. These liabilities are not reduced for potential insurance recoveries. If applicable, undiscounted receivables are accrued for probable insurance or other third-party recoveries. Based on information available at the time of the preparation of these financial statements, the management of ConocoPhillips Company believed that it was remote that future costs related to known contingent liability exposures would exceed accruals by an amount that would have a material adverse impact on the financial statements of the Midstream Operations.

As facts concerning contingencies become known, the Midstream Operations reassesses its position, both with respect to accrued liabilities and other potential exposures. Estimates that are particularly sensitive to future change include contingent liabilities recorded for environmental remediation and legal matters. Estimated future environmental remediation costs are subject to change due to such factors as the unknown magnitude of cleanup costs, the unknown time and extent of such remedial actions that may be required, and the determination of liability in proportion to other responsible parties. Estimated future costs related to legal matters are subject to change as events evolve, and as additional information becomes available during the administrative and litigation process.

Environmental—The Midstream Operations are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These may result in obligations to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the placement, storage, disposal or release of certain chemical, mineral and petroleum substances at various sites.

Other Legal Proceedings—The Midstream Operations are a party to a number of other legal proceedings pending in various courts or agencies for which, in some instances, no provision has been made.

Note 6—Financial Instruments and Derivative Contracts

Derivative Instruments

Commodity Derivative Contracts—Midstream Operations operates in the U.S. natural gas and natural gas liquids markets and are exposed to fluctuations in the prices for these commodities. These fluctuations can affect revenues, as well as the cost of operating, investing, and financing activities. Generally, the Midstream Operations’ policy is to remain exposed to market prices of commodity purchases and sales. Consistent with this policy, Midstream Operations uses commodity derivative instruments, with the assistance of ConocoPhillips Company’s Commercial organization, to convert fixed-price sales contracts, which are often requested by natural gas consumers, to a floating market price.

SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended (Statement No. 133 or SFAS No. 133), requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or

 

F-93


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Assets and liabilities resulting from derivative contracts open at each balance sheet date appear as prepaid expenses and other current assets or other accruals and current liabilities on the combined balance sheet.

The accounting for changes in fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it meets the qualifications for, and has been designated as, a SFAS No. 133 hedge, and the type of hedge. At April 15, 2004, ConocoPhillips Company was not using SFAS No. 133 hedge accounting for commodity derivative contracts. All gains and losses, realized or unrealized, from the Midstream Operations’ swaps and futures have been recognized in the combined statement of operations.

SFAS No. 133 also requires purchase and sales contracts for commodities that are readily convertible to cash (e.g., natural gas) to be recorded on the combined balance sheet as derivatives unless the contracts are for quantities expected to be used or sold over a reasonable period in the normal course of business (the normal purchases and normal sales exception), among other requirements, and ConocoPhillips Company has documented its intent to apply this exception. If the exception had not been applied, both the purchase or sales contract and the derivative contract mitigating the resulting risk will be recorded on the combined balance sheet at fair value in accordance with the preceding paragraphs.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The Midstream Operations used the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of its financial instruments:

 

   

Accounts receivable. The carrying amount reported on the combined balance sheet approximates fair value.

 

   

Futures. Fair values are based on quoted market prices obtained form the New York Mercantile Exchange, the International Petroleum Exchange of London Limited, or other traded exchanges.

 

   

Swaps. Fair value is estimated based on forward market prices and approximates the net gains and losses that would have been realized if the contracts had been closed out at balance-sheet date. When forward market prices are not available, they are estimated using the forward prices of a similar commodity with adjustments for differences in quality or location.

The Midstream Operations’ financial instruments at balance sheet date were:

 

     Thousands of Dollars
     Carrying Amount    Fair Value
    

At April 15,

2004

   At December 31,   

At April 15,

2004

   At December 31,
         2003      2002         2003      2002 

Financial assets

                 

Commodity derivatives

   $ 452    $ 1,193    $ 811    $ 452    $ 1,193    $ 811

Financial liabilities

                 

Commodity derivatives

     763      797      1,566      763      797      1,566

Note 7—Financial Instruments and Credit Risk

The Midstream Operations’ financial instruments that were exposed to concentrations of credit risk consisted primarily of third-party trade receivables, which reflected a broad customer base, and over-the-counter derivative contracts, such as swaps, in which the credit risk derived from the counterparty to the transaction.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

ConocoPhillips Company’s management closely monitored these exposures against predetermined credit limits, including the continual exposure adjustments that resulted from market movements. Individual counterparty exposure was managed within these limits, and included the use of cash-call margins when appropriate, thereby reducing the risk of significant non-performance. The Midstream Operations also used futures contracts, but futures have a negligible credit risk because they are traded on the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Note 8—Employee Benefit Plans

The employees of the Midstream Operations were included in the various employee benefit plans of ConocoPhillips Company. These plans included retirement and savings plans, and employee and retiree medical, dental and life insurance plans, and other such benefits. For the purpose of these separate financial statements, the Midstream Operations were considered as if participating in multi-employer benefit plans. Its share of allocated parent company employee benefit plan expenses was $1,047,000, $3,047,000, and $2,386,000 for the periods ended April 15, 2004; December 31, 2003; and December 31, 2002, respectively.

Note 9—Taxes

Taxes charged (credited) to income were:

 

     Thousands of Dollars
    

106-Day

Period Ended

April 15,

2004

    Years Ended
December 31,
       2003    2002

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes

       

Property

   $ 691     $ 3,014    $ 3,805

Payroll

     182       611      589

Franchise

     479       480      303

Other

     55       220      78
                     
   $ 1,407     $ 4,325    $ 4,775
                     

Income Taxes

       

Federal

       

Current

   $ 2,733     $ 4,392    $ 5,202

Deferred

     (553 )     746      1,164

State and local

       

Current

     482       790      907

Deferred

     (95 )     134      202
                     
   $ 2,567     $ 6,062    $ 7,475
                     

 

F-95


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes. Major components of deferred tax liabilities and assets were:

 

     Thousands of Dollars
    

At April 15,

2004

   At December 31,
        2003    2002

Deferred Tax Liabilities

        

Properties, plants and equipment

   $ 93,022    $ 93,236    $ 99,787

Derivatives

     —        139      —  
                    

Total deferred tax liabilities

     93,022      93,375      99,787
                    

Deferred Tax Assets

        

Deferred state income tax

     4,590      4,623      4,935

Derivatives

     109      —        264

Accrued environmental costs

     369      150      145
                    

Total deferred tax assets

     5,068      4,773      5,344
                    

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 87,954    $ 88,602    $ 94,443
                    

The purchase price allocation for the merger resulted in deferred tax liabilities of $42,444,000 related to the step up in value of properties, plants and equipment and the establishment of environmental liabilities at August 30, 2002.

The amounts of U.S. income before income taxes, with a reconciliation of tax at the federal statutory rate with the provision for income taxes, were:

 

     Thousands of Dollars    Percent of Pretax Income
    

106-Day

Period Ended

April 15,

2004

  

Years Ended

December 31,

  

106-Day

Period Ended

April 15,

2004

  

Years Ended

December 31,

        2003    2002       2003    2002

United States income before income taxes

   $ 6,616    $ 15,603    $ 19,295    100.0    100.0    100.0
                                   

Federal statutory income tax

   $ 2,316      5,461      6,754    35.0    35.0    35.0

State income tax

     251      601      721    3.8    3.9    3.7
                                   
   $ 2,567    $ 6,062    $ 7,475    38.8    38.9    38.7
                                   

 

F-96


Table of Contents

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY’S

MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS SOLD TO TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 10—Cash Flow Information

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
    

106-Day

Period Ended

April 15,

2004

   Years Ended
December 31,
 
        2003     2002  

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities

       

Distribution of non-cash assets to parent company

   $ 148    $ 10,593 *   $ —    

Contribution of non-cash assets by parent company

     —        —         304  

Revaluation of assets in conjunction with the merger of Conoco and Phillips

     —        —         67,057 **

Cash Payments

       

Income taxes***

     3,215      5,182       6,109  

* Net of deferred taxes of $6,721,000.
** Net of deferred taxes of $42,444,000.
*** Amount paid to parent company for income taxes.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Partners of

Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, of changes in partners’ capital, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries for the ten months ended October 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Partnership has engaged in significant transactions with Dynegy Inc. and its subsidiaries and ChevronTexaco Corporation and its affiliates, related parties.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

October 30, 2007

 

F-98


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(in millions)

 

     Ten Months
Ended
October 31,
2005
 

Revenues from third parties

   $ 2,080  

Revenues from affiliates

     1,508  
        

Total revenues

     3,588  

Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below

     3,317  

Depreciation expense

     64  

Gain on sale of assets, net

     (10 )

General and administrative expenses

     50  
        

Operating income

     167  

Losses from unconsolidated investments

     (20 )

Other income, net

     16  

Minority interest expense

     (24 )
        

Net income

   $ 139  
        

Comprehensive income

   $ 139  
        

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

     Ten Months
Ended
October 31,
2005
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  

Net income

   $ 139  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

Depreciation expense

     62  

Accretion expense

     1  

Impairment charge

     65  

Losses from unconsolidated investments, net of cash distributions

     26  

Risk-management activities

     (1 )

Gain on sale of assets, net

     (10 )

Income attributable to minority interest holders

     24  

Changes in working capital:

  

Accounts receivable, net

     (132 )

Inventory

     (77 )

Prepayments and other assets

     35  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     124  

Changes in non-current liabilities

     (8 )

Non-cash settlement of transactions with Dynegy (See Notes 1 and 8)

     (150 )
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     98  
        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

  

Capital expenditures

     (45 )

Proceeds from asset sales, net

     11  
        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (34 )
        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  

Distributions to partners, net

     (45 )

Distributions to minority interest holders

     (25 )
        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (70 )
        

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (6 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     17  
        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 11  
        

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

(in millions)

 

     Limited
Partner
    General
Partner
    Total  

Partners’ Capital, December 31, 2004

   $ 1,252     $ 44     $ 1,296  

Net income

     134       5       139  

Cash distributions to Dynegy

     (44 )     (2 )     (46 )

Settlement of transactions with Dynegy (See Notes 1 and 8)

     (145 )     (5 )     (150 )
                        

Partners’ Capital, October 31, 2005

   $ 1,197     $ 42     $ 1,239  
                        

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

Nature of Business. Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (“DMS”, “we”, “us”, “our”) is owned by Dynegy Midstream G.P., Inc. and Dynegy Midstream Holdings, Inc., which are each indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of Dynegy, Inc. (“Dynegy”). Our business operations consist of natural gas gathering and processing, fractionating, storing, terminalling, transporting, distributing and marketing of natural gas liquids.

Basis of Presentation. Effective November 1, 2005, DMS was acquired by Targa Resources, Inc. (“Targa”). The accompanying financial statements were prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission and have been included in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Targa.

Throughout the period covered by these financial statements, Dynegy has provided cash management services to us through a centralized treasury system whereby excess cash from most of its subsidiaries, held in separate subsidiary bank accounts, is swept to a centralized account managed by Dynegy treasury services. Our cash distributions to Dynegy are deemed to have occurred through the general and limited partner in accordance with our partnership agreement, and are reflected as an adjustment to partners’ capital.

We routinely conduct business with other subsidiaries of Dynegy that are not a part of this consolidated group. Such transactions primarily result from sales and purchases of natural gas and natural gas liquids. These transactions with Dynegy are not settled in cash. Instead, they are settled through adjustments to our partners’ capital and are not included in our operating cash flows.

Also, our consolidated financial statements include costs allocated to us by Dynegy for centralized general and administrative services performed by Dynegy on our behalf, as well as depreciation of assets utilized by such centralized Dynegy general and administrative functions. These transactions with Dynegy are not settled in cash. Instead, they are settled through adjustments to our partners’ capital and are not included in our operating cash flows.

As a result, operating cash flows, as reported, are not necessarily indicative of the operating cash flows that would have resulted if we had been operated as a separate entity. Were such transactions conducted with third parties and/or settled in cash, the effect on our consolidated financial statements, particularly on our operating cash flows, could be significant. Please see Note 8—Related Party Transactions for further information.

Note 2—Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Our most significant accounting policies are described below. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial position and results of operations. We review significant estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any necessary adjustments prior to their publication. Estimates and judgments are based on information available at the time such estimates and judgments are made. Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and judgments often relate to information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (1) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (2) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (3) estimating the useful lives of our assets and (4) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Principles of Consolidation . The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries and our proportionate share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of undivided interests in certain gas processing facilities. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents . Cash and cash equivalents consist of all demand deposits and funds invested in highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We review our doubtful accounts regularly. Past due balances over 60 days, and over a specified amount, are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we feel it is probable the receivable will not be collected. We review collectibility and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary, primarily utilizing methodologies involving historical levels of write-offs. The specific identification method is also used in certain circumstances. We do not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates . Investments in affiliates over which we exercise significant influence, generally occurring in ownership interests of 20% to 50%, and also occurring in lesser ownership percentages due to voting rights or other factors, are accounted for using the equity method. Our share of net income (loss) from these affiliates is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations as earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments. Any excess of our investment in affiliates, as compared to our share of the underlying equity that is not recognized as goodwill, is amortized over the estimated economic service lives of the underlying assets. All investments in unconsolidated affiliates are periodically assessed for other-than-temporary declines in value, with write-downs recognized in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments in the consolidated statement of operations, if applicable.

Inventory . Our inventory consists primarily of natural gas and natural gas liquids valued at the lower of weighted average cost or at market

Property, Plant and Equipment . Property, plant and equipment, which consists principally of gas gathering, processing, fractionation, terminalling and storage facilities and natural gas transportation lines is recorded at historical cost. Expenditures for major replacements, renewals and major maintenance are capitalized. We consider major maintenance to be expenditures incurred on a cyclical basis to maintain and prolong the efficient operation of our assets. Expenditures for repairs and minor renewals to maintain assets in operating condition are expensed. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated economic service lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 25 years. Composite depreciation rates (which we refer to as composite rates) are applied to functional groups of assets having similar economic characteristics. The estimated economic service lives of our functional asset groups are as follows:

 

Asset Group

  

Range of

Years

Natural gas gathering systems and processing facilities

   15 to 25

Fractionation, terminalling and natural gas liquids storage facilities

   15 to 25

Transportation equipment and barges

   5 to 10

Office and miscellaneous equipment

   3 to 7

Gains and losses are not recognized for retirements of property, plant and equipment subject to composite rates until the asset group subject to the composite rate is retired. Gains and losses on sales of individual assets

 

F-103


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

are reflected in gain (loss) on sale of assets, net in the consolidated statement of operations. We assess the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”). If an impairment has occurred, the amount of the impairment loss recognized would be determined by estimating the related discounted cash flows of the assets and recording a loss if the resulting estimated fair value is less than the book value. For assets identified as held for sale, the book value is compared to comparable market prices, or the estimated fair value if comparable market prices are not readily available, to determine if an impairment loss is required.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Goodwill represents, at the time of an acquisition, the amount of purchase price paid in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired. We follow the guidance set forth in SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), when assessing the carrying value of our goodwill. Accordingly, we evaluate our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and when events warrant an assessment. Our evaluation is based, in part, on our estimate of future cash flows. The estimation of fair value is highly subjective, inherently imprecise and can change materially from period to period based on, among other things, an assessment of market conditions, projected cash flows and discount rate. We perform our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter after our annual budgetary process, and we may record impairment charges in future periods as a result of such test. We have $4 million of goodwill attributable to our Marketing Assets segment and $11 million of goodwill attributable to our Gas Gathering and Processing segment. During the ten months ended October 31, 2005, there was no change in our $15 million carrying amount of goodwill.

Income Taxes . As a partnership, we are not subject to federal income tax. We are subject to income taxes in the states of Texas and Tennessee through certain of our subsidiaries. However, historically, any state income tax on the partnership has been immaterial. The taxable income or loss resulting from our operations will ultimately be included in the federal and state income tax returns of the partners.

Revenue Recognition . Our segments consist largely of the ownership and operation of physical assets that we use in various natural gas processing operations and natural gas liquids fractionation, storage and terminalling and delivery operations. The business of these segments includes natural gas gathering and processing, separation of natural gas liquids into their component parts from a commingled stream of light liquid hydrocarbons and the transportation and delivery of natural gas liquids through gas liquids pipelines, transport tractors and tank trailers, our LPG barge fleet and railcars that we manage pursuant to a services agreement with ChevronTexaco Corporation and its affiliates (“ChevronTexaco”). End sales from these businesses result in physical delivery of natural gas residue and natural gas liquids to our wholesale and industrial customers. We recognize revenue from these transactions when the product or service is delivered to a customer. We also provide natural gas liquids storage and terminalling services for a fee.

Minority Interest . Minority interest includes third-party investments in entities that we consolidate, but do not wholly own. The net results attributed to minority interest holders in consolidated entities are included in minority interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting Principles Not Yet Adopted

SFAS No. 153. In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “ Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29, “ Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” , is based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. The guidance in that Opinion, however, included certain exceptions to that principle. SFAS No. 153 amends Opinion No. 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of

 

F-104


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of SFAS No. 153 are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Early application is permitted and companies must apply the standard prospectively. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

SFAS No. 154 . In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 154, “ Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—A Replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and SFAS No. 3”. SFAS 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle and applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle. It also applies to changes required by an accounting pronouncement in the unusual instance that the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. The provisions of SFAS No. 154 are effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

EITF Issue 05-6 . In June 2005, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 05-6, “Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements”. EITF Issue 05-6 provides guidance on determining the amortization period for leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination or acquired subsequent to lease inception. The guidance in EITF Issue 05-6 will be applied prospectively and is effective for periods beginning after June 29, 2005. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

FIN 48. In June 2006 the FASB issued FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. Based on our evaluation, we have determined that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in our financial statements at June 30, 2007. There are no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective rate, and there are no unrecognized tax benefits that are reasonably expected to increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

SFAS No. 157. In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the application of SFAS 157 will change current practice. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have not yet determined the impact this statement will have on our results of operations or financial position.

SFAS No. 159. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. SFAS 159 expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. We are currently reviewing this new accounting standard and the impact, if any, it will have on our financial statements.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 3—Hurricanes Katrina and Rita

Certain of our Louisiana and Texas assets sustained damage during 2005 from two Gulf Coast Hurricanes—Katrina and Rita. The estimated cost of damages to our facilities is expected to approximate $101 million, which includes anticipated replacement, repair, and cleanup costs based upon current estimates. Of this estimated loss, $25 million is included in losses from unconsolidated investments in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the ten months ended October 31, 2005. An additional $65 million loss is included in Other income, net. Insurance recoveries related to the hurricane damages estimated to be $81 million were also included in Other income, net .

The table below summarizes the following information for our operated facilities where we sustained property damage: our ownership percentage, the actual or estimated date when the facility resumed or will resume full operation and our share of the estimated repair costs (for which we have filed or will file property damage insurance claims).

 

Facility

   % Owned    Actual or Estimated
Date for Full
Facility Resumption
   (in millions)
Est. Cost
of Repairs

Venice

   22.9    4th Qtr. 2006    $ 36.1

Yscloskey

   23.8    Early 2nd Qtr 2006      13.3

Hattiesburg

   50.0    Sept 2005      0.2

Pelican Offshore Pipeline and Platform

   100.0    Jan 2006      24.7

Stingray

   100.0    Mar 2006      11.7

Barracuda

   100.0    Feb 2006      10.8

Lake Charles Frac/Hackberry Storage

   100.0    Oct 2005      1.4

Seahawk Offshore Pipeline

   100.0    Oct 2005      0.9

Lowry

   100.0    Oct 2005      0.3

Mt. Belvieu/Galena Park

   100.0    Oct 2005      0.5

The following table contains similar information for non-operated facilities affected by the hurricanes, where the impact on us for business interruption claims for non-operated facilities is anticipated to be more significant than for property damage claims.

 

Facility

   % Owned    Plant Operator    Actual or Estimated
Date for Full
Facility Resumption

Toca

   9.4    Enterprise    Dec 2005

Calumet

   37.2    Enterprise    Oct 2005

Terrebone

   11.4    Enterprise    Oct 2005

Bluewater

   21.8    ExxonMobil    Oct 2005

Iowa

   9.9    Duke    Oct 2005

Sea Robin

   0.8    Hess    Early 2nd Qtr 2006

Gulf Coast Fractionator

   38.8    ConocoPhillips    Oct 2005

The total estimated cost of repairs associated with the non-operated facilities is $1.3 million, with Toca accounting for $1.0 million of the total. We are filing business interruption claims for the facilities included in the tables above and for other operated assets where there was no significant property damage (such as the Cedar Bayou Fractionator). We will also file contingent business interruption claims resulting from the hurricane damage to third-party facilities including the Pascagoula and Alliance Refineries, and the Grand Cheniere Plant (which BP p.l.c. has decided not to repair) and offshore production facilities. The most significant business interruption impact was from Hurricane Katrina, resulting in material losses in Louisiana at the Venice Complex, the Yscloskey Plant, the Toca Plant, and other plants. In addition to negatively impacted direct plant profits, the associated business interruption losses also affected liquids marketing profits, wholesale/transportation profits and caused us to incur additional expenses to meet commercial obligations under existing contracts.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We believe we have adequate insurance coverage to cover the facility repair costs and to offset the majority of the associated lost profits as a result of the hurricanes. The property damage insurance coverage has a $1 million (100%) per onshore occurrence deductible and a $250,000 per offshore occurrence deductible associated with each respective hurricane claim. These deductibles will reduce our ultimate property damage insurance recoveries by approximately $1.5 million.

With the exception of the Venice Complex, where funds are paid from a joint account with a cash call mechanism where we contribute our ownership share, we are currently funding the cost of repair for the facilities we operate and expect to be reimbursed by our partners for their share of costs under the normal joint interest billing process. We expect to be reimbursed under our property insurance coverage for our portion of repair costs. For the non-operated facilities, we are funding our share through joint interest billings from the facility operator and expect to be reimbursed by our insurance coverage.

Note 4—Dispositions

Sale of Land . On September 9, 2005, we sold a tract of land at our Port Everglades, Florida terminal for approximately $11 million in cash. As a result, we recognized a gain of approximately $10 million in the third quarter of 2005 in our Marketing Assets segment. The gain is included in Gain on sale of assets, net in our consolidated statements of operations.

Note 5—Risk Management Activities

Our operations are impacted by several factors, some of which may not be mitigated by risk management methods. These risks include, but are not limited to, commodity price, weather patterns, counterparty credit risks, changes in competition, operational risks, environmental risks and changes in regulations.

Market Risk. We define market risk as changes to our earnings and cash flows resulting from changes in market conditions, including changes in commodity prices, as well as the impact of volatility and market liquidity on such prices. We manage market risk through diversification, controlling position sizes and executing hedging strategies. Our hedging activity for the ten months ended October 31, 2005 was immaterial.

Note 6—Asset Retirement Obligations

We follow SFAS No. 143, “Asset Retirement Obligations” (“SFAS No. 143”) to account for our legal obligations (including those obligations conditioned upon events that may not be within our control) to retire tangible, long-lived assets. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 143, we are required to record the obligations as liabilities on our balance sheet at a discount when incurred. The fair value of the remediation and pipeline abandonment costs estimated to be required upon retirement or abandonment of our assets was included in the asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) and was recorded upon adoption of SFAS No. 143. Changes are recognized when obligations are incurred or settled and when the fair value of the obligation changes due to revisions in estimates and passage of time. Significant judgment is involved in estimating future cash flows associated with such obligations, as well as the ultimate timing of the cash flows. If our estimates of the amount or timing of the cash flow change, the change may have a material impact on our results of operations.

In addition to these ARO’s, we also have potential retirement obligations for dismantlement of a fractionation facility and natural gas liquids storage facilities. Our current intent is to maintain these facilities in a manner such that they will be operated indefinitely. As such, we cannot estimate potential retirement obligations associated with these assets at this time. Liabilities will be recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 143 at the time we are able to estimate the obligations.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Our ARO’s relate to activities such as closure and post-closure costs, environmental testing, remediation, monitoring and land and equipment lease obligations. A summary, in millions, of changes is as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

   $ 10

Obligations incurred

     —  

Obligations settled

     —  

Revision in estimates (included in cost of sales)

     1

Accretion expense (included in cost of sales)

     1
      

Balance at October 31, 2005

   $ 12
      

Note 7—Unconsolidated Investments

Our unconsolidated investments consist primarily of investments in affiliates that we do not control, but where we have significant influence over operations. Our principal equity method investments consist of entities that operate natural gas liquids assets. We entered into these ventures principally to share risk and leverage existing commercial relationships. These ventures maintain independent capital structures and have financed their operations either on a non-recourse basis to us or through their ongoing commercial activities.

At October 31, 2005, our investments included a 22.9% ownership interest in Venice Energy Services Company, L.L.C. (“VESCO”), a venture that operates a natural gas liquids processing, extraction, fractionation and storage facility in the Gulf Coast region. We also hold a 38.75% ownership interest in Gulf Coast Fractionators LP (“GCF”), a venture that fractionates natural gas liquids on the Gulf Coast.

The following table shows our unconsolidated investments as of October 31, 2005 (in millions):

 

Natural Gas Gathering and Processing

  

VESCO

   $ 29

Logistics Assets

  

GCF

     23
      
   $ 52
      

The following table shows our equity earnings and cash distributions with respect to our unconsolidated investments for the ten months ended October 31, 2005 (in millions):

 

Equity earnings of:

  

VESCO

   $ (22 )

GCF

     2  
        
   $ (20 )
        

Cash distributions:

  

VESCO

   $ 3  

GCF

     3  

VESCO’s facilities were significantly damaged by Hurricane Katrina during August 2005. Our equity earnings from VESCO includes approximately $25 million in losses, not including insurance recoveries, related to our share of damages. We expect to make significant capital contributions to VESCO to fund our share of expenditures to repair and rebuild certain damaged facilities operated by VESCO.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table shows summarized financial results of our unconsolidated investments for the ten months ended October 31, 2005 (in millions):

 

     Ten Months Ended
October 31, 2005
 
     GCF    VESCO  

Revenues

   $ 39    $ 147  

Cost of sales and operations

     33      158  
               

Income from operations

   $ 6    $ (11 )
               

Net income (loss)

   $ 6    $ (147 )
               
    

As of

October 31, 2005

 
     GCF    VESCO  

Current assets

   $ 8    $ 22  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     56      48  

Other assets

     —        1  
               

Total assets

   $ 64    $ 71  
               

Current liabilities

   $ 1    $ 29  

Long-term liabilities

     —        7  

Owners’ equity

     63      35  
               

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

   $ 64    $ 71  
               

Note 8—Related Party Transactions

Transactions with Affiliates

Sales to and Purchases from Dynegy . We routinely conduct business with other subsidiaries of Dynegy that are not a part of this consolidated group. Transactions with other subsidiaries of Dynegy result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. Unlike purchase and sales transactions with third parties that settle in cash, settlement of these sales and purchases occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital.

Allocation of Dynegy Costs . Our consolidated financial statements include costs allocated to us, by Dynegy, for centralized general and administrative services performed by Dynegy on our behalf, as well as depreciation of assets utilized by such centralized Dynegy general and administrative functions. The costs are allocated to us based on our proportionate share of Dynegy assets, revenues and employees. All of the allocations are based on assumptions that we believe are reasonable; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted if we had been operated as a separate entity. These allocations are not settled in cash. Settlement of these allocations occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the sales to Dynegy, purchases from Dynegy, and allocations of costs from Dynegy, settled through adjustment to partners’ capital and not included in our operating cash flows for the ten months ended October 31, 2005. We believe these transactions are executed on terms that are fair and reasonable.

 

     (in millions)  

Aggregate sales to other subsidiaries of Dynegy

   $ 338  

Aggregate purchases from other subsidiaries of Dynegy

     (166 )

Allocations of general and administrative expenses from Dynegy

     (22 )
        

Total transactions with Dynegy settled through adjustments to partners’ capital

   $ 150  
        

Dynegy Centralized Cash Management . Dynegy operates a cash management system whereby excess cash from most of its various subsidiaries, held in separate bank accounts, is swept to a centralized account managed by Dynegy treasury services. Cash distributions are deemed to have occurred through the general and limited partner in accordance with our partnership agreement, and are reflected as an adjustment to partners’ capital. Net distributions of cash to Dynegy were $46 million during the ten months ended October 31, 2005.

Sales to and Purchases from ChevronTexaco . All of our reportable segments conduct business with ChevronTexaco, the largest shareholder of Dynegy. Sales to ChevronTexaco represented approximately 33% of consolidated total revenues during the ten months ended October 31, 2005. Transactions with ChevronTexaco, result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. Settlement of these sales and purchases normally occurs through payment of cash. At October 31, 2005, there were receivables from ChevronTexaco of $14 million and payables to ChevronTexaco of $101 million.

Sales to and Purchases from Equity Investees . We conduct business with entities in which we have equity investments. Transactions with entities in which we have equity investments, result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. Settlement of these sales and purchases occurs through payment of cash. At October 31, 2005, there were net receivables from entities in which we have equity investments of $2 million.

The following table summarizes the sales to and purchases from ChevronTexaco and entities in which we have equity investments for the ten months ended October 31, 2005. We believe these transactions are executed on terms that are fair and reasonable.

 

     (in millions)  

Aggregate sales to ChevronTexaco

   $ 1,169  

Aggregate purchases from ChevronTexaco

     (1,031 )

Aggregate sales to equity investees

     —    

Aggregate purchases from equity investees

     (135 )

Note 9—Commitments and Contingencies and Summary of Material Legal Proceedings

Environmental Litigation . We are party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, the disposition of these ordinary course matters will not materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We record reserves for estimated losses from contingencies when information available indicates that a loss is probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable under SFAS No. 5. For environmental matters, we record liabilities when remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated in accordance with SOP 96-1 “Environmental Remediation Liabilities”. Environmental reserves do not reflect management’s assessment of the insurance

 

F-110


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

coverage that may be applicable to the matters at issue. Management has assessed each of the matters based on current information and made a judgment concerning its potential outcome, considering the nature of the claim, the amount and nature of damages sought and the probability of success. We have established environmental liabilities of $2 million at October 31, 2005, primarily related to remediation of ground water contamination. We cannot make any assurances that the amount of reserves or potential insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover the cash obligations we might incur as a result of litigation or regulatory proceedings, payment of which could be material.

Apache Litigation . In May 2002, Apache Corporation filed suit in Texas state court against Versado Gas Processors, LLC (“Versado”) as purchaser and processor of Apache’s gas and Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (now known as Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours (“TMSLP”)), as operator, of the Versado assets in New Mexico (“Versado Defendants”) alleging (i) excessive field losses of natural gas from wells owned by the plaintiff, (ii) that the Versado Defendants engaged in certain transactions with affiliates, resulting in the Versado Defendants not receiving fair market value when it sold gas and liquids, and (iii) that the formula for calculating the amount the Versado Defendants received from its buyers of gas and liquids is flawed since it is based on gas price indices that were allegedly manipulated. At trial, the plaintiff’s claim with respect to the alleged “sham” transactions and index manipulation, among others, were severed by the trial court and abated for a future trial, and the jury found in favor of the plaintiff on the lost gas claim, awarding approximately $1.6 million in damages. In May 2004, the Versado Defendants’ motion to set aside this jury verdict was granted by the court and the jury award to the plaintiff was vacated. The plaintiff filed its notice of appeal with the 14 th Court of Appeals in October 2004 and its appellate brief in December 2004.

See Note 11—Subsequent Events.

Firm Capacity Payments . We have entered into firm capacity payments related to storage and transportation of natural gas liquids. Such arrangements are routinely used in the physical movement and storage of natural gas liquids consistent with our business strategy. The total of such obligations at October 31, 2005 are as follows: 2005-$1.4 million; 2006-$1.9 million; 2007-$0.7 million; 2008-$0.4 million; 2009-$0.3 million and beyond-$2.5 million.

Other Minimum Commitments . Minimum commitments in connection with site leases for plants at October 31, 2005, were as follows: 2005- $0.1 million; 2006-$0.4 million; 2007-$0.4 million; 2008-$0.4 million; 2009-$0.5 million and beyond-$5.6 million. Rental payments made under the terms of these arrangements totaled $0.8 million during the first ten months of 2005.

Guarantees . We routinely enter into contractual agreements that contain various representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees. Examples of such agreements include, but are not limited to, service agreements, equipment purchase agreements, engineering and technical service agreements, and procurement and construction contracts. Some agreements contain indemnities that cover the other party’s negligence or limit the other party’s liability with respect to third-party claims, in which event we will effectively be indemnifying the other party. Virtually all such agreements contain representations or warranties that are covered by indemnifications against the losses incurred by the other parties in the event such representations and warranties are false. While there is always the possibility of a loss related to such representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees in our contractual agreements, and such loss could be significant, management is unable to estimate any range of loss and considers the probability of loss to be remote.

We have also entered into various indemnifications regarding environmental, tax, employee and other representations when completing our past asset sales. We carry reserves for existing environmental, tax and

 

F-111


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

employee liabilities, when they have been identified. We have incurred no other expense relating to these indemnities. Management considers the probability of loss to be remote. There is always the possibility of a loss related to such indemnifications, of which the maximum potential exposure to the Company cannot be reasonably estimated.

Note 10—Regulatory Issues

We are subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign agencies, in the normal course of business. Compliance with these regulations requires general and administrative, capital and operating expenditures including those related to monitoring, pollution control equipment and permitting at various operating facilities and abandonment and remediation obligations. We cannot predict the outcome of regulatory developments or the effects that they might have on our business.

Note 11—Subsequent Events

Sale of DMS. Effective November 1, 2005, DMS was acquired by Targa for approximately $2,452 million. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase by Targa and the results of DMS have been included in the consolidated results of Targa beginning November 1, 2005.

Stock-Based Compensation and Pension Plans. Upon completion of our sale to Targa, our employees’ eligibility to participate in the Dynegy stock-based compensation and pension and other incentive programs terminated.

Apache Litigation. In September 2006, the 14 th Court of Appeals of Houston reinstated the jury verdict in Apache’s favor on the issue of lost gas and also awarded Apache legal fees and interest, bringing the total award against the Versado Defendants to approximately $2.7 million. In October 2006, the Versado Defendants filed a motion for rehearing with the 14 th Court of Appeals. After rehearing, the 14 th Court of Appeals affirmed its decision reinstating the original jury verdict in Apache’s favor. With interest and attorneys fees that verdict stands at approximately $2.8 million. In January 2007, the Versado Defendants filed their petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas and in March 2007, Apache filed its conditional petition for review with the Supreme Court of Texas. At the request of the Supreme Court of Texas, the Versado Defendants and Apache filed responses to the opposing party’s petition in June 2007.

In May 2007, the parties settled the severed lawsuit referenced in Note 9 above.

Guarantee of Debt Held by Targa . Although we have not historically incurred debt obligations, a significant portion of our assets were pledged as collateral for debt issued by Dynegy, and we have guaranteed debt issued by Dynegy. Upon completion of our sale to Targa, our obligation as guarantors of debt issued by Dynegy were terminated and all liens and mortgages on our assets pledged as collateral for such debt were released.

Further, upon completion of our sale to Targa and Targa’s debt offering, we became guarantors of Targa’s obligations under its senior secured credit facilities and senior notes.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Partners of

Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in partners’ capital, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed on Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company has entered into significant transactions with Dynegy Inc. and its subsidiaries and ChevronTexaco Corporation and its affiliates, related parties.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

May 6, 2005, except for Note 14, as to which the date is September 20, 2005

 

F-113


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions)

 

    

December 31,

2004

   

December 31,

2003

 
ASSETS (Collateral for Parent Company Debt—See Note 8)     

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17     $ 20  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2 and $4, respectively

     284       247  

Accounts receivable, affiliates

     11       20  

Inventory

     58       42  

Prepayments

     42       49  
                

Total Current Assets

     412       378  
                

Property, Plant and Equipment

     1,771       1,763  

Accumulated depreciation

     (694 )     (618 )
                

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

     1,077       1,145  

Other Assets

    

Unconsolidated investments

     78       82  

Goodwill

     15       15  

Other long-term assets

     3       3  
                

Total Assets (Collateral for Parent Company Debt—See Note 8)

   $ 1,585     $ 1,623  
                
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL     

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 57     $ 57  

Accounts payable, affiliates

     23       21  

Accrued liabilities

     76       87  
                

Total Current Liabilities

     156       165  

Other long-term liabilities

     27       29  
                

Total Liabilities

     183       194  

Minority Interest

     106       107  

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 9)

    

Partners’ Capital

    

Limited partner interest

     1,252       1,277  

General partner interest

     44       45  
                

Total Partners’ Capital

     1,296       1,322  
                

Total Liabilities and Partners’ Capital

   $ 1,585     $ 1,623  
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2004     2003     2002  

Revenues from third parties

   $ 2,245     $ 2,033     $ 1,788  

Revenues from affiliates

     1,506       1,215       938  
                        

Total revenues

     3,751       3,248       2,726  

Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below

     (3,414 )     (2,986 )     (2,532 )

Depreciation expense

     (91 )     (87 )     (86 )

Impairment charge

     (5 )     —         —    

Severance and restructuring reductions (charges)

     (2 )     1       (17 )

Gain (loss) on sale of assets, net

     69       23       (1 )

General and administrative expenses

     (47 )     (56 )     (36 )
                        

Operating income

     261       143       54  

Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments

     10       (2 )     16  

Other expense, net

     —         —         (10 )

Minority interest expense

     (22 )     (17 )     (8 )
                        

Net income

   $ 249     $ 124     $ 52  
                        

Comprehensive income

   $ 249     $ 124     $ 52  
                        

Allocation of net income to:

      

Limited partner interest in net income

   $ 241     $ 120     $ 50  

General partner interest in net income

   $ 8     $ 4     $ 2  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
      2004       2003       2002   

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 249     $ 124     $ 52  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:

      

Depreciation expense

     91       87       86  

Impairment charge

     5       —         —    

Losses (earnings) from unconsolidated investments, net of cash distributions

     1       16       2  

Risk-management activities

     —         1       —    

Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net

     (69 )     (23 )     1  

Income attributable to minority interest holders

     22       17       8  

Changes in working capital:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     (28 )     (3 )     (41 )

Inventory

     (16 )     7       7  

Prepayments and other assets

     7       (35 )     (1 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (9 )     (59 )     (28 )

Changes in non-current assets

     —         —         1  

Changes in non-current liabilities

     (2 )     (6 )     3  

Non-cash settlement of transactions with Dynegy (See Notes 1 and 8)

     (125 )     (81 )     139  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     126       45       229  
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Capital expenditures

     (59 )     (56 )     (109 )

Return of investment from unconsolidated investments

     3       4       2  

Proceeds from asset sales, net

     100       35       —    
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     44       (17 )     (107 )
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Distributions to partners, net

     (150 )     (8 )     (105 )

Distribution to minority interest holders

     (23 )     (19 )     (5 )
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (173 )     (27 )     (110 )
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (3 )     1       12  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     20       19       7  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 17     $     20     $ 19  
                        

NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS:

      

Contribution of Delta Gathering System to unconsolidated investment (See Note 7)

   $ —       $ —       $ (17 )

Distribution of WTLPS, LLC (“WTLPS”) to Dynegy (See Note 8)

   $ —       $ —       $ (45 )

Settlement of transactions with parent company (See Notes 1 and 8)

   $ (125 )   $ (81 )   $ 139  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

(in millions)

 

    

Limited Partner

Capital

   

General Partner

Capital

    Total  

January 1, 2002

   $ 1,203     $ 43     $ 1,246  

Net income

     50       2       52  

Cash distributions to Dynegy

     (101 )     (4 )     (105 )

Settlement of transactions with Dynegy (See Notes 1 and 8)

     134       5       139  

Distribution of WTLPS to Dynegy

     (43 )     (2 )     (45 )
                        

December 31, 2002

   $ 1,243     $ 44     $ 1,287  

Net income

     120       4       124  

Cash distributions to Dynegy

     (8 )     —         (8 )

Settlement of transactions with Dynegy (See Notes 1 and 8)

     (78 )     (3 )     (81 )
                        

December 31, 2003

   $ 1,277     $ 45     $ 1,322  

Net income

     241       8       249  

Cash distributions to Dynegy

     (145 )     (5 )     (150 )

Settlement of transactions with Dynegy (See Notes 1 and 8)

     (121 )     (4 )     (125 )
                        

December 31, 2004

   $ 1,252     $ 44     $ 1,296  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization and Operations of the Company

Organization. Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership is owned by Dynegy Midstream G.P., Inc. and DMS LP, Inc., which are each indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of Dynegy Holdings Inc. (“DHI”). DHI is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Dynegy Inc. (Dynegy Inc. and its subsidiaries are hereafter collectively referred to as “Dynegy”). Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership was originally formed in 1996 under the name of WPC-NGC, Limited Partnership. In 1996, subsequent to formation, WPC-NGC, Limited Partnership changed its name to Warren Petroleum, Limited Partnership. In 1998, Warren Petroleum, Limited Partnership changed its name to Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (WPC-NGC, Limited Partnership, Warren Petroleum, Limited Partnership and Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership are hereafter collectively referred to, together with its subsidiaries, as “us”, “our”, “we” or “DMS”).

Dynegy Midstream G.P., Inc., a Delaware corporation, became the general partner of DMS as WPC GP, Inc. In 1996, subsequent to the formation of DMS, WPC GP, Inc. changed its name to Warren Petroleum G.P., Inc. In 1998, Warren Petroleum G.P., Inc. changed its name to Dynegy Midstream G.P., Inc. (WPC GP, Inc., Warren Petroleum G.P., Inc. and Dynegy Midstream G. P., Inc. are hereafter collectively referred to as “DMS GP”). For all years presented hereto, DMS GP owns 3.3874% of DMS.

DMS LP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, became a limited partner of DMS as WPC LP, Inc. In 1998, WPC LP, Inc. changed its name to DMS LP, Inc. (WPC LP, Inc. and DMS LP, Inc. are hereafter collectively referred to as “DMS LP”). For all years presented hereto, DMS LP owns 96.6126% of DMS.

The dissolution of DMS will occur on July 8, 2026, or earlier, depending on certain events as defined in our partnership agreement. All distributions and gains and losses, resulting from liquidation or otherwise, shall be made to our partners based upon their respective capital accounts as defined in our partnership agreement, except where otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Code.

Operations. Our business operations consist of natural gas gathering and processing, fractionating, storing, terminalling, transporting, distributing and marketing of natural gas liquids. Please see Note 13—Segment Information for a description of our segments and segment operations.

Parent Company Debt. A significant portion of our assets are pledged as collateral for debt held by subsidiaries of Dynegy, principally DHI, that are not part of DMS. In addition, we and substantially all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries guarantee this debt. Please see Note 8—Related Party Transactions for further information.

Settlement of Transactions with Dynegy. Dynegy operates a cash management system whereby excess cash from most of its subsidiaries, held in separate subsidiary bank accounts, is swept up to a centralized account managed by Dynegy treasury services. Our cash distributions to Dynegy are deemed to have occurred through the general and limited partner in accordance with our partnership agreement, and are reflected as an adjustment to the partners’ capital.

We routinely conduct business with other subsidiaries of Dynegy that are not a part of this consolidated group. Such transactions primarily result from sales and purchases of natural gas and natural gas liquids. These transactions with Dynegy are not settled in cash. Instead, they are settled through adjustments to our partners’ capital and are not included in our operating cash flows.

Also, our consolidated financial statements include costs allocated to us by Dynegy for centralized general and administrative services performed by Dynegy on our behalf, as well as depreciation of assets utilized by such

 

F-118


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

centralized Dynegy general and administrative functions. These transactions with Dynegy are not settled in cash. Instead, they are settled through adjustments to our partners’ capital and are not included in our operating cash flows.

As a result, operating cash flows as reported are not necessarily indicative of the operating cash flows that would have resulted if we had been operated as a separate entity. Were such transactions conducted with third parties and/or settled in cash, the effect on our consolidated financial statements, particularly on our operating cash flows, could be significant. Please see Note 8—Related Party Transactions for further information.

Note 2—Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Our most significant accounting policies are described below. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial position and results of operations. We review significant estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any necessary adjustments prior to their publication. Estimates and judgments are based on information available at the time such estimates and judgments are made. Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and judgments often relate to information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (1) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (2) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (3) estimating the useful lives of our assets and (4) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates.

Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries and our proportionate share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of undivided interests in certain gas processing facilities. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of all demand deposits and funds invested in highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We review our doubtful accounts regularly. Past due balances over 60 days, and over a specified amount, are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we feel it is probable the receivable will not be collected. We review collectibility and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary, primarily utilizing methodologies involving historical levels of write-offs. The specific identification method is also used in certain circumstances. We do not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates. Investments in affiliates over which we exercise significant influence, generally occurring in ownership interests of 20% to 50%, and also occurring in lesser ownership percentages due to voting rights or other factors, are accounted for using the equity method. Our share of net income (loss) from these affiliates is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments. Any excess of our investment in affiliates, as compared to our share of the underlying equity that is not recognized as goodwill, is amortized over the estimated economic service lives of

 

F-119


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the underlying assets. All investments in unconsolidated affiliates are periodically assessed for other-than-temporary declines in value, with write-downs recognized in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments in the consolidated statements of operations if applicable.

Concentration of Credit Risk. We sell our energy products and services to customers in the gas distribution industry and to entities engaged in industrial and petrochemical businesses. These industry concentrations have the potential to impact our overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, because the customer base may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry, weather or other conditions. Dynegy’s Credit Department, based on guidelines approved by its Board of Directors, establishes our counterparty credit limits. Our industry typically operates under negotiated credit lines for physical delivery and financial contracts. Our credit risk system provides current credit exposure to counterparties on a daily basis.

Inventory. Our inventory consists primarily of natural gas and natural gas liquids valued at the lower of weighted average cost or at market. Inventory adjustments of $7 million and $11 million were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, due to the differential between the weighted average price of the natural gas liquids inventory and natural gas liquids market prices at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment, which consists principally of gas gathering, processing, fractionation, terminalling and storage facilities and natural gas transportation lines is recorded at historical cost. Expenditures for major replacements, renewals and major maintenance are capitalized. We consider major maintenance to be expenditures incurred on a cyclical basis to maintain and prolong the efficient operation of our assets. Expenditures for repairs and minor renewals to maintain assets in operating condition are expensed. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated economic service lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 25 years. Composite depreciation rates (which we refer to as composite rates) are applied to functional groups of assets having similar economic characteristics. The estimated economic service lives of our functional asset groups are as follows:

 

Asset Group

  

Range of

Years

Natural gas gathering systems and processing facilities

   15 to 25

Fractionation, terminalling and natural gas liquids storage facilities

   15 to 25

Transportation equipment and barges

   5 to 10

Office and miscellaneous equipment

   3 to 7

Gains and losses are not recognized for retirements of property, plant and equipment subject to composite rates until the asset group subject to the composite rate is retired. Gains and losses on sales of individual assets are reflected in gain (loss) on sale of assets, net in the consolidated statements of operations. We assess the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”). If an impairment has occurred, the amount of the impairment loss recognized would be determined by estimating the related discounted cash flows of the assets and recording a loss if the resulting estimated fair value is less than the book value. For assets identified as held for sale, the book value is compared to comparable market prices, or the estimated fair value if comparable market prices are not readily available, to determine if an impairment loss is required. Please see Note 4—Restructuring and Impairment Charges.

Asset Retirement Obligations. We adopted SFAS No. 143, “Asset Retirement Obligations” (“SFAS No. 143”), effective January 1, 2003. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 143, we are required to record legal obligations to retire tangible, long-lived assets on our balance sheets as liabilities, which are recorded at a discount when the liability is incurred. Significant judgment is involved in estimating future cash flows

 

F-120


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

associated with such obligations, as well as the ultimate timing of the cash flows. If our estimates on the amount or timing of the cash flow change, the change may have a material impact on our results of operations.

As part of adopting SFAS No. 143, existing environmental liabilities in the amount of $9 million were reversed in the first quarter 2003. The fair value of the remediation costs estimated to be incurred upon retirement of the respective assets is included in the asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) and was recorded upon adoption of SFAS No. 143. Since the previously accrued liabilities equaled the fair value of the future retirement obligations, the adoption of SFAS No. 143 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition to these ARO’s, we also have potential retirement obligations for dismantlement of a fractionation facility and natural gas liquids storage facilities. Our current intent is to maintain these facilities in a manner such that they will be operated indefinitely. As such, we cannot estimate any potential retirement obligations associated with these assets. Liabilities will be recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 143 at the time we are able to estimate any new AROs.

Our AROs relate to activities such as closure and post-closure costs, environmental testing, remediation, monitoring and land and equipment lease obligations. Annual amortization of the assets associated with the AROs was $0.2 million and $0.6 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. A summary of changes in our AROs by reportable segment is as follows:

 

    

Gas Gathering

and Processing

  

Marketing

Assets

   Total
     (in millions)

Balance at January 1, 2003

   $ 8    $ 1    $ 9

Accretion expense

     1      —        1
                    

Balance at December 31, 2003

     9      1      10

Accretion expense

     1      —        1

Other (1)

     —        —        —  
                    

Balance at December 31, 2004

   $ 10    $ 1    $ 11
                    

(1) During 2004, AROs totaling less than $1 million were removed following our sales of Sherman and our interest in Indian Basin. There were no additional AROs recorded or settled, nor were there any revisions to estimated cash flows associated with existing AROs, during 2004 or 2003.

The following pro forma financial information has been prepared to give effect to the adoption of SFAS No. 143 for the year ended December 31, 2002 as if it had been adopted January 1, 2002 (in millions):

 

Net income, as reported

   $ 52  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect retroactive adoption of SFAS No. 143

     (1 )
        

Pro forma net income

   $ 51  
        

Contingencies, Commitments, Guarantees and Indemnifications. We are involved in lawsuits, claims, proceedings, joint venture audits and tax-related audits in the normal course of our operations. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”) we record a loss contingency for these matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We review our loss contingencies on an ongoing basis to ensure that we have appropriate reserves recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. These reserves are based on estimates and judgments made by management with respect to the likely outcome of these matters, including any applicable insurance coverage for litigation matters, and are adjusted as circumstances warrant. Our estimates and judgment could change based on

 

F-121


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

new information, changes in laws or regulations, changes in management’s plans or intentions, the outcome of legal proceedings, settlements or other factors. If different estimates and judgments were applied with respect to these matters, it is likely that reserves would be recorded for different amounts. Actual results could vary materially from these estimates and judgments.

Liabilities for environmental contingencies are recorded when environmental assessment indicates that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Measurement of liabilities is based, in part, on relevant past experience, currently enacted laws and regulations, existing technology, site-specific costs and cost-sharing arrangements. Recognition of any joint and several liability is based upon our best estimate of our final pro rata share of such liability. These assumptions involve the judgments and estimates of management and any changes in assumptions could lead to increases or decreases in our ultimate liability, with any such changes recognized immediately in earnings.

We follow the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45 “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN No. 45”) for disclosures and accounting of various guarantees and indemnifications entered into during the course of business. When a guarantee or indemnification subject to FIN No. 45 is entered into, an estimated fair value of the underlying guarantee or indemnification is recorded. Some guarantees and indemnifications could have significant financial impact under certain circumstances, however management also considers the probability of such circumstances occurring when estimating the fair value. Actual results may materially differ from the estimated fair value of such guarantees and indemnifications.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents, at the time of an acquisition, the amount of purchase price paid in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired. We follow the guidance set forth in SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), when assessing the carrying value of our goodwill. Accordingly, we evaluate our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and when events warrant an assessment. Our evaluation is based, in part, on our estimate of future cash flows. The estimation of fair value is highly subjective, inherently imprecise and can change materially from period to period based on, among other things, an assessment of market conditions, projected cash flows and discount rate. We currently perform our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter after our annual budgetary process, and we may record impairment charges in future periods as a result of such test. We have $4 million of goodwill attributable to our Marketing Assets segment and $11 million of goodwill attributable to our Gas Gathering and Processing segment. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, there were no changes in our $15 million carrying amount of goodwill.

Income Taxes. As a limited partnership we are not subject to federal income tax. We are subject to income taxes in the states of Texas and Tennessee through certain of our subsidiaries. However, historically, any state income tax on the partnership has been immaterial. The taxable income or loss resulting from our operations will ultimately be included in the federal and state income tax returns of the general and limited partners. Individual partners will have different investment bases depending upon the timing and price of their investment in the partnership. Further, each partner’s tax accounting, which is partially dependent upon their tax position, may differ from the accounting followed in the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, there could be significant differences between each individual partner’s tax basis and their share of the net assets reported in the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition. Our segments consist largely of the ownership and operation of physical assets that we use in various natural gas processing operations and natural gas liquids fractionation, storage and terminalling and delivery operations. The business of these segments includes natural gas gathering and processing, separation of natural gas liquids into their component parts from a commingled stream of light liquid hydrocarbons and the

 

F-122


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

transportation and delivery of natural gas liquids through gas liquids pipelines, transport tractors and tank trailers, our LPG barge fleet and railcars that we manage pursuant to a services agreement with ChevronTexaco Corporation and its affiliates (“ChevronTexaco”). End sales from these businesses result in physical delivery of natural gas residue and natural gas liquids to our wholesale and industrial customers. We recognize revenue from these transactions when the product or service is delivered to a customer. We also provide natural gas liquids storage and terminalling services for a fee.

Employee Stock Options. In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS No. 148”). SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock- Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”) and provides alternative methods of transition (prospective, modified prospective or retroactive) for entities that voluntarily change to the fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in a fiscal year beginning before December 16, 2003. SFAS No. 148 requires prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity’s accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation. We transitioned to a fair value- based method of accounting for stock-based compensation in the first quarter 2003 and are using the prospective method of transition as described under SFAS No. 148.

Dynegy has granted stock options for Dynegy stock to certain of our employees. Under the prospective method of transition, all Dynegy stock options granted by Dynegy to our employees after January 1, 2003 are accounted for on a fair value basis. Dynegy options granted by Dynegy to our employees prior to January 1, 2003 continue to be accounted for using the intrinsic value method. Accordingly, for such options granted prior to January 1, 2003, compensation expense is not reflected for employee stock options unless they were granted at an exercise price lower than market value on the grant date. Dynegy has granted in-the-money options in the past and we continue to recognize compensation expense over the applicable vesting periods. No in-the-money stock options have been granted since 1999.

Had compensation cost for all stock options granted prior to 2003 been determined on a fair value basis consistent with SFAS No. 123, our net income would have approximated the following pro forma amounts for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2004             2003             2002      
     (in millions)  

Net income as reported

   $ 249     $ 124     $ 52  

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income

     1       —         —    

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards

     (2 )     (6 )     (3 )
                        

Pro forma net income

   $ 248     $ 118     $ 49  
                        

Minority Interest. Minority interest on the consolidated balance sheets includes third-party investments in entities that we consolidate, but do not wholly own. The net results attributed to minority interest holders in consolidated entities are included in minority interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting Principles Newly Adopted

FIN No. 46R. In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities—An Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN No. 46”) In December 2003, the FASB issued the updated and final

 

F-123


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

interpretation FIN No. 46(R). FIN No. 46(R) requires that an equity investor in a variable interest entity have significant equity at risk (generally a minimum of 10%, which is an increase from the 3% required under previous guidance) and hold a controlling interest (evidenced by voting rights), and absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses or receive a majority of the entity’s expected returns, or both. If the equity investor is unable to evidence these characteristics, the entity that retains these ownership characteristics will be required to consolidate the variable interest entity as the primary beneficiary. FIN No. 46(R) was applicable immediately to variable interest entities created or obtained after January 31, 2003. We were also required to adopt the remaining provisions of FIN No. 46(R) on March 31, 2004. These provisions require that we review the structure of all legal entities in which we have an investment and other legal entities with whom we transact to determine whether such entities are variable interest entities (“VIE”), as defined by FIN No. 46(R). With respect to each of the VIEs we identify, we must assess whether we are the “primary beneficiary,” as defined by FIN No. 46(R). FIN 46(R) was effective on December 31, 2003 and did not identify any VIEs and, therefore, the adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Principles Not Yet Adopted

SFAS No. 123(R). In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), which revises SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) is effective January 1, 2006 for all calendar year-end companies. SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to expense the fair value of employee stock options and other forms of stock-based compensation. This expense will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. We expect to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006. SFAS 123(R) describes several transition methods, and we expect to apply the modified prospective method of adoption. Under this method, compensation expense is recognized for the remaining portion of outstanding, unvested awards. The fair value for these awards is calculated on the grant date in accordance with SFAS 123 for either recognition in our statement of operations or through our pro forma disclosures.

As noted in “Employee Stock Options” above, we transitioned to a fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation in the first quarter 2003. Our expense relating to share-based compensation consists of awards by Dynegy to certain of our employees, in the form Dynegy stock options and Dynegy restricted stock. For stock options, we determine the fair value of each stock option at the grant date using a Black-Scholes model. For restricted stock awards, we consider the fair value to be the closing price of the stock on the grant date. We recognize the fair value of our share based payments over the vesting periods of the awards, which is typically a three-year service period.

Prior to the issuance of SFAS No. 123(R), we adopted the prospective method for expensing the fair value of stock options and restricted stock awards granted after January 1, 2003, and as such we do not expect the guidance under SFAS 123(R) to have a material impact on our consolidated statement of operations.

FIN No. 47. In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations” (“FIN No. 47”), which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 143. FIN No. 47 clarifies the term “conditional asset retirement obligation,” which refers to legal obligations for which companies must perform asset retirement activity for which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional upon future events that may or may not be within the control of the entity. However, the obligation to perform the asset retirement is unconditional, despite the uncertainty that exists surrounding the timing and method of settlement. Uncertainty about the timing and method of settlement for a conditional ARO should be considered in estimating the ARO when sufficient information exists. FIN No. 47 clarifies when sufficient information exists to

 

F-124


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

reasonably estimate the fair value of an ARO. FIN No. 47 is effective no later than the first fiscal year ending after December 15, 2005, and early adoption is encouraged.

As noted in “Asset Retirement Obligations” above, we currently record AROs for our Gas Gathering and Processing and Marketing Assets segments. These AROs involve significant judgment regarding future cash flows and the ultimate timing of these cash flows, some of which include the probability of future events occurring such as the timing and method of settlement. As such, we are in the process of evaluating the impact of FIN No. 47. We expect to adopt the provisions of FIN No. 47 on January 1, 2006.

Note 3—Dispositions

Sherman. In November 2004, we sold our Sherman natural gas processing facility located in Sherman, Texas, for approximately $35 million, and we recognized a gain on the sale of approximately $16 million. This gain is included in gain (loss) on sale of assets, net on our consolidated statements of operations.

Indian Basin. In April 2004, we sold our 16% interest in the Indian Basin Gas Processing Plant, located in Eddie County, New Mexico, for approximately $48 million, and we recognized a gain on the sale of approximately $36 million. This gain is included in gain (loss) on sale of assets, net on our consolidated statements of operations.

Hackberry LNG Project. In April 2003, we sold our proposed LNG terminal and gasification project in Hackberry, Louisiana. At closing, we received an initial payment of $20 million and recognized a gain of approximately $9 million. We retained the right to receive additional contingent payments based upon project development milestones. In October 2003, we received a $15 million payment associated with the completion of a project milestone and recognized a gain of $15 million. In March 2004, we sold our remaining financial interest in this project, including rights to receive future contingent payments under the 2003 agreement, for $17 million and recognized a gain of $17 million on the sale. These gains are included in gain (loss) on sale of assets, net on our consolidated statements of operations.

Note 4—Severance, Restructuring and Impairment Charges

In 2004, as a result of our testing of certain of our assets for impairment based on identification of triggering events as defined by SFAS No. 144, we recorded an impairment of $5 million for our Puckett gas treatment plant and gathering system due to rapidly depleting reserves associated with that facility. This impairment is included in impairment and other charges on our consolidated statements of operations. We concluded that no impairment was necessary for any other facilities as estimated undiscounted cash flows exceeded facility book values.

In 2003, we recorded a $12 million charge related to the impairment of our investment in Gulf Coast Fractionators (GCF). This impairment is included in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments on our consolidated statements of operations. Please see Note 7—Unconsolidated Investments.

In 2002, Dynegy recorded restructuring, severance and impairment charges relating to various aspects of its operations and we were allocated $17 million of such charges. In 2003, Dynegy reduced portions of the severance and restructuring charges and we were allocated $1 million of the benefit from the reduction. In 2004, Dynegy recorded additional severance and restructuring charges and we were allocated $2 million of such charges. The allocations of these charges and reductions, for all periods presented, are included in severance and restructuring reductions (charges) on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 5—Risk Management Activities and Financial Instruments

Our operations are impacted by several factors, some of which may not be mitigated by risk management methods. These risks include, but are not limited to, commodity price, weather patterns, counterparty credit risks, changes in competition, operational risks, environmental risks and changes in regulations.

We define market risk as changes to our earnings and cash flow resulting from changes in market conditions, including changes in commodity prices, as well as the impact of volatility and market liquidity on such prices. We manage market risk through diversification, controlling position sizes and executing hedging strategies.

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We follow the accounting and disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended (SFAS No. 133). Under SFAS No. 133, all derivative instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at their fair values and changes in fair value are recognized immediately in earnings, unless such instruments qualify, and are designated, as hedges of future cash flows, fair values or net investments in foreign operations or qualify, and are designated, as normal purchases and sales.

Cash Flow Hedges. Under these derivatives, the effective portion of changes in fair value is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until the related hedged items impact earnings. Any ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is reported immediately as a component of other income and expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. We have previously entered into financial derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges. Instruments are entered into for purposes of hedging future fuel requirements and sales commitments and locking in future margin. There were no outstanding cash flow hedges at December 31, 2004 or 2003.

During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, there was no material ineffectiveness from changes in fair value of hedge positions and no amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to the hedge of future cash flows. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, we did not record any charges related to the reclassification of earnings in connection with forecasted transactions that were no longer considered probable of occurring.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying values of current financial assets and liabilities approximate fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

Note 6—Property, Plant and Equipment

A summary of our property, plant and equipment is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2003  
     (in millions)  

Natural gas gathering systems

   $ 115     $ 98  

Processing facilities

     1,058       1,067  

Fractionation facilities

     247       249  

Terminalling and natural gas liquids storage facilities

     301       308  

Liquids marketing assets

     21       12  

Barges

     29       29  
                
     1,771       1,763  

Accumulated depreciation

     (694 )     (618 )
                
   $ 1,077     $ 1,145  
                

 

F-126


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 7—Unconsolidated Investments

Our unconsolidated investments consist primarily of investments in affiliates that we do not control, but where we have significant influence over operations. Our principal equity method investments consist of entities that operate natural gas liquids assets. We entered into these ventures principally to share risk and leverage existing commercial relationships. These ventures maintain independent capital structures and have financed their operations either on a non-recourse basis to us or through their ongoing commercial activities. We hold investments in joint ventures in which ChevronTexaco or its affiliates are investors. Please see Note 8—Related Party Transactions.

At December 31, 2004, our investments included a 22.9% ownership interest in Venice Energy Services Company, L.L.C. (“VESCO”), a venture that operates a natural gas liquids processing, extraction, fractionation and storage facility in the Gulf Coast region as well as a 38.75% ownership interest in GCF, a venture that fractionates natural gas liquids on the Gulf Coast.

As part of our initial capital contribution in VESCO, we agreed to construct and contribute to VESCO an expansion of the Delta Gathering System (“DGS”), a condensate, separation and dehydration facility located immediately upstream of the Venice Gas Processing Plant. The DGS expansion was completed in 1997, at a cost of $17 million, and was transferred to VESCO in 2002.

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates totaled $78 million and $82 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Cash received from our equity investments during 2004, 2003 and 2002 totaled $15 million, $16 million and $17 million, respectively, of which $3 million, $4 million and $2 million, respectively, represented a return of original investment in our unconsolidated affiliates. Our investment balances include unamortized purchase price differences of $7 million and $8 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The unamortized purchase price differences represent the excess of our purchase price over our share of the investee’s book value at the time of acquisition.

During 2003, we determined that the fair value of our equity interest in GCF, based on bid prices received for a possible sale of the investment, was lower than the book value. As such, we recorded an impairment charge in 2003 totaling $12 million. This charge is included in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments on our consolidated statements of operations.

Note 8—Related Party Transactions

Transactions with Affiliates

Sales to and Purchases from Dynegy. We routinely conduct business with other subsidiaries of Dynegy that are not a part of this consolidated group. Transactions with other subsidiaries of Dynegy result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. Unlike purchase and sales transactions with third parties that settle in cash, settlement of these sales and purchases occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital.

Allocation of Dynegy Costs. Our consolidated financial statements include costs allocated to us, by Dynegy, for centralized general and administrative services performed by Dynegy on our behalf, as well as depreciation of assets utilized by such centralized Dynegy general and administrative functions. The costs are allocated to us based on our proportionate share of Dynegy assets, revenues and employees. All of the allocations are based on assumptions that we believe are reasonable; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted if we had been operated as a separate entity. These allocations are not settled in cash. Settlement of these allocations occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital.

 

F-127


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the sales to Dynegy, purchases from Dynegy, and allocations of costs from Dynegy, settled through adjustment to partners’ capital and not included in our operating cash flows. We believe these transactions are executed on terms that are fair and reasonable.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
        2004             2003             2002      
    (in millions)  

Aggregate sales to other subsidiaries of Dynegy

  $ 301     $ 253     $ 192  

Aggregate purchases from other subsidiaries of Dynegy

    (150 )     (146 )     (288 )

Allocations of general and administrative expenses from Dynegy

    (24 )     (27 )     (26 )

Allocations of severance charges from Dynegy (See Note 4)

    (2 )     1       (17 )
                       

Total transactions with Dynegy settled through adjustments to partners’ capital

  $ 125     $ 81     $ (139 )
                       

Dynegy Centralized Cash Management. Dynegy operates a cash management system whereby excess cash from most of its various subsidiaries, held in separate bank accounts, is swept to a centralized account managed by Dynegy treasury services. Cash distributions are deemed to have occurred through the general and limited partner in accordance with our partnership agreement, and are reflected as an adjustment to the partners’ capital. Net distributions of cash to Dynegy were $150 million, $8 million and $105 million during the years ending December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Sales to and Purchases from ChevronTexaco. All of our reportable segments conduct business with ChevronTexaco, the largest shareholder of Dynegy. Sales to ChevronTexaco represented approximately 32%, 30% and 27% of consolidated total revenues during the years ending December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Transactions with ChevronTexaco, result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. Settlement of these sales and purchases normally occurs through payment of cash. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were receivables from ChevronTexaco of $10 million and $19 million, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were payables to ChevronTexaco of $20 million and $21 million, respectively.

In 2002, in partial satisfaction of certain Dynegy obligations to ChevronTexaco, we transferred our 39.2% ownership interest in WTLPS, valued at $45 million, to Dynegy, who transferred it to ChevronTexaco, the largest interest owner of WTLPS and operator of the pipeline. This non-cash transaction was accounted for as a distribution to our partners.

Sales to and Purchases from Equity Investments. We conduct business with entities in which we have equity investments. Transactions with entities in which we have equity investments, result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. Settlement of these sales and purchases occurs through payment of cash. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were receivables from entities in which we have equity investments of $1 million and $1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were payables to entities in which we have equity investments of $3 million and $0, respectively.

The following table summarizes the sales to and purchases from ChevronTexaco and entities in which we have equity investments. We believe these transactions are executed on terms that are fair and reasonable.

 

F-128


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2003     2002  
     (in millions)  

Aggregate sales to ChevronTexaco

   $ 1,206     $ 963     $ 745  

Aggregate purchases from ChevronTexaco

     (1,134 )     (842 )     (566 )

Aggregate sales to equity investments

     —         —         1  

Aggregate purchases from equity investments

     (175 )     (180 )     (155 )

Earnings from Equity Investments. We hold a 22.9% ownership interest in VESCO, in which ChevronTexaco or its affiliates are also investors. VESCO holds a pipeline gathering system, a processing plant, a fractionator and an underground natural gas liquids storage facility in Louisiana. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, our portion of the net income from VESCO was approximately $8 million, $6 million and $6 million, respectively.

Collateral for Dynegy Debt. A significant portion of our assets are pledged as collateral for debt held by subsidiaries of Dynegy, principally DHI, that are not part of DMS. In addition, we and substantially all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries guarantee this debt. The maximum amount of parent company debt which can be collateralized by our assets is limited to 15% of DHI’s net tangible assets at the time of any new Dynegy secured debt issuance. The last such issuance of Dynegy secured debt was May 28, 2004, and the maximum debt collateralized by our assets has since been limited to $1,212 million. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, such parent company debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31, 2004    December 31, 2003
    

DMS

Assets

Pledged

as

Collateral

  

Carrying

Value of

Debt at

Dynegy

  

DMS

Assets

Pledged

as

Collateral

  

Carrying

Value of

Debt at

Dynegy

     (in millions)

Term Loan, floating rate due through 2010

   $ 498    $ 597    $ —      $ —  

Second Priority Senior Secured Notes, floating rate due 2008

     32      225      32        225

Second Priority Senior Secured Notes, 9.875% due 2010

     165      625      165      625

Second Priority Senior Secured Notes, 10.125% due 2013

     280      900      280      900

ABG Gas Supply Credit Agreement

     —        —        185      185

Generation Facility Debt, due 2007

     152      182      184      184

Outstanding Letters of Credit

     79      94      188      188
                   
     1,206         1,034   

Unamortized premium on debt, net

     6         12   
                   

Total long-term debt collateralized by DMS assets

   $ 1,212       $ 1,046   
                   

DHI Term Loan and Credit Facility. Effective May 28, 2004, DHI entered into a $1.3 billion credit facility consisting of:

 

   

a $700 million secured revolving credit facility that matures on May 28, 2007; and

 

   

a $600 million secured amortizing term loan that matures on May 28, 2010.

The revolving credit facility provides funding for general corporate purposes and is also available for the issuance of letters of credit. No borrowing are outstanding under the revolving credit facility during any of the periods presented. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, at DHI’s option, at (i) a base rate

 

F-129


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

plus 3.00% per annum or (ii) LIBOR plus 4.00% per annum. A letter of credit fee is payable on the undrawn amount of each letter of credit outstanding at a percentage per annum equal to 4.00% of such undrawn amount. We also incur additional fees for issuing letters of credit. An unused commitment fee of 0.50% is payable on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

Of the $600 million in proceeds from the term loan drawn at closing, a portion was used by Dynegy to post cash collateral in lieu of letters of credit, while approximately $19 million was used to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the new facility. These fees have been capitalized and are being amortized over the terms of the credit facility. In August 2004, $154 million of the proceeds from the $600 million term loan were used to pre-pay all outstanding indebtedness and other amounts owed in connection with other Dynegy debt. The remaining proceeds, subject to specified restrictions in the credit facility, are available for general Dynegy purposes. Borrowings under the term loan bear interest, at DHI’s option, at (i) a base rate plus 3.00% per annum or (ii) LIBOR plus 4.00% per annum.

The credit facility provides for no amortization of principal prior to the maturity dates except (i) upon the occurrence of a mandatory prepayment event as defined in the credit facility and (ii) term loan amortization of 1% per annum.

The credit facility generally prohibits DHI and its subsidiaries, subject to specified exceptions, from incurring additional debt. Notwithstanding this restriction, DHI may issue, to the extent permitted by the more restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the DHI second priority senior secured notes, (i) up to $700 million of additional second lien or junior secured debt or unsecured debt, provided such additional debt matures at least six months after the term loan, and (ii) permitted refinancing indebtedness.

The credit facility generally prohibits DHI and its subsidiaries from pre-paying, redeeming or repurchasing its outstanding debt or preferred stock. Notwithstanding this restriction, DHI may pre-pay, repurchase or redeem its remaining 2005 and 2006 senior notes and the Generation facility debt. DHI also may pre-pay, repurchase or redeem its other senior unsecured notes and its second priority senior secured notes, subject to specified conditions.

DHI is prohibited from (i) permitting its Secured Debt/EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the credit facility) on and after September 30, 2004 to exceed specified ratios; (ii) permitting liquidity to be less than $200 million for a period of more than ten consecutive business days; or (iii) making capital expenditures during each four fiscal quarter period in excess of a designated amount, subject to specified exceptions.

The terms and conditions of the credit facility are described in more detail in the definitive agreements governing the credit facility, which are filed and/or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the Dynegy Inc. second quarter 2004 Form 10-Q.

DHI Second Priority Senior Secured Notes. In August 2003, DHI issued $1.45 billion in second priority senior secured notes, comprised of: (i) $225 million in floating rate notes due 2008 which accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 650 basis points (reset on a quarterly basis); (ii) $525 million in 9.875% notes due 2010 with a yield to maturity of 10.0%; and (iii) $700 million in 10.125% notes due 2013 with a yield to maturity of 10.25%.

In October 2003, DHI consummated a follow-on offering of $300 million aggregate principal amount of additional second priority senior secured notes, comprised of: (i) $100 million of 9.875% second priority senior secured notes due 2010 issued at a premium to par of 104.25% with a yield to maturity of approximately 9.0%; and (ii) $200 million of 10.125% second priority senior secured notes due 2013 issued at a premium to par of

 

F-130


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

105.25% with a yield to maturity of approximately 9.3%. Each of these series of additional notes are treated as a single class with the corresponding series of DHI second priority senior secured notes that were originally issued in August 2003.

Each of DHI’s existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee DHI’s obligations under its credit facility also guarantee the obligations under the notes on a senior secured basis. In addition, Dynegy and its other subsidiaries that guarantee DHI’s existing credit facility also guarantee the obligations under the notes on a senior secured basis. The notes and guarantees are senior obligations secured by a second-priority lien on, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, all of DHI’s and its guarantors’ existing and future property and assets that secure DHI’s obligations under its credit facility.

The indenture governing the notes contains restrictive covenants that limit the ability of DHI and its subsidiaries that guarantee the notes to, among other things: (1) redeem, repurchase or pay dividends or distributions on capital stock; (2) make investments or restricted payments; (3) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; (4) create certain liens; (5) engage in sale and leaseback transactions; (6) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; or (7) engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

Generation Facility Debt. Dynegy previously entered into a lease arrangement in for the purpose of constructing a generation facility located in Kentucky. As originally constituted, this arrangement required variable-rate interest only payments that include an option to purchase the related assets at maturity of the facility for a balloon payment equal to the principal balance on the financing. Upfront fees with Dynegy’s generation facility lease arrangement are capitalized and amortized over the term of the arrangement. The generation lease arrangement expires in 2007 and bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.5% to 2.5%.

ABG Gas Supply Agreement. In April 2001, ABG Gas Supply entered into a credit agreement in order to provide specific project financing. Advances under the agreement allowed ABG Gas Supply to purchase natural gas contracts with the underlying physical gas supply to be sold to Dynegy under an existing natural gas purchase and sale agreement. The credit agreement requires ABG Gas Supply to repay the advances in monthly installments commencing February 2002 from funds received from Dynegy under the natural gas purchase and sale agreement. The advances bear interest at a LIBOR rate plus a margin as defined in the agreement (2.415% at December 31, 2003). All advances were repaid in full in August 2004.

Note 9—Commitments and Contingencies

Summary of Material Legal Proceedings

Environmental Litigation. We are party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, the disposition of these ordinary course matters will not materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We record reserves for estimated losses from contingencies when information available indicates that a loss is probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable under SFAS No. 5. For environmental matters, we record liabilities when remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated in accordance with SOP 96-1 “Environmental Remediation Liabilities”. Environmental reserves do not reflect management’s assessment of the insurance coverage that may be applicable to the matters at issue. Management has assessed each of the matters based on current information and made a judgment concerning its potential outcome, considering the nature of the claim, the amount and nature of damages sought and the probability of success. We have established environmental liabilities of $2 million and $3 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, primarily related to remediation of ground water contamination. We cannot make any assurances that the amount of any reserves or

 

F-131


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

potential insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover the cash obligations we might incur as a result of litigation or regulatory proceedings, payment of which could be material.

Apache Litigation. In 2002, Apache Corporation filed suit in state court against our subsidiary, Versado, as purchaser and processor of Apache’s gas, and DMS, as operator of the Versado assets in New Mexico, seeking more than $9 million in damages. The plaintiff’s petition, as amended, alleges (i) excessive field losses of natural gas from wells owned by the plaintiff, (ii) that Versado engaged in “sham” transactions with affiliates, resulting in Versado not receiving fair market value when it sells gas and liquids, and (iii) that the formula for calculating the amount Versado receives from its buyers of gas and liquids is flawed since it is based on gas price indexes that these same affiliates are alleged to have manipulated by providing false price information to the index publisher. At trial, the plaintiff’s claim with respect to the alleged “sham” transactions and index manipulation, among others, were severed by the court and abated for a future trial, and the jury found in favor of the plaintiff on the remaining lost gas claim, awarding approximately $1.6 million in damages. In 2004, our motion to set aside this judgment was granted by the court, the jury’s award to the plaintiff was vacated, and in response, the plaintiff filed notice of appeal and their appellate brief with the court. The parties attended mediation in February 2005, subsequent to year end, but did not reach a settlement. Settlement discussions continue outside of mediation. Barring settlement, we expect to file our response to the plaintiff’s appellate briefs in 2005. We do not believe that any liability we might incur as a result of this litigation would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Maxus Litigation. In 2002, we were found liable for failing to deliver processable gas to a processing plant in Oklahoma owned by Midland Energy, formerly known as Maxus Exploration Co. (“Maxus”). The judgment was appealed, but in 2003 was upheld in part, and after exhausting all further options, we paid a $6.9 million final settlement in 2004.

Other Commitments and Contingencies.

In conducting our operations, we have routinely entered into long-term commodity purchase and sale commitments, as well as agreements that commit future cash flow to the lease or acquisition of assets used in our businesses. These commitments have been typically associated with commodity supply arrangements, capital projects, reservation charges associated with firm transmission, transportation, equipment and plant sites.

Firm Capacity Payments. We have entered into firm capacity payments related to storage and transportation of natural gas liquids. Such arrangements are routinely used in the physical movement and storage of natural gas liquids consistent with our business strategy. The total of such obligations at December 31, 2004 are as follows: 2005-$1.2 million; 2006-$0.3 million; 2007-$0.3 million; 2008-$0.3 million; 2009-$.3 million and beyond-$2.7 million.

Other Minimum Commitments. Minimum commitments in connection with site leases for plants at December 31, 2004, were as follows: 2005- $0.4 million; 2006-$0.4 million; 2007-$0.4 million; 2008-$0.4 million; 2009-$0.4 million and beyond-$5.4 million. Rental payments made under the terms of these arrangements totaled $0.9 million in 2004, $0.3 million in 2003 and $0.3 million in 2002.

Guarantees. We routinely enter into contractual agreements that contain various representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees. Examples of such agreements include, but are not limited to, service agreements, equipment purchase agreements, engineering and technical service agreements, and procurement and construction contracts. Some agreements contain indemnities that cover the other party’s negligence or limit the other party’s liability with respect to third-party claims, in which event we will effectively be indemnifying the

 

F-132


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

other party. Virtually all such agreements contain representations or warranties that are covered by indemnifications against the losses incurred by the other parties in the event such representations and warranties are false. While there is always the possibility of a loss related to such representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees in our contractual agreements, and such loss could be significant, management is unable to estimate any range of loss and considers the probability of loss to be remote.

We have also entered into various indemnifications regarding environmental, tax, employee and other representations when completing our Sherman, Hackberry and Indian Basin asset sales. We carry reserves for existing environmental, tax and employee liabilities, when such are identified, and have incurred no other expense relating to these indemnities. Management considers the probability of loss to be remote. There is always the possibility of a loss related to such indemnifications, of which the maximum potential exposure to the Company cannot be reasonably estimated.

Note 10—Regulatory Issues

We are subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign agencies, in the normal course of business. Compliance with these regulations requires general and administrative, capital and operating expenditures including those related to monitoring, pollution control equipment and permitting at various operating facilities and remediation obligations. We cannot predict the outcome of regulatory developments or the effects that they might have on our business.

Note 11—Stock-Based Compensation

Restricted Stock. During the first quarter 2004, Dynegy awarded an aggregate 76,814 shares of restricted stock to our employees, of which 76,424 shares were outstanding, but not vested, at December 31, 2004. The closing stock price of Dynegy’s Class A common stock was $4.48 on the date of grants. These unvested restricted shares vest on the third anniversary from the date of grant. The share awards were awarded pursuant to the terms of the Dynegy 2000 and 2001 Non-Executive Plans, which are described in “Stock Options” below.

Stock Options. Dynegy has six stock option plans in which our employees participate, all of which contain authorized shares of Dynegy’s Class A common stock. Each option granted is exercisable at an option price, which ranges from $1.47 per share to $47.19 per share for options currently outstanding. A brief description of each plan is provided below:

 

   

NGC Plan. Created early in Dynegy’s history and revised prior to Dynegy becoming a publicly traded company in 1996, this plan contains 13,651,802 authorized shares, has a 10-year term, and expires in May 2006. All option grants are vested.

 

   

Employee Equity Plan. This plan expired in May 2002 and is the only plan in which Dynegy granted options below the fair market value of Class A common stock on the date of grant. This plan contains 20,358,802 authorized shares, and grants from this plan vest on the fifth anniversary from the date of the grant. All option grants are vested.

 

   

Dynegy 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). This annual compensation plan contains 6,900,000 authorized shares, has a 10-year term and expires in 2009. All option grants are vested.

 

   

Dynegy 2000 LTIP. This annual compensation plan, created for all employees upon the merger of Illinova and Dynegy, contains 10,000,000 authorized shares, has a 10-year term and expires in February 2010. Grants from this plan vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.

 

F-133


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Dynegy 2001 Non-Executive LTIP. This plan is a broad-based plan and contains 10,000,000 authorized shares, has a ten-year term and expires in September 2011. Grants from this plan vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.

 

   

Dynegy 2002 LTIP. This annual compensation plan contains 10,000,000 authorized shares, has a 10-year term and expires in May 2012. Grants from this plan vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.

All of Dynegy’s option plans cease vesting for employees who are terminated for cause. For voluntary and involuntary termination, disability, retirement or death, continued vesting and/or an extended period in which to exercise vested options may apply, dependent upon the terms of the grant agreement in which a specific grant was awarded. Options awarded to Dynegy’s executive officers and others who participate in Dynegy’s Executive Severance Pay Plan vest immediately upon the occurrence of a change in control in accordance with the terms of the Second Supplemental Amendment to the Executive Severance Pay Plan.

Compensation expense related to options granted and restricted stock awarded totaled $1 million or less for each of the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. We recognize compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the respective awards. Total options outstanding and exercisable for 2004, 2003 and 2002 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2003    2002
     Options    

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

   Options    

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

   Options    

Weighted

Average

Exercise
Price

     (options in thousands)

Outstanding at beginning of period

   2,578     $ 18.12    648     $ 23.17    728     $ 22.91

Granted

   165       4.48    378       1.77    —         —  

Exercised

   (25 )     3.69    —         —      (24 )     6.08

Transferred in

   119       20.01    1,984       19.66    22       23.78

Cancelled, expired or transferred out

   (895 )     17.76    (432 )     18.47    (78 )     26.19
                                      

Outstanding at end of period

   1,942       17.43    2,578       18.12    648       23.17
                          

Exercisable at end of period

   1,597       20.53    1,930       18.92    361       21.09
                          

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the period at market

       4.48        1.77        —  
                          

 

F-134


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, Dynegy granted no options at an exercise price less than the market price on the date of grant. Options outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are summarized below:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

  

Number of

Options

Outstanding
at

December 31,

2004

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (Years)

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Number of

Options

Exercisable
at

December 31,

2004

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

     (options in thousands)

$1.47-$1.77

   293    7.8    $ 1.75    113    $ 1.71

$4.10-$4.48

   266    6.2    $ 4.40    102    $ 4.26

$9.31-$10.51

   236    3.8    $ 10.06    236    $ 10.06

$13.04-$16.62

   449    4.2    $ 15.74    448    $ 15.74

$23.38-$23.85

   428    6.5    $ 23.73    428    $ 23.73

$29.91-$36.56

   12    5.5    $ 35.60    12    $ 35.60

$39.99-$47.19

   258    6.1    $ 47.12    258    $ 47.12
                  
   1,942          1,597   
                  

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2004, 2003 and 2002: dividends per year of zero for 2004 and 2003 and $0.15 for 2002; expected volatility of 87.5%, 89.6%, and 74.3%, respectively; a risk-free interest rate of 4.1%, 3.9%, and 4.2%, respectively; and an expected option life of 10 years for all periods.

Note 12—Employee Compensation, Savings and Pension Plans

Short-Term Incentive Plan. Our employees participate in a Dynegy maintained discretionary incentive compensation plan to provide employees with rewards for the achievement of corporate goals and individual, professional accomplishments. Specific awards are at the discretion of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Dynegy.

401(k) Savings Plan. Our employees participated in the Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, which meets the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and is a defined contribution plans subject to the provisions of ERISA. This plan and the related trust fund are established and maintained for the exclusive benefit of participating employees in the United States. All employees of designated Dynegy subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the plan. Employee pre-tax contributions to the plan are matched 100%, up to a maximum of 5% of base pay, subject to IRS limitations. Vesting in our contributions is based on years of service at 25% per full year of service. We may also make annual discretionary contributions to employee accounts, subject to our performance. Matching and discretionary contributions, if any, are allocated in the form of units in the Dynegy common stock fund. In connection with these annual discretionary contributions to employee accounts, we recognized $1 million of aggregate costs during each of the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits. All of our employees participate in Dynegy-sponsored defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. The costs of such plans are shared by Dynegy and its employees. Plan assets of funded plans and plan obligations have not been allocated to us. Our share of pension and other post-retirement benefits expense for the plans was $4 million, $3 million and $1 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

F-135


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In addition, some of our employees participated in a DMS defined benefit pension plan, which is a traditional career average or final average pay formula plan. We use a December 31 measurement date for this plan. The following tables contain information about the obligations and funded status of this plan:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2003  
     (in millions)  

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of the year

   $ 13.0     $ 11.8  

Service cost

     0.3       0.3  

Interest cost

     0.8       0.7  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     0.9       0.5  

Benefits paid

     (0.3 )     (0.3 )
                

Projected benefit obligation, end of the year

   $ 14.7     $ 13.0  
                

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year

   $ 9.8     $ 8.4  

Actual return on plan assets

     0.9       1.7  

Benefits paid

     (0.3 )     (0.3 )
                

Fair value of plan assets, end of the year

   $ 10.4     $ 9.8  
                

Funded status

   $ (4.3 )   $ (3.2 )

Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss

     0.4       (0.5 )
                

Net amount recognized

   $ (3.9 )   $ (3.7 )
                

Assets in this plan are managed in a master trust arrangement with other Dynegy plans. Amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets consist of an accrued benefit liability of $3.9 million and $3.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $12.5 million and $11.4 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The components of net periodic benefit cost were:

 

     2004     2003     2002  
     (in millions)  

Service cost benefits earned during period

   $ 0.3     $ 0.3     $ 0.2  

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     0.8          0.7       0.7  

Expected return on plan assets

     (0.9 )     (1.0 )     (0.9 )

Recognized net actuarial loss

     —         —         (0.3 )
                        

Total net periodic benefit cost

   $ 0.2     $ —       $ (0.3 )
                        

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2003  

Discount rate

   5.75 %   6.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.50 %   4.50 %

 

F-136


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2004             2003             2002      

Discount rate

   6.00 %   6.50 %   7.50 %

Expected return on plan assets

   8.75 %   9.00 %   9.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.50 %   4.50 %   4.50 %

Our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2005 will be 8.25%. This figure begins with a blend of asset class-level returns developed under a theoretical global capital asset pricing model methodology conducted by an outside consultant. In development of this figure, the historical relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long-term. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are also incorporated in the assumptions. The figure also incorporates an upward adjustment reflecting the plan’s use of active management and favorable past experience.

We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by outperforming plan liabilities over the long run. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalization. Other assets such as real estate and private equity may be used judiciously to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification.

Derivatives may be used to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investment. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, periodic asset/liability studies, and annual liability measurement.

Our pension plan weighted-average asset allocations by asset category were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2003  

Equity securities

   72 %   64 %

Debt securities

   28 %   28 %

Real estate

   —       5 %

Other

   —       3 %
            

Total

   100 %   100 %
            

Equity securities did not include any of Dynegy’s common at December 31, 2004 or 2003.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In 2005, we do not expect to make any contributions to our pension plan. Our expected benefit payments for future services for our pension benefits are as follows (in millions):

 

    

Pension

Benefits

2005

   $ 0.4

2006

     0.5

2007

     0.5

2008

     0.5

2009

     0.5

2010-2014

     4.0

Note 13—Segment Information

We comprise substantially all of the natural gas liquids segment of Dynegy. On a stand-alone basis, our business segments consist of Gas Gathering and Processing, Marketing Assets, Distribution and Marketing Services and Wholesale Marketing. We identify our reportable segments based upon their operating activity.

Our Gas Gathering and Processing segment includes assets used in the gathering of natural gas produced from oil and gas wells and processing this raw natural gas into merchantable natural gas by extracting natural gas liquids and removing impurities. These assets are located in North Texas, Louisiana and the Permian Basin of West Texas and Southeast New Mexico. We are also party to natural gas processing agreements with third-party plants.

Our Marketing Assets segment is involved with the fractionating, storing, and transporting of natural gas liquids. These assets are generally connected to and supplied, in part, by our Gas Gathering and Processing segment and are located in Mont Belvieu, Texas and West Louisiana.

Our Distribution and Marketing Services segment markets our own natural gas liquids production and also purchased natural gas liquids products. We also have the right to purchase or market substantially all of ChevronTexaco’s natural gas liquids pursuant to a Master Natural Gas Liquids Purchase Agreement that extends through August 31, 2006.

Our Wholesale Marketing segment includes our refinery services business and wholesale propane marketing operations. In our refinery services business, we provide LPG balancing services, purchasing natural gas liquids products from refinery customers and selling natural gas liquids products to various customers. Our wholesale propane marketing operations include the sale of propane and related logistics services to multi-state retailers, independent retailers and other end users.

 

F-138


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Reportable segment information, including intercompany transactions within this consolidated group, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, is presented below.

Segment Data for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(in millions)

 

    

Gas

Gathering

and

Processing

   

Marketing

Assets

   

Distribution

and

Marketing

Services

   

Wholesale

Marketing

   

Other and

Eliminations

    Total  

Revenues

   $ 485     $ 64     $ 2,142     $ 1,060     $ —       $ 3,751  

Intersegment revenues

     592       104       398       82       (1,176 )     —    
                                                

Total revenues

     1,077       168       2,540       1,142       (1,176 )     3,751  

Depreciation expense

     (59 )     (30 )     (1 )     (1 )     —         (91 )

Impairment and other charges

     (7 )     —         —         —         —         (7 )

Operating income

     192       31       26       12       —         261  

Earnings from unconsolidated investments

     7       3       —         —         —         10  

Other items, net

     (19 )     (2 )     (1 )     —         —         (22 )
                  

Net income

             $ 249  
                  

Identifiable assets

   $ 750     $ 469     $ 228     $ 138     $ —       $ 1,585  

Unconsolidated investments

   $ 55     $ 23     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 78  

Capital expenditures

   $ (52 )   $ (6 )   $ (1 )   $ —       $ —       $ (59 )

Segment Data for the Year Ended December 31, 2003

(in millions)

 

    

Gas

Gathering

and

Processing

   

Marketing

Assets

   

Distribution

and

Marketing

Services

   

Wholesale

Marketing

   

Other and

Eliminations

    Total  

Revenues

   $ 399     $ 62     $ 1,827     $ 960     $ —       $ 3,248  

Intersegment revenues

     479       90       332       59       (960 )     —    
                                                

Total revenues

     878       152       2,159       1,019       (960 )     3,248  

Depreciation expense

     (55 )     (29 )     (2 )     (1 )     —         (87 )

Impairment and other charges

     1       —         —         —         —         1  

Operating income

     93       25       13       12       —         143  

Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments

     2       (4 )     —         —         —         (2 )

Other items, net

     (17 )     (1 )     1       —         —         (17 )
                  

Net income

             $ 124  
                  

Identifiable assets

   $ 797     $ 504     $ 197     $ 125     $ —       $ 1,623  

Unconsolidated investments

   $ 59     $ 23     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 82  

Capital expenditures

   $ (46 )   $ (8 )   $ (2 )   $ —       $ —       $ (56 )

 

F-139


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Segment Data for the Year Ended December 31, 2002

(in millions)

 

    

Gas

Gathering

and

Processing

   

Marketing

Assets

   

Distribution

and

Marketing

Services

   

Wholesale

Marketing

   

Other and

Eliminations

    Total  

Revenues

   $ 262     $ 50     $ 1,642     $ 772     $ —       $ 2,726  

Intersegment revenues

     385       94       275       72       (826 )     —    
                                                

Total revenues

     647       144       1,917       844       (826 )     2,726  

Depreciation expense

     (56 )     (28 )     (1 )     (1 )     —         (86 )

Impairment and other charges

     (9 )     (5 )     (2 )     (1 )     —         (17 )

Operating income

     14       14       19       7       —         54  

Earnings from unconsolidated investments

     7       9       —         —         —         16  

Other items, net

     (13 )     (5 )     —         —         —         (18 )
                  

Net income

             $ 52  
                  

Identifiable assets

   $ 843     $ 526     $ 174     $ 112     $ —       $ 1,655  

Unconsolidated investments

   $ 67     $ 35     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 102  

Capital expenditures

   $ (66 )   $ (40 )   $ (3 )   $ —       $ —       $ (109 )

Note 14—Subsequent Events

Sale of DMS LP. On July 1, 2005, our limited partner, DMS LP, sold its entire interest in DMS to DMT Holdings, Inc. (“DMTHI”), a Dynegy owned affiliate, for $2.415 billion, which approximated the fair market value of the limited partner interest. In a series of transactions, DMTHI contributed its entire limited partner interest in DMS to one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Dynegy Midstream Holdings, Inc.

Sale of DMS. On August 2, 2005, Dynegy and our partners entered into an agreement to sell the entire partnership interests in DMS to Targa Resources, Inc. and two of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Targa”). Dynegy expects to receive approximately $2.475 billion in cash proceeds from the sale, which include the base purchase price and DMS’ cash collateral. The base purchase price of $2.35 billion in cash will be paid by Targa at closing, subject to certain purchase price adjustments. In addition, cash collateral of DMS outstanding on the closing date, as defined in the purchase agreement, will be paid by Targa within 60 days of closing. The parties have made representations, warranties and covenants in the purchase agreement and the completion of the transaction is conditioned upon the expiration or termination of the Hart-Scott-Rodino waiting period and fulfillment of other closing conditions as set forth in the purchase agreement, including the lack of a material adverse effect. Dynegy expects its sale to Targa to close in the fourth quarter of 2005.

Hurricane Katrina. On August 29, 2005, Hurricane Katrina struck the Gulf Coast region of the United States, causing widespread damage. The hurricane damaged certain of our facilities, including the Yscloskey gas processing plant in which we have a proportionally consolidated 26% interest, the Toca gas processing plant in which we have a proportionally consolidated 9% interest, and the VESCO complex, in which we have a 23% equity interest and accounted for using the equity method. Dynegy carries, for the benefit of DMS, property damage insurance which we believe contains customary deductibles, limits and sub-limits for companies in our industry.

Additionally, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by hurricane damage to our facilities, suppliers and customers. In addition to the loss of revenues at the facilities

 

F-140


Table of Contents

DYNEGY MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

which were damaged, the loss of NGL supplies to our Marketing and Distribution segment and our Wholesale Marketing segment may impact the profitability of those segments, as incremental costs of supply and distribution may reduce margins. We are in the process of evaluating the impact to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our share of operating income from the Yscloskey and Toca gas processing plants was $8 million, or 3% of our consolidated operating income, for the year ended December 31, 2004. Equity earnings from VESCO were $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Dynegy carries business interruption insurance for the benefit of DMS covering lost profits and other costs and losses triggered by specified circumstances or events, including hurricanes, with limits which we believe are customary for companies in our industry. These policies provide that we may make claims for covered interruption of business following the expiration of the deductible periods of 30 days for onshore interruptions and 45 days for offshore interruptions. We are currently evaluating the damage to our facilities and business interruption losses. The amount of insured and uninsured losses and the timing of the reimbursement of losses has not yet been determined.

Sale of Land. On September 9, 2005, we sold a tract of land at our Port Everglades, Florida terminal for approximately $11 million in cash. As a result, we expect to recognize a gain of approximately $10 million in the third quarter of 2005 in our Marketing Assets segment. The gain will be included in gain on sale of assets, net in our consolidated statements of operations.

Guarantee of Debt Held by Targa. Although we have not historically incurred debt obligations, a significant portion of our assets are pledged as collateral for debt issued by Dynegy, and we have guaranteed debt issued by Dynegy. Upon completion of the sale of DMS to Targa, our obligation as guarantors of debt issued by Dynegy will be terminated and all liens and mortgages on our assets pledged as collateral for such debt will be released. Please see Note 8—Related Party Transactions for further information.

Further, upon completion of our sale to Targa and Targa’s debt offering, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (the “Parent”) and substantially all of the Parent’s wholly-owned subsidiaries will become guarantors of Targa’s obligations under its senior secured credit facilities and senior notes (as presented in Section—Description of the Notes of the offering circular for Targa senior notes due 2013; the “Offering Circular”). These guarantees will be on a full and unconditional, joint and several bases. The following condensed consolidating financial statements are presented on the equity method, reflecting Targa’s anticipated guarantor structure, and shown including investments in subsidiaries, recorded at cost and adjusted for the Parent’s ownership share of the subsidiaries’ cumulative results of operations, capital contributions and distributions and other equity changes. The guarantor structure presented within the Offering Circular is preliminary and subject to change based upon closing of related financing transactions and consummation of the DMS acquisition. Were the guarantor structure to subsequently change, the following condensed consolidating financial statements would also change accordingly.

 

F-141


Table of Contents

The following historical condensed consolidating financial statements reflect the anticipated guarantor structure under Targa as of September 20, 2005:

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2004

(in millions)

 

    

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations     Total  
ASSETS           

Current Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —       $ —       $ 17     $ —       $ 17  

Accounts receivable

     23         255       17       —         295  

Inventory

     —         58       —         —         58  

Prepayments

     4       38       —         —         42  
                                        

Total Current Assets

     27       351       34       —         412  
                                        

Property, Plant and Equipment

     1,138       115       518       —         1,771  

Accumulated depreciation

     (480 )     (40 )     (174 )     —         (694 )
                                        

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

     658       75       344       —         1,077  

Other Assets

          

Unconsolidated equity investments

     78       —         —         —         78  

Net investment in consolidated subsidiaries

     603       9       —         (612 )     —    

Goodwill

     15       —         —         —         15  

Other long-term assets

     3       —         1       (1 )     3  
                                        

Total Assets

   $ 1,384     $ 435     $ 379     $ (613 )   $ 1,585  
                                        
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY           

Current Liabilities

          

Accounts payable

   $ 17     $ 58     $ 5     $ —       $ 80  

Accrued liabilities

     46       3       27       —         76  
                                        

Total Current Liabilities

     63       61       32       —         156  

Other long-term liabilities

     25       1       2       (1 )     27  
                                        

Total Liabilities

     88       62       34       (1 )     183  

Minority Interest

     —         —         106       —         106  

Equity

     1,296       373       239       (612 )     1,296  
                                        

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 1,384     $ 435     $ 379     $ (613 )   $ 1,585  
                                        

 

F-142


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2003

(in millions)

 

    

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations     Total  
ASSETS           

Current Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —       $ —       $ 20     $ —       $ 20  

Accounts receivable

     22       231       14       —         267  

Inventory

     —         42       —         —         42  

Prepayments

     8       41       —         —         49  
                                        

Total Current Assets

     30         314       34       —         378  
                                        

Property, Plant and Equipment

     1,157       107       499       —         1,763  

Accumulated depreciation

     (433 )     (35 )     (150 )     —         (618 )
                                        

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

     724       72       349       —         1,145  

Other Assets

          

Unconsolidated equity investments

     82       —         —         —         82  

Net investment in consolidated subsidiaries

     564       9       —         (573 )     —    

Goodwill

     15       —         —         —         15  

Other long-term assets

     3       1       —         (1 )     3  
                                        

Total Assets

   $ 1,418     $ 396     $ 383     $ (574 )   $ 1,623  
                                        
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY           

Current Liabilities

          

Accounts payable

   $ 8     $ 64     $ 6     $ —       $ 78  

Accrued liabilities

     61       5       21       —         87  
                                        

Total Current Liabilities

     69       69       27       —         165  

Other long-term liabilities

     27       1       2       (1 )     29  
                                        

Total Liabilities

     96       70       29       (1 )     194  

Minority Interest

     —         —         107       —         107  

Equity

     1,322       326       247       (573 )     1,322  
                                        

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 1,418     $ 396     $ 383     $ (574 )   $ 1,623  
                                        

 

F-143


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENT

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(in millions)

 

   

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations     Total  

Revenues from third parties

  $ 80     $ 2,124     $ 41     $ —       $ 2,245  

Revenues from affiliates

    872       1,573       360       (1,299 )     1,506  
                                       

Total revenues

    952       3,697       401       (1,299 )     3,751  

Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below

    (770 )     (3,634 )     (309 )     1,299       (3,414 )

Depreciation expense

    (57 )     (5 )     (29 )     —         (91 )

Impairment charge

    (5 )     —         —         —         (5 )

Severance and restructuring reductions (charges)

    (1 )     —         (1 )     —         (2 )

Gain (loss) on sale of assets, net

    70       (1 )     —         —         69  

General and administrative expenses

    (26 )     (21 )     —         —         (47 )
                                       

Operating income

    163       36       62       —         261  

Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments

    10       —         —         —         10  

Other expense, net

    —         —         —         —         —    

Minority interest expense

    —         —         (22 )     —         (22 )
                                       

Net income before equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

    173       36       40       —         249  

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

    76       —         —         (76 )     —    
                                       

Net income

  $ 249     $ 36     $ 40     $ (76 )   $ 249  
                                       

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENT

For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

(in millions)

 

   

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations     Total  

Revenues from third parties

  $ 65     $ 1,930     $ 38     $ —       $ 2,033  

Revenues from affiliates

    720       1,257       312       (1,074 )     1,215  
                                       

Total revenues

    785       3,187       350       (1,074 )     3,248  

Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below

    (647 )     (3,136 )     (277 )     1,074       (2,986 )

Depreciation expense

    (56 )     (8 )     (23 )     —         (87 )

Impairment charge

    —         —         —         —         —    

Severance and restructuring reductions (charges)

    1       —         —         —         1  

Gain (loss) on sale of assets, net

    23       —         —         —         23  

General and administrative expenses

    (34 )     (22 )     —         —         (56 )
                                       

Operating income

    72       21       50       —         143  

Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments

    (2 )     —         —         —         (2 )

Other expense, net

    1       1       (2 )     —         —    

Minority interest expense

    —         —         (17 )     —         (17 )
                                       

Net income before equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

    71       22       31       —         124  

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

    53       —         —         (53 )     —    
                                       

Net income

  $ 124     $ 22     $ 31     $ (53 )   $ 124  
                                       

 

F-144


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENT

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

(in millions)

 

   

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations     Total  

Revenues from third parties

  $ 27     $ 1,725     $ 36     $ —       $ 1,788  

Revenues from affiliates

    572       1,047       225       (906 )     938  
                                       

Total revenues

    599       2,772       261       (906 )     2,726  

Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below

    (507 )     (2,721 )     (210 )     906       (2,532 )

Depreciation expense

    (57 )     (7 )     (22 )     —         (86 )

Impairment charge

    —         —         —         —         —    

Severance and restructuring reductions (charges)

    (13 )     (4 )     —         —         (17 )

Gain (loss) on sale of assets, net

    (1 )     —         —         —         (1 )

General and administrative expenses

    (21 )     (15 )     —         —         (36 )
                                       

Operating income

    —         25       29       —         54  

Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments

    16       —         —         —         16  

Other expense, net

    (10 )     —         —         —         (10 )

Minority interest expense

    —         —         (8 )     —         (8 )
                                       

Net income before equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

    6       25       21       —         52  

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

    46       —         —         (46 )     —    
                                       

Net income

  $ 52     $ 25     $ 21     $ (46 )   $ 52  
                                       

 

F-145


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(in millions)

 

   

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations   Total  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net income

  $ 173     $     36     $ 40     $     —     $ 249  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities

    (141 )     (27 )     45       —       (123 )
                                     

Net cash provided by operating activities

    32       9       85       —       126  
                                     

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Capital expenditures

    (26 )     (9 )     (24 )     —       (59 )

Return of investment from unconsolidated investments

    3       —         —         —       3  

Proceeds from asset sales, net

    100       —         —         —       100  
                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    77       (9 )     (24 )     —       44  
                                     

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Distributions to partners, net

    (150 )     —         —         —       (150 )

Distributions (contributions) between affiliates

    41       —         (41 )     —       —    

Distribution to minority interest holders

    —         —         (23 )     —       (23 )
                                     

Net cash used in financing activities

    (109 )     —         (64 )     —       (173 )
                                     

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    —         —         (3 )     —       (3 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    —         —         20       —       20  
                                     

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ —       $ —       $ 17     $ —     $ 17  
                                     

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

(in millions)

 

   

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations   Total  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net income

  $ 71     $ 22     $ 31     $ —     $ 124  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities

    (111 )     (18 )     50         —       (79 )
                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (40 )           4       81       —       45  
                                     

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Capital expenditures

    (26 )     (4 )     (26 )     —       (56 )

Return of investment from unconsolidated investments

    4       —         —         —       4  

Proceeds from asset sales, net

    35       —         —         —       35  
                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    13       (4 )     (26 )     —       (17 )
                                     

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Distributions to partners, net

    (8 )     —         —         —       (8 )

Distributions (contributions) between affiliates

    34       —         (34 )     —       —    

Distribution to minority interest holders

    1       —         (20 )     —       (19 )
                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    27       —         (54 )     —       (27 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    —         —         1       —       1  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    —         —         19       —       19  
                                     

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ —       $ —       $ 20     $ —     $ 20  
                                     

 

F-146


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

(in millions)

 

   

Parent

Guarantor

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors

   

Subsidiary

Non-Guarantors

    Eliminations   Total  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net income

  $ 6     $     25     $ 21     $   —     $ 52  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities

    167       (19 )     29         —       177  
                                     

Net cash provided by operating activities

    173       6       50         —       229  
                                     

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Capital expenditures

    (84 )     (6 )     (19 )       —       (109 )

Return of investment from unconsolidated investments

    2       —         —           —       2  

Proceeds from asset sales, net

    —         —         —           —       —    
                                     

Net cash used in investing activities

    (82 )     (6 )     (19 )       —       (107 )
                                     

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Distributions to partners, net

    (105 )     —         —           —       (105 )

Distributions (contributions) between affiliates

    14       —         (14 )       —       —    

Distribution to minority interest holders

    —         —         (5 )       —       (5 )
                                     

Net cash used in financing activities

    (91 )     —         (19 )       —       (110 )
                                     

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    —         —         12         —       12  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    —         —         7         —       7  
                                     

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ —       $ —       $ 19     $   —     $ 19  
                                     

 

F-147


Table of Contents

ANNEX A

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

TO TENDER

OUTSTANDING 8  1 / 2 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013

OF

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

AND

TARGA RESOURCES FINANCE CORPORATION

PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND PROSPECTUS

DATED                     , 2007

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,

NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                      , 2008 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”),

UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED BY THE ISSUERS.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By Registered and Certified Mail

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Operations

MAC N9303-121

P.O. Box 1517

Minneapolis, MN 55480

   By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
6 th & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479

  

By Hand Delivery

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Services

608 2 nd Avenue South

Northstar East Building -12 th  Floor

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Or

By Facsimile Transmission:

(612) 667-6282

Telephone:

(800) 344-5128

If you wish to exchange currently outstanding 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 (the “outstanding notes”) for an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of new 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 pursuant to the exchange offer, you must validly tender (and not withdraw) outstanding notes to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.

 


The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus, dated                     , 2007 (the “Prospectus”), of Targa Resources, Inc. and Targa Resources Finance Corporation (the “Issuers”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together describe the Issuers’ offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange their 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 (the “New Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of their issued and outstanding 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

The Issuers reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at their discretion, in which event the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Issuers shall notify the Exchange Agent and each registered holder of the Outstanding Notes of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by holders of the Outstanding Notes. Tender of Outstanding Notes is to be made according to the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.” DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s DTC account. DTC will then send a computer-generated message known as an “agent’s message” to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. For you to validly tender your Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Agent must receive, prior to the Expiration Date, an agent’s message under the ATOP procedures confirming that:

 

   

DTC has received your instructions to tender your Outstanding Notes; and

 

   

You agree to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.

BY USING THE ATOP PROCEDURES TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. HOWEVER, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT.

SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. By tendering Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, you acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.

2. By tendering Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, you represent and warrant that you have full authority to tender the Outstanding Notes described above and will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuers to be necessary or desirable to complete the tender of Outstanding Notes.

3. You understand that the tender of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to all of the procedures set forth in the Prospectus will constitute an agreement between the undersigned and the Issuers as to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. By tendering Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, you acknowledge that the Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations contained in no-action letters issued to third parties by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter (available April 13, 1989), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter (available July 2, 1993), that the New Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act (other than a broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes exchanged for such New Notes directly from the Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders are not participating in, and have no arrangement with any other person to participate in, the distribution of such New Notes.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

5. By tendering Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, you hereby represent and warrant that:

(a) any New Notes will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

(b) you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes;

(c) you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if you are our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

(d) if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the New Notes; and

(e) if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive New Notes for your own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and you will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act including, but not limited to, delivery of a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes; see “Plan of Distribution” in the prospectus.

6. You may, if you are unable to make all of the representations and warranties contained in Item 5 above and as otherwise permitted in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), elect to have your Outstanding Notes registered in the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2005 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein). Such election may be made by notifying the Issuers in writing at 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002, Attention: Investor Relations. By making such election, you agree, as a holder of Outstanding Notes participating in a shelf registration, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, each of the directors of the Issuers, each of the officers of the Issuers who signs such shelf registration statement, each person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and each other holder of Outstanding Notes, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any shelf registration statement or prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; but only with respect to information relating to you furnished in writing by you or on your behalf expressly for use in a shelf registration statement, a prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto. Any such indemnification shall be governed by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions regarding notice, retention of counsel, contribution and payment of expenses set forth therein. The above summary of the indemnification provision of the Registration Rights Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by the Registration Rights Agreement.

7. If you are a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for your own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you acknowledge by tendering Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. If you are a broker-dealer and Outstanding Notes held for your own account were not acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, such Outstanding Notes cannot be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

8. Any of your obligations hereunder shall be binding upon your successors, assigns, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal and personal representatives.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. Book-Entry Confirmations.

Any confirmation of a book-entry transfer of Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), as well as any Agent’s Message and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

2. Partial Tenders.

Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise communicated to the Exchange Agent. If the entire principal amount of all Outstanding Notes is not tendered, then Outstanding Notes for the principal amount of Outstanding Notes not tendered and New Notes issued in exchange for any Outstanding Notes accepted will be delivered to the holder via the facilities of DTC promptly after the Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange.

3. Validity of Tenders.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and withdrawal of tendered Outstanding Notes will be determined by the Issuers, in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptance for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuers, be unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defect or irregularity in the tender of any Outstanding Notes. The Issuers’ interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions on the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Issuers shall determine. Although the Issuers intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, neither the Issuers, the Exchange Agent, nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

4. Waiver of Conditions.

The Issuers reserve the absolute right to waive, in whole or part, up to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus or in this Letter of Transmittal.

5. No Conditional Tender.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tender of Outstanding Notes will be accepted.

6. Request for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover page of this Letter of Transmittal. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

7. Withdrawal.

Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

8. No Guarantee of Late Delivery.

There is no procedure for guarantee of late delivery in the Exchange Offer.

IMPORTANT: BY USING THE ATOP PROCEDURES TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. YOU WILL, HOWEVER, BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT.

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

 

A-5


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) authorizes a corporation, under certain circumstances, to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that the person is or was an officer or director of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of that corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. With respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such indemnification is available if he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Article VI of the registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) provides that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the registrant or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the registrant as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the registrant to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the registrant to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the registrant to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the registrant shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the registrant. Article VI of the Bylaws expressly provides that it is not the exclusive method of indemnification.

Section 145 of the DGCL also empowers a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was an officer or director of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not such corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Section 145.

Article VI of the Bylaws also provide that the registrant may maintain insurance, at the registrant’s expense, to protect the registrant and any person who is or was serving as an officer or director of the registrant or is or was serving at the request of the registrant as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against such person and incurred by any such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to liability for unauthorized acquisitions or redemptions of, or dividends on, capital stock) or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived improper personal benefit. Article Eighth of the registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains such a provision.

Targa Resources Investments Inc., the indirect holder of all of our common stock, entered into Indemnification Agreements (each, an “Indemnification Agreement”) with each director and officer of the registrant (each, an “Indemnitee”). Each Indemnification Agreement provides that Targa Resources Investments Inc. will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee for Expenses (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement) to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by law, including the DGCL, in effect on the date of the agreement or as it may be amended to provide more advantageous rights to the Indemnitee. If such indemnification is unavailable as a result of a court decision and if Targa Resources Investments Inc. and the Indemnitee are jointly liable in the proceeding, Targa Resources Investments Inc. will contribute funds to the Indemnitee for his Expenses in proportion to relative benefit and fault of Targa Resources Investments Inc. and Indemnitee in the transaction giving rise to the proceeding.

Each Indemnification Agreement also provides that Targa Resources Investments Inc. will indemnify the Indemnitee for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer of Targa Resources Investments Inc., or for serving at the registrant’s request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be but only if (i) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and, in the case of conduct in his official capacity, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of Targa Resources Investments Inc. and, in all other cases, not opposed to the best interests of Targa Resources Investments Inc. and (ii) in the case of a criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee must have had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The Indemnification Agreements also provide that Targa Resources Investments Inc. must advance payment of certain Expenses to the Indemnitee, including fees of counsel, subject to receipt of an undertaking from the Indemnitee to return such advance if it is it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  3.1**      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Targa Resources, Inc.
  3.2**      Amended and Restated Bylaws of Targa Resources, Inc.
  3.3**      Certificate of Incorporation of Targa Resources Finance Corporation
  3.4**      Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Targa Resources Finance Corporation
  3.5**      Bylaws of Targa Resources Finance Corporation
  4.1**      Indenture dated October 31, 2005 among Targa Resources, Inc., Targa Resources Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
  4.2**      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2005, among Targa Resources, Inc., Targa Resources Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein
  5.1**      Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
10.1**     

Credit Agreement dated October 31, 2005 between Targa Resources Inc., the Lenders named therein and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Revolving L/C Issuer and Synthetic L/C Issuer

10.2*      Targa Resources Investments Inc. Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 31, 2005
10.3*     

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated January 26, 2006

10.4*     

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated March 30, 2007

10.5*     

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated May 1, 2007

10.6*     

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated December 7, 2007

10.7*      Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8*      Amendment to and Assumption of Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
10.9*      Amendment to Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (as Assumed and Amended)
10.10*      Targa Resources Investment Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.11*      First Amendment to Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.12*      Second Amendment to Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.13*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Director)
10.14*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Director Management and Other Employees)
10.15*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Incentive Stock Option Agreement
10.16*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
10.17*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (relating to preferred stock option exchange for directors)
10.18*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (relating to preferred stock option exchange for employees)
10.19*      Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Plan
10.20*      Form of Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Agreement (for directors)
10.21*      Form of Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Agreement (for executives)
10.22*      Targa Resources Investments Inc. Change of Control Executive Officer Severance Program

 

II-3


Table of Contents
10.23*      Targa Resources, Inc. 2006 Annual Incentive Plan
10.24*      Targa Resources, Inc. 2007 Annual Incentive Plan
10.25*      Targa Resources Partners LP Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.26*      Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement
10.27*      Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.28*      Form of Performance Unit Grant Agreement
10.29*      Credit Agreement, dated February 14, 2007, by and among Targa Resources Partners LP, as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Merrill Lynch Capital, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, as Co-Documentation Agents, and the other lenders part thereto
10.30*      First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated October 24, 2007 by and among Targa Resources Partners LP, as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other lenders party thereto
10.31*      Commitment Increase Supplement made as of October 24, 2007 by and among Targo Resources Partners LP, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other parties thereto
12.1*      Statement of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1*      Subsidiaries of Targa Resources, Inc.
23.1*      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2*      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3**      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**      Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page)
25.1*      Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the trustee under the Senior Indenture
99.1*      Form of Letter of Transmittal (included as Annex A to the prospectus)

* Filed herewith.
** Previously filed .

 

Item 22. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of any Registrant, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by any Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of such Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, such Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Each registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(a) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(b) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,

 

II-4


Table of Contents

represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(c) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(a) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(b) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants;

(c) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrants or their securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants; and

(d) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrants to the purchaser.

(6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of a registrant annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(7) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(8) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 17, 2007.

 

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.
By:  

/ S /    J EFFREY J. M C P ARLAND        

Name:  

Jeffrey J. McParland

Title:  

Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

*

Rene R. Joyce

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 17, 2007

/ S /    J EFFREY J. M C P ARLAND        

Jeffrey J. McParland

  

Executive Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  December 17, 2007

*

John Robert Sparger

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 17, 2007

*

Charles R. Crisp

   Director   December 17, 2007

*

Joe B. Foster

   Director   December 17, 2007

*

In Seon Hwang

   Director   December 17, 2007

*

Chansoo Joung

   Director   December 17, 2007

*

Peter R. Kagan

   Director   December 17, 2007

*

Chris Tong

   Director   December 17, 2007

*

James W. Whalen

   Director   December 17, 2007

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, each Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 17, 2007.

 

TARGA RESOURCES FINANCE
CORPORATION
TARGA RESOURCES LLC
TARGA RESOURCES II LLC
TARGA RESOURCES HOLDINGS GP LLC
TARGA RESOURCES HOLDINGS LP
By:   Targa Resources Holdings GP LLC, its general partner
TARGA GAS MARKETING LLC
TARGA MIDSTREAM GP LLC

 

TARGA MIDSTREAM SERVICES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:   Targa Midstream GP LLC, its general partner
TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC
TARGA RETAIL ELECTRIC LLC
TARGA NGL PIPELINE COMPANY LLC
TARGA LIQUIDS MARKETING AND TRADE
By:   Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, its managing general partner
By:   Targa Midstream GP LLC, its general partner
TARGA LIQUIDS GP LLC
MIDSTREAM BARGE COMPANY LLC
TARGA OPI LLC
TARGA CO-GENERATION LLC

 

II-8


Table of Contents
TARGA GP INC.
TARGA LP INC.
TARGA VERSADO GP LLC
TARGA VERSADO LP
By:   Targa Versado GP LLC, its general partner
TARGA STRADDLE GP LLC
TARGA STRADDLE LP
By:   Targa Straddle GP LLC, its general partner
TARGA PERMIAN GP LLC
TARGA PERMIAN LP
By:   Targa Permian GP LLC, its general partner

 

TARGA DOWNSTREAM GP LLC
TARGA DOWNSTREAM LP
By:   Targa Downstream GP LLC, its general partner
TARGA LSNG GP LLC
TARGA LSNG LP
By:   Targa LSNG GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/    J EFFREY J. M C P ARLAND        

Name:  

Jeffrey J. McParland

Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

TARGA RESOURCES FINANCE CORPORATION

 

*

Rene R. Joyce

  

Chief Executive Officer
and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 17, 2007

/s/    J EFFREY J. M C P ARLAND

Jeffrey J. McParland

  

Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  December 17, 2007

*

John Robert Sparger

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 17, 2007

 

 

TARGA RESOURCES LLC

TARGA RESOURCES II LLC

TARGA RESOURCES HOLDINGS GP LLC

TARGA RESOURCES HOLDINGS LP

By:

 

Targa Resources Holdings GP LLC, its general partner

TARGA GAS MARKETING LLC
TARGA MIDSTREAM GP LLC
TARGA MIDSTREAM SERVICES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:

 

Targa Midstream GP LLC, its general partner

TARGA RETAIL ELECTRIC LLC

By:

 

Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, its sole member

TARGA NGL PIPELINE COMPANY LLC

By:

 

Targa Retail Electric LLC, its sole member

 

II-10


Table of Contents
TARGA LIQUIDS MARKETING AND TRADE

By:

  Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, its managing general partner
 

By: Targa Midstream GP LLC, its general partner

TARGA LIQUIDS GP LLC

By:

 

Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, its sole member

MIDSTREAM BARGE COMPANY LLC
TARGA OPI LLC

By:

 

Targa Retail Electric LLC, its sole member

TARGA CO-GENERATION LLC

By:

 

Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, its sole member

TARGA VERSADO GP LLC
TARGA VERSADO LP

By: Targa Versado GP LLC, its general partner

TARGA STRADDLE GP LLC
TARGA STRADDLE LP

By: Targa Straddle GP LLC, its general partner

TARGA PERMIAN GP LLC
TARGA PERMIAN LP

By: Targa Permian GP LLC, its general partner

TARGA DOWNSTREAM GP LLC
TARGA DOWNSTREAM LP

By: Targa Downstream GP LLC, its general partner

TARGA LSNG GP LLC
TARGA LSNG LP

By: Targa LSNG GP LLC, its general partner

*

Rene R. Joyce

  

Chief Executive Officer and Manager

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 17, 2007

/ S /    J EFFREY J. M C P ARLAND

Jeffrey J. McParland

  

Executive Vice President, Chief

Financial Officer and Manager

(Principal Financial Officer)

  December 17, 2007

*

John Robert Sparger

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 17, 2007

 

II-11


Table of Contents
TARGA GP INC.
TARGA LP INC.

*

Rene R. Joyce

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 17, 2007

/ S /    J EFFREY J. M C P ARLAND

Jeffrey J. McParland

  

Executive Vice President, Chief

Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  December 17, 2007

*

John Robert Sparger

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 17, 2007

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rene R. Joyce and Jeffrey J. McParland, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them of their or his substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC

 

/ S /    R ENE R. J OYCE        

Rene R. Joyce

  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)   December 17, 2007

/ S /    J EFFERY J. M C P ARLAND        

Jeffrey J. McParland

  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  December 17, 2007

/ S /    J OHN R OBERT S PARGER        

John Robert Sparger

  Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)   December 17, 2007

/ S /    J AMES W. W HALEN        

James W. Whalen

  President—Finance and Administration and Director   December 17, 2007

/ S /    P ETER R. K AGAN        

Peter R. Kagan

 

Director

  December 17, 2007

/ S /    C HANSOO J OUNG        

Chansoo Joung

  Director   November 13, 2007

 

II-12


Table of Contents

/ S /    B ARRY R. P EARL        

Barry R. Pearl

 

Director

  November 13, 2007

/ S /    R OBERT B. E VANS        

Robert B. Evan

 

Director

  November 13, 2007

/ S /    W ILLIAM D. S ULLIVAN        

William D. Sullivan

 

Director

  December 17, 2007
*By:   / S /    J EFFREY J. M C P ARLAND        
 

Jeffrey J. McParland

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-13


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

  3.1**      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Targa Resources, Inc.
  3.2**      Amended and Restated Bylaws of Targa Resources, Inc.
  3.3**      Certificate of Incorporation of Targa Resources Finance Corporation
  3.4**      Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Targa Resources Finance Corporation
  3.5**      Bylaws of Targa Resources Finance Corporation
  4.1**      Indenture dated October 31, 2005 among Targa Resources, Inc., Targa Resources Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
  4.2**      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2005, among Targa Resources, Inc., Targa Resources Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein
  5.1**      Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
10.1**     

Credit Agreement dated October 31, 2005 between Targa Resources Inc., the Lenders named therein and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Revolving L/C Issuer and Synthetic L/C Issuer

10.2*      Targa Resources Investments Inc. Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 31, 2005
10.3*      First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated January 26, 2006
10.4*      Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated March 30, 2007
10.5*      Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated May 1, 2007
10.6*      Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated December 7, 2007
10.7*      Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8*  

   Amendment to and Assumption of Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
10.9*  

   Amendment to Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (as Assumed and Amended)
10.10*      Targa Resources Investment Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.11*      First Amendment to Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.12*      Second Amendment to Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.13*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Director)
10.14*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Director Management and Other Employees)
10.15*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Incentive Stock Option Agreement
10.16*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
10.17*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (relating to preferred stock option exchange for directors)
10.18*      Form of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (relating to preferred stock option exchange for employees)
10.19*      Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Plan
10.20*      Form of Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Agreement (for directors)
10.21*     

Form of Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Agreement (for executives)

10.22*      Targa Resources Investments Inc. Change of Control Executive Officer Severance Program
10.23*      Targa Resources, Inc. 2006 Annual Incentive Plan


Table of Contents
10.24*      Targa Resources, Inc. 2007 Annual Incentive Plan
10.25*     

Targa Resources Partners LP Long-Term Incentive Plan

10.26*     

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement

10.27*     

Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan

10.28*     

Form of Performance Unit Grant Agreement

10.29*      Credit Agreement, dated February 14, 2007, by and among Targa Resources Partners LP, as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Merrill Lynch Capital, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, as Co-Documentation Agents, and the other lenders part thereto
10.30*      First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated October 24, 2007 by and among Targa Resources Partners LP, as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other lenders party thereto
10.31*      Commitment Increase Supplement made as of October 24, 2007 by and among Targo Resources Partners LP, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other parties thereto
12.1*      Statement of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1*      Subsidiaries of Targa Resources, Inc.
23.1*      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2*      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3**      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**      Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page)
25.1*      Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the trustee under the Senior Indenture
99.1*      Form of Letter of Transmittal (included as Annex A to the prospectus)

* Filed herewith.
** Previously filed.
Table of Contents

Exhibit 10.2

E XECUTION V ERSION

T ARGA R ESOURCES I NVESTMENTS I NC .

A MENDED AND R ESTATED

S TOCKHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT

DATED AS OF O CTOBER  28, 2005


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
  ARTICLE I   
  DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS   

Section 1.1

  Definitions    2

Section 1.2

  Related Definitional Matters    10

Section 1.3

  Capital Stock Subject To Agreement    10
  ARTICLE II   
  STOCKHOLDERS   

Section 2.1

  Stockholders    11

Section 2.2

  Preemptive Rights For Capital Stock Issued By The Company    11
  ARTICLE III   
  RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITIONS OF CAPITAL STOCK   

Section 3.1

  Restrictions On Dispositions    13

Section 3.2

  Permitted Transfers    15

Section 3.3

  Notice Of Right Of First Refusal For Stock Held By Management Stockholders or Investor Stockholders (other than the Warburg Group)    16

Section 3.4

  Rights Of First Refusal For Stock Held By Management Stockholders or Investor Stockholders (other than the Warburg Group) — Primary Right Of First Refusal    17

Section 3.5

  Rights Of First Refusal For Stock Held By Management Stockholders or Investor Stockholders (other than the Warburg Group) — Secondary Right Of First Refusal    17

Section 3.6

  Certain Rights of Inclusion    18

Section 3.7

  Drag-Along Rights    19

Section 3.8

  Involuntary Transfers    22

Section 3.9

  Endorsement Of Stock Certificates    22

Section 3.10

  Specific Performance    23

Section 3.11

  Government Compliance    23

Section 3.12

  Fractional Shares    23
  ARTICLE IV   
  COMPANY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS   

Section 4.1

  Vesting And Repurchase Of Management Stock; Granting of Stock Options    24

Section 4.2

  Repurchase Option For and Forfeiture of Management Stock and Other Capital Stock    24

Section 4.3

  Financial Reports    27

Section 4.4

  Additional Covenants    28

 

i


Table of Contents
  ARTICLE V   
  SPECIAL MANAGEMENT/GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS   

Section 5.1

  Certificate Of Incorporation: No Conflict With Agreement    29

Section 5.2

  Board Of Directors    29

Section 5.3

  Removal    33

Section 5.4

  Vacancies    33

Section 5.5

  Covenant To Vote    33

Section 5.6

  Business Opportunities    34

Section 5.7

  Investor Stockholder Rights    34

Section 5.8

  Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation    34

Section 5.9

  VCOC Rights    35
  ARTICLE VI   
  MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 6.1

  Manner Of Giving Notice    35

Section 6.2

  Waiver Of Notice    35

Section 6.3

  Counterpart Signatures    35

Section 6.4

  Severability    36

Section 6.5

  Joinder Of Spouses    36

Section 6.6

  Entire Agreement; Amendments; Agreement Controls    36

Section 6.7

  Governing Law And Venue    37

Section 6.8

  Consent To Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial By Jury And Certain Damages    37

Section 6.9

  Binding Effect; Assignment    38

Section 6.10

  Future Actions    38

Section 6.11

  Construction    38

Section 6.12

  Termination Of This Agreement    38

Section 6.13

  Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc.    39

Section 6.14

  Confidentiality    39

Section 6.15

  Certain Tax Considerations    40

Section 6.16

  Termination of Original Agreement    40

Section 6.17

  Closing under Stock Purchase Agreement    40
Exhibit A – List of Stockholders and Share Ownership   

Exhibit B – Addendum Agreement

  

 

ii


Table of Contents

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 28th day of October 2005, among Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the stockholders of the Company whose names appear on the signature page hereto and such other Persons who become parties hereto after the date hereof by executing an addendum agreement as provided herein (collectively, the “Stockholders”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, certain of the parties hereto entered into that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of April 16, 2004 (the “Original Agreement”) setting forth their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Targa Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Targa”), and restricting their ability to sell, assign, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of certain of their shares of capital stock of Targa;

WHEREAS, prior to the date hereof, Warburg Pincus Netherlands Private Equity VIII II, C.V. (“WP Netherlands VIII II”) agreed to transfer all assets and liabilities and all rights and obligations held by or on behalf of WP Netherlands VIII II as a going concern to or for the benefit of Warburg Pincus Netherlands Private Equity VIII I, C.V. (“WP Netherlands VIII I”), including all shares of capital stock of Targa formerly held by WP Netherlands VIII II;

WHEREAS, the Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with an authorized capitalization of (i) 90,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), one share of which is issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of which 1,350,500 shares have been designated the Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”), an aggregate of 1,350,500 shares of which were issued pursuant to the Merger (as defined below) and are outstanding as of the date hereof, and 6,650,000 shares will have been designated the Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”) before the Closing, an aggregate of 3,253,406 shares of which will be issued pursuant to the Reclassification (as defined below) and will be issued and outstanding before the Closing, and up to 3,200,000 additional shares of Series B Preferred which will be issued and sold pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith among the Company and the investors listed on Annex A and Annex B thereto (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the merger of Targa Resources Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation, with and into Targa (the “Merger”), all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Targa were converted into capital stock of the Company;

WHEREAS, following the Merger and immediately prior to the Closing, the stockholders of the Company intend to authorize a reclassification of the Company (the “Reclassification”) pursuant to which the shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred and common stock issued to the former stockholders of Targa pursuant to the Merger will be converted into Series B Preferred (such shares of Series B Preferred issued or reserved for issuance in connection with the recapitalization of the Company being referred to herein as the “Exchange Shares”);


Table of Contents

WHEREAS, in connection with the Reclassification and pursuant to the terms of the Targa 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (as assumed by the Company), each then outstanding option to acquire a share of Common Stock will become an option to acquire 0.117549 shares of Series B Preferred and the exercise price thereof will be adjusted to become the result of multiplying the then exercise price of $8.50 per share by 8.507097;

WHEREAS, the stockholders of the Company, including the parties to the Original Agreement, desire to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of amending and restating and superseding and replacing the Original Agreement;

WHEREAS, each of the Stockholders (other than Persons who become Stockholders after the Closing) is, or will be upon consummation of the Closing, the owner of the number of shares of such issued and outstanding Common Stock and/or Series B Preferred of the Company set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name on Exhibit A hereto, which exhibit shall be amended from time to time to reflect the shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred owned by the Stockholders and their Permitted Transferees (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, the parties hereto deem it in their best interests and in the best interests of the Company to set forth their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Company; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto also desire to restrict the sale, assignment, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition of the shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred, as well as shares of Capital Stock (as defined herein) that may be issued hereafter, and to provide for certain rights and obligations in respect thereto as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows, is hereby superceded in its entirety by this Agreement and is hereby of no further force or effect; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements and understandings set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS

Section 1.1 Definitions . When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

“AFFILIATE” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, any Person which (a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person, (b) is an officer, director, general partner, trustee or manager of such Person, or of a Person described in clause (a) of this sentence or (c) is a Relative of such specified Person or of an individual described in clauses (a) or (b) of this sentence.

 

2


Table of Contents

“AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

“APPROVED SALE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) of this Agreement.

“AUDIT COMMITTEE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(d) of this Agreement.

“AVAILABLE SHARES” shall mean shares of Management Stock, including both Vested Shares and Unvested Shares, and any other Capital Stock, including without limitation shares of Series B Preferred and Option Shares, held by a Management Stockholder (in each case including shares transferred to the Management Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees and excluding shares forfeited pursuant to Section 4.2(a)).

“BUSINESS DAY” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday on which national banking associations in the State of New York are authorized by Law to close.

“BYLAWS” shall mean the Company’s bylaws, certified by the secretary of the Company, as amended from time to time.

“CAPITAL STOCK” shall mean any and all shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the Company, and any and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.

“CAUSE” shall mean discharge by the Company on the following grounds:

(i) An employee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties.

(ii) Conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude.

(iii) Any employee’s willful refusal, after fifteen days’ written notice from the Board of Directors, to perform the material lawful duties or responsibilities required of him.

(iv) Willful and material breach of any corporate policy or code of conduct established by the Company.

(v) Willfully engaging in conduct that is known or should be known to be materially injurious to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

“CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS” shall mean the Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B Preferred, as amended from time to time in accordance therewith and with this Agreement.

“CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION” shall mean the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including all certificates of designation, as amended from time to time in accordance therewith and with this Agreement.

 

3


Table of Contents

“CHANGE OF CONTROL” means, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, a consolidation, merger or any other form of corporate reorganization involving the Company or a sale of Series B Preferred Stock (or a sale of Common Stock following conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock) by Stockholders with the result immediately after such merger, consolidation, corporate reorganization or sale that (i) a single Person, together with its Affiliates, owns, if prior to a Qualified Public Offering, either a greater number of shares of Common Stock (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been converted at the Conversion Ratio) than Warburg and its Affiliates then own or, in the context of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization in which the Company is not the surviving entity, more voting stock generally entitled to elect directors of such surviving entity (or in the case of a triangular merger, of the parent entity of such surviving entity) than Warburg and its Affiliates then own or, if on or after a Qualified Public Offering, either a majority of the Common Stock calculated on a fully-diluted basis (i.e. on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio, that all Management Stock is outstanding, whether vested or not, and that all outstanding options to acquire Common Stock had been exercised (whether then exercisable or not)) or, in the context of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization in which the Company is not the surviving entity, a majority of the voting stock generally entitled to elect directors of such surviving entity (or in the case of a triangular merger, of the parent entity of such surviving entity) calculated on a fully diluted basis and (ii) Warburg and its Affiliates collectively own less than a majority of the Initial Shares owned by them or, in the event such Initial Shares are converted or exchanged into other voting securities of the Company or such surviving or parent entity, less than a majority of such voting securities Warburg and its Affiliates would have owned had they retained all such Initial Shares.

“CLOSING” shall have the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

“COMMON STOCK” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

“COMPANY” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

“COMPENSATION COMMITTEE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(d) of this Agreement.

“CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14 of this Agreement.

“CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT RIGHTS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 of this Agreement.

“CONVERSION RATIO” shall, with respect to any share of Series B Preferred, have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

“DISABILITY” shall mean a Management Stockholder’s becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance which renders him or her mentally or physically incapable of performing his or her duties with the Company on a full-time basis for a period of at least 180 days during any 12-month period.

 

4


Table of Contents

“DISPOSITION” shall mean any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, hypothecation, gift, inter vivos transfer, pledge, hedge, mortgage or other encumbrance, or any other disposition, of Capital Stock (or assets, as the case may be) whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary.

“DRAG-ALONG TRANSACTION” shall mean (i) any consolidation, merger or other business combination involving the Company in which all Capital Stock is exchanged or converted into cash, securities of another corporation or business organization or other property, (ii) a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to be followed promptly by a liquidation of the Company or a distribution to the Stockholders of all or substantially all of the net proceeds of such Disposition (after payment of applicable Company obligations), or (iii) the sale by all the Stockholders of all their Capital Stock (with the possible exception of vested or unvested stock options outstanding immediately prior to such sale which may remain outstanding immediately after such sale).

“ELECTION NOTICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a) of this Agreement.

“EXCHANGE ACT” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

“EXCHANGE SHARES” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

“EXCLUDED SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d) of this Agreement.

“FIRST REFUSAL NOTICE DATE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b) of this Agreement.

“INCLUSION NOTICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of this Agreement.

“INCLUSION RIGHT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(c) of this Agreement.

“INDEPENDENT NOMINEES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

“INITIAL SHARES” shall mean all of the shares of Capital Stock outstanding immediately following the Closing.

“INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS” shall mean the Stockholders designated as such on Exhibit A hereto as amended and updated from time to time as provided for herein.

“INVOLUNTARY TRANSFER” shall mean a Disposition resulting from (i) the death of a Stockholder, (ii) bankruptcy proceedings involving a Stockholder, (iii) the entry of a divorce decree directly involving such Stockholder, (iv) the execution of either a judgment or a foreclosure by a court of Law against such Stockholder or (v) any other event that forces such Stockholder to transfer any of its Capital Stock to a third party, including events occurring by operation of Law.

 

5


Table of Contents

“INVOLUNTARY TRANSFER NOTICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of this Agreement.

“IRA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(c) of the Agreement.

“LAW” shall mean any applicable constitutional provision, statute, act, code, law, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, decree, ruling, proclamation, resolution, judgment, decision, declaration, or interpretative or advisory opinion or letter of a domestic, foreign or international governmental authority or any political subdivision thereof and shall include, for the avoidance of any doubt, the U.S. federal securities laws, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and applicable rules of any national securities exchange or association.

“LIQUIDATION EVENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

“MAJORITY HOLDERS” shall mean, if any shares of Series B Preferred are then outstanding, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, or, if no shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Common Stock (excluding Unvested Shares).

“MANAGEMENT NOMINEE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

“MANAGEMENT STOCK” shall mean the 6,178,382 shares of Common Stock to be granted to Management Stockholders on or after the Closing pursuant to the terms of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, with the documentation for a portion of such Common Stock grants to be finalized on or after the Closing Date, any such shares transferred to a Permitted Transferee and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Company which may be issued on or after the date hereof in respect of, in exchange for, or upon conversion of such shares of Common Stock pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization of the Corporation or otherwise.

“MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS” shall mean the Stockholders designated as such on Exhibit A as amended and updated from time to time as provided for herein.

“MERGER” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

“MERRILL LYNCH” shall mean Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001.

“NEW SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

“NON-INCLUDED TAG OFFEREE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Agreement.

 

6


Table of Contents

“NOTICE OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) of this Agreement.

“OBSERVER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b) of this Agreement.

“OFFER PRICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) of this Agreement.

“OFFERED NEW SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

“OFFERED STOCK” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) of this Agreement.

“OFFEREE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement.

“OFFEROR STOCKHOLDER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) of this Agreement.

“OPTION SHARES” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Stock Incentive Plans upon payment of the purchase price for such shares of Common Stock subject to such options.

“ORIGINAL AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

“ORIGINAL COST” shall mean, with respect to a particular share of Capital Stock, the cash amount originally paid to the Company to purchase such share (or if such share was issued in respect of other shares of the Company issued in connection with the Merger, then the cash amount originally paid to Targa to purchase such other shares), subject to adjustment for subdivisions, combinations or stock dividends involving such Capital Stock, or, if no cash amount was originally paid to the Company to purchase such share, then no consideration (or if such share was issued in respect of other shares of the Company issued in connection with the Merger and such other shares were issued by Targa for no cash consideration, then no consideration).

“ORIGINAL MANAGEMENT MEMBER” shall mean Rene Joyce, Roy E. Johnson, Joe Bob Perkins, Michael A. Heim and Jeffrey J. McParland.

“OTHER STOCKHOLDERS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a) of this Agreement.

“PERMITTED TRANSFEREE” with respect to a transferor Stockholder shall mean (i) the spouse of the transferor Stockholder, (ii) with respect to a Management Stockholder, a trust, or family partnership, the sole beneficiary of which is the transferor Stockholder, the spouse of, or any Person related by blood or adoption to, the transferor Stockholder, (iii) an Affiliate of an Investor Stockholder (other than a portfolio company of Warburg (in contrast to other private equity partnerships that are Affiliates of such Investor Stockholder)), or (iv) in the context of a distribution by an Investor Stockholder of Capital Stock to its direct or indirect equity owners

 

7


Table of Contents

substantially in proportion to such ownership, the partners, members or stockholders of an Investor Stockholder, or the partners, members or stockholders of such partners, members or stockholders; provided , however , that any such transfers contemplated by (i) through (iv) do not conflict with or constitute a violation of state or federal securities Laws.

“PERSON” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited partnership, general partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, company, estate, trust, bank trust company, land trust, business trust, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, custodian, trustee-executor, administrator, nominee or entity in a representative capacity and any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

“PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE” shall mean the executor, administrator, guardian, or other personal representative of any natural person who has become deceased or subject to disability, or any successor or assignee thereof whether by operation of Law or otherwise.

“PREEMPTIVE OFFER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

“PREEMPTIVE OFFER ACCEPTANCE NOTICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement.

“PREEMPTIVE OFFER PERIOD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

“PREFERRED STOCK” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

“PROPORTIONATE PERCENTAGE” shall mean, with respect to a Stockholder, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Stockholder (calculated on the basis that all issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio) and the denominator of which is (i) in a situation where the Proportionate Percentage is being calculated with respect to all Stockholders, the total number of shares of Common Stock (calculated on the basis that all shares of issued and outstanding Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio) held by all Stockholders at the time in question and (ii) in a situation where the Proportionate Percentage is being calculated with respect to a particular group of Stockholders, the total number of shares of Common Stock (calculated on the basis that all shares of issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock have been converted at the Conversion Ratio) held by the members of such group; provided , however , that all references to “Common Stock” in this definition exclude shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and shall exclude Unvested Shares.

“QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

“REFUSED NEW SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c) of this Agreement.

 

8


Table of Contents

“RELATIVE” shall mean, with respect to any individual, (i) such individual’s spouse, (ii) any direct descendent, parent, grandparent, great grandparent or sibling (in each case, whether by blood or adoption) of such individual or such individual’s spouse, and (iii) any spouse of a person described in clause (ii) of this sentence.

“REPRESENTATIVES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14 of this Agreement.

“REPURCHASE NOTICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b) of this Agreement.

“SECURITIES ACT” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

“SELLING STOCKHOLDER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a) of this Agreement.

“SERIES B PREFERRED” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

“STOCK EQUIVALENTS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(c)(iii) of this Agreement.

“STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS” shall mean the Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and the Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as assumed by the Company.

“STOCKHOLDERS” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

“STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

“TAG OFFEREES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a) of this Agreement.

“TARGA” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

“THIRD PARTY” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) of this Agreement.

“THIRD PARTY OFFER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) of this Agreement.

“TRANSFEREE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a) of this Agreement.

“UNVESTED SHARES” shall mean shares of Management Stock that are not Vested Shares.

“VESTED SHARES” shall mean shares of Management Stock that have become vested pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof due to Vesting.

 

9


Table of Contents

“VESTING” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement.

“WARBURG” shall mean, collectively, Warburg Pincus Equity VIII, L.P., Warburg Pincus Netherlands Private Equity VIII I, C.V., Warburg Pincus Germany Private Equity Partners VIII, K.G. and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P.; provided that for all purposes hereunder, Warburg Pincus Equity VIII, L.P. shall be entitled to act on behalf of each of the other Persons named in this definition (other than Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P.), and provided , further , that whenever the consent or vote of Warburg is required pursuant to this Agreement for any proposed action, such consent or vote shall be deemed obtained or given if holders of not less than a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock (or, if no Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding, holders of not less than a majority of the Common Stock) held by the Persons named in this definition have consented to or voted in favor of the proposed action.

“WARBURG GROUP” shall mean Warburg and each transferee of Capital Stock directly or indirectly from Warburg; provided that, once a Person is designated a member of the Warburg Group, such Person shall, as long as it owns any Capital Stock, at all times be a member of the Warburg Group.

“WARBURG NOMINEE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a)(ii).

Section 1.2 Related Definitional Matters . Unless the context requires otherwise, as used in this Agreement: (a) pronouns in the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa, (b) the term “including” shall be construed to be expansive rather than limiting in nature and to mean “including, without limitation,” (c) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (d) the words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Exhibits and Annexes attached hereto, and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited, and (e) references to Exhibits and Annexes are to the items identified separately in writing by the parties hereto as the described Exhibits or Annexes attached to this Agreement, each of which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes as if set forth in full herein. The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 1.3 Capital Stock Subject To Agreement . Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, this Agreement shall extend and apply to all shares of Capital Stock now owned by each of the Stockholders and to all shares of Capital Stock as may hereafter be acquired by any of the Stockholders, whether such shares constitute the separate property or community property of any of the individual Stockholders, and regardless of the capacity in which title to such shares is held or taken. This Agreement shall also apply to all shares of Capital Stock to which the spouse of any Stockholder is entitled by virtue of any community property or any other Laws.

 

10


Table of Contents

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1 Stockholders . The Stockholders of the Company and the number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company held immediately after the Closing by each are set forth in Exhibit A as such exhibit may be amended and updated from time to time.

Section 2.2 Preemptive Rights For Capital Stock Issued By The Company .

(a) Except in the case of Excluded Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Company shall not, and shall cause its subsidiaries not to, issue, sell or exchange, agree to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or set aside for issuance, sale or exchange any of the Capital Stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (including without limitation any shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred, or rights to acquire any such shares, whether or not immediately exercisable and whether evidenced by an option, warrant, convertible security or other instrument or agreement) (collectively, “New Securities”), unless in each case the Company shall have first offered or caused such subsidiary to offer (the “Preemptive Offer”) to sell such Stock to the Stockholders which own Series B Preferred and are “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (the “Offered New Securities”) by delivery to such Stockholders of written notice of such offer stating the Company or subsidiary, as the case may be, proposes to sell such Offered New Securities, the number or amount of the Offered New Securities proposed to be sold, the proposed purchase price therefor and any other terms and conditions of such offer. The Preemptive Offer shall by its terms remain open and irrevocable for a period of 15 days from the date it is delivered to the Stockholders eligible to receive such notice (the “Preemptive Offer Period”).

(b) Each Stockholder being offered the Offered New Securities (an “Offeree”) shall have the option, exercisable at any time during the Preemptive Offer Period by delivering written notice to the Company (a “Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notice”), to subscribe for (i) the number or amount of such Offered New Securities up to its Proportionate Percentage of the group of such Offerees of the total number or amount of Offered New Securities proposed to be issued and (ii) up to its Proportionate Percentage of the Offered New Securities not subscribed for by other Offerees as specified in its Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notice. Any Offered New Securities not subscribed for by an Offeree shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Offerees exercising their options specified in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the lesser of (A) the amount specified in their respective Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated until either (x) all of the Offered New Securities are deemed accepted by the Offerees or (y) the full number and amount of Offered New Securities subscribed for in all of the Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notices have been accepted. The Company shall notify each Offeree accepting Offered New Securities hereunder within five days following the expiration of the Preemptive Offer Period of the number or amount of Offered New Securities which such Offeree has subscribed to purchase, the closing date for the sale of such Offered New Securities (which closing shall be at a reasonable place and time within 45 days from the expiration of the applicable Preemptive Offer Period) and such other details (consistent with the Preemptive Offer) necessary and reasonable in order to effectuate the sale of the Offered New Securities; provided , however , that the Company may elect not to sell the Offered New Securities to the Stockholders if the Stockholders do not collectively subscribe for all the Offered New Securities.

 

11


Table of Contents

(c) If Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notices are not given by the Stockholders for all the Offered New Securities, the Company shall have 45 days from the expiration of the Preemptive Offer Period to sell all of such Offered New Securities or any part of such Offered New Securities as to which Preemptive Offer Acceptances Notices have not been given by the Stockholders (the “Refused New Securities”) to any other Persons, but only upon terms and conditions in all material respects, including price, which are no more favorable, individually or in the aggregate, to such other Persons or less favorable, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company than those set forth in the Preemptive Offer. Upon the closing, which shall occur at a reasonable time and place within such 45-day period and at which full payment shall be made to the Company, of the sale to such other Persons of the Refused New Securities, the accepting Stockholders shall purchase from the Company, and the Company shall sell to the accepting Stockholders, the Offered New Securities with respect to which Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notices were delivered by the accepting Stockholders, at the terms specified in the Preemptive Offer. The issuance of such Capital Stock by the Company shall be subject to Section 3.1(e). In each case, any Offered New Securities not purchased by the accepting Stockholders or any other Persons in accordance with this Section 2.2 within 45 days after the expiration of the Preemptive Offer Period may not be sold or otherwise disposed of until they are again offered to the Stockholders under the procedures specified in this Section 2.2.

(d) The rights of the Stockholders under this Section 2.2 shall not apply to the following New Securities (the “Excluded Securities”):

(i) shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred issued to officers, employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any stock options issued or restricted stock grants made under the Stock Incentive Plans or any other similar stock incentive plan approved by the Majority Holders;

(ii) New Securities issued as consideration to the sellers in connection with an acquisition by the Company in a bona fide arms length transaction, the terms of which have been approved by the Majority Holders;

(iii) New Securities issued upon the exercise or conversion of any New Securities issued in compliance with this Section 2.2;

(iv) New Securities issued in a Qualified Public Offering;

(v) New Securities issued as a stock dividend or upon any stock split or other pro-rata subdivision or combination of the New Securities issued in compliance with this Section 2.2;

(vi) New Securities issued to any Person that is not an Investor Stockholder or an Affiliate of any Investor Stockholder, so long as the Majority Holders have approved the waiver of the pre-emptive rights set forth in this Section 2.2 with respect to such issuance;

 

12


Table of Contents

(vii) New Securities of a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company issued or sold in a registered underwritten public offering;

(viii) New Securities of a subsidiary of the Company issued or transferred to the Company or a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;

(ix) Shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred issued pursuant to the Merger, the Reclassification and the Stock Purchase Agreement and shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of those shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred;

(x) Management Stock; and

(xi) Up to 5,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock that may be sold at any time within three months of the Closing to non-employee directors of the Company, and other Management Stockholders, which issuance has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, and shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of those shares of Series B Preferred (such shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock collectively referred to herein as “Additional Shares”).

ARTICLE III

RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITIONS OF CAPITAL STOCK

Section 3.1 Restrictions On Dispositions .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Disposition of Capital Stock of the Company otherwise permitted or required by this Agreement shall be made unless such Disposition is in compliance with federal and state securities Laws, including without limitation the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. If any such Disposition is made pursuant to an exemption from such Laws, rules and regulations, such Disposition shall be made only upon the transferee first having delivered to the Company a favorable written opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that the proposed Disposition is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities Laws; provided , however , that no such opinion of counsel shall be required for (A) a Disposition by a Stockholder to a Permitted Transferee if, in each case, the Permitted Transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms and conditions hereof to the same extent as if such Permitted Transferee were an original Stockholder hereunder, (B) a sale duly made in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or any successor or analogous rule to Rule 144, or if the Stockholder would be permitted to transfer the securities pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144 (it being agreed that the Company shall have the right to receive evidence reasonably satisfactory to it regarding compliance with such Rule or any successor or analogous rule prior to the consummation of any such transfer), (C) an issuance or Disposition pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (D) an issuance of Series B Preferred or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (including the issuance of Management Stock and Additional Shares) or (E) an issuance of Option Shares.

 

13


Table of Contents

(b) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and the Majority Holders, no Disposition of Capital Stock otherwise permitted or required by this Agreement shall be effective unless and until any transferee who is not already a party to this Agreement (and such transferee’s spouse, if applicable) shall execute and deliver to the Company an Addendum Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B in which such transferee (and such transferee’s spouse, if applicable) agrees to be bound by this Agreement and to observe and comply with this Agreement and with all obligations and restrictions imposed on the Stockholders hereby; each Person to whom a Disposition of Capital Stock is permitted by this Agreement who receives a Disposition of Capital Stock during the period when this Agreement is in effect, and who agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof, shall thereafter become a “Stockholder” for all purposes of this Agreement. Such transferee shall become a Management Stockholder if the transferor was a Management Stockholder and shall become an Investor Stockholder if the transferor was an Investor Stockholder; provided , however , that each transferee who receives a Disposition of Capital Stock that is a Permitted Transferee of or is then (i) an Investor Stockholder, shall become or remain an Investor Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement or (ii) a Management Stockholder or spouse thereof, shall become or remain a Management Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement.

(c) No Stockholder may Dispose of any Capital Stock except pursuant to a Disposition expressly permitted herein and made in strict compliance with all applicable terms of this Agreement, and any purported Disposition of Capital Stock that does not so comply with all applicable provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect, and the Company shall not recognize or be bound by any such purported Disposition and shall not effect any such purported Disposition on the stock transfer books of the Company. The parties hereto agree that the restrictions contained in this Article III are fair and reasonable and in the best interests of the Company and its Stockholders.

(d) All shares of Capital Stock held by the Company, as treasury stock or otherwise, or any subsidiary thereof shall not be deemed outstanding for any purpose under this Agreement or the Bylaws of the Company.

(e) Prior to the termination of this Article III (other than Section 3.1(a)) pursuant to Section 6.12, all newly issued shares of Capital Stock (including the issuance of Option Shares) shall only be issued to Persons who are or become party to this Agreement by executing an Addendum Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (together with such Person’s spouse, if applicable); provided , however , that each such acquiror who (i) is an employee, consultant or non-employee director of the Company shall become a Management Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement, (ii) is an Investor Stockholder shall remain an Investor Stockholder with respect to such newly acquired shares and (iii) is not an employee or consultant of the Company shall have such designation, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, with the concurrence of the Majority Holders.

 

14


Table of Contents

(f) No Disposition of Management Stock or other Capital Stock (including without limitation Series B Preferred and Options Shares) held by Management Stockholders may be made pursuant to this Article III by a Management Stockholder prior to the earlier of (i) (A) February 28, 2009 with respect to the Exchange Shares or (B) October 31, 2010 with respect to all Management Stock or other Capital Stock (including without limitation Series B Preferred and Options Shares) held by Management Stockholders other than the Exchange Shares or (ii) the termination of this Article III (other than Section 3.1(a)) pursuant to Section 6.12 except in accordance with Section 3.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 or 4.2.

Section 3.2 Permitted Transfers .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1 (other than Section 3.1(f)) and subject to obtaining the prior written approval of Warburg (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), a Management Stockholder may for estate tax purposes make a Disposition of any or all of such Management Stockholder’s shares of Capital Stock to any Person who is a Permitted Transferee with respect to the such Management Stockholder, and such Permitted Transferee shall not be entitled to make any further Dispositions in reliance upon this Section 3.2, except for a Disposition of such Capital Stock back to such original transferor Management Stockholder. Any shares of Capital Stock transferred by a Management Stockholder to a Permitted Transferee of such Management Stockholder shall be deemed to continue to be owned by such Management Stockholder for purposes of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof and as a condition to any such transfer, such Permitted Transferee must agree to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 as if such shares were owned by such Management Stockholder.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1, an Investor Stockholder may at any time or times make a Disposition of any or all of its Capital Stock to any Person who is a Permitted Transferee with respect to the transferor Investor Stockholder.

(c) A Disposition of any kind or character by any Stockholder other than Warburg otherwise prohibited by this Agreement may be permitted if approved by the Majority Holders.

(d) Any conversion of the Series B Preferred in accordance with the Certificate of Designations shall be a permitted Disposition.

(e) Any transfer of Management Stock by a Management Stockholder to the Company shall be a permitted Disposition.

(f) Any transfer to a Permitted Transferee made pursuant to this Section 3.2 and any other Disposition permitted by this Section 3.2 shall not be subject to the terms of Sections 3.3 through 3.6 hereof.

(g) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.2, a Stockholder may not make a Disposition of Capital Stock to a Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder if such Disposition has as a purpose the avoidance of (or is otherwise undertaken in contemplation of avoiding the) restrictions on Dispositions in this Agreement (it being understood that the purpose of this Section 3.2(g) is to prohibit the Disposition of Capital Stock to a Permitted Transferee followed by a change in the relationship between the transferor and the Permitted Transferee after the Disposition with the result and effect that the transferor has indirectly made a Disposition of Capital Stock by using a Permitted Transferee, which Disposition would not have been directly permitted under this Section 3.2 had such change in such relationship occurred prior to such Disposition).

 

15


Table of Contents

(h) Each Stockholder that is an entity that was formed for the sole or principal purpose of directly or indirectly acquiring Capital Stock and that has no substantial assets other than Capital Stock or direct or indirect interests in Capital Stock agrees that (i) certificates for shares of its common stock or other instruments reflecting equity interests in such entity (and the certificates for shares of common stock or other equity interests in any similar entities controlling such entity) will note the restrictions contained in this Agreement on the Disposition of such interests as if such common stock or other equity interests were Capital Stock and (ii) no shares of such common stock or other equity interests may be Disposed of to any Person other than in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement as if such common stock or other equity interests were Capital Stock.

Section 3.3 Notice Of Right Of First Refusal For Stock Held By Management Stockholders or Investor Stockholders (other than the Warburg Group) .

(a) If a Management Stockholder (subject to the restrictions in Section 3.1(f)) or an Investor Stockholder (other than a member of the Warburg Group) receives a bona fide written offer from any Person, including any other Stockholder (a “Third Party Offer”), for the purchase of all or a part of his or its Capital Stock, in the case of a Management Stockholder, or Series B Preferred, in the case of an Investor Stockholder, that such Stockholder desires to accept, such Stockholder (the “Offeror Stockholder”) agrees to give written notice of such Third Party Offer (the “Notice of Right of First Refusal”) to the Secretary of the Company and, within five Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Right of First Refusal by the Company, the Company will send a copy of the Notice of Right of First Refusal to the Investor Stockholders and the Management Stockholders (other than the Offeror Stockholder). The notice must set forth the name of the proposed transferee (the “Third Party”), the number and class of Capital Stock to be sold (the “Offered Stock”), the price per share (the “Offer Price”), all details of the payment terms and all other terms and conditions of the proposed Disposition. A Third Party Offer may not contain provisions related to any property of the Offeror Stockholder other than the Capital Stock held by the Offeror Stockholder, and the Offer Price shall be expressed only in terms of cash (in U.S. dollars). The Offeror Stockholder shall deliver such Notice of Right of First Refusal to the Company no less than 30 days prior to the date of the proposed Disposition. Any proposed Disposition not satisfying the terms of this Section 3.3 (e.g., a Third Party Offer in which not all of the proposed consideration is cash) may not be made unless otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to the provisions of this Article III other than Section 3.3, 3.4 or 3.5.

(b) The date that the Notice of Right of First Refusal is received by the Company shall constitute the “First Refusal Notice Date.” The Company shall be obligated to promptly determine the First Refusal Notice Date following its receipt of a Notice of Right of First Refusal, and a copy of the Notice of Right of First Refusal together with a letter indicating the First Refusal Notice Date shall be promptly given by the Company to all applicable Investor Stockholders and Management Stockholders within five Business Days of the determination of the First Refusal Notice Date.

 

16


Table of Contents

Section 3.4 Rights Of First Refusal For Stock Held By Management Stockholders or Investor Stockholders (other than the Warburg Group) — Primary Right Of First Refusal . The Company shall have the sole and exclusive option for a period of 10 days following the First Refusal Notice Date to accept, on the terms specified in the Notice of Right of First Refusal, any Offered Stock that is held by an Offeror Stockholder. The Company may exercise such option by giving written notice of exercise to the Offeror Stockholder and to all Investor Stockholders and Management Stockholders prior to the termination of the Company’s 10-day option period. Such notice of exercise shall refer to the Notice of Right of First Refusal and shall set forth the number of shares of Capital Stock to be acquired by the Company and a reasonable place and time within 90 days after the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Offered Stock.

Section 3.5 Rights Of First Refusal For Stock Held By Management Stockholders or Investor Stockholders (other than the Warburg Group) — Secondary Right Of First Refusal .

(a) If, pursuant to Section 3.4, the Company elects to purchase less than all the Offered Stock (or elects to purchase none of the Offered Stock), the Stockholders other than the Offeror Stockholder that are “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (the “Other Stockholders”) shall have the option from the 11th to the 30th day following the First Refusal Notice Date to accept not less than all of the Offered Stock (other than the portion which the Company has elected to purchase) in accordance with the provisions of the Notice of Right of First Refusal. The Other Stockholders may, by agreement, allocate among themselves the right to acquire such part of the Offered Stock. In the absence of such an agreement among the Other Stockholders, each Other Stockholder will be entitled to give written notice to the Offeror Stockholder, to the Company and to the remaining Other Stockholders, from the eleventh day to the twentieth day following the First Refusal Notice Date, of such Other Stockholder’s election (“Election Notice”) to acquire all or any part of its Proportionate Percentage (calculated solely with respect to the Other Stockholders) of the Offered Stock that is not being acquired by the Company or the Other Stockholders including a statement of the maximum number of shares of Offered Stock that such Other Stockholder is willing to purchase.

(b) Any Offered Stock not subscribed for pursuant to Section 3.5(a) as a result of all the Other Stockholders not electing to purchase their Proportionate Percentage shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Other Stockholders exercising their rights to purchase more than their Proportionate Percentage. Such Offered Stock shall be allocated to such Other Stockholders in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the maximum amount specified in their respective Election Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages (calculated solely with respect to such Other Stockholders) with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated, to the extent required, until either (x) all of the remaining Offered Stock is accepted by the Other Stockholders or (y) the maximum number or amount of Offered Stock that such Other Stockholders have indicated they are willing to purchase has been deemed accepted. If all the Offered Stock is subscribed for, then the Company shall notify each Other Stockholder within five days following the expiration of the 30-day period described in Section 3.5(a) of the number or amount of Offered Stock which such Stockholder has subscribed to purchase and shall set a reasonable place and time for the closing

 

17


Table of Contents

of the purchase and sale of the Offered Stock, which shall be not less than 45 days nor more than 90 days after the First Refusal Notice Date. The purchase price and terms for the Offered Stock purchased by the Other Stockholders shall be the price and terms set forth in the applicable Third Party Offer. Upon delivery of the purchase price, the Offeror Stockholders shall have no further rights as holders of Offered Shares and shall immediately cause all certificate(s) evidencing Offered Shares to be surrendered for transfer to the Company or the purchasing Stockholders, as the case may be.

(c) If the Company and the Other Stockholders do not subscribe to purchase all of the Offered Stock, then the Company and the Other Stockholders shall not be entitled to purchase such Offered Stock and all, but not less than all, of such Offered Stock may be sold by the Offeror Stockholder at any time within 90 days after the date of the Third Party Offer, subject to the provisions of Section 3.1 hereof. Any such sale shall not be at less than the price or upon terms and conditions more favorable, individually or in the aggregate, to the purchaser than those specified in the Third Party Offer. If such Offered Stock is not so transferred within such 90-day period, such Capital Stock may not be sold by the Offeror Stockholder without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 3.6 Certain Rights of Inclusion .

(a) A member of the Warburg Group shall not sell or otherwise effect the Disposition of any Series B Preferred (in one or a series of transactions) to a third party or to the Company (in either case, the “Transferee”) (excluding for such purpose Dispositions pursuant to Section 3.2, Dispositions subject to Section 3.7 and Dispositions in connection with a Qualified Public Offering) unless the terms and conditions of such Disposition include an offer, on the same terms as the offer to the selling member of the Warburg Group (the “Selling Stockholder”), to each of the other Stockholders (the “Tag Offerees”), to include at the option of each Tag Offeree, in the Disposition to the Transferee, a number of shares of such Series B Preferred owned by each Tag Offeree determined in accordance with this Section 3.6.

(b) The Selling Stockholder shall cause the Transferee’s offer to be reduced to writing (which writing shall include an offer to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of such Series B Preferred from the Tag Offerees as required by this Section 3.6 and a time and place designated for the closing of such purchase, which time shall not be less than 20 days after delivery of such notice and no more than 60 days after such delivery date) and shall send written notice of such Transferee’s offer (the “Inclusion Notice”) to each of the Tag Offerees in the manner specified in Section 6.1 hereof.

(c) Subject to Section 3.6(a), each Tag Offeree shall have the right (an “Inclusion Right”), exercisable by delivery of notice to the Selling Stockholder at any time within 10 calendar days after receipt of the Inclusion Notice, together with the Selling Stockholder, to sell pursuant to such Transferee’s offer, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Inclusion Notice, that number of shares of Series B Preferred requested to be included by such Tag Offeree; provided , however , that if the proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase all of the Series B Preferred requested to be sold by all exercising Tag Offerees together with the Selling Stockholder, then each Tag Offeree shall have the right to sell pursuant to such Transferee’s offer, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Inclusion Notice, a number of such Tag

 

18


Table of Contents

Offeree’s shares of Series B Preferred equal to such Tag Offeree’s Proportionate Percentage (based on the shares of Series B Preferred held by the Selling Stockholder and Tag Offerees exercising their Inclusion Rights) of Series B Preferred proposed to be transferred by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Section 3.6. The definition of “Proportionate Percentage” for purposes of this Section 3.6(c) shall be read as if the references in such definition to “Common Stock” were to Series B Preferred and the parenthetical clauses in such definition were deleted. If any Tag Offeree has exercised its Inclusion Rights and the proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase all of the Series B Preferred proposed to be transferred by the Selling Stockholder and all exercising Tag Offerees (determined in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 3.6(c)), then the Selling Stockholder and each exercising Tag Offeree shall reduce, on a pro rata basis with respect to such shares of Series B Preferred, based on their respective Proportionate Percentages, the amount of such Series B Preferred that each otherwise would have sold so as to permit the Selling Stockholder and each exercising Tag Offeree to sell the amount of Series B Preferred (determined in accordance with such reduced Proportionate Percentages) that the proposed Transferee is willing to purchase.

(d) The Tag Offerees and the Selling Stockholder shall sell to the proposed Transferee all, or at the option of the proposed Transferee, any part of the shares of such Series B Preferred proposed to be transferred by them, at not less than the price and upon the terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable, individually and in the aggregate, to the proposed Transferee than those in the Inclusion Notice at the time and place provided for the closing in the Inclusion Notice, or at such other time and place as the Tag Offerees, the Selling Stockholder, and the proposed Transferee shall agree.

(e) If the proposed Transferee of Series B Preferred proposed to be transferred by a Selling Stockholder is unwilling to purchase any Series B Preferred from a Tag Offeree even after any pro rata reduction pursuant to the last sentence of Section 3.6(c) (a “Non-Included Tag Offeree”), such Non-Included Tag Offeree may elect to require such Selling Stockholder to purchase from such Non-Included Tag Offeree, for cash (in U.S. dollars), Series B Preferred having a purchase price equal to the aggregate purchase price such Non-Included Tag Offeree would have received in connection with the closing of such sale by the Selling Stockholder if such Non-Included Tag Offeree had been able to exercise its Inclusion Rights (but only to the extent of its Proportionate Percentage) with respect to such sale. The closing of such sale to the Selling Stockholder shall occur concurrently with or immediately following such sale by the Selling Stockholder.

Section 3.7 Drag-Along Rights .

(a) At any time, any member of the Warburg Group may propose a Drag-Along Transaction with a Person or group of Persons who are not members of the Warburg Group, Affiliates of any member of the Warburg Group, or Affiliates of the Company and if such proposed Drag-Along Transaction has been approved in writing by the Majority Holders (any such approved Drag-Along Transaction, an “Approved Sale”), then all Stockholders shall consent to the Approved Sale, and if the Approved Sale is structured as (I) a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Company, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, each Stockholder entitled to vote thereon shall vote in favor of the Approved Sale and shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such

 

19


Table of Contents

merger, consolidation or asset sale or (II) a sale of all the Capital Stock, the Stockholders shall agree to sell all of their shares of Capital Stock which are the subject of the Approved Sale, on the terms and conditions of such Approved Sale. The Stockholders shall promptly take all necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale, including using their reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent of Board of Directors of the Company to the Approved Sale and the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (1) provide customary representations, warranties, indemnities, and escrow arrangements relating to such Approved Sale (subject to Section 3.7(c)(v)) and (2) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale as set forth in Section 3.7(c). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Stockholders shall be permitted to sell their shares of Capital Stock pursuant to an Approved Sale without complying with any other provisions of Article III of this Agreement.

(b) Upon initiation of an Approved Sale pursuant to Section 3.7(a), each member of the Warburg Group shall represent and warrant, severally and not jointly, to the other Stockholders that no additional consideration has been or is to be paid or provided by such prospective purchaser to any member of the Warburg Group or its Affiliates, pursuant to such Approved Sale, and that the Approved Sale is not made as part of any other transaction pursuant to which any member of the Warburg Group or its Affiliates will receive any additional consideration other than based upon such member of the Warburg Group’s or its Affiliates’ ownership of Capital Stock. The foregoing provision shall not be deemed to prohibit a Drag Along Transaction to any Person merely because such Person has, is currently having or intends to have a business relationship with one or more Stockholders.

(c) The obligations of the Stockholders pursuant to this Section 3.7 are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(i) upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, each Stockholder shall receive the same proportion of the aggregate consideration from such Approved Sale that such holder would have received if such aggregate consideration had been distributed by the Company in complete liquidation pursuant to the rights and preferences set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as in effect immediately prior to such Approved Sale (giving effect to applicable orders of priority), and if a Stockholder receives consideration from such Approved Sale in a manner other than as contemplated by such rights and preferences or in excess of the amount to which such Stockholder is entitled in accordance with such rights and preferences, then such Stockholders shall take such action as is necessary so that such consideration shall be immediately reallocated among and distributed to the Stockholders in accordance with such rights and preferences;

(ii) if any Stockholders of a class are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all Stockholders will be given the same option;

(iii)(A) all holders of options, warrants or similar rights to acquire Capital Stock (“Stock Equivalents”) that are then currently exercisable will be given an opportunity to exercise such rights prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale (but

 

20


Table of Contents

only to the extent such Stock Equivalents are then vested or would be vested on an accelerated basis pursuant to the terms of their issuance) and participate in such sale as Stockholders, (B) all options issued under stock options plans of the Company that are then vested or would be vested on an accelerated basis pursuant to the terms of their issuance, but have not been exercised prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale, will be cancelled and the holders thereof will be entitled to receive in consideration therefor, at the election of the Company in the form of cash or securities that are distributed to Stockholders pursuant to this Section 3.7, with a value (as determined pursuant to Section 3.7(c)(vi)) in an amount equal to the aggregate value of the Common Stock acquirable upon exercise of such options (with the value of such Common Stock being the value attributed to Common Stock pursuant to Section 3.7(c)(i) above) less the aggregate proceeds that would be payable by the option holders upon the exercise of all such options (without regard to any net exercise or cashless exercise basis), and (C) all options issued under stock option plans of the Company that are not then vested and would not be vested on an accelerated basis on the terms of their issuance will be cancelled without consideration;

(iv) no Stockholder shall be obligated to make any out-of-pocket expenditure prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale (excluding modest expenditures for postage, copies, and the like) and no Stockholder shall be obligated to pay any portion (or, if paid, shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Company for that portion paid) that is more than its pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration received) of reasonable expenses incurred in connection with a consummated Approved Sale, to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all Stockholders, and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party (costs incurred by or on behalf of a Stockholder for its sole benefit will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder), provided that a Stockholder’s liability for such expenses shall be capped at the total purchase price received by such Stockholder for its Capital Stock;

(v) no Stockholder shall be required to provide any representations, warranties or indemnities (other than pursuant to an escrow of consideration proportionate to the amount receivable under this Section 3.7) in connection with the Approved Sale, other than those required to be made pursuant to Section 3.7(b) to other Stockholders and those representations, warranties and indemnities concerning each Stockholder’s valid ownership of shares of Capital Stock, free of all liens and encumbrances (excluding those arising under applicable securities Laws), and each Stockholder’s authority, power, and right to enter into and consummate such purchase or merger agreement without violating any other agreement to which such Stockholder is a party or its assets are bound; and

(vi) if some or all of the consideration received in connection with the Approved Sale is other than cash, then such consideration shall be deemed to have a dollar value equal to the fair market value of such consideration as determined by the unanimous resolution of all directors of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that if the Board of Directors of the Company does not or is unable to make such a determination of fair market value, such determination of fair market value shall be made by an investment banking firm of recognized national standing selected by a majority of the directors of the Board of Directors of the Company, and such firm shall be engaged

 

21


Table of Contents

and paid by the Company. The determination of fair market value of such investment banking firm (or, if such investment bank determines a range of fair market values, the mid-point of such range) shall be final and binding on all parties.

(d) If the Company and any of the Stockholders or their representatives, enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each Stockholder who is not an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act (without regard to Rule 501(a)(iv)) will, at the request and election of the Investor Stockholders which are pursuing an Approved Sale, either (i) appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to such Stockholders or (ii) agree to accept cash in lieu of any securities such Stockholder would otherwise receive in an amount equal to the fair market value of such securities as determined in the manner set forth in Section 3.7(c)(vi)

(e) The Persons initiating an Approved Sale shall have the right to require the Company to cooperate fully with potential acquirors of the Company in a prospective Drag Along Transaction by taking all customary and other actions reasonably requested by such Persons or such potential acquirors, including without limitation, making the Company’s properties, books and records, and other assets reasonably available for inspection by such potential acquirors and making its employees reasonably available for interviews.

Section 3.8 Involuntary Transfers .

(a) In the event of an Involuntary Transfer of any Capital Stock by a Management Stockholder, such Management Stockholder or his successor or transferee of Capital Stock in such Involuntary Transfer, as applicable, shall give written notice (an “Involuntary Transfer Notice”) to the Company promptly after the occurrence of the event which caused such Involuntary Transfer. After receipt of an Involuntary Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option for 90 days from the date of receipt of the Involuntary Transfer Notice to elect to purchase all such Capital Stock (other than Unvested Shares) within such 90-day period at their fair market value, with Unvested Shares being subject to Section 4.2(a)(i). As used herein, “fair market value” shall mean such reasonable and fair value as determined in the manner contemplated by Section 3.7(c)(vi).

(b) The closing of the purchase by the Company of securities pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall occur on the date specified by the Company. The provisions of Sections 4.2(c), 4.2(d) and 4.2(e) shall apply to such repurchased securities as if such securities were Available Shares (as defined in Section 4.2) to be purchased.

Section 3.9 Endorsement Of Stock Certificates .

(a) Conformed copies of this Agreement shall be filed with the Secretary of the Company and kept with the records at its principal office. An officer of the Company shall endorse each certificate representing the shares of Capital Stock heretofore or hereafter issued by the Company to the Stockholders by causing to be placed on the face thereof the following:

“TRANSFER IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIVE STOCK LEGENDS ON BACK”

 

22


Table of Contents

and by causing to be placed on the back thereof the legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS, WHICH AGREEMENT CONTAINS, AMONG OTHER PROVISIONS, RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. A COPY OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT HAS BEEN FILED, AND IS AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW BY THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE, AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

(b) In addition to the legend required under Section 3.9(a) above, each Stockholder agrees that each certificate representing the shares of Capital Stock of the Company heretofore or hereafter issued by the Company shall also bear such other legends as may be required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement. Any such legend shall be removed by the Company upon the request (which shall include customary representations and opinions of counsel if reasonably requested or required by the Company) of a Stockholder when such legend is no longer applicable.

Section 3.10 Specific Performance . Each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges that it shall be impossible to measure in money the damage to the Company or the Stockholder(s), if any of them or any transferee or any legal representative of any party hereto fails to comply with any of the restrictions or obligations imposed by this Article III, that every such restriction and obligation is material, and that in the event of any such failure, the Company or the Stockholder(s) shall not have an adequate remedy at Law or in damages. Therefore, each party hereto consents to the issuance of an injunction or the enforcement of other equitable remedies against him at the suit of an aggrieved party without the posting of any bond or other security, to compel specific performance of all of the terms of this Article III and to prevent any Disposition of shares of Capital Stock in contravention of any terms of this Article III, and waives any defenses thereto, including, without limitation, the defenses of: (i) failure of consideration; (ii) breach of any other provision of this Agreement; and (iii) availability of relief in damages.

Section 3.11 Government Compliance . In connection with any closing of a Disposition pursuant to this Article III, each of the parties to this Agreement shall (i) use all reasonable efforts to take all steps necessary and desirable to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals to facilitate the consummation of such Disposition, and (ii) use reasonable efforts to delay any closing dates pursuant to this Article III to the extent required to allow any party to take such actions.

Section 3.12 Fractional Shares . Each of the parties hereto agrees to sell any or all fractional shares of Capital Stock owned by such party (after taking into account all Capital Stock held by such party) to the Company, upon the request of the Company in connection with or in anticipation of the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, for cash consideration

equal to the fair market value of such fractional shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

23


Table of Contents

ARTICLE IV

COMPANY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

Section 4.1 Vesting And Repurchase Of Management Stock; Granting of Stock Options .

(a) The Company and the Management Stockholders who own Management Stock hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 4.1 notwithstanding the provisions of any restricted stock agreement relating to such Management Stock. Each Management Stockholder’s shares of Management Stock will become vested (“Vesting”) in accordance with the following schedule, if, as of each applicable date, the Management Stockholder is still employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

If the Management Stockholder is an Original Management Member:

 

     % Vested  

30th Month Following Issuance of Management Stock

   70 %

Third Anniversary Date of Issuance of Management Stock

   80 %

Fourth Anniversary Date of Issuance of Management Stock

   100 %

If the Management Stockholder is not an Original Management Member:

 

     % Vested  

Date of Issuance of Management Stock

   20 %

First Anniversary Date of Issuance of Management Stock

   40 %

Second Anniversary Date of Issuance of Management Stock

   60 %

Third Anniversary Date of Issuance of Management Stock

   80 %

Fourth Anniversary Date of Issuance of Management Stock

   100 %

(b) Upon the earliest of (x) the occurrence of a Change of Control, (y) the consummation of a Liquidation Event and (z) the consummation of a transaction pursuant to Section 3.7, all shares of Management Stock that are not then vested shall become Vested Shares at the time of such event. Shares of Management Stock held by a Management Stockholder that are not then vested shall become Vested Shares in connection with the death or Disability of such Management Stockholder as provided in Section 4.2(a)(i) hereof.

Section 4.2 Repurchase Option For and Forfeiture of Management Stock and Other Capital Stock .

(a) Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 4.2, shares of Management Stock, including both Vested Shares and Unvested Shares, and any other Capital Stock, including without limitation shares of Series B Preferred and Option Shares, held by a Management Stockholder (in each case including shares transferred to the Management Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees) are subject to repurchase or forfeiture as follows:

 

24


Table of Contents

(i) If the Management Stockholder (other than a Management Stockholder that is a non-employee director of the Company) ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by reason of death or as a result of the Company terminating such Management Stockholder’s employment due to Disability, such Management Stockholder’s Unvested Shares shall become Vested Shares at such termination of employment, and the Company shall have the right for one year following such termination of employment to repurchase all of such Management Stockholder’s Vested Shares and other Capital Stock as of such termination of employment at a purchase price equal to the then fair market value of such shares determined in the same manner as is provided in Section 3.7(c)(vi).

(ii) If the Management Stockholder (other than a Management Stockholder that is a non-employee director of the Company) ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by reason of voluntary resignation (for any or no reason) or by reason of termination without Cause, all of such Management Stockholder’s Unvested Shares shall be forfeited to the Company for no consideration as of such resignation or termination of employment and the Company shall have the right for one year following such resignation or termination of employment to repurchase all of such Management Stockholder’s Vested Shares and other Capital Stock at a purchase price equal to the then fair market value of such shares determined in the same manner as is provided in Section 3.7(c)(vi).

(iii) If the Management Stockholder (other than a Management Stockholder that is a non-employee director of the Company) ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by reason of termination with Cause, then all of such Management Stockholder’s Unvested Shares and Vested Shares shall be forfeited to the Company for no consideration as of such termination of employment.

(iv) In addition to the consequences set forth in Section 4.2(iii) above, if the Management Stockholder (other than a Management Stockholder that is a non-employee director of the Company) ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by reason of termination with Cause, the Company shall have the right for one year following such termination of employment to repurchase all of such Management Stockholder’s other Capital Stock as of such termination of employment at a purchase price equal to the lower of the Original Cost or the then fair market value of such shares determined in the same manner as is provided in Section 3.7(c)(vi).

(v) If the Management Stockholder is a non-employee director of the Company and ceases to serve as a director of the Company by reason of death, removal (with or without cause), resignation or otherwise, all of such Management Stockholder’s Unvested Shares shall be forfeited to the Company for no consideration as of such cessation of service, and the Company shall have the right for one year following such termination of service as a director to repurchase all such Management Stockholder’s Vested Shares and other Capital Stock at a purchase price equal to the then fair market value of such shares determined in the same manner as is provided in Section 3.7(c)(vi).

 

25


Table of Contents

(b) On or before the first anniversary of the effective date of termination of the employment of a Management Stockholder as described in the preceding subsections of this Section 4.2, the Company shall give written notice (a “Repurchase Notice”) to the holder of the Available Shares of the number or amount of Available Shares that have been elected to be purchased by the Company, and the Company shall set a reasonable place and time from the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Available Shares. The number of Available Shares to be repurchased shall first be satisfied to the extent possible from the Available Shares held by the Management Stockholder at the time of delivery of the Repurchase Notice. If the number of Available Shares then held by the Management Stockholder is less than the number of Available Shares that the Company has elected to purchase, the Company shall purchase the remaining Available Shares elected to be purchased from the Permitted Transferees of such Management Stockholder under this Agreement pro rata, determined in each case according to the number of Available Shares held by such Permitted Transferees at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest whole share).

(c) The closing of the purchase of Available Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall take place on the date designated by the Company in the Repurchase Notice, which date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than five days after the delivery of the Repurchase Notice. The Company will pay for Available Shares to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.2 by delivery of (i) a check or wire transfer of funds or (ii) in the event the Company is prohibited by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, or applicable statutory or contractual provisions to purchase the Available Shares by check or a wire transfer, a subordinated unsecured promissory note or notes payable on commercially reasonable terms if the use of such a promissory note is not prohibited, in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such shares. Any notes issued by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.2(c) shall be subject to any restrictive covenants (including limitations or restrictions on the payment of interest) to which the Company is subject at the time of such purchase. In the event the Company is, during such period, prohibited from purchasing such Available Shares, including by means of issuing a promissory note, then the Company shall have the right to assign such repurchase right to the Investor Stockholders, pro rata, in accordance with their Proportionate Percentages, or as the Investor Stockholders may otherwise agree. The purchasers of any Available Shares hereunder will be entitled to require all of the signatures of each seller of such Available Shares to be notarized and to receive representations and warranties from each such seller regarding (A) such seller’s power, authority and legal capacity to enter into such sale and to transfer valid right, title and interest in such Available Shares, (B) such seller’s ownership of such Available Shares and the absence of any liens, pledges, and other encumbrances on such Available Shares, and (C) the absence of any violation, default, or acceleration of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such seller or the assets of such seller are bound as the result of such sale.

(d) Should the Company or any of its assignees elect to exercise the repurchase rights pursuant to this Section 4.2 and any seller fail to deliver all of such Capital Stock in accordance with the terms hereof, the purchaser of such Capital Stock hereunder may, at its option, in addition to all other remedies it may have, deposit the repurchase price in an escrow account administered by the Company or an independent third party (to be held for the benefit of and payment over to such seller in accordance herewith), whereupon the Company shall by written notice to such seller (i) cancel on its books the certificates(s) representing such Capital Stock

 

26


Table of Contents

registered in the name of such seller and (ii) issue to the purchaser, in lieu thereof, new certificate(s) representing such Capital Stock registered in the purchaser’s name, and all of the seller’s right, title, and interest in and to such Capital Stock shall terminate in all respects.

(e) In the event that Available Shares are repurchased pursuant to this Section 4.2, the holders of such Available Shares will take all steps necessary and desirable to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals and take all other actions necessary and desirable to facilitate consummation of such repurchase(s) in a timely manner.

Section 4.3 Financial Reports .

(a) So long as Warburg continues to own 5% of more of the Common Stock it may be deemed to own as of the Closing by virtue of its ownership of Series B Preferred (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio then in effect), the Company shall furnish the following to Warburg:

(i) Within 30 days after the end of each month, an operating report with key operating metrics reasonably requested by Warburg, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited related statement of income and statement of cash flows for such month prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, together with a comparison of such statements to the annual budget of the Company for such periods;

(ii) Within 60 days after the end of each quarter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and unaudited related income statement and statement of cash flows for such quarter including any footnotes thereto (if any) prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, together with a comparison of such statements to the annual budget of the Company for such periods;

(iii) Within 90 days after the end of each year, an audited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated income statement, statement of stockholders equity and statement of cash flows for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and a signed audit letter from the Company’s auditors who shall be selected from among the “Big 4” nationally recognized accounting firms;

(iv) Within 30 days before the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated annual budget approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, together with a consolidated annual capital expenditure forecast;

(v) Prompt notice after the occurrence of any material event, notice of such event together with a summary describing the nature of the event and its impact on the Company; and

(vi) Such other information to the Stockholders entitled to receive information pursuant to this Section 4.3 as such Stockholders or their advisors may reasonably request.

 

27


Table of Contents

(b) The Company shall furnish to Merrill Lynch (so long as Merrill Lynch has the right to appoint an Observer pursuant to Section 5.2(c)) the information described in Section 4.3(a)(i) through (vi) (so long as, in the case of information described in Section 4.3(a)(vi), Warburg shall have requested the same information), as well as all meeting materials distributed to the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.12, the obligations of the Company to furnish information pursuant to this Section 4.3 (other than Section 4.3(e)) shall cease upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.

(d) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Board of Directors to hold meetings no less frequently than quarterly, and at such meetings the Company shall report to the Board of Directors on, among other things, its business activities, prospects and financial position.

(e) So long as Warburg continues to own 5% of more of the Common Stock it may be deemed to own as of the Closing by virtue of its ownership of Series B Preferred (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred owned by Warburg have been converted at the Conversion Ratio then in effect), the Company shall permit Warburg or its representatives to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company, including its books of account and other records (and make copies of and take extracts from such books and records), and to discuss all aspects of the Company’s business, affairs, finances, and accounts with the Company’s officers and its independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during the Company’s usual business hours and as often as Warburg may reasonably request and to consult with and advise management of the Company and its subsidiaries, upon reasonable notice at reasonable times from time to time, on all matters relating to the operation of the Company and its subsidiaries; and, to the extent the Company is required by Law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare the reports described in Sections 4.3(a)(i), (ii) and (iii), the Company shall deliver to Warburg any annual reports, quarterly reports, and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act actually prepared by the Company as soon as publicly available; provided , however , that at the Company’s request, Warburg shall execute and deliver to the Company a confidentiality agreement relating to any or all of the matters described in this Section 4.3(e) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (in addition to Warburg’s obligations under Section 6.14).

Section 4.4 Additional Covenants .

(a) Each Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that, upon any Liquidation Event, the receipt of proceeds by holders of Capital Stock shall be in accordance with Section 4 of the Certificate of Designations.

(b) The Company and each Stockholder covenant and agree that the Company shall not treat the Series B Preferred as “preferred stock” for purposes of Section 305(c) of the Code (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) unless the Company receives an opinion of tax counsel based on a change in Law that such treatment is contrary to the Code or the treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

28


Table of Contents

(c) Each individual who executed and delivered this Agreement as a Stockholder in such individual’s capacity as authorized agent for an individual retirement account (each an “IRA”) or in such individual’s capacity as an officer, manager or general partner of another Person shall cause such IRA or other Person, as the case may be, to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including all obligations of such IRA or other Person, as the case may be, hereunder as a Management Stockholder or otherwise.

ARTICLE V

SPECIAL MANAGEMENT/GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Certificate Of Incorporation: No Conflict With Agreement . Each Stockholder shall vote his shares of Capital Stock, and shall take all the actions necessary, to ensure that the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company do not, from time to time, conflict with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 5.1 shall be interpreted as restricting in any respects the ability of the Investor Stockholders to amend the Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the procedures established in this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation for such amendment.

Section 5.2 Board Of Directors .

(a) So long as Warburg continues to own 5% of more of the Common Stock it may be deemed to own as of the Closing by virtue of its ownership of Series B Preferred (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred owned by Warburg have been converted at the Conversion Ratio then in effect), from and after the date hereof and until the termination of this Section pursuant to Section 6.12, the Company shall exercise all authority under applicable Law, and the Stockholders and their assigns shall vote their shares of Capital Stock, at any regular or special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of filling positions on the Board of Directors of the Company, or in any written consent executed in lieu of such meeting of stockholders and shall take all the actions necessary, to ensure that the Board of Directors shall consist of seven members (as provided below) and to ensure the election to the Board of Directors of the Company of the following individuals:

(i) two of whom shall be executive officers of the Company, of which one of whom shall be the chief executive officer of the Company, unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Holders (the “Management Nominee”);

(ii) one of whom shall be designated by Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., one of whom shall be designated by Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P. and two (or one if Warburg so elects) of whom shall be designated by Warburg (collectively, the “Warburg Nominees”); and

(iii) one (or two if there are three Warburg Nominees) of whom shall be selected by Warburg, after consultation with the chief executive officer of the Company, and approved by the Majority Holders (the “Independent Nominees”); provided, however , that an Independent Nominee (A) shall be independent of the Company and its subsidiaries, (B) shall not be an employee, advisor or consultant of the Company, an employee of a member of the Warburg Group or an employee of an entity that controls a

 

29


Table of Contents

member of the Warburg Group (but may be an employee of a Person that is controlled by (but is not a subsidiary of) a member of the Warburg Group other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company) and (C) shall, in the good faith judgment of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred, have relevant midstream energy experience.

(b) So long as Warburg continues to own 5% or more of the Common Stock it may be deemed to own as of the Closing by virtue of its ownership of Series B Preferred (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred owned by Warburg have been converted at the Conversion Ratio then in effect), the Warburg Group shall have the right to have observers (each, an “Observer”) and any other person approved by the Board of Directors attend each meeting of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof.

(c) So long as Merrill Lynch continues to own 80% or more of the Common Stock it may be deemed to own as of the Closing by virtue of its ownership of Series B Preferred (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred owned by Merrill Lynch have been converted at the Conversion Ratio), Merrill Lynch shall have the right to have one Observer (who is reasonably acceptable to Warburg) attend each meeting of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof.

(d) The Company shall have an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”), a compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) and such other committees established by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company. The Warburg Nominees will be entitled to constitute a majority of the members of all committees of the Board of Directors.

(e) None of the Warburg Nominees who are employees of a member of the Warburg Group or any of their Affiliates, will receive any consideration for serving on the Board of Directors prior to the closing of a Qualified Public Offering. All of the members of the Board of Directors will be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

(f) Actions by the Board of Directors shall be decided by majority vote, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation.

(g) The Company shall not do or agree to do, or permit any of its subsidiaries to do or agree to do, any of the following without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders (subject to Sections 5.2(h), 5.2(i) and 5.8):

(i) repurchase (directly, by merger or otherwise) any Capital Stock or equity-linked securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company other than Capital Stock purchased from Management Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement;

(ii) issue (directly, by merger or otherwise) any Capital Stock or equity-linked securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company other than (A) stock or securities issued pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plans as in effect on the date hereof (including Management Stock issued thereunder), and any Capital Stock issued upon conversion or exercise thereof, and (B) Capital Stock or securities referred to in Sections 2.2(d)(iii), (v), (viii), (ix), (x), or (xi);

 

30


Table of Contents

(iii) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock, other than as required in the Certificate of Incorporation;

(iv) incur aggregate indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000;

(v) amend (by merger or otherwise) or otherwise modify the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;

(vi) acquire or form any subsidiary; provided , however , that each holder of Series B Preferred agrees to consent to such acquisition or formation of a wholly owned subsidiary formed or incorporated under the laws of any jurisdiction in the United States if the Company agrees in an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to such holder in its reasonable discretion to the effect that: (i) such subsidiary’s board of directors and committees thereof will consist of the same individuals who serve on the Board of Directors and committees thereof of the Company and Stockholders having rights to Observers on the Board of Directors and committees thereof of the Company will have the same rights with respect to the boards of directors and committees of such subsidiaries; (ii) the officers of each subsidiary are to be those persons so identified by the Board of Directors; and (iii) the corporate governance, management, business and affairs of such subsidiary, including action taken at meetings or by written consent of such subsidiary’s board of directors or sole stockholder, is to be conducted in all respects as if (A) the provisions of such subsidiary’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws were identical to those of the Company and (B) the subsidiary was itself the corporation referred to in this Agreement as the “Company,” and thus was a party to this Agreement (except to the extent provisions of this Agreement clearly do not apply to a subsidiary);

(vii) enter into, modify, amend or terminate any transaction with any executive officers, directors, or Affiliates of the Company other than (A) compensatory arrangements with executive officers approved by the Compensation Committee (other than employment agreements with officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), (B) the offer and sale of Capital Stock or equity-linked securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company with respect to which a Preemptive Offer has been made pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof and with respect to which the Board of Directors has determined in good faith, by resolution, that such stock or securities are being issued for fair value, and (C) Capital Stock purchased from Management Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement;

(viii) approve or effect an underwritten public offering of any Capital Stock;

(ix) approve or engage in any consolidation, merger or other business combination involving the Company;

(x) effect a Liquidation Event;

(xi) approve the Company’s annual budget;

 

31


Table of Contents

(xii) approve or make any expenditure during the fiscal year covered by the Company’s annual budget approved in accordance with clause (x) above that in the aggregate exceed the aggregate amounts approved for all expenditures in the annual budget by more than $7,500,000;

(xiii) approve or enter into any material contract, agreement, commitment, guarantee or obligation, including those relating to hedging, derivatives or marketing except within limits previously approved by the Board of Directors;

(xiv) make any acquisitions during any fiscal year that in the aggregate exceed $5,000,000, or enter into any agreement, commitment or option with respect thereto;

(xv) sell or divest, or enter into any agreement, commitment or option to sell or divest, assets representing $5,000,000 or more in the aggregate; and

(xvi) grant or issue options or restricted stock pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan or otherwise, other than the following, for which the prior written consent of the Majority Holders shall not be required: (1) options to purchase up to an aggregate of 566,736 shares with an exercise price of no less than the greater of $0.75 or the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of the option grant, with a vesting schedule no more favorable than the Vesting for Management Stock contained in Section 4.1 of this Agreement (with respect to a Management Stockholder who is not an Original Management Member), and with a term of no more than 10 years, (2) options to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,487,902 shares with an exercise price of no less than $3.00 per share, with a vesting schedule no more favorable than the Vesting for Management Stock contained in Section 4.1 of this Agreement (with respect to a Management Stockholder who is not an Original Management Member), and with a term of no more than 10 years, (3) options to purchase an aggregate of 2,105,148 shares, with an exercise price of no less than $15.00 per share, with a vesting schedule no more favorable than the Vesting for Management Stock contained in Section 4.1 of this Agreement (with respect to a Management Stockholder who is not an Original Management Member), and with a term of no more than 10 years, (4) restricted stock of up to an aggregate of 6,178,382 shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that the foregoing grants and issuances shall only be permitted without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders to the extent any such grant or issuance is made pursuant to a form of stock option agreement or restricted stock agreement issued under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan or any other incentive plan that has been approved by the Majority Holders.

(h) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any material transaction with the Warburg Group or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any manager, director or officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to: (i) transactions contemplated by this Agreement (it being understood that transactions between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Warburg Group or its Affiliates (other than the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any manager, director or officer of the Company or

 

32


Table of Contents

any subsidiary of the Company) permitted pursuant to Section 5.2(g) (other than Sections 5.2(g)(ii), 5.2(g)(iii), 5.2(g)(v) and 5.2(g)(x)) shall not be deemed to be contemplated by this Agreement), (ii) issuances by the Company of New Securities to the Warburg Group for which Merrill Lynch has preemptive rights under Section 2.2, or (iii) transactions in the ordinary course of business between the Company and portfolio companies of the Warburg Group. For purposes of this Section 5.2(h), if Merrill Lynch does not deliver to the Company a written objection to a request for consent within 20 days of the delivery of such a request for consent, Merrill Lynch shall be deemed to have consented to such request.

(i) So long as Merrill Lynch continues to own 80% or more of the Common Stock it may be deemed to own as of the Closing by virtue of its ownership of Series B Preferred (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred owned by Merrill Lynch have been converted at the Conversion Ratio), the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series B Preferred with respect to the payment of dividends or any distributions of assets upon any Liquidation Event, other than a dividend payable solely in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder of such rights to receive solely shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series B Preferred with respect to the payment of dividends or any distributions of assets upon any Liquidation Event and other than dividends or distributions declared or paid after such time as the Purchase Price (as such term is defined in the Certificate of Designations) of each outstanding share of Series B Preferred is $0.

Section 5.3 Removal . Warburg Nominees and Independent Nominees may be removed during his or her term of office, with or without cause, only by the Person or Persons then entitled to designate such Warburg Nominee or Independent Nominee pursuant to Section 5.2(a). If any Person is entitled to and desires to remove a director, then each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all shares of Capital Stock owned by such Stockholder to effect such removal or consent in writing to effect such removal upon request. If a Person serving as the Management Nominee ceases to be chief executive officer of the Company but fails to resign as a director of the Company, all the Stockholders shall act promptly to remove such director and elect in such director’s place the then current chief executive officer.

Section 5.4 Vacancies . In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board of Directors by the death, Disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without Cause) of a director, each Stockholder will as soon as practicable vote for, and cause the directors designated by it to vote for, the individual designated to fill such vacancy by the Stockholders (or representative) then entitled to fill such vacancy pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof, and the Company shall exercise all authority under applicable Law to give effect to this Section 5.4. If a vacancy exists with respect to the chief executive officer of the Company, a majority of the Board shall select a new chief executive officer of the Company.

Section 5.5 Covenant To Vote . Each Stockholder hereby agrees to take all actions necessary to call, or cause the Company and the appropriate officers and directors of the Company to call, a special or annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company and to vote all shares of the Capital Stock owned or held of record by such Stockholder at any such annual or

 

33


Table of Contents

special meeting in favor of, or take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting necessary to cause, the election as members of the Board of Directors of those individuals so designated in accordance with, and otherwise to effect the intent of Article V. In addition, each Stockholder agrees to vote the shares of Capital Stock owned by such Stockholder upon any other matter arising under this Agreement submitted to a vote of the Stockholders in a manner that will implement the terms of this Agreement. If Stockholders owning Common Stock are ever entitled by Law or otherwise to vote on any matter as a separate class, in contrast to voting with the Series B Preferred as a single combined class, then each Stockholder agrees to vote such Stockholder’s shares of Common Stock in such a manner so that the outcome of the vote of the holders of the Common Stock voting as a single class is the same as the outcome of the vote of the holders of the Common Stock and Series B Preferred voting on such matter as a single combined class. Each Management Stockholder agrees that, with respect to any of its Unvested Shares, such Management Stockholder will vote such Unvested Shares on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company in a manner such that all Unvested Shares held by all Management Stockholders will have voted in the same proportion with respect to such matter as the Series B Preferred Stock is voted.

Section 5.6 Business Opportunities . The Company shall not amend, modify or revoke the provisions set forth in Article Thirteenth of the Certificate of Incorporation at any time while any Investor Stockholder holds Capital Stock. Each Stockholder hereby agrees to take all actions necessary or desirable to effect the foregoing sentence, including voting for or consenting to amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 5.7 Investor Stockholder Rights .

(a) At any time when shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding, upon request of the Majority Holders given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a series, the Company shall immediately undertake to cause the removal of the Management Nominee and/or the termination of the chief executive officer of the Company.

(b) Each Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that it shall vote its Capital Stock to enforce compliance with Section 5.7(a), including without limitation, voting to remove any director who fails to comply with a request properly made under Section 5.7(a).

Section 5.8 Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation . The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, if it is then a stockholder of the Company, make any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects the rights of Merrill Lynch thereunder in a manner that is disproportionate to the impact such amendment would have on the rights of the Warburg Group thereunder; provided , however , that in all events the Company shall be permitted to amend the Certificate of Incorporation without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch to (i) increase the Company’s authorized capitalization; (ii) designate any new series of Preferred Stock; (iii) change the name of the Company; or (iv) amend any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation in connection with an Approved Sale. Each Stockholder hereby agrees to take all actions necessary or desirable to effect the foregoing sentence, including voting against or refusing to consent to amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation that are in violation of this Section 5.8.

 

34


Table of Contents

Section 5.9 VCOC Rights . Certain rights set forth in this Article V are, in part, intended to satisfy the requirement of contractual management rights for purposes of qualifying the ownership interests of each of certain Investor Stockholders in the Company as venture capital investments for purposes of the Department of Labor’s “plan assets” regulations (“Contractual Management Rights”), and in the event such rights are not satisfactory for such purpose or are lost by reason of the operation of this Agreement, the Company and each of such Investor Stockholders shall reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory Contractual Management Rights which satisfy such regulations.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Manner Of Giving Notice . All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if personally delivered, telecopied and confirmed, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or nationally recognized overnight delivery service with proof of receipt maintained, at the following address (or any other address that any such party may designate by written notice to the other parties):

If to the Company, at:

Targa Resources Investments Inc.

1000 Louisiana Street, Suite 4700

Houston, Texas 77002

Fax: (713) 584-1110

Attention: General Counsel

If to any Stockholder, at his address as set forth on Exhibit A of this Agreement.

Any such notice shall, if delivered personally, be deemed received upon delivery; shall, if delivered by telecopy, be deemed received on the first Business Day following confirmation; shall, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, be deemed received the first Business Day after being sent; and shall, if delivered by mail, be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five Business Days after the date of deposit in the United States mail.

Section 6.2 Waiver Of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given to any Stockholder of the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the Person or Persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance of a Stockholder at a meeting of the Stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 6.3 Counterpart Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including facsimile counterparts), all of which together shall constitute a single instrument. It shall not be necessary that any counterpart be signed by each of the Stockholders hereto so long as each counterpart shall be signed and delivered by one or more of the Stockholders hereto and so long as the other Stockholders shall sign and deliver at least one counterpart which shall be delivered to the Company.

 

35


Table of Contents

Section 6.4 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future Laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of (and to the extent of) each such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

Section 6.5 Joinder Of Spouses . The spouses of all married Stockholders have joined in the execution of this Agreement in order to evidence their agreement and consent to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof as to their interest, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the shares of Capital Stock owned by their respective spouses.

Section 6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments; Agreement Controls .

(a) This Agreement together with the agreements specifically referenced herein constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior contracts, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, among some or all of the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof. The provisions of this Agreement may only be amended, modified or waived with the prior written consent of the Company and the Warburg Group; provided, however , that (A) any such amendment, modification, or waiver (except as provided in clauses (C) and (D) below) that would adversely affect the rights hereunder of any Stockholder, in its capacity as a Stockholder, without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of all Stockholders of the same class, in their capacities as Stockholders of such class, that would affect a Stockholder’s right to exercise its preemptive rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or that would impose any material obligation on any Stockholder, shall not be effective as to such Stockholder without its prior written consent, (B) any amendment, modification or waiver that adversely affects in any material respect the economic ownership interest in the Company of any Management Stockholder, in such Management Stockholder’s capacity as a Stockholder shall not be effective as to the Management Stockholder without the written consent of either (i) Rene Joyce, if he is then the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or (ii) Management Stockholders then owning a majority of the Common Stock (assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred Stock then owned by the Management Stockholders have been converted at the Conversion Ratio) then held by all Management Stockholders, (C) Exhibit A to this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically amended from time to time to reflect issuances and transfers of shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred made in compliance with this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement without requiring the consent of any party, and the Company will, from time to time, distribute to the Stockholders a revised Exhibit A to reflect any such changes, (D) Sections 5.2 (other than 5.2(a)(i)), 5.3 and 5.4 may be amended with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Holders, and (E) so long as Merrill Lynch is entitled to rights pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3(b), 5.2(c), 5.2(h) or 5.8 or this Section 6.6, such Sections may only be amended with the written consent of Merrill Lynch.

 

36


Table of Contents

(b) No waiver of any provision hereof by any party shall be deemed a waiver by any other party nor shall any such waiver by any party be deemed a continuing waiver of any matter by such party.

(c) No amendment, modification, supplement, discharge or waiver hereof or hereunder shall require the consent of any person not a party to this Agreement.

Section 6.7 Governing Law And Venue . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such state.

Section 6.8 Consent To Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial By Jury And Certain Damages .

(a) The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts of the United States of America located in New York, and appropriate appellate courts therefrom, over any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and each party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or proceeding may be heard and determined in such courts. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. This consent to jurisdiction is being given solely for purposes of this Agreement and is not intended to, and shall not, confer consent to jurisdiction with respect to any other dispute in which a party to this Agreement may become involved.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action, or proceeding of the nature specified in Section 6.8(a) above by the mailing of a copy thereof in the manner specified by the provisions of Section 6.1.

(c) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(d) Neither the Company nor any Stockholder shall be liable to any of the other such Persons for punitive, special, exemplary or consequential damages, including damages for loss of profits, loss of use or revenue or losses by reason of cost of capital, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, regardless of whether based on contract, tort (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), strict liability, violation of any applicable deceptive trade practices act or similar law or any other legal or equitable principle, and the Company and each Stockholder release each of the other such Persons from liability for any such damages.

 

37


Table of Contents

Section 6.9 Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and each Stockholder and his respective heirs, permitted successors, permitted assigns, permitted distributees and legal representatives, and by their signatures hereto, the Company and each Stockholder intend to and do hereby become bound. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under, in or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned by a Stockholder to a transferee of all or a portion of such Stockholder’s Capital Stock, transferred in accordance with this Agreement (and shall be assigned to the extent this Agreement requires such assignment), but only to the extent of such Capital Stock transferred.

Section 6.10 Future Actions . The Company and the Stockholders shall execute and deliver all such future instruments and take such other and further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the intention of the parties as expressed herein, including, if necessary, and subject to Section 5.8, any action required to authorize and direct the officers and directors of the Company to amend the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation so that this Agreement is enforceable under the Laws of the state in which the Company is incorporated.

Section 6.11 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) pronouns in the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa, (b) the term “including” shall be construed to be expansive rather than limiting in nature and to mean “including, without limitation,” (c) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (d) the words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Exhibits attached hereto, and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited, and (e) references to Exhibits are to the items identified separately in writing by the parties hereto as the described Exhibits attached to this Agreement, each of which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes as if set forth in full herein. The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 6.12 Termination Of This Agreement . The provisions of Section 2.2, Article III (other than Section 3.1(a)), Section 4.3 and Article V (other than Section 5.6) shall terminate, and have no further force or effect, in respect of any party hereto upon the earliest of the following (i) the consummation of an Approved Sale pursuant to Section 3.7, (ii) the written consent of the Company, the Warburg Group and Merrill Lynch, so long as Merrill Lynch is entitled to an Observer pursuant to Section 5.2(c), (iii) the dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the Company, or (iv) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering; provided , however , that the provisions of Section 4.3(e) shall survive the closing of a Qualified Public Offering. Furthermore, the provisions of Article III (other than Sections 3.1(a) and 3.7) shall terminate and have no force or effect upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.

 

38


Table of Contents

Section 6.13 Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number or percentage of shares of Capital Stock, or a price per share of such Capital Stock, or consideration received in respect of such Capital Stock, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such Capital Stock, the specific number or percentage of shares or the price so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such Capital Stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

Section 6.14 Confidentiality . Each Stockholder agrees that all Confidential Information (as defined below) shall be kept confidential by such Stockholder and shall not be disclosed by such Stockholder in any manner whatsoever; provided, however , that (i) any of such Confidential Information may be disclosed to directors, officers, employees and authorized representatives (including without limitation attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers and financial advisors) of such Stockholder (collectively, for purposes of this Section 6.14, “Representatives”), each of which Representatives shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 6.14, (ii) any disclosure of Confidential Information may be made to the extent to which the Company consents in writing, (iii) any disclosure may be made of the terms of a Stockholder’s investment in the Company pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement or this Agreement and the performance of that investment to the extent in compliance with applicable Law; provided that as promptly as practicable and prior to making such disclosure (other than disclosure under (iii) above), the Stockholder advises the Company that the Stockholder is required to disclose the Confidential Information and consults with the Company regarding such disclosure, and provided , further , that the Stockholder discloses only that portion of the Confidential Information as is, based on the advice of its counsel, legally required; (iv) any disclosure may be made of Confidential Information to a Stockholder’s partners, members, stockholders, prospective partners, members, stockholders or affiliates or their authorized representatives, each of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 6.14 as if a “Stockholder,” and (v) Confidential Information may be disclosed by any Stockholder or any Representative to the extent that the Stockholder or Representative has received advice from its counsel that it is legally compelled to do so, provided that, prior to making such disclosure, the Stockholder or Representative, as the case may be, advises the Company as soon as the Stockholder or Representative is requested to disclose the Confidential Information, consults with the Company regarding such disclosure and, if reasonably requested by the Company, assists the Company, at the Company’s expense, in seeking a protective order to prevent the requested disclosure, and provided , further , that the Stockholder or Representative, as the case may be, discloses only that portion of the Confidential Information as is, based on the advice of its counsel, legally required. The term “Confidential Information,” as used herein, means all confidential and proprietary information (irrespective of the form of communication) obtained by or on behalf of the Stockholder from the Company or its representatives, other than information which (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by such Stockholder or any Representative, (ii) was or becomes available to such Stockholder on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure to the Stockholder by the Company or its representatives, (iii) was or becomes available to the Stockholder from a source other than the Company and its representatives, provided that such source is not known by such Stockholder to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company, or (iv) is independently developed by the Stockholder without the use of any such information received under this Agreement.

 

39


Table of Contents

Section 6.15 Certain Tax Considerations . THE IMPOSITION OF THE RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT MAY RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY BE AVOIDED OR MITIGATED BY FILING AN ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(B). SUCH ELECTION MAY BE FILED ONLY WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF ACQUISITION OF CAPITAL STOCK. EACH STOCKHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT WITH SUCH STOCKHOLDER’S TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT AND THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF FILING THE CODE SECTION 83(B) ELECTION. EACH OF THE STOCKHOLDERS ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS SUCH STOCKHOLDER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(B), EVEN IF SUCH STOCKHOLDER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON BEHALF OF SUCH STOCKHOLDER.

Section 6.16 Termination of Original Agreement . By execution and delivery of this Agreement, Targa and each Stockholder that is a party to the Original Agreement acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement hereby amends, restates and supercedes the Original Agreement in its entirety and that the Original Agreement is hereby of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Stock Purchase Agreement is terminated prior to the occurrence of the Closing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Agreement shall not apply and shall automatically be of no further force or effect and the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement shall be reinstated in all respects except (i) the definition of the term the “Company” shall be amended to mean Targa Resources Investments Inc. for all purposes in the Original Agreement and (ii) shares of Common Stock and Series A Preferred issued pursuant to the Merger shall at all times be Excluded Securities for all purposes in the Original Agreement. Each of Targa and the Stockholders that is a party to the Original Agreement further acknowledges and agrees that the provisions under “General” in Targa’s Bylaws dated as of February 27, 2004 shall no longer have any force or effect and that from and after the date hereof, neither the Original Agreement nor this Agreement shall govern or otherwise modify the Bylaws of Targa.

Section 6.17 Closing under Stock Purchase Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing herein shall prohibit, restrict, limit or otherwise require any consent, waiver or giving of notice with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

40


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:   /s/ Joe Bob Perkins
Name:   Joe Bob Perkins
Title:   President
TARGA RESOURCES, INC.
By:   /s/ Joe Bob Perkins
Name:   Joe Bob Perkins
Title:   President

Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS:
WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS NETHERLANDS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII I, C.V.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS GERMANY PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, K.G.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
  Partner

Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement


Table of Contents
WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY IX, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
  Partner
MERRILL LYNCH VENTURES L.P. 2001
By:  

Merrill Lynch Ventures, LLC,

its general partner

By:   /s/ Christopher Birosak
  Christopher Birosak EVP

Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS:
/s/ Rene R. Joyce
Rene R. Joyce, individually and as authorized agent for the Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Rene R. Joyce
/s/ Roy E. Johnson
Roy E. Johnson, individually and as authorized agent for the Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Roy E. Johnson
/s/ Joe Bob Perkins
Joe Bob Perkins, individually and as authorized agent for the Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Joe Bob Perkins
/s/ Michael A. Heim
Michael A. Heim, individually and as authorized agent for the Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Michael A. Heim
/s/ Jeffrey J. McParland
Jeffrey J. McParland, individually and as authorized agent for the Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Jeffrey J. McParland
/s/ Paul W. Chung
Paul W. Chung, individually and as authorized agent for the Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Paul W. Chung

Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement


Table of Contents
HARRIET AND JOE B. FOSTER
/s/ Harriet Foster
Harriet Foster
/s/ Joe B. Foster
Joe B. Foster

 

SUGARBERRY PARTNERS, LTD.
By:   Sugarberry GP, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Joe B. Foster
  Joe B. Foster, authorized manager

 

/s/ Joe B. Foster
Joe B. Foster, individually
JAMES W. AND VIRGINIA WHALEN
/s/ James W. Whalen
James W. Whalen
/s/ Virginia Whalen
Virginia Whalen
/s/ James W. Whalen
James W. Whalen, individually

Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement


Table of Contents
CHARLES R. AND VICKI KARYN CRISP, JOINT TENANTS
/s/ Charles R. Crisp
Charles R. Crisp
/s/ Vicki Karyn Crisp
Vicki Karyn Crisp,
/s/ Charles R. Crisp
Charles R. Crisp, individually

Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement


Table of Contents

SPOUSAL CONSENT

The spouse of the Stockholder executing the foregoing Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (or the counterpart signature page above) is aware of, understands, and consents to the provisions of the foregoing Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement and its binding effect upon any community property interest or marital settlement awards he or she may now or hereafter own or receive, and agrees that the termination of his or her marital relationship with Stockholder for any reason shall not have the effect of removing any shares of Capital Stock subject to the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement from the coverage thereof and that his or her awareness, understanding, consent, and agreement is evidenced by his or her signature below.

 

   
[Spouse’s Name]


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS AND SHARE OWNERSHIP

 

Stockholder

(Name and Address)

   Shares of Series
B Preferred
Stock Owned
   Shares of
Common
Stock Owned
Investor Stockholders      

Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P.,
466 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor,
New York, NY, 10017

   3,493,396    —  

Warburg Pincus Netherlands Private Equity VIII I C.V.,
466 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor,
New York, NY, 10017

   101,258    —  

Warburg Pincus Germany Private Equity VIII K.G.,
466 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor,
New York, NY, 10017

   10,129    —  

Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P.,
466 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor,
New York, NY, 10017

   2,025,500    —  

Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001
4 WFC 23rd Floor
New York, NY 10080

   500,000    —  
Management Stockholders      

Rene R. Joyce
1005 S. Shepherd #807
Houston, Texas 77056

   51,531    —  

Roy E. Johnson
718 Tirrell Street
Houston, Texas 77019

   38,687    —  

Joe Bob Perkins
83 Williamsburg Lane
Houston, Texas 77024

   54,073    —  

Michael A. Heim
2911 University Boulevard
Houston, Texas 77005

   38,687    —  

Jeffrey J. McParland
5346 Holly Springs Drive
Houston, Texas 77056

   33,199    —  

 

A - 1


Table of Contents

Stockholder

(Name and Address)

   Shares of Series
B Preferred
Stock Owned
   Shares of
Common
Stock Owned

Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Rene R. Joyce
1005 S. Shepherd #807
Houston, Texas 77056

   13,613   

Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Roy E. Johnson
718 Tirrell Street
Houston, Texas 77019

   10,691    —  

Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Joe Bob Perkins
83 Williamsburg Lane
Houston, Texas 77024

   2,495    —  

Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Michael A. Heim
2911 University Boulevard
Houston, Texas 77005

   9,441    —  

Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Jeffrey J. McParland
5346 Holly Springs Drive
Houston, Texas 77056

   6,806    —  

Paul W. Chung
4424 Lula Street
Bellaire, Texas 77401

   1,500    —  

Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Paul W. Chung
4424 Lula Street
Bellaire, Texas 77401

   8,306    —  

Harriet and Joe B. Foster
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 520
Houston, Texas 77024

   13,844    —  

Sugarberry Partners, Ltd.
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 520
Houston, Texas 77024

   13,844    —  

Joe B. Foster
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 520
Houston, Texas 77024

   1,175    —  

James W. and Virginia Whalen
150 Gessner, Unit 6E
Houston, Texas 77024

   14,075    —  

James W. Whalen
150 Gessner, Unit 6E
Houston, Texas 77024

   1,175    —  

 

A - 2


Table of Contents

Stockholder

(Name and Address)

   Shares of Series
B Preferred
Stock Owned
   Shares of
Common
Stock Owned

Charles R. and Vicki Karyn Crisp, Joint Tenants
124 Melrose Drive
Montgomery, Texas 77356

   8,806   

Charles R. Crisp
124 Melrose Drive
Montgomery, Texas 77356

   1,175    —  

 

A - 3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT B

ADDENDUM AGREEMENT

This Addendum Agreement is made this          day of                      , 200    , by and between                                          (the “New Stockholder”) and                      , the New Stockholder’s spouse, and Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to a certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October      , 2005, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), between and among the Company and certain of its stockholders (the “Stockholders”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders and their respective spouses entered into the Agreement to impose certain restrictions and obligations upon themselves, and to provide certain rights, with respect to the Company’s Capital Stock (as defined in the Agreement); and

WHEREAS, the New Stockholder desires to become a stockholder of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders have required in the Agreement that all persons to whom shares of the Capital Stock subject to the Agreement are transferred and any other person acquiring shares of the Capital Stock must enter into an Addendum Agreement binding the New Stockholder and the New Stockholder’s spouse to the Agreement to the same extent as if they were original parties thereto and imposing the same restrictions and obligations on the New Stockholder, the New Stockholder’s spouse and the shares of Capital Stock to be acquired by the new Stockholder as are imposed upon the Stockholders under the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties and as a condition of the purchase or receipt by the New Stockholder of the Capital Stock, the New Stockholder and the New Stockholder’s spouse acknowledge that they have received and read the Agreement and that the New Stockholder and the New Stockholder’s spouse shall be bound by, and shall have the benefit of, all of the terms and conditions set out in the Agreement to the same extent as if they were original parties to the Agreement. This Addendum Agreement shall not be attached to and become a part of the Agreement.

The New Stockholder shall become a [Management/Investor] Stockholder.

[The spouse of the New Stockholder joins in the execution of this Addendum Agreement for the purpose set forth in Section 6.5 of the Agreement.]

 

B - 1


Table of Contents
           
New Stockholder     New Stockholder’s Spouse

 

Address:
   
 

AGREED TO on behalf of the Stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:    

 

   
Printed Name and Title

 

B - 2

Exhibit 10.3

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

January 26, 2006

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005 (the “Agreement”) by and among Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Stockholders. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

This First Amendment to the Agreement (“First Amendment”) is entered into as of the first date written above by and among the Company and the Majority Holders.

RECITALS:

A. The Company and the Stockholders entered into the Agreement to provide for, among other things, their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Company.

B. Pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement to increase the number of directors on the Company’s Board of Directors and to make certain other modifications to the Agreement.

C. By executing this First Amendment, the Company and the Majority Holders consent in writing to the amendments and modifications to the Agreement set forth in this First Amendment in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The first paragraph of Section 5.2(a) is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

So long as Warburg continues to own 5% or more of the Common Stock it may be deemed to own as of the Closing by virtue of its ownership of Series B Preferred (calculated assuming that all shares of Series B Preferred owned by Warburg have been converted at the Conversion Ratio then in effect), from and after the date hereof and until the termination of this Section pursuant to Section 6.12, the Company shall exercise all authority under applicable Law, and the Stockholders and their assigns shall vote their shares of Capital Stock, at any regular or special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of filling positions on the Board of Directors of the Company, or in any written consent executed in lieu of such meeting of stockholders and shall take all the actions necessary, to ensure that the Board of Directors shall consist of eight members (as


provided below) and to ensure the election to the Board of Directors of the Company of the following individuals:

2. Section 5.2(a)(ii) is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

one of whom shall be designated by Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., one of whom shall be designated by Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P. and three (or fewer if Warburg so elects) of whom shall be designated by Warburg (collectively, the “Warburg Nominees”); and

3. Section 5.2(a)(iii) is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

one (or (i) two if there are four Warburg Nominees or (ii) three if there are three Warburg Nominees) of whom shall be selected by Warburg, after consultation with the chief executive officer of the Company, and approved by the Majority Holders (the “Independent Nominees”); provided, however , that an Independent Nominee (A) shall be independent of the Company and its subsidiaries, (B) shall not be an employee, advisor or consultant of the Company, an employee of a member of the Warburg Group or an employee of an entity that controls a member of the Warburg Group (but may be an employee of a Person that is controlled by (but is not a subsidiary of) a member of the Warburg Group other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company) and (C) shall, in the good faith judgment of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred, have relevant midstream energy experience.

3. Except as expressly amended hereby, all other terms and provisions of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this First Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

COMPANY:
TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:  

/s/ Rene R. Joyce

Name:   Rene R. Joyce
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this First Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

MAJORITY HOLDERS:
WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS NETHERLANDS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII I, C.V.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS GERMANY PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, K.G.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner

Signature Page to

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY IX, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner

Signature Page to

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit 10.4

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

March 30, 2007

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005 by and among Targa Resources Investments Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Stockholders as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated January 26, 2007 (the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

This Second Amendment to the Stockholders’ Agreement (“ Second Amendment ”) is entered into as of the first date written above by and among the Company and the Majority Holders.

RECITALS:

A.    The Company and the Stockholders entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement to provide for, among other things, their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Company.

B.    Pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Stockholders’ Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend the Stockholders’ Agreement to (i) clarify that Targa Resources Partners LP is not intended to be and shall not be deemed to be a subsidiary of the Company for purposes of the Stockholders’ Agreement, (ii) revise Section 5.2(g)(xi) thereof to provide that the annual budget may be approved by the board of directors of the Company and (iii) revise Section 5.2(g)(xii) thereof to recognize certain authority which has been delegated to officers of the Company to incur expenditures not expressly covered by the annual budget with respect to certain transactions.

C.    By executing this Second Amendment, the Company and the Majority Holders consent in writing to the amendments and modifications to the Stockholders’ Agreement set forth in this Second Amendment in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Targa Resources Partners LP . By execution of this Second Amendment, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ MLP ”), the general partner of which is Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), is not intended to and shall not be considered a “subsidiary” of the Company for purposes of the Stockholders’ Agreement. Accordingly, the actions of the Partnership and of the General Partner when acting for and on behalf of the Partnership shall not be subject to the restrictions or approval requirements contained in the Stockholders’ Agreement including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 5.2(g) of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 


  2. Annual Budget . Section 5.2(g)(xi) of the Stockholders’ Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(xi) approve the Company’s annual budget unless the annual budget shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Company;”

 

  3. Approved Expenditures . Section 5.2(g)(xii) of the Stockholders’ Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(xii) approve or make any expenditures during the fiscal year covered by the Company’s annual budget approved in accordance with clause (xi) above that in the aggregate exceeds the aggregate amounts approved for all expenditures in the annual budget by more than $7,500,000; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the officers of the Company may approve and make expenditures with respect to any capital project, acquisition, disposition or other transaction involving expenditures (or, in the case of a disposition, assets with a value) of $5 million or less pursuant to authority delegated to such officers by the board of directors of the Company.”

 

  4. Limited Amendment . Except as expressly amended hereby, all other terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  5. Governing Law . This Second Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such state.

 

  6. Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Second Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

COMPANY:
TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:   /s/ Rene R. Joyce
Name:   Rene R. Joyce
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Second Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

MAJORITY HOLDERS:
 

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

 

By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner

 

By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member

  By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
    Partner

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS NETHERLANDS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII I, C.V.

 

By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner

 

By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member

  By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
    Partner

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS GERMANY PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, K.G.

 

By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner

 

By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member

  By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
    Partner

Signature Page to

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


 

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY IX, L.P.

 

By: Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner

 

By: Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member

 

  By:   /s/ Peter R. Kagan
    Partner

Signature Page to

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit 10.5

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

May 1, 2007

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005 by and among Targa Resources Investments Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Stockholders as amended by that First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated January 26, 2006 and Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated March 30, 2007 (the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

This Third Amendment to the Stockholders’ Agreement (“ Third Amendment ”) is entered into as of the first date written above by and among the Company and the Majority Holders.

RECITALS:

A. The Company and the Stockholders entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement to provide for, among other things, their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Company.

B. Pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Stockholders’ Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend the Stockholders’ Agreement to add a new provision to Section 4.1 relating to vesting of shares of Management Stock for certain grants of restricted Common Stock and to increase the number of shares of restricted Common Stock that may be granted under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan by 1,115,500 shares by amending Section 5.2(g)(xvi) of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

C. By executing this Third Amendment, the Company and the Majority Holders consent in writing to the amendments and modifications to the Stockholders’ Agreement set forth in this Third Amendment in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Section 4.1(b) of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be redesignated as Section 4.1(c), and the following new Section 4.1(b) shall be added after Section 4.1(a) of the Stockholders’ Agreement:

“(b) Notwithstanding the Vesting schedule set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereof:

(i) Shares of Management Stock issued to those certain Management Stockholders who have surrendered options relating to shares of Series B Preferred in exchange for a grant of shares of restricted Common Stock and a certain cash payment pursuant to each such Management Stockholder’s Option Surrender Agreement entered into with the Company and dated May 1, 2007, shall become vested in accordance


with the following schedule if, as of each applicable date, such Management Stockholder is still employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries: 80% of such Management Stockholder’s shares of such Management Stock will become vested on January 2, 2008, and the remaining 20% of such Management Stockholder’s shares of such Management Stock will become vested on the fourth anniversary of such Management Stockholder’s “Original Issuance Date,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a) of such Management Stockholder’s Restricted Stock Agreement entered into with the Company and dated as of May 1, 2007; and

(ii) Shares of Management Stock issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of May 1, 2007, to any individual other than those individuals described in Section 4.1(b)(i) above shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule if, as of each applicable date, such individual is still employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries: 80% of such shares of Management Stock will become vested on January 2, 2008, and the remaining 20% of such shares of Management Stock will become vested on August 9, 2008.”

2. The reference to “6,178,382” in Section 5.2(g)(xvi) of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be deleted and a reference to “7,293,882” shall be substituted therefor.

3. Limited Amendment . Except as expressly amended hereby, all other terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

4. Governing Law . This Third Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such state.

5. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Third Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

COMPANY:
TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:  

/s/ Rene R. Joyce

Name:   Rene R. Joyce
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Third Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

MAJORITY HOLDERS:
WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS NETHERLANDS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII I, C.V.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS GERMANY PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, K.G.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner

Signature Page to

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY IX, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner

Signature Page to

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit 10.6

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

December 7, 2007

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005 by and among Targa Resources Investments Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Stockholders as amended by that First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated January 26, 2006, Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated March 30, 2007, and Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated May 1, 2007 (the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

This Fourth Amendment to the Stockholders’ Agreement (“ Fourth Amendment ”) is entered into as of the first date written above by and among the Company and the Majority Holders.

RECITALS:

A. The Company and the Stockholders entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement to provide for, among other things, their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Company.

B. Pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Stockholders’ Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend the Stockholders’ Agreement to add a new provision to Section 5.2(g)(xvi) to allow, to the extent the Company repurchases shares of Common Stock previously awarded under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), additional option grants under the Plan to purchase such repurchased shares of Common Stock without requiring the prior written consent of the Majority Holders.

C. By executing this Fourth Amendment, the Company and the Majority Holders consent in writing to the amendments and modifications to the Stockholders’ Agreement set forth in this Fourth Amendment in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The reference to “6,178,382” in the definition of the term “Management Stock” in Section 1.1 of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be deleted, and a reference to “7,293,882” shall be substituted therefor.

2. The following new Clause (5) shall be added after Clause (4) of Section 5.2(g)(xvi) of the Stockholders’ Agreement:

“, and (5) options to purchase shares of Common Stock previously awarded under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Company with an exercise price equal to the greater of the price at which the


Company repurchased such shares of Common Stock or the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of the option grant, with a vesting schedule no more favorable than the Vesting for Management Stock contained in Section 4.1 of this Agreement (with respect to a Management Stockholder who is not an Original Management Member), and with a term of no more than 10 years”

3. Limited Amendment . Except as expressly amended hereby, all other terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

4. Governing Law . This Fourth Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such state.

5. Counterparts . This Fourth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Fourth Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

COMPANY:
TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:  

/s/ Rene R. Joyce

Name:   Rene R. Joyce
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Fourth Amendment as of the day, month and year above written.

 

MAJORITY HOLDERS:
WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS NETHERLANDS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII I, C.V.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner
WARBURG PINCUS GERMANY PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, K.G.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner

Signature Page to

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement


WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY IX, L.P.
By:   Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, its General Partner
By:   Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Peter R. Kagan

  Partner

Signature Page to

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit 10.7

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan .

Targa Resources, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to promote the interests of Targa Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and its subsidiaries by encouraging Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates to acquire or increase their equity interests in the Company and to provide a means whereby they may develop a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in the development and financial success of the Company, and to encourage them to remain with and devote their best efforts to the business of the Company thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company and its Affiliates.

SECTION 2. Definitions .

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is effectively controlled by the Company or effectively controls the Company, as determined by the Committee, (ii) any “parent corporation” (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) of the Company and (iii) any “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company or any such parent corporation thereof.

“Award” shall mean any Option or Restricted Stock.

“Award Agreement” shall mean any written or electronic agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations under such section.

“Committee” shall mean the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan or, if no committee is appointed, the Board.

“Company” has the meaning given such term in Section 1 of the Plan.


“Consultant” shall mean any individual, other than an Employee or Director, who renders consulting or advisory services to the Company or an Affiliate.

“Director” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

“Employee” shall mean any employee of the Company or an Affiliate. It shall also include any individual who has accepted an offer of employment but not yet commenced employment with the Company or an Affiliate; however, no Award granted to such person may become vested or exercisable prior to the date such person actually becomes an Employee.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any specified date, the mean of the high and low sales prices of the Stock (i) reported by the National Market System of NASDAQ on that date or (ii) if the Stock is listed on a national stock exchange, reported on the stock exchange composite tape on that date (or such other reporting service approved by the Committee); or, in either case, if no prices are reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such prices of the Stock are so reported. If the Stock is traded over the counter at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made hereunder, its fair market value shall be deemed to be equal to the average between the reported high and low or closing bid and asked prices of Stock on the most recent date on which Stock was publicly traded. In the event Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of its Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of an initial public offering of the Stock shall be the offering price to the public under such initial public offering.

“Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan and includes both an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of section 422 of the Code and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options.

“Participant” shall mean any Employee, Director or Consultant granted an Award under the Plan.

“Plan” has the meaning given such term in Section 1 of the Plan.

“Person” shall mean individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Restricted Period” shall mean the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture or repurchase.

“Restricted Stock” shall mean a share of Stock granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan, prior to the lapse of restrictions thereon.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

 

-2-


“Series A Preferred” shall mean the Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001, of the Company.

“Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company and/or such other securities or property as may become the subject of Awards under the Plan.

“Stock Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 27, 2004, among the Company and the Investors named therein, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof.

“Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean the Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of February 27, 2004, among the Company and the other parties thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof.

SECTION 3. Administration .

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of the members of the Committee who are present at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts unanimously approved by the members of the Committee in writing, shall be the acts of the Committee. The Committee, in its discretion, may delegate all or some of its authorities and duties under the Plan to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with such restrictions on such delegation as the Committee may choose. If such a delegation is made, references to the term “Committee” in this Plan shall include the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, where applicable; provided, however, in no event shall the Chief Executive Officer be authorized to make grants to, or determinations with respect to, himself or to any other officer of the Company or an Affiliate. Subject to the terms of the Plan, any Award Agreement and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Options or Restricted Stock to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant and any beneficiary of any Award.

 

-3-


SECTION 4. Shares Available for Awards .

(a) Shares Available . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of shares of Restricted Stock that may be granted under the Plan shall be 1,609,756. As provided in Section 1.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of shares of Stock with respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan shall be 804,878, plus an additional 0.025 shares of Stock for each dollar received by the Company pursuant to purchases of Series A Preferred pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement in excess of $110,000,000, up to a total of 2,250,000 additional shares. If all or a portion of an Award is forfeited, terminated or canceled without the delivery of shares, then the shares of Stock covered by such Award, to the extent of such forfeiture, termination or cancellation, shall again be shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted.

(b) Sources of Stock Deliverable Under Awards . Any Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock, shares of Stock acquired in the open market or from any Person by the Company, or any combination of the foregoing.

(c) Adjustments . In the event that the Committee determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, (i) adjust any or all of the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) adjust any or all of the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) adjust any or all of the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the Participant with respect to an outstanding Award, and (iv) even if not required, accelerate the time at which Awards then outstanding may be exercised or become payable so that Awards may be exercised or become payable in full for a limited period of time on or before a specified date.

SECTION 5. Eligibility .

Any Employee, Director or Consultant shall be eligible to be designated a Participant by the Committee and receive an Award under the Plan.

SECTION 6. Awards .

(a) Options . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Directors and/or Consultants to whom Options shall be granted, the number of shares of Stock to be covered by each Option, the purchase price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, including the following terms and conditions, and such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, provided they are not contrary with the provisions of the Plan.

 

-4-


(i) Exercise Price . Except as provided in paragraph (iv) below, the purchase price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted but shall not be less than $8.50 per share. However, if an incentive stock option is granted, then its purchase price per share shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of its grant, unless such incentive stock option is granted to a 10% or more stockholder of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, in which case its purchase price per share shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on its date of grant.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, and the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made (which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the Company, Stock held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported financial earnings and owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if the Stock is publicly traded, from the proceeds of a “cashless-broker” exercise (through procedures approved by the Company), other securities or other property, recourse note approved by the Committee, the surrender of other Award(s), or any combination thereof, having a value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price).

(iii) Incentive Stock Options . The terms of any Option granted under the Plan intended to be an incentive stock option shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and any regulations promulgated thereunder. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees of the Company and its parent corporation and subsidiary corporations, within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares (determined as of the date of grant) with respect to which an incentive stock option granted to a Participant is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations) exceeds $100,000, such Option shares in excess of $100,000 shall be nonqualified stock options.

(iv) Options in Substitution for Options Granted by Other Employers . Options may be granted under the Plan from time to time, on such terms as the Committee believes appropriate, in substitution for stock options held by individuals providing services to corporations or affiliates thereof who become Employees, Directors or Consultants as a result of a merger or consolidation or other business combination with the Company or any Affiliate.

(b) Restricted Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Restricted Stock shall be granted, the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be granted to each such Participant, the duration of the Restricted Period during which, and the conditions, including performance objectives, if any, under which if not achieved, the Restricted Stock may be forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, the consideration, if any, to be paid by such Participant to acquire such Restricted Stock and the other terms and conditions of such Awards.

 

-5-


(i) Dividends . Dividends paid on Restricted Stock may be paid directly to the Participant, may be subject to risk of forfeiture and/or transfer restrictions during any period established by the Committee or sequestered and held in a bookkeeping cash account (with or without interest), all as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(ii) Registration . Any Restricted Stock may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a Stock certificate or certificates. In the event any Stock certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

(iii) Repurchase Provisions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to repurchase by the Company to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement or in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(iv) Transfer Restrictions . Restricted Stock will be subject to the limitations on transfer as provided in Section 6(c)(i)(D).

(c) General .

(i) Limits on Transfer of Awards .

(A) Except as provided in (C) below, each Option, and each right under any Option, shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(B) Except as provided in (C) below, no Option and no right under any such Option may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(C) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent specifically provided by the Committee with respect to a grant, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred to immediate family members or related family trusts, or similar entities on such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish. In addition, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

 

-6-


(D) Restricted Stock may only be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant to the extent permitted in the Stockholders’ Agreement, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(ii) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided, that (A) in no event shall the term of any Award exceed a period of 10 years from the date of its grant and (B) in the case of an Option that is an incentive stock option granted to a 10% or more stockholder of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, the term of such Option shall not exceed a period of five years from the date of its grant.

(iii) Stock Certificates . All certificates for Stock or other securities of the Company delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any securities exchange upon which Stock or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(iv) Stockholders Agreement . Awards granted under the Plan are subject to the terms and conditions of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(v) Delivery of Stock or other Securities upon Payment by Participant of Consideration . No Stock or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement is received by the Company, including any tax withholding amounts.

(vi) No Uniform Treatment Required . The Committee may provide different terms with respect to Awards granted to different Participants. No Participant shall have any right to have the same discretionary terms that are applicable to another Award, whether granted to that Participant or to different Participants, apply to the terms of his grant.

SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination .

Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement:

(a) Amendments to the Plan . Except as required by applicable law or the rules of the principal securities market on which the shares of Stock are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of a Participant or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person; provided, however, that the Board or the Committee may not, without approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend the Plan to (i) increase the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to Options under the Plan or (ii) change the class of individuals eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

-7-


(b) Amendments to Awards . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, or any of the provisions of the Plan related thereto, provided no adverse change, other than pursuant to Section 7(c), may be made in any Award without the consent of such Participant.

(c) Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events . The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4(c) of the Plan) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under an Award.

SECTION 8. General Provisions .

(a) No Rights to Awards . No Employee, Director, Consultant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Directors, Consultants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) Withholding . The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the minimum amount (in cash, Stock, other securities, Stock that would otherwise be issued pursuant to such Award, other Awards or other property) of applicable taxes required to be withheld by the Company in respect of an Award, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations of the Company for the payment of such taxes.

(c) No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate or to remain a Director or Consultant. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or as a Director or Consultant, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(d) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any principles of conflicts of law.

 

-8-


(e) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor an Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

(g) No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(h) Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

SECTION 9. Effective Date of the Plan .

The Plan shall be effective on the date it is approved by the Board, provided the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months thereafter.

SECTION 10. Term of the Plan .

No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the 10th anniversary of the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. The Plan shall remain in effect until all Options granted under the Plan have been exercised and satisfied, expired or forfeited and all Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan has vested or been forfeited or repurchased.

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT TO AND ASSUMPTION OF

TARGA RESOURCES, INC. 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

WHEREAS, TARGA RESOURCES, INC. (“Targa”) has heretofore adopted the TARGA RESOURCES, INC. 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS , as a result of the merger of Targa Resources Merger Sub Inc. with and into Targa (the “Merger”), all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Targa were converted into capital stock of TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. (the “Company”); and

WHEREAS , in connection with the Merger, the Company has agreed to assume the Plan and the options granted thereunder, which have been converted from options to purchase the common stock of Targa into options to purchase the common stock of the Company; and

WHEREAS , such conversion has been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.424-1 of the Treasury regulations as if the options were statutory options; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted in Section 7 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company desires to amend the Plan in certain respects;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows, effective as of October 28, 2005 (the “Effective Date”):

1. As of the Effective Date, Targa hereby transfers sponsorship of the Plan to the Company, and the Company hereby assumes and becomes the sponsor of the Plan and assumes all options granted thereunder which were outstanding as of the Effective Date.

2. In Section 1 of the Plan, “Targa Resources, Inc.” shall be deleted, and “Targa Resources Investments Inc.” shall be substituted therefor with respect to the identification of the “Company.” Except as otherwise provided herein, all other references in the Plan to the “Company” shall be deemed to refer to Targa Resources Investments Inc.

3. Certain terms in Section 2 of the Plan shall be deleted, and the following shall be substituted therefor:

‘Director’ shall mean a member of the Board (or a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate).”

‘Stockholders’ Agreement’ shall mean the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, among the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.”

4. Section 4(a) of the Plan shall be deleted, and the following shall be substituted therefor:

“(a) No Additional Awards . No Awards shall be granted under the Plan from and after December 31, 2004.”


5. The text of Section 9 of the Plan shall be deleted, and the following shall be substituted therefor:

“The Plan became effective on February 27, 2004.

6. The first sentence of Section 10 of the Plan shall be deleted, and the following shall be substituted therefor:

“No Award shall be granted under the Plan from and after December 31, 2004.”

7. The assumption of the Plan by the Company is solely for the purpose of effecting an assumption of the options outstanding under the Plan as of the Effective Date.

8. As assumed and amended by the Company, the Plan and the options granted thereunder and outstanding as of the Effective Date are specifically ratified and reaffirmed.

EXECUTED and effective as of October 28, 2005.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:   /s/ Joe Bob Perkins
Name:   

Joe Bob Perkins

Title:   

President

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.
By:    /s/ Joe Bob Perkins
Name:   

Joe Bob Perkins

Title:   

President

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDMENT TO

TARGA RESOURCES, INC. 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Assumed and Amended Effective as of October 28, 2005)

WHEREAS, TARGA RESOURCES, INC. (“Targa”) has previously adopted the TARGA RESOURCES, INC. 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS , as a result of the merger of Targa Resources Merger Sub Inc. with and into Targa (the “Merger”), all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Targa were converted into capital stock of TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. (the “Company”); and

WHEREAS , in connection with the Merger, the Company assumed the Plan and the options granted thereunder (which options immediately prior to the assumption of the Plan had been converted from options to purchase the common stock of Targa into options to purchase the common stock of the Company); and

WHEREAS , following the Merger, the stockholders of the Company have authorized a reclassification of the Company (the “Reclassification”) pursuant to which the shares of Series A Convertible Participating Preferred Stock and common stock issued by the Company pursuant to the Merger are to be converted into shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock of the Company (“Series B Preferred”), and the outstanding options granted under the Plan to purchase common stock of the Company are to be converted into options to purchase Series B Preferred, in each case as contemplated by that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005 (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , such conversion of the outstanding options granted under the Plan will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.424-1 of the Treasury regulations as if the options were statutory options; and

WHEREAS, subject to the occurrence of the closing of the transactions contemplated under the Stock Purchase Agreement, outstanding awards of restricted stock under the Plan will become vested as of October 31, 2005; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted in Section 7 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company desires to amend the Plan in certain respects;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows, effective as of October 31, 2005 and subject to the occurrence of the Closing (as that term is defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) (the “Effective Date”):

1. The following term shall be added to Section 2 of the Plan:

‘Series B Preferred’ shall mean the Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company.”


2. The definition of “Stock” in Section 2 of the Plan shall be deleted, and the following shall be substituted therefor:

‘Stock’ shall mean Series B Preferred or any other security into which such stock may be changed by reason of any transaction or event of the type described in Section 4(c) of the Plan.”

3. As amended by the Company, the Plan and the options granted thereunder and outstanding as of the Effective Date are specifically ratified and reaffirmed.

EXECUTED and effective as of October 31, 2005.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:       /s/ Joe Bob Perkins
Name:   

Joe Bob Perkins

Title:   

President

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.10

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan .

Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to promote the interests of Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and its subsidiaries by encouraging Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates to acquire or increase their equity interests in the Company and to provide a means whereby they may develop a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in the development and financial success of the Company, and to encourage them to remain with and devote their best efforts to the business of the Company thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company and its Affiliates.

SECTION 2. Definitions .

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is effectively controlled by the Company or effectively controls the Company, as determined by the Committee, (ii) any “parent corporation” (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) of the Company and (iii) any “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company or any such parent corporation thereof.

“Award” shall mean any Option or Restricted Stock.

“Award Agreement” shall mean any written or electronic agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations under such section.

“Committee” shall mean the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan or, if no committee is appointed, the Board.

“Company” has the meaning given such term in Section 1 of the Plan.


“Consultant” shall mean any individual, other than an Employee or Director, who renders consulting or advisory services to the Company or an Affiliate.

“Director” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

“Employee” shall mean any employee of the Company or an Affiliate. It shall also include any individual who has accepted an offer of employment but not yet commenced employment with the Company or an Affiliate; however, no Award granted to such person may become vested or exercisable prior to the date such person actually becomes an Employee.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any specified date, the mean of the high and low sales prices of the Stock (i) reported by the National Market System of NASDAQ on that date or (ii) if the Stock is listed on a national stock exchange, reported on the stock exchange composite tape on that date (or such other reporting service approved by the Committee); or, in either case, if no prices are reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such prices of the Stock are so reported. If the Stock is traded over the counter at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made hereunder, its fair market value shall be deemed to be equal to the average between the reported high and low or closing bid and asked prices of Stock on the most recent date on which Stock was publicly traded. In the event Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of its Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate and as is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of an initial public offering of the Stock shall be the offering price to the public under such initial public offering.

“Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan and includes both an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options.

“Participant” shall mean any Employee, Director or Consultant granted an Award under the Plan.

“Plan” has the meaning given such term in Section 1 of the Plan.

“Person” shall mean individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Restricted Period” shall mean the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture or repurchase.

“Restricted Stock” shall mean a share of Stock granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan, prior to the lapse of restrictions thereon.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

 

-2-


“Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company and/or such other securities or property as may become the subject of Awards under the Plan.

“Stock Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, among the Company and the investors named therein, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof.

“Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, among the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 3. Administration .

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of the members of the Committee who are present at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts unanimously approved by the members of the Committee in writing, shall be the acts of the Committee. The Committee, in its discretion, may delegate all or some of its authorities and duties under the Plan to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with such restrictions on such delegation as the Committee may choose. If such a delegation is made, references to the term “Committee” in this Plan shall include the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, where applicable; provided, however, in no event shall the Chief Executive Officer be authorized to make grants to, or determinations with respect to, himself or to any other officer of the Company or an Affiliate. Subject to the terms of the Plan, any Award Agreement and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Options or Restricted Stock to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant and any beneficiary of any Award.

 

-3-


SECTION 4. Shares Available for Awards .

(a) Shares Available . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of shares of Restricted Stock that may be granted under the Plan shall be 6,178,382. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of shares of Stock with respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan shall be 5,159,786. If all or a portion of an Award is forfeited, terminated or canceled without the delivery of shares, then the shares of Stock covered by such Award, to the extent of such forfeiture, termination or cancellation, shall again be shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted.

(b) Sources of Stock Deliverable Under Awards . Any Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock, shares of Stock acquired in the open market or from any Person by the Company, or any combination of the foregoing.

(c) Adjustments . In the event that the Committee determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, (i) adjust any or all of the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) adjust any or all of the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) adjust any or all of the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the Participant with respect to an outstanding Award, and (iv) even if not required, accelerate the time at which Awards then outstanding may be exercised or become payable so that Awards may be exercised or become payable in full for a limited period of time on or before a specified date.

SECTION 5. Eligibility .

Any Employee, Director or Consultant shall be eligible to be designated a Participant by the Committee and receive an Award under the Plan.

SECTION 6. Awards .

(a) Options . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Directors and/or Consultants to whom Options shall be granted, the number of shares of Stock to be covered by each Option, the purchase price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, including the following terms and conditions, and such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, provided they are not contrary with the provisions of the Plan.

 

-4-


(i) Exercise Price . Except as provided in paragraph (iv) below, the purchase price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted but shall not be less than (A) with respect to 566,736 shares of Stock purchasable under Options, the greater of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of Option grant or seventy-five cents ($0.75) per share; (B) with respect to 2,487,902 shares of Stock purchasable under Options, the greater of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of Option grant or three dollars ($3.00) per share; and (C) with respect to the remaining 2,105,148 shares of Stock purchasable under Options, the greater of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of Option grant or fifteen dollars ($15.00) per share. However, if an incentive stock option is granted to a ten percent (10%) or more stockholder of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, then the purchase price per share of Stock purchasable under such incentive stock option shall not be less than (a) the greater of one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of Option grant or seventy-five cents ($0.75); (b) the greater of one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of Option grant or three dollars ($3.00); or (c) the greater of one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of Option grant or fifteen dollars ($15.00), whichever is applicable as provided under the preceding sentence. For purposes of determining the exercise price of Stock purchasable under an Option when the Stock has again become available for Award following the forfeiture, termination or cancellation of all or a portion of an Option Award, as provided in Section 4(a) above, the Stock will be treated as belonging to the original pool of shares described in this Section 6(a)(i)(A), 6(a)(i)(B), or 6(a)(i)(C), as applicable under the original Award.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, and the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made (which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the Company, Stock held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported financial earnings and owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if the Stock is publicly traded, from the proceeds of a “cashless-broker” exercise (through procedures approved by the Company), other securities or other property, recourse note approved by the Committee, the surrender of other Award(s), or any combination thereof, having a value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price).

(iii) Incentive Stock Options . The terms of any Option granted under the Plan intended to be an incentive stock option shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and any regulations promulgated thereunder. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees of the Company and its parent corporation and subsidiary corporations, within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares (determined as of the date of grant) with respect to which an incentive stock option granted to a Participant is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Option shares in excess of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) shall be nonqualified stock options.

 

-5-


(iv) Options in Substitution for Options Granted by Other Employers . Options may be granted under the Plan from time to time, on such terms as the Committee believes appropriate, in substitution for stock options held by individuals providing services to corporations or affiliates thereof who become Employees, Directors or Consultants as a result of a merger or consolidation or other business combination with the Company or any Affiliate.

(b) Restricted Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Restricted Stock shall be granted, the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be granted to each such Participant, the duration of the Restricted Period during which, and the conditions, including performance objectives, if any, under which if not achieved, the Restricted Stock may be forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, the consideration, if any, to be paid by such Participant to acquire such Restricted Stock and the other terms and conditions of such Awards.

(i) Dividends . Dividends paid on Restricted Stock may be paid directly to the Participant, may be subject to risk of forfeiture and/or transfer restrictions during any period established by the Committee or may be sequestered and held in a bookkeeping cash account (with or without interest), all as determined by the Committee in its discretion and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the payment of any dividend directly to the Participant, each such dividend shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividend for such class of stock is paid to stockholders of such class or, if later, the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the date the dividend is paid to stockholders of such class of stock.

(ii) Registration . Any Restricted Stock may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a Stock certificate or certificates. In the event any Stock certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

(iii) Repurchase Provisions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to repurchase by the Company to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement or in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(iv) Transfer Restrictions . Restricted Stock will be subject to the limitations on transfer as provided in Section 6(c)(i)(D).

(c) General .

(i) Limits on Transfer of Awards .

 

-6-


(A) Except as provided in (C) below, each Option, and each right under any Option, shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(B) Except as provided in (C) below, no Option and no right under any such Option may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(C) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent specifically provided by the Committee with respect to a grant, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred to immediate family members or related family trusts, or similar entities on such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish. In addition, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

(D) Restricted Stock may only be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant to the extent permitted in the Stockholders’ Agreement, and any other purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(ii) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided, that (A) in no event shall the term of any Option exceed a period of ten (10) years from the date of its grant and (B) in the case of an Option that is an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent (10%) or more stockholder of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, the term of such Option shall not exceed a period of five (5) years from the date of its grant.

(iii) Stock Certificates . All certificates for Stock or other securities of the Company delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any securities exchange upon which Stock or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(iv) Stockholders’ Agreement . Awards granted under the Plan are subject to the terms and conditions of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

-7-


(v) Delivery of Stock or other Securities upon Payment by Participant of Consideration . No Stock or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement is received by the Company, including any tax withholding amounts.

(vi) No Uniform Treatment Required . The Committee may provide different terms with respect to Awards granted to different Participants. No Participant shall have any right to have the same discretionary terms that are applicable to another Award, whether granted to that Participant or to different Participants, apply to the terms of his grant.

SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination .

Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement:

(a) Amendments to the Plan . Except as required by applicable law or the rules of the principal securities market on which the shares of Stock are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of a Participant or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person; provided, however, that the Board or the Committee may not, without approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend the Plan to (i) increase the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to Options under the Plan or (ii) change the class of individuals eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

(b) Amendments to Awards . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, or any of the provisions of the Plan related thereto, provided no adverse change, other than pursuant to Section 7(c), may be made in any Award without the consent of such Participant.

(c) Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events . The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4(c) of the Plan) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under an Award.

SECTION 8. General Provisions .

(a) No Rights to Awards . No Employee, Director, Consultant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Directors, Consultants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

-8-


(b) Withholding . The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the minimum amount (in cash, Stock, other securities, Stock that would otherwise be issued pursuant to such Award, other Awards or other property) of applicable taxes required to be withheld by the Company in respect of an Award, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations of the Company for the payment of such taxes.

(c) No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate or to remain a Director or Consultant. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or as a Director or Consultant, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(d) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any principles of conflicts of law.

(e) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor an Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

(g) No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(h) Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

 

-9-


SECTION 9. Effective Date of the Plan .

The Plan shall be effective on October 31, 2005, following the consummation of the Company’s reclassification (as provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement), and subject to the adoption of the Plan by the Board, provided that any Awards of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, are contingent on approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Board adopts the Plan.

SECTION 10. Term of the Plan .

No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. The Plan shall remain in effect until all Options granted under the Plan have been exercised and satisfied, expired or forfeited and all Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan has vested or been forfeited or repurchased.

 

-10-

Exhibit 10.11

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

WHEREAS, Targa Resources Investments Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted the Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan may amend the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend Section 4(a) of the Plan to allow an additional 1,115,500 shares of Restricted Stock to be awarded under the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows effective as of May 1, 2007:

1. The reference to “6,178,382” in Section 4(a) of the Plan shall be deleted, and a reference to “7,293,882” shall be substituted therefor.

2. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings attributable to them in the Plan.

3. As amended hereby, the Plan is specifically ratified and reaffirmed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this First Amendment to Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan to be effective as of May 1, 2007.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:   /s/ Rene R. Joyce
Name:    Rene R. Joyce
Title:    Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.12

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

WHEREAS, Targa Resources Investments Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted the Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan may amend the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to allow shares of Stock awarded under the Plan that have been repurchased by the Company to be available again as shares of Stock with respect to which certain Option Awards may be granted;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows effective as of December 7, 2007:

1. The following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 4(a) of the Plan: “Further, if delivery of shares for all or a portion of an Award has been made and such delivered shares have subsequently been repurchased by the Company, then the shares of Stock covered by such Award, to the extent of such repurchase, shall again be shares of Stock with respect to which Options that do not qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code may be granted.”

2. The following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 6(a)(i) of the Plan: “Additionally, notwithstanding the foregoing, when Stock has again become available for an Award of Options that do not qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code following the repurchase of such Stock by the Company as provided in Section 4(a) above, the exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under such an Option Award shall be the greater of (A) the price at which the Company repurchased such Stock or (B) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of the Option grant.”

3. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings attributable to them in the Plan.

4. As amended hereby, the Plan is specifically ratified and reaffirmed.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Second Amendment to Targa Resources Investments Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan to be effective as of December 7, 2007.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:   /s/ Rene R. Joyce
Name:   Rene R. Joyce
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.13

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

[Non-Employee Director]

This NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the          day of                      , 200      , between TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                          (“Director”).

To carry out the purposes of the TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”), by affording Director the opportunity to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (“Stock”), and in consideration of the mutual agreements and other matters set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company and Director hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby irrevocably grants to Director the right and option (“Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                      (              ) shares of Stock, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, which Plan is incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement, shall have the meaning attributed to such terms under the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise. This Option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option, within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2. Purchase Price . The purchase price of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall be                                  ($                      ) per share, which has been determined to be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock at the date of grant of this Option.


3. Exercise of Option . Subject to the earlier expiration of this Option as herein provided, this Option may be exercised, by written notice to the Company at its principal executive office addressed to the attention of its Corporate Secretary (or such other officer or employee of the Company as the Company may designate from time to time), at any time and from time to time after the date of grant hereof, but this Option shall not be exercisable for more than a percentage of the aggregate number of shares offered by this Option determined by the number of full years from the date of grant hereof to the date of such exercise, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Date

  

Percentage of Shares

That May Be Purchased

 

Date of Option Issuance

   20 %

First (1st) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   40 %

Second (2nd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   60 %

Third (3rd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   80 %

Fourth (4th) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   100 %

provided, however , that if during Director’s services as a director of the Company a Change of Control or a Liquidation Event occurs (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), this Option may be exercised in full subject to the other provisions herein.

Subject to the last paragraph of Section 6, this Option may be exercised only while Director remains a director of the Company and will terminate and cease to be exercisable at such time as Director no longer serves as a director of the Company, except that:

(a) If Director’s service as a director of the Company terminates by reason of disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), this Option may be exercised in full by Director at any time during the period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following such termination, or by Director’s estate (or the person who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Director) during such one hundred and eighty (180) day period if Director dies during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following such termination.

(b) If Director dies while serving as a director of the Company, Director’s estate, or the person who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Director, may exercise this Option in full at any time during the period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date of Director’s death.

(c) If Director’s service as a director of the Company terminates for any reason other than as set forth in (a) or (b) above, then this Option may be exercised by Director at any time during the period of three (3) months following such termination, or by Director’s estate (or the person who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Director) during such three (3) month period if Director dies during such three (3) month period, but in each case only as to the number of shares Director was entitled to purchase hereunder as of the date Director’s service as a director of the Company so terminates.

 

-2-


This Option shall not be exercisable in any event after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant hereof. The purchase price of shares as to which this Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise (a) in cash (including check, in a form acceptable to the Company), (b) if the Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities market exchange, NASDAQ or a comparable quotation system, through a “cashless-broker” exercise in accordance with a policy or program, if any, that has been approved by the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing. No fraction of a share of Stock shall be issued by the Company upon exercise of an Option or accepted by the Company in payment of the exercise price thereof; rather, Director shall provide a cash payment for such amount as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of only whole shares of Stock. Unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such shares shall have been issued by the Company to Director, Director (or the person permitted to exercise this Option in the event of Director’s death) shall not be or have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to shares acquirable upon an exercise of this Option.

4. Withholding of Tax; Taxes . To the extent that the exercise of this Option or the disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of this Option results in compensation income or wages to Director for federal, state or local tax purposes, Director shall deliver to the Company at the time of such exercise or disposition such amount of money or, with the consent of the Committee, shares of Stock as the Company may require to meet its minimum withholding obligations under applicable tax laws or regulations. No exercise of this Option shall be effective until Director (or the person entitled to exercise the Option, as applicable) has made arrangements approved by the Company to satisfy all applicable minimum tax withholding requirements of the Company. Director acknowledges and agrees that the Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to Director as a result of the grant of this Option by the Company or the exercise of this Option by Director.

5. Stockholders’ Agreement . Shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated October 28, 2005 by and among the Company and its stockholders, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”). Director agrees that Director and Director’s spouse, if any, will, on the first (1st) date of exercise of this Option, execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments as the Board of Directors of the Company, in its discretion, may require to evidence such persons’ agreement to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement and that Director shall be deemed to be a Management Stockholder thereunder. Director acknowledges that the Stockholders’ Agreement will, under the applicable circumstances described therein, require Director to sell Stock to the Company or certain other stockholders of the Company at the prices set forth therein (which price may be less than the price paid by Director for such Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Option is subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3.7 of the Stockholders’ Agreement relating to drag-along rights.

6. Status of Stock . Director understands that at the time of the execution of this Agreement the shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or any state securities law, and that the Company does not currently intend to effect any such registration. Until the shares of Stock acquirable upon the exercise of the Option have been registered for issuance under the Act, the

 

-3-


Company will not issue such shares unless the holder of the Option provides the Company with a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and satisfactory in form and substance to the Company’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed issuance of such shares to such Option holder may be made without registration under the Act. In the event exemption from registration under the Act is available upon an exercise of this Option, Director (or the person permitted to exercise this Option in the event of Director’s death), if requested by the Company to do so, will execute and deliver to the Company in writing an agreement containing such provisions as the Company may require to assure compliance with applicable securities laws.

Director agrees that the shares of Stock which Director may acquire by exercising this Option shall be acquired for investment without a view to distribution, within the meaning of the Act, and shall not be sold, transferred or assigned in the absence of an effective registration statement for the shares under the Act and applicable state securities laws or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and any applicable state securities laws. Director also agrees that the shares of Stock which Director may acquire by exercising this Option will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner which would constitute a violation of any applicable securities laws, whether federal or state.

In addition, Director agrees (i) that the certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased under this Option may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws, (ii) that the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the shares of Stock purchased under this Option on the stock transfer records of the Company if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement or any applicable securities law and (iii) that the Company may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the shares of Stock purchased under this Option.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to such time as the Stock is traded on a national stock exchange or NASDAQ or a comparable quotation system, the Company may (by giving written notice to Director), but only with the consent of Rene R. Joyce (so long as he is serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company), require Director (or any person permitted to exercise this Option) to delay exercising the Option until the optionee is notified in writing that the Option may be exercised (but in no event beyond the sixth (6th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement) but in such event the period during which this Option may be exercised shall be extended so that the optionee shall have at least ninety (90) days to exercise that part of this Option otherwise exercisable, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, after optionee is notified of the right to so exercise.

7. Termination of Service as Director . For purposes of this Agreement, Director shall be considered as serving as a director of the Company as long as Director remains a director of the Company, an Affiliate, or a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation assuming or substituting a new option for this Option. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, it is expressly provided that Director shall be considered to have ceased to serve as a director of the Company at the time of the termination of the “Affiliate” status under

 

-4-


the Plan of the entity or other organization for which Director serves as a director. Any question as to whether and when there has been a cessation of service, and the reason therefor, shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final.

8. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under Director.

9. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Stockholders’ Agreement, replaces and merges all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between Director and the Company and constitutes the entire agreement between Director and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee, officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document and agreed to by the Company and Director.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Director has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:    
Name:     
Title:     

 

 
[Director]

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.14

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

[Non-Director Management and Other Employees]

This NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the ____ day of _____________________, 200__, between TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC ., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _______________________ (“Employee”).

To carry out the purposes of the TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”), by affording Employee the opportunity to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (“Stock”), and in consideration of the mutual agreements and other matters set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby irrevocably grants to Employee the right and option (“Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of ______ (              ) shares of Stock, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, which Plan is incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement, shall have the meaning attributed to such terms under the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise. This Option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option, within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2. Purchase Price . The purchase price of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall be ___________________ ($              ) per share, which has been determined to be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock at the date of grant of this Option.

3. Exercise of Option . Subject to the earlier expiration of this Option as herein provided, this Option may be exercised, by written notice to the Company at its principal executive office addressed to the attention of its Corporate Secretary (or such other officer or employee of the Company as the Company may designate from time to time), at any time and from time to time after the date of grant hereof, but this Option shall not be exercisable for more than a percentage of the aggregate number of shares offered by this Option determined by the number of full years from the date of grant hereof to the date of such exercise, in accordance with the following schedule:


[Use Following Schedule For Original Management Members (Top Five (5) Officers):]

 

Date

  

Percentage of Shares

That May Be Purchased

 

Date of Option Issuance

   0 %

Thirtieth (30th) Month Following Date of Issuance of Option

   70 %

Third (3rd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   80 %

Fourth (4th) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   100 %

[Use Following Schedule For All Other Optionees:]

 

Date

  

Percentage of Shares

That May Be Purchased

 

Date of Option Issuance

   20 %

First (1st) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   40 %

Second (2nd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   60 %

Third (3rd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   80 %

Fourth (4th) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   100 %

provided, however , that if during Employee’s employment with the Company a Change of Control or a Liquidation Event occurs (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), this Option may be exercised in full subject to the other provisions herein.

Subject to the last paragraph of Section 6, this Option may be exercised only while Employee remains an employee of the Company and will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon Employee’s termination of employment with the Company, except that:

(a) If the Company causes Employee’s employment with the Company to terminate by reason of Employee’s disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), this Option may be exercised in full by Employee at any time during the period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following such termination, or by Employee’s estate (or the person who

 

-2-


acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Employee) during such one hundred and eighty (180) day period if Employee dies during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following such termination.

(b) If Employee dies while in the employ of the Company, Employee’s estate, or the person who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Employee, may exercise this Option in full at any time during the period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date of Employee’s death.

(c) If Employee’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of resignation by Employee or termination by the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), then this Option may be exercised by Employee at any time during the period of three (3) months following such termination, or by Employee’s estate (or the person who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Employee) during such three (3) month period if Employee dies during such three (3) month period, but in each case only as to the number of shares Employee was entitled to purchase hereunder as of the date Employee’s employment so terminates.

This Option shall not be exercisable in any event after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant hereof. The purchase price of shares as to which this Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise (a) in cash (including check, in a form acceptable to the Company), (b) if the Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities market exchange, NASDAQ or a comparable quotation system, through a “cashless-broker” exercise in accordance with a policy or program, if any, that has been approved by the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing. No fraction of a share of Stock shall be issued by the Company upon exercise of an Option or accepted by the Company in payment of the exercise price thereof; rather, Employee shall provide a cash payment for such amount as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of only whole shares of Stock. Unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such shares shall have been issued by the Company to Employee, Employee (or the person permitted to exercise this Option in the event of Employee’s death) shall not be or have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to shares acquirable upon an exercise of this Option.

4. Withholding of Tax; Taxes . To the extent that the exercise of this Option or the disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of this Option results in compensation income or wages to Employee for federal, state or local tax purposes, Employee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such exercise or disposition such amount of money or, with the consent of the Committee, shares of Stock as the Company may require to meet its minimum withholding obligations under applicable tax laws or regulations. No exercise of this Option shall be effective until Employee (or the person entitled to exercise the Option, as applicable) has made arrangements approved by the Company to satisfy all applicable minimum tax withholding requirements of the Company. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to Employee as a result of the grant of this Option by the Company or the exercise of this Option by Employee.

 

-3-


5. Stockholders’ Agreement . Shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated October 28, 2005 by and among the Company and its stockholders, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”). Employee agrees that Employee and Employee’s spouse, if any, will, on the first (1st) date of exercise of this Option, execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments as the Board of Directors of the Company, in its discretion, may require to evidence such persons’ agreement to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement and that Employee shall be deemed to be a Management Stockholder thereunder. Employee acknowledges that the Stockholders’ Agreement will, under the applicable circumstances described therein, require Employee to sell Stock to the Company or certain other stockholders of the Company at the prices set forth therein (which price may be less than the price paid by Employee for such Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Option is subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3.7 of the Stockholders’ Agreement relating to drag-along rights.

6. Status of Stock . Employee understands that at the time of the execution of this Agreement the shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or any state securities law, and that the Company does not currently intend to effect any such registration. Until the shares of Stock acquirable upon the exercise of the Option have been registered for issuance under the Act, the Company will not issue such shares unless the holder of the Option provides the Company with a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and satisfactory in form and substance to the Company’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed issuance of such shares to such Option holder may be made without registration under the Act. In the event exemption from registration under the Act is available upon an exercise of this Option, Employee (or the person permitted to exercise this Option in the event of Employee’s death), if requested by the Company to do so, will execute and deliver to the Company in writing an agreement containing such provisions as the Company may require to assure compliance with applicable securities laws.

Employee agrees that the shares of Stock which Employee may acquire by exercising this Option shall be acquired for investment without a view to distribution, within the meaning of the Act, and shall not be sold, transferred or assigned in the absence of an effective registration statement for the shares under the Act and applicable state securities laws or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and any applicable state securities laws. Employee also agrees that the shares of Stock which Employee may acquire by exercising this Option will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner which would constitute a violation of any applicable securities laws, whether federal or state.

In addition, Employee agrees (i) that the certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased under this Option may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws, (ii) that the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the shares of Stock purchased under this Option on the stock transfer records of the Company if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement or any applicable securities law and (iii) that the Company may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the shares of Stock purchased under this Option.

 

-4-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to such time as the Stock is traded on a national stock exchange or NASDAQ or a comparable quotation system, the Company may (by giving written notice to Employee), but only with the consent of Rene R. Joyce (so long as he is serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company), require Employee (or any person permitted to exercise this Option) to delay exercising the Option until the optionee is notified in writing that the Option may be exercised (but in no event beyond the sixth (6th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement) but in such event the period during which this Option may be exercised shall be extended so that the optionee shall have at least ninety (90) days to exercise that part of this Option otherwise exercisable, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, after optionee is notified of the right to so exercise.

7. Employment Relationship . For purposes of this Agreement, Employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as Employee remains an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company, an Affiliate, or a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation assuming or substituting a new option for this Option. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, it is expressly provided that Employee shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company at the time of the termination of the “Affiliate” status under the Plan of the entity or other organization that employs Employee or for which Employee is a Consultant or Director. Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final.

8. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under Employee.

9. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Stockholders’ Agreement, replaces and merges all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between Employee and the Company and constitutes the entire agreement between Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee, officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document and agreed to by the Company and Employee.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Employee has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:    
Name:     
Title:     
   
[EMPLOYEE]

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.15

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the          day of                                  , 200      , between TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                               (“Employee”).

To carry out the purposes of the TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”), by affording Employee the opportunity to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (“Stock”), and in consideration of the mutual agreements and other matters set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby irrevocably grants to Employee the right and option (“Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                  (              ) shares of Stock, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, which Plan is incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement, shall have the meaning attributed to such terms under the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise. Exercise of this Option is subject to, and contingent upon, approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company on or before twelve (12) months after the date the Plan was adopted by the Board. This Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option (an “Incentive Stock Option”) to the full extent permitted under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and to the extent this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option it shall be considered a non-qualified stock option. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company is making no representation or warranty that this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option and that the Company is not obligated to take any action or refrain from taking any action in order to cause this Option to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

2. Purchase Price . The purchase price of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall be                                  ($                  ) per share, which has been determined to be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock at the date of grant of this Option.

3. Exercise of Option . Subject to the earlier expiration of this Option as herein provided, this Option may be exercised, by written notice to the Company at its principal executive office addressed to the attention of its Corporate Secretary (or such other officer or employee of the Company as the Company may designate from time to time), at any time and from time to time after the date of grant hereof, but this Option shall not be exercisable for more than a percentage of the aggregate number of shares offered by this Option determined by the number of full years from the date of grant hereof to the date of such exercise, in accordance with the following schedule:


[Use Following Schedule For Original Management Members (Top Five Officers):]

 

Date

  

Percentage of Shares

That May Be Purchased

 

Date of Option Issuance

   0 %

Thirtieth (30th) Month Following Date of Issuance of Option

   70 %

Third (3rd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   80 %

Fourth (4th) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   100 %

[Use Following Schedule For All Other Optionees:]

 

Date

  

Percentage of Shares

That May Be Purchased

 

Date of Option Issuance

   20 %

First (1st) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   40 %

Second (2nd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   60 %

Third (3rd) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   80 %

Fourth (4th) Anniversary of Date of Option Issuance

   100 %

provided, however , that if during Employee’s employment with the Company a Change of Control or a Liquidation Event occurs (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), this Option may be exercised in full subject to the other provisions herein.

Subject to the last paragraph of Section 6, this Option may be exercised only while Employee remains an employee of the Company and will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon Employee’s termination of employment with the Company, except that:

(a) If the Company causes Employee’s employment with the Company to terminate by reason of Employee’s disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), this Option may be exercised in full by Employee at any time during the period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following such termination, or by Employee’s estate (or the person who

 

-2-


acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Employee) during such one hundred and eighty (180) day period if Employee dies during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following such termination.

(b) If Employee dies while in the employ of the Company, Employee’s estate, or the person who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Employee, may exercise this Option in full at any time during the period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date of Employee’s death.

(c) If Employee’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of resignation by Employee or termination by the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), then this Option may be exercised by Employee at any time during the period of three (3) months following such termination, or by Employee’s estate (or the person who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise by reason of the death of Employee) during such three (3) month period if Employee dies during such three (3) month period, but in each case only as to the number of shares Employee was entitled to purchase hereunder as of the date Employee’s employment so terminates.

This Option shall not be exercisable in any event after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant hereof. The purchase price of shares as to which this Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise (a) in cash (including check, in a form acceptable to the Company), (b) if the Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities market exchange, NASDAQ or a comparable quotation system, through a “cashless-broker” exercise in accordance with a policy or program, if any, that has been approved by the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing. No fraction of a share of Stock shall be issued by the Company upon exercise of an Option or accepted by the Company in payment of the exercise price thereof; rather, Employee shall provide a cash payment for such amount as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of only whole shares of Stock. Unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such shares shall have been issued by the Company to Employee, Employee (or the person permitted to exercise this Option in the event of Employee’s death) shall not be or have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to shares acquirable upon an exercise of this Option.

4. Withholding of Tax; Taxes . To the extent that the exercise of this Option or the disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of this Option results in compensation income or wages to Employee for federal, state or local tax purposes, Employee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such exercise or disposition such amount of money or, with the consent of the Committee, shares of Stock as the Company may require to meet its minimum withholding obligations under applicable tax laws or regulations. No exercise of this Option shall be effective until Employee (or the person entitled to exercise the Option, as applicable) has made arrangements approved by the Company to satisfy all applicable minimum tax withholding requirements of the Company. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to Employee as a result of the grant of this Option by the Company or the exercise of this Option by Employee.

 

-3-


5. Stockholders’ Agreement . Shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated October 28, 2005 by and among the Company and its stockholders, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”). Employee agrees that Employee and Employee’s spouse, if any, will, on the first (1st) date of exercise of this Option, execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments as the Board of Directors of the Company, in its discretion, may require to evidence such persons’ agreement to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement and that Employee shall be deemed to be a Management Stockholder thereunder. Employee acknowledges that the Stockholders’ Agreement will, under the applicable circumstances described therein, require Employee to sell Stock to the Company or certain other stockholders of the Company at the prices set forth therein (which price may be less than the price paid by Employee for such Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Option is subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3.7 of the Stockholders’ Agreement relating to drag-along rights.

6. Status of Stock . Employee understands that at the time of the execution of this Agreement the shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or any state securities law, and that the Company does not currently intend to effect any such registration. Until the shares of Stock acquirable upon the exercise of the Option have been registered for issuance under the Act, the Company will not issue such shares unless the holder of the Option provides the Company with a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and satisfactory in form and substance to the Company’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed issuance of such shares to such Option holder may be made without registration under the Act. In the event exemption from registration under the Act is available upon an exercise of this Option, Employee (or the person permitted to exercise this Option in the event of Employee’s death), if requested by the Company to do so, will execute and deliver to the Company in writing an agreement containing such provisions as the Company may require to assure compliance with applicable securities laws.

Employee agrees that the shares of Stock which Employee may acquire by exercising this Option shall be acquired for investment without a view to distribution, within the meaning of the Act, and shall not be sold, transferred or assigned in the absence of an effective registration statement for the shares under the Act and applicable state securities laws or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and any applicable state securities laws. Employee also agrees that the shares of Stock which Employee may acquire by exercising this Option will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner which would constitute a violation of any applicable securities laws, whether federal or state.

In addition, Employee agrees (i) that the certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased under this Option may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws, (ii) that the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the shares of Stock purchased under this Option on the stock transfer records of the Company if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement or any applicable securities law and (iii) that the Company may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the shares of Stock purchased under this Option.

 

-4-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to such time as the Stock is traded on a national stock exchange or NASDAQ or a comparable quotation system, the Company may (by giving written notice to Employee), but only with the consent of Rene R. Joyce (so long as he is serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company), require Employee (or any person permitted to exercise this Option) to delay exercising the Option until the optionee is notified in writing that the Option may be exercised (but in no event beyond the sixth (6th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement) but in such event the period during which this Option may be exercised shall be extended so that the optionee shall have at least ninety (90) days to exercise that part of this Option otherwise exercisable, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, after optionee is notified of the right to so exercise.

7. Employment Relationship . For purposes of this Agreement, Employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as Employee remains an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company, an Affiliate, or a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation assuming or substituting a new option for this Option. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, it is expressly provided that Employee shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company at the time of the termination of the “Affiliate” status under the Plan of the entity or other organization that employs Employee or for which Employee is a Consultant or Director. Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final.

8. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under Employee.

9. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Stockholders’ Agreement, replaces and merges all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between Employee and the Company and constitutes the entire agreement between Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee, officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document and agreed to by the Company and Employee.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Employee has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
 
[Employee]

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.16

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

This RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the __ day of ___________, 200_ (the “Date of Issue”), between TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _______________ (the “Employee”).

1. Award . Pursuant to the TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”), as of the Date of Issue, ___________ (              ) shares (the “Restricted Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, shall be issued as hereinafter provided in the Employee’s name subject to certain restrictions thereon. The Restricted Shares shall be issued upon acceptance hereof by the Employee and upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Agreement. The Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and of the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), and agrees that this award of Restricted Shares shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the Stockholders’ Agreement, including future amendments thereto, if any, pursuant to the respective terms thereof.

2. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words and terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

(a) “Committee” shall mean the committee that administers the Plan or, if a committee has not been appointed under the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, among the Company and the other parties thereto, including any later dated Addendum Agreement pursuant to which Employee is a party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

3. Restricted Shares . The Employee hereby accepts the Restricted Shares when issued and agrees with respect thereto as follows:

(a) Stockholders’ Agreement; Forfeiture Restrictions . The Restricted Shares shall be subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 thereof. The Employee agrees that (i) the Employee and the Employee’s spouse, if any, will, upon request of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments as the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may require to evidence such persons’ agreement to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, (ii) the Employee shall be deemed to be a “Management Stockholder” thereunder and (iii) the Restricted Shares shall be deemed to be “Management Stock” thereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, the repurchase options and forfeiture provisions to which the Restricted Shares are subject pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Stockholders’ Agreement are herein referred to as the “Forfeiture Restrictions.” The Forfeiture Restrictions shall be binding upon and enforceable against any transferee of Restricted Shares as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement (except to the extent this Agreement imposes additional restrictions or obligations on Employee), the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall control.


(b) Certificates . A certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares shall be issued by the Company in the Employee’s name, pursuant to which the Employee shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares, including, without limitation, voting rights and the right to receive dividends (provided, however, that dividends paid in shares of the Company’s stock shall be subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the Forfeiture Restrictions; and further provided that dividends that are paid other than in shares of the Company’s stock shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividend for such class of stock is paid to stockholders of such class or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date the dividend is paid to stockholders of such class of stock). The Employee may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Restricted Shares unless (i) such sale, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, or disposition is approved of in writing by the Company and (ii) such sale, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, or disposition is made in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement. The certificate shall be delivered upon issuance to the Secretary of the Company or to such other depository as may be designated by the Committee as a depository for safekeeping until the forfeiture or repurchase of such Restricted Shares occurs or the Forfeiture Restrictions lapse pursuant to the terms of the Plan, this Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement. Upon the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions without forfeiture, the Company shall cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued without legend (except for any legend required pursuant to applicable securities laws or any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or otherwise required pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement) in the name of the Employee in exchange for the certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares.

(c) Corporate Acts . The existence of the Restricted Shares shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board of Directors of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.

4. Withholding of Tax; Taxes . To the extent that the receipt of the Restricted Shares or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in compensation income or wages to the Employee for federal, state or local tax purposes, the Employee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company may require to meet its minimum obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and if the Employee fails to do so, the Company is authorized to withhold from any cash or stock remuneration (including withholding any Restricted Shares distributable to the Employee under this Agreement) then or thereafter payable to the Employee any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting compensation income or wages. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to the Employee as a result of the receipt of the Stock, the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions or the repurchase of any stock pursuant to the Forfeiture Restrictions.

 

-2-


5. Status of Stock . The Employee agrees that the Restricted Shares issued under this Agreement will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement or any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Employee also agrees that (i) the certificates representing the Restricted Shares may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to reflect the Forfeiture Restrictions and to assure compliance with the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the Restricted Shares on the stock transfer records of the Company if such proposed transfer would, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the Forfeiture Restrictions, or any applicable securities law, and (iii) the Company may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Restricted Shares.

6. Employment Relationship . For purposes of this Agreement, the Employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as the Employee remains an Employee, Director or Consultant (each as defined in the Plan) of either the Company or an Affiliate (as such term is defined in the Plan). Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, it is specifically provided that the Employee shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company at the time of the termination of the “Affiliate” status under the Plan of the entity or other organization that employs the Employee. Nothing in the adoption of the Plan, nor the award of the Restricted Shares thereunder pursuant to this Agreement, shall confer upon the Employee the right to continued employment by the Company or affect in any way the right of the Company to terminate such employment at any time. Unless otherwise provided in a written employment agreement or by applicable law, the Employee’s employment by the Company shall be on an at-will basis, and the employment relationship may be terminated at any time by either the Employee or the Company for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause. Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final.

7. Notices . Any notices or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing. In the case of the Employee, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if hand delivered to the Employee at his principal place of employment or if sent by registered or certified mail to the Employee at the last address the Employee has filed with the Company. In the case of the Company, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if sent by registered or certified mail to the Company at its principal executive offices.

8. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Stockholders’ Agreement, replaces and merges all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between the Employee and the Company and constitutes the entire agreement between the Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee, officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document and agreed to by the Company and the Employee.

 

-3-


9. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under the Employee.

10. Controlling Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized, and the Employee has executed this Agreement, all as of the date first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:    
Name:     
Title:     

 

   
[Employee]

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.17

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

This RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the _____ day of May, 2007 (the “Date of Issue”), between TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _____________________ (the “Director”).

1. Award . Pursuant to the TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”), as of the Date of Issue, TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND, ONE HUNDRED AND FORTY (25,140) shares (the “Restricted Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, shall be issued as hereinafter provided in the Director’s name subject to certain restrictions thereon. The Restricted Shares shall be issued upon acceptance hereof by the Director and upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Agreement. The Director acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and of the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), and agrees that this award of Restricted Shares shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the Stockholders’ Agreement, including future amendments thereto, if any, pursuant to the respective terms thereof.

2. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words and terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

(a) “Committee” shall mean the committee that administers the Plan or, if a committee has not been appointed under the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, as amended, among the Company and the other parties thereto, including any later dated Addendum Agreement pursuant to which Director is a party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

3. Restricted Shares . The Director hereby accepts the Restricted Shares when issued and agrees with respect thereto as follows:

(a) Stockholders’ Agreement; Forfeiture Restrictions . The Restricted Shares shall be subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 thereof; provided, however, that any reference to employment in Section 4.1 thereof shall be deemed to include performance or services as a director of the Company for purposes of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement and Section 4.1 of the Stockholders’ Agreement, “Original Issuance Date” for the Director shall mean May 7, 2004. The Director agrees that (i) the Director and the Director’s spouse, if any, will, upon request of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments as the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may require to evidence such persons’ agreement to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, (ii) the Director shall be deemed to be a “Management Stockholder” thereunder and (iii) the Restricted Shares shall be deemed to be “Management Stock” thereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, the repurchase options and forfeiture provisions to which the Restricted Shares are subject pursuant to Section 4.2 of the


Stockholders’ Agreement are herein referred to as the “Forfeiture Restrictions.” The Forfeiture Restrictions shall be binding upon and enforceable against any transferee of Restricted Shares as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement (except to the extent this Agreement imposes additional restrictions or obligations on the Director), the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall control.

(b) Certificates . A certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares shall be issued by the Company in the Director’s name, pursuant to which the Director shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares, including, without limitation, voting rights and the right to receive dividends (provided, however, that dividends paid in shares of the Company’s stock shall be subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the Forfeiture Restrictions; and further provided that dividends that are paid other than in shares of the Company’s stock shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividend for such class of stock is paid to stockholders of such class or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date the dividend is paid to stockholders of such class of stock). The Director may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Restricted Shares unless (i) such sale, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, or disposition is approved of in writing by the Company and (ii) such sale, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, or disposition is made in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement. The certificate shall be delivered upon issuance to the Secretary of the Company or to such other depository as may be designated by the Committee as a depository for safekeeping until the forfeiture or repurchase of such Restricted Shares occurs or the Forfeiture Restrictions lapse pursuant to the terms of the Plan, this Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement. Upon the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions without forfeiture, the Company shall cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued without legend (except for any legend required pursuant to applicable securities laws or any other agreement to which the Director is a party or otherwise required pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement) in the name of the Director in exchange for the certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares.

(c) Corporate Acts . The existence of the Restricted Shares shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board of Directors of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.

4. Withholding of Tax; Taxes . To the extent that the receipt of the Restricted Shares or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in compensation income or wages to the Director for federal, state or local tax purposes, the Director shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company may require to meet its minimum obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and if the Director fails to do so, the Company is authorized to withhold from any cash or stock remuneration (including withholding any Restricted Shares distributable to the Director under this Agreement) then or thereafter payable to the Director any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting compensation income or wages. The Director acknowledges and agrees

 

-2-


that the Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to the Director as a result of the receipt of the Stock, the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions or the repurchase of any stock pursuant to the Forfeiture Restrictions.

5. Status of Stock . The Director agrees that the Restricted Shares issued under this Agreement will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement or any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Director also agrees that (i) the certificates representing the Restricted Shares may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to reflect the Forfeiture Restrictions and to assure compliance with the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the Restricted Shares on the stock transfer records of the Company if such proposed transfer would, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the Forfeiture Restrictions, or any applicable securities law, and (iii) the Company may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Restricted Shares.

6. Service Relationship . For purposes of this Agreement, the Director shall be considered to be in the service of the Company as long as the Director remains an Employee, Director or Consultant (each as defined in the Plan) of either the Company or an Affiliate (as such term is defined in the Plan). Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, it is specifically provided that the Director shall be considered to have ceased service with the Company at the time of the termination of the “Affiliate” status under the Plan of the entity or other organization for which the Director serves. Nothing in the adoption of the Plan, nor the award of the Restricted Shares thereunder pursuant to this Agreement, shall confer upon the Director the right to continued service with the Company or affect in any way the right of the Company to cause such service to cease at any time. Unless otherwise provided in a written agreement or by applicable law, the Director’s service with the Company may be terminated at any time by either the Director or the Company for any reason whatsoever. Any question as to whether and when there has been a cessation of such service, and the reason therefor, shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final.

7. Notices . Any notices or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing. In the case of the Director, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if hand delivered to the Director at his principal place of employment or if sent by registered or certified mail to the Director at the last address the Director has filed with the Company. In the case of the Company, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if sent by registered or certified mail to the Company at its principal executive offices.

8. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Stockholders’ Agreement and that certain Option Surrender Agreement dated as of the Date of Issue by and between the Company and the Director, replaces and merges all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between the Director and the Company and constitutes the entire agreement between the Director and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee, officer,

 

-3-


or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document and agreed to by the Company and the Director.

9. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under the Director.

10. Controlling Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

[Signatures begin on the following page.]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized, and the Director has executed this Agreement, all as of the date first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:    
Name:    Rene R. Joyce
Title: 
  Chief Executive Officer
 
[Director]

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.18

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

This RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the ___ day of May, 2007 (the “Date of Issue”), between TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ___________________ (the “Employee”).

1. Award . Pursuant to the TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”), as of the Date of Issue, ___________ (              ) shares (the “Restricted Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, shall be issued as hereinafter provided in the Employee’s name subject to certain restrictions thereon. The Restricted Shares shall be issued upon acceptance hereof by the Employee and upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Agreement. The Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and of the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), and agrees that this award of Restricted Shares shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the Stockholders’ Agreement, including future amendments thereto, if any, pursuant to the respective terms thereof.

2. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words and terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

(a) “Committee” shall mean the committee that administers the Plan or, if a committee has not been appointed under the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, as amended, among the Company and the other parties thereto, including any later dated Addendum Agreement pursuant to which Employee is a party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

3. Restricted Shares . The Employee hereby accepts the Restricted Shares when issued and agrees with respect thereto as follows:

(a) Stockholders’ Agreement; Forfeiture Restrictions . The Restricted Shares shall be subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 thereof. For purposes of this Agreement and Section 4.1 of the Stockholders’ Agreement, “Original Issuance Date” for the Employee shall mean [ Insert date of original grant of options relating to Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock ______________, 2004 ] . The Employee agrees that (i) the Employee and the Employee’s spouse, if any, will, upon request of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments as the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may require to evidence such persons’ agreement to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, (ii) the Employee shall be deemed to be a “Management Stockholder” thereunder and (iii) the Restricted Shares shall be deemed to be “Management Stock” thereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, the repurchase options and forfeiture provisions to which the Restricted Shares are subject pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Stockholders’ Agreement are herein referred to as the “Forfeiture Restrictions.” The Forfeiture Restrictions shall be binding upon and enforceable against any


transferee of Restricted Shares as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement (except to the extent this Agreement imposes additional restrictions or obligations on Employee), the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall control.

(b) Certificates . A certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares shall be issued by the Company in the Employee’s name, pursuant to which the Employee shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares, including, without limitation, voting rights and the right to receive dividends (provided, however, that dividends paid in shares of the Company’s stock shall be subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the Forfeiture Restrictions; and further provided that dividends that are paid other than in shares of the Company’s stock shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividend for such class of stock is paid to stockholders of such class or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date the dividend is paid to stockholders of such class of stock). The Employee may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Restricted Shares unless (i) such sale, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, or disposition is approved of in writing by the Company and (ii) such sale, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, or disposition is made in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement. The certificate shall be delivered upon issuance to the Secretary of the Company or to such other depository as may be designated by the Committee as a depository for safekeeping until the forfeiture or repurchase of such Restricted Shares occurs or the Forfeiture Restrictions lapse pursuant to the terms of the Plan, this Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement. Upon the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions without forfeiture, the Company shall cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued without legend (except for any legend required pursuant to applicable securities laws or any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or otherwise required pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement) in the name of the Employee in exchange for the certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares.

(c) Corporate Acts . The existence of the Restricted Shares shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board of Directors of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.

4. Withholding of Tax; Taxes . To the extent that the receipt of the Restricted Shares or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in compensation income or wages to the Employee for federal, state or local tax purposes, the Employee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company may require to meet its minimum obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and if the Employee fails to do so, the Company is authorized to withhold from any cash or stock remuneration (including withholding any Restricted Shares distributable to the Employee under this Agreement) then or thereafter payable to the Employee any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting compensation income or wages. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to the Employee as a result of the receipt of the Stock, the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions or the repurchase of any stock pursuant to the Forfeiture Restrictions.

 

-2-


5. Status of Stock . The Employee agrees that the Restricted Shares issued under this Agreement will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement or any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Employee also agrees that (i) the certificates representing the Restricted Shares may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to reflect the Forfeiture Restrictions and to assure compliance with the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the Restricted Shares on the stock transfer records of the Company if such proposed transfer would, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, constitute a violation of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including without limitation the Forfeiture Restrictions, or any applicable securities law, and (iii) the Company may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Restricted Shares.

6. Employment Relationship . For purposes of this Agreement, the Employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as the Employee remains an Employee, Director or Consultant (each as defined in the Plan) of either the Company or an Affiliate (as such term is defined in the Plan). Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, it is specifically provided that the Employee shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company at the time of the termination of the “Affiliate” status under the Plan of the entity or other organization that employs the Employee. Nothing in the adoption of the Plan, nor the award of the Restricted Shares thereunder pursuant to this Agreement, shall confer upon the Employee the right to continued employment by the Company or affect in any way the right of the Company to terminate such employment at any time. Unless otherwise provided in a written employment agreement or by applicable law, the Employee’s employment by the Company shall be on an at-will basis, and the employment relationship may be terminated at any time by either the Employee or the Company for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause. Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final.

7. Notices . Any notices or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing. In the case of the Employee, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if hand delivered to the Employee at his principal place of employment or if sent by registered or certified mail to the Employee at the last address the Employee has filed with the Company. In the case of the Company, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if sent by registered or certified mail to the Company at its principal executive offices.

8. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Stockholders’ Agreement and that certain Option Surrender Agreement dated as of the Date of Issue by and between the Company and the Employee, replaces and merges all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between the Employee and the Company and constitutes the entire agreement between the Employee and the Company

 

-3-


with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee, officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document and agreed to by the Company and the Employee.

9. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under the Employee.

10. Controlling Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

[Signatures begin on the following page.]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized, and the Employee has executed this Agreement, all as of the date first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:    
Name:    Rene R. Joyce
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
 
[Employee]

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.19

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.

BONUS PLAN

I. PURPOSE

The TARGA RESOURCES, INC. BONUS PLAN (the “Plan”) is intended to provide a means whereby employees of TARGA RESOURCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and its affiliates may develop a sense of personal involvement in the development and financial success of the Company, and to encourage them to remain with and devote their best efforts to the business of the Company, thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its shareholders.

II. DEFINITIONS

Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary:

A. Affiliate : The Parent and each entity that is an “Affiliate” of the Parent as such term is defined in the Stock Incentive Plan.

B. Board : The Board of Directors of the Company.

C. Bonus Pool : The amount of (i) two million dollars ($2 million), if the Weighted Average Sales Price is one hundred dollars ($100.00) per share or more or if the Plan is terminated prior to the date of any Change of Control, (ii) zero dollars ($0), if the Weighted Average Sales Price is equal to or less than seventy-two dollars and thirty-one cents ($72.31) per share, or (iii) an arithmetic prorated amount between zero dollars ($0) and two million dollars ($2 million), if the Weighted Average Sales Price is more than seventy-two dollars and thirty-one cents ($72.31) per share and less than one hundred dollars ($100.00) per share.

D. Change of Control : An event constituting a “Change of Control,” as that term is defined in the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, among Targa Resources Investments Inc. and the other parties thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof.

E. Company : Targa Resources, Inc.

F. Eligible Employees : Employees (including employees who are no longer employed at the time the payment of bonuses is made pursuant to Section III.B. below) of the Company and the Affiliates, as selected by the Board in its sole discretion; provided however, that the following individuals shall be included among the group of Eligible Employees:

 

Paul Chung    Bob Faircloth
Stacy Duke    Roy Furrow
Bud Elkins    Mike Heim


Steve Hopson    Jeff McParland
Pat Howerton    Robert Muraro
Tim Janisse    Joe Bob Perkins
Roy Johnson    Rene Ruiz
Rene Joyce    Bob Sparger

The identification herein of specific individuals to be designated as Eligible Employees does not entitle such individuals to receive a specific amount, or any amount, of the Bonus Pool. No employee of the Company or its Affiliates shall be disqualified from being an Eligible Employee merely by reason of his being a director of the Company or an Affiliate.

G. Plan : The Targa Resources, Inc. Bonus Plan, as amended from time to time.

H. Series B Preferred Stock : The Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Parent and/or, with respect to each share of such stock, the number of shares of other securities into which such share may be converted.

I. Stock Incentive Plan : The Parent’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

J. Parent : Targa Resources Investments Inc.

K. Warburg : Collectively, Warburg Pincus Equity VIII, L.P., Warburg Pincus Netherlands Private Equity VIII I, C.V., Warburg Pincus Germany Private Equity Partners VIII, K.G. and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P. and their affiliates.

L. Weighted Average Sales Price : The weighted average sales price during the period beginning on November 1, 2005 and ending on the date of any Change of Control with respect to all shares of Series B Preferred Stock sold by Warburg during such period, as determined in good faith in the sole discretion of the Board.

III. BONUS PAYMENTS

A. Determination of Bonus Pool . As soon as administratively feasible after any Change of Control, or upon any termination of the Plan under Paragraph B of Section V, the Board shall cause the amount of the Bonus Pool to be determined. The Company shall keep proper books and records of account so that the amount of the Bonus Pool may be readily determined. All decisions made by the Board regarding the amount of the Bonus Pool shall be final and binding on all persons.

B. Payment of Bonuses : As soon as administratively feasible after the amount of the Bonus Pool has been determined pursuant to Paragraph A above, such amount shall be paid by the Company to the Eligible Employees selected by the Board. The amount out of the Bonus Pool to be allocated and paid to each of the Eligible Employees (which amount may be zero dollars ($0) with respect to one or more of the Eligible Employees) shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion. All payments required pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid by the Company in the form of a single lump sum cash payment.

 

-2-


IV. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

A. Powers and Duties . The Board shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have the discretionary authority and all of the powers necessary to accomplish these purposes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board shall have all of the powers and duties specified for it under the Plan, including the power, right, or authority: (a) to select Eligible Employees under the Plan; (b) to determine the amount of the Bonus Pool; (c) from time to time to establish rules and procedures for the administration of the Plan, which are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, and any such rules and procedures shall be effective as if included in the Plan; (d) to construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan; (e) to correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as the Board shall deem appropriate; (f) to make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any person to a distribution with respect to the payment of any bonus and the amount of such distribution and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining such distribution; and (g) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

B. Delegation of Authority . All decisions, determinations and actions to be made or taken by the Board pertaining to the Plan and all determinations with respect to an Eligible Employee’s employment or termination of employment for purposes of the Plan, are hereby delegated to the Board by the Company. The Board shall, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, make such decisions or determinations and take such actions, and all such decisions, determinations, and actions by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons. The Board shall not be liable for any decision, determination or action taken in good faith in connection with the administration of the Plan. Furthermore, the Board in its discretion may delegate to one or more employees of the Company its day-to-day ministerial duties and powers under the Plan.

V. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

A. Automatic Termination . Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Paragraph B below, the Plan shall automatically terminate immediately upon the payment of all bonuses from the Bonus Pool.

B. Other Termination or Amendment . The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan or terminate the Plan; provided that if the Company terminates the Plan prior to the date of any Change of Control, then bonus payments shall be made in accordance with Section III. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, the Board may in its discretion amend the Plan with respect to the manner in which the Bonus Pool is calculated in the event any transaction or event described in Section 4(c) of the Stock Incentive Plan occurs.

 

-3-


Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Board determines that the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, apply to the Plan and that the terms of the Plan do not, in whole or in part, satisfy the requirements of such section, then the Board, in its sole discretion, may unilaterally amend the Plan in such manner as it deems appropriate to comply with such section and any regulations or guidance issued thereunder.

VI. NATURE OF THE PLAN

The establishment of the Plan shall not be deemed to create a trust. The Plan shall constitute an unfunded, unsecured liability of the Company to make payments in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and no individual shall have any security or other interest in any assets of the Company, in shares of stock of the Company or any Affiliate or otherwise.

VII. MISCELLANEIOUS PROVISIONS

A. No Effect on Employment Relationship . Nothing in the adoption of the Plan nor the payment of bonuses hereunder shall confer on any individual the right to continued employment by the Company or any Affiliate, or affect in any way the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate such employment at any time.

B. Prohibition Against Assignment or Encumbrance . No right or benefit hereunder shall ever be assignable or transferable, or liable for, or charged with any of the torts or obligations of an Eligible Employee or any person claiming under an Eligible Employee, or be subject to seizure by any creditor of an Eligible Employee or any person claiming under an Eligible Employee. No Eligible Employee or any person claiming under an Eligible Employee shall have the power to anticipate or dispose of any right or benefit hereunder in any manner until the same shall have actually been distributed free and clear of the terms of the Plan.

C. No Effect on Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements affecting any Eligible Employee.

D. Withholding . All payments provided for hereunder shall be made by the Company as provided herein and shall be reduced by any amount required to be withheld by the Company under applicable local, state or federal withholding requirements.

VIII. GOVERNING LAW AND CONSTRUCTION

A. Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural, and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.

B. Headings . The headings of Articles, Sections, and Paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control. All references to Articles, Sections, and Paragraphs are to the Plan unless otherwise indicated.

 

-4-


C. Effect Upon Other Plans . Except to the extent provided otherwise herein, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to affect the provisions of any other plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate.

D. Jurisdiction . Except to the extent federal law applies and preempts state law, the Plan shall be construed, enforced, and administered according to the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle that might refer construction of the Plan to the laws of another state or country.

E. Severability . In case any provision of the Plan is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable for any reason, such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had not been included therein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of the Company has executed this instrument on this 31st day of October, 2005.

 

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.
By:   /s/ Joe Bob Perkins
Name:   Joe Bob Perkins
Title:   President

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.20

BONUS AGREEMENT

(for Directors)

This BONUS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the ____ day of __________________, 2005, between TARGA RESOURCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ___________________________________________ (“Director”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Director with an opportunity to earn a cash bonus payment and to provide incentive to Director to maximize the value of the Company and its ultimate parent corporation, Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”); and

WHEREAS , Director is prepared to continue serving as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and/or the Parent and desires to obtain an additional bonus opportunity from the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Director agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) “Bonus Amount” shall mean _______________________ ($_______________).

(b) “Change of Control” shall have the meaning ascribed such term in the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, among Targa Resources Investments Inc. and the other parties thereto as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof.

(c) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2. Bonus Payment. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, if Director serves continuously as a director of the Company (as provided in Section 5) from the date of this Agreement until the date of any Change of Control (or if Director ceases to serve as a director of the Company prior to a Change of Control by reason of Director’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), then Director shall be entitled to receive from the Company a bonus payment in an amount equal to the Bonus Amount. Any bonus that becomes payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be paid in one lump sum cash payment, by check or wire transfer in accordance with mutually acceptable arrangements between the Company and Director, on the date of the closing of any Change of Control (or as soon as administratively practicable (but no later than sixty (60) days) following the date Director ceases to serve as a director of the Company due to death or disability, if applicable, as described above). Such payment shall be subject to applicable federal, state, and local withholding taxes. The bonus payment payable hereunder shall be in addition to any other compensation or other amounts payable to Director pursuant to any other agreement or policy of the Company or its affiliates.


3. Effect of Cessation of Service as Director. If Director ceases to serve as a director of the Company for any reason other than death or disability prior to the closing of any Change of Control, then Director shall not be entitled to receive any bonus payment pursuant to this Agreement.

4. No Rights Prior to Distribution. Neither Director nor any person claiming under Director shall have the power to anticipate, encumber or dispose of any right, title, interest or benefit hereunder, or any remuneration issued pursuant hereto, in any manner or at any time, until the same shall have been actually distributed free and clear of the terms of this Agreement.

5. Status as Director. For purposes of this Agreement, Director shall be considered to be in the service of the Company as long as Director remains a member of the Board of Directors of either the Company or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company (an “Affiliate”). Nothing in this Agreement shall confer on Director any right to continued service as a director or affect in any way the right of the Company or any applicable Affiliate to cause Director to cease to serve as a director of the Company or any Affiliate at any time.

6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

7. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor of the Company, by merger or otherwise. This Agreement shall also be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Director and Director’s estate.

8. Severability. Any provision in this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction by reason of applicable law shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating or affecting the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Director has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:     
 
[Director]

 

2

Exhibit 10.21

BONUS AGREEMENT

This BONUS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the          day of                          , 2005, between TARGA RESOURCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                                   (“Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Executive with an opportunity to earn a cash bonus payment and to provide incentive to Executive to maximize the value of the Company and its ultimate parent corporation, Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”); and

WHEREAS , Executive is prepared to continue in the employment of the Company and desires to obtain an additional bonus opportunity from the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) “Bonus Amount” shall mean                              ($                      ).

(b) “Change of Control” shall have the meaning ascribed such term in the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 28, 2005, among Targa Resources Investments Inc. and the other parties thereto as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof.

(c) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2. Bonus Payment. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, if Executive remains continuously employed by the Company (as provided in Section 5) from the date of this Agreement until the date of any Change of Control (or if Executive terminates employment with the Company prior to a Change of Control by reason of Executive’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), then Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company a bonus payment in an amount equal to the Bonus Amount. Any bonus that becomes payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be paid in one lump sum cash payment, by check or wire transfer in accordance with mutually acceptable arrangements between the Company and Executive, on the date of the closing of any Change of Control (or as soon as administratively practicable (but no later than sixty (60) days) following the date Executive terminates employment with the Company due to death or disability, if applicable, as described above). Such payment shall be subject to applicable federal, state, and local withholding taxes. The bonus payment payable hereunder shall be in addition to any other compensation or other amounts payable to Executive pursuant to any other agreement or policy of the Company or its affiliates.


3. Effect of Termination of Employment. If Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason other than death or disability prior to the closing of any Change of Control, then Executive shall not be entitled to receive any bonus payment pursuant to this Agreement.

4. No Rights Prior to Distribution. Neither Executive nor any person claiming under Executive shall have the power to anticipate, encumber or dispose of any right, title, interest or benefit hereunder, or any remuneration issued pursuant hereto, in any manner or at any time, until the same shall have been actually distributed free and clear of the terms of this Agreement.

5. Employment Status . For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as Executive remains an employee of either the Company or any person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer on Executive any right to continued employment or affect in any way the right of Executive’s employer to terminate Executive’s employment at any time, subject to the provisions of any employment agreement between Executive and Executive’s employer.

6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

7. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor of the Company, by merger or otherwise. This Agreement shall also be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive and Executive’s estate.

8. Severability. Any provision in this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction by reason of applicable law shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating or affecting the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Executive has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

TARGA RESOURCES, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
 
[Executive]

 

2

Exhibit 10.22

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

EXECUTIVE OFFICER SEVERANCE PROGRAM


I. INTRODUCTION

In the event of a Change of Control (as defined herein), this Targa Resources Investments Inc. Change of Control Executive Officer Severance Program (the “ C/C Executive Program ”) shall be automatically established and remain in full force and effect until one full year after the closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control. As a result, no benefits will be payable under this C/C Executive Program for any employee of the Company 1 whose employment with the Company is terminated on or after one full year after the closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control.

The Company is pleased to provide this C/C Executive Program to its eligible employees, and wants you, as an eligible employee, to know about and understand the C/C Executive Program. This document has been prepared to let you know how the C/C Executive Program works and about how the C/C Executive Program may benefit you. You should read all parts of this C/C Executive Program carefully so that you will not only understand the ways in which it may benefit you, but certain exclusions to coverage and limitations on the receipt of benefits which may apply to you. As of a Change of Control, unless you are also covered by another severance agreement or plan recognized and administered by the Company, the only Company severance benefits for which you are eligible are those offered under this C/C Executive Program.

For purposes of this C/C Executive Program, a “ Change of Control ” means an acquisition by any Person of a substantial equity interest in the Company or other transaction by any Person such that a “Change of Control” has occurred under the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as entered into between the Company and the stockholders of the Company effective as of October 31, 2005, as amended. A “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, trust, estate, limited liability company, or other legal entity or organization.

II. ELIGIBILITY

An employee will be eligible to participate in the C/C Executive Program if he or she (1) is an executive officer of the Company on the date immediately prior to the Change of Control, and (2) is an employee of Targa Resources LLC on the date immediately prior to the Change of Control, and (3) on or after the Change of Control, (i) incurs an involuntary termination other than for cause, (ii) voluntarily terminates employment following a written notice of reduction in base salary or a relocation of his or her principal office more than 50 miles from the employee’s office as of the Change of Control, or (iii) voluntarily terminates employment after being requested or required to resign his or her position as an officer of the Company or any successor entity to the Company in connection with the Change of Control. To be eligible to participate, an employee must meet all three of the criteria set forth in the preceding sentence.

For purposes of this C/C Executive Program, termination for “ cause ” shall mean any termination of employment with the Company based upon a determination by the Board of


1 The term “ Company ” shall include Targa Resources Investments Inc., and each of its subsidiaries and affiliated entities.


Directors of the Company that the employee (1) has been convicted of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony, (2) has failed to substantially perform his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from his or her incapacity due to a physical or mental condition) which results in a materially adverse effect upon the Company, financial or otherwise, (3) has refused without proper legal reason to perform the employee’s duties and responsibilities, or (4) has breached any material corporate policy maintained and established by the Company that is applicable to the employee, provided such breach results in a materially adverse effect upon the Company, financial or otherwise.

III. SEVERANCE BENEFITS

The following severance benefits shall be provided under the C/C Executive Program.

A. Amount of Severance Pay

Under the C/C Executive Program, an eligible employee will receive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to (i) two (2) multiplied by fifty percent (50%) of the employee’s annual base pay in effect on the date immediately preceding the Change of Control, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the period beginning on the first day of such fiscal year and ending on the date of such involuntary termination, and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty-five (365).

Severance pay will be paid to the eligible employee in a lump sum no later than 75 days after the eligible employee’s date of termination from employment. All severance pay benefits will be subject to withholding for applicable employment and income taxes. The employee is responsible for informing the Company of any change in the employee’s mailing address by written letter delivered to the Chief Financial Officer 2 until the employee’s severance benefits have been paid in full.

In the event that an employee dies after the termination of his or her employment and before having received the full amount of the severance benefits for which he or she was qualified, benefits provided by this C/C Executive Program will be paid to the legal representative of the employee’s estate unless the employee notifies the Company in writing that he or she specifically designates a different beneficiary. Benefits will be paid as soon as practicable after receipt of notice of proof of such death.

B. Continuation of Medical Coverage

During the Continuation Coverage Period (as defined herein), the Company shall permit the employee, at his or her election, to continue to participate in the Company’s group health care plan that provides medical and dental coverage that the employee was participating in immediately prior to such termination of employment; provided, however, that (a) the employee must continue to pay the premiums for such coverage based on the premiums paid by active employees of the Company for similar coverage, (b) the availability and terms of such coverage, and the required premium payments, shall adjust as such availability, terms and premiums are adjusted for active employees, and (c) such coverage shall immediately end upon the employee’s


2 The individual who, at the time in question, holds the title of Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

 

-2-


obtaining new employment and eligibility for similar coverage (and the employee is obligated hereunder to promptly report such eligibility to the Company). An employee’s election of this extended coverage shall not adversely affect in any way his or her right to health care continuation coverage as required under Part 6 of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) except that the period of such health care continuation coverage under the Company’s group health care plan shall be reduced by the period of the employee’s extended coverage as provided under the terms of this paragraph.

For purposes herein, the term “ Continuation Coverage Period ” means twenty-four (24) months.

C. Equipment Assistance

The Company shall provide an eligible employee with equipment assistance such that all Company-provided cell phones, blackberries, personal computers and similar electronic equipment will be transferred to the employee and the employee’s personal account if the employee so requests. The Company shall also provide appropriate measures for voicemail “forwarding” from prior work phones and email “forwarding” from prior email accounts for up to six (6) months if the employees so requests.

D. Effect of C/C Executive Program on other Company Benefits

An employee eligible for benefits under this C/C Executive Program may be eligible to continue participation in certain other Company benefits and/or benefit plans. However, continuation in various Company plans is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents or insurance contracts in effect on the date of the employee’s termination. An employee’s rights under the other plans, documents or insurance contracts are not affected by his or her decision to participate or to not participate in this C/C Executive Program.

IV. C/C EXECUTIVE PROGRAM AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”) reserves the right to amend, modify, supplement or terminate, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the C/C Executive Program at any time prospectively or retroactively, for any reason, without notice or further obligation to any employee or any other person entitled to receive benefits, if any, under the C/C Executive Program; provided, however, no such amendment, modification or termination may reduce any benefits payable hereunder once a Change of Control has occurred. The Committee also reserves the right to make any modification, supplementation or amendment to the C/C Executive Program that is necessary or appropriate to qualify or maintain the C/C Executive Program so that it satisfies the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if any.

V. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Governing Law

The provisions of the C/C Executive Program shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Texas.

 

-3-


B. Severability

If any provision of the C/C Executive Program shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the C/C Executive Program, and the C/C Executive Program shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been set forth in it.

C. Costs and Indemnification

All costs of administering the C/C Executive Program and providing benefits hereunder will be paid by the Company.

Executed on this 1st day of August, 2006, to be effective upon a Change of Control.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey J. McParland

  Jeffrey J. McParland
  Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.23

Targa Resources, Inc. 2006 Annual Incentive Plan Description

On February 2, 2006, the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Targa Resources Investments Inc. (“ Targa Investments ”), the indirect parent of Targa Resources, Inc. (the “Company”), approved the Targa Resources, Inc. 2006 Annual Incentive Plan (the “ Bonus Plan ”). The Bonus Plan is a discretionary annual cash bonus plan available to all of the Company’s employees, including its executive officers. The purpose of the Bonus Plan is to reward employees for contributions toward the Company’s achievement of financial and operational goals approved by the Committee and to aid the Company in retaining and motivating employees. Under the Bonus Plan, a discretionary cash bonus pool may be funded based on the Company’s achievement of certain strategic, financial and operational objectives recommended by the Company’s chief executive officer (the “ CEO ”) and approved by the Committee. The Bonus Plan is administered by the Committee, which considers certain recommendations by the CEO. At the end of the year, the CEO recommends to the Committee the total amount of cash to be allocated to the bonus pool based upon the Company’s overall performance relative to certain financial and operational objectives. Upon receipt of the CEO’s recommendation, the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the total amount of cash to be allocated to the bonus pool. Additionally, the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the amount of the cash bonus award to each of the Company’s executive officers, including the CEO. The executive officers determine the amount of the cash bonus pool to be allocated to certain of the Company’s departments or groups. Funds allocated to departments or groups within the Company will be used to pay cash bonuses to the Company’s employees (other than the executive officers of the Company) based upon criteria established by management. The Committee has targeted a cash bonus pool for achievement of the financial performance and operational objectives based on individual employee market-based target percentages ranging from approximately 3% to 50% of each employee’s eligible earnings. Generally, eligible earnings are an employee’s base salary, but some non-exempt employees’ overtime pay qualifies as eligible earnings.

For 2006, 35% of the cash bonus pool was attributable to the achievement of an EBITDA component and 65% of the cash bonus pool was attributable to the achievement of key strategic and operational objectives. The financial objective for 2006 was based on our achieving certain levels of EBITDA. EBITDA was selected as the financial objective for 2006 because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by us and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess our performance. The strategic and operational objectives were the following eight items: (i) selling North Texas; (ii) executing an initial public offering of a master limited partnership; (iii) repairing the coastal Louisiana plants and reestablishing associated throughput volume performance; (iv) recovering insurance proceeds for hurricane related damage; (v) renegotiating certain of our commercial contracts; (vi) increasing wellhead volumes connected to the Company’s gathering lines; (vii) monitoring and managing operating expenses and general and administrative costs; and (viii) performance of development activities, such as acquisitions, project development and other opportunities involving synergies. The Bonus Plan established goals that the Committee considered when making awards under the Bonus Plan and also established the following threshold, target and maximum levels for the Company’s bonus pool: 50% of the cash bonus pool for the threshold level; 100% for the target level and 200% for the maximum level. The funding of the cash bonus pool and the payment of individual cash bonuses to employees, including our named executive officers, was subject to the sole discretion of the Committee.

Exhibit 10.24

Targa Resources, Inc. 2007 Annual Incentive Plan Description

On January 23, 2007, the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Targa Resources Investments Inc. (“Targa Investments”), the indirect parent of Targa Resources, Inc. (the “Company”), approved the Targa Investments 2007 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Bonus Plan ”). The Bonus Plan is a discretionary annual cash bonus plan available to all of the Company’s employees, including its executive officers. The purpose of the Bonus Plan is to reward employees for contributions toward the Company’s business priorities approved by the Committee and to aid the Company in retaining and motivating employees. Under the Bonus Plan, a discretionary cash bonus pool may be funded based on the Company’s achievement of certain business priorities recommended by the Company’s chief executive officer (the “ CEO ”) and approved by the Committee. The Bonus Plan is administered by the Committee, which considers certain recommendations by the CEO. At the end of the year, the CEO recommends to the Committee the total amount of cash to be allocated to the bonus pool based upon the achievement of the business priorities of the Company, generally ranging from 0 to 2x the target bonus for the employees in the pool. Upon receipt of the CEO’s recommendation, the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the total amount of cash to be allocated to the bonus pool. Additionally, the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the amount of the cash bonus award to each of the Company’s executive officers, including the CEO. The executive officers determine the amount of the cash bonus pool to be allocated to certain of the Company’s departments, groups and employees (other than the executive officers of the Company) based upon the recommendation of their supervisors, managers and line officers.

The Committee has established the following six key business priorities for 2007:

 

   

Involving employees in improving Targa Investments’ businesses;

 

   

Proactively and aggressively investing in Targa Investments’ businesses and developing the pipeline of projects and opportunities;

 

   

Bringing closure to hurricane repair and recovery;

 

   

Identifying and pursuing new opportunities in the downstream sector;

 

   

Debt reduction and achievement of capital structure goals; and

 

   

Executing on all fronts (including the financial business plan).

The Committee has targeted a total cash bonus pool for achievement of the business priorities based on the sum of individual employee market-based target percentages ranging from approximately 3% to 50% of each employee’s eligible earnings. Generally, eligible earnings are an employee’s base salary and overtime pay. The Committee has discretion to adjust the cash bonus pool attributable to the business priorities based on accomplishment of the applicable objectives as determined by the Committee and the CEO. Funding of the Company’s cash bonus pool and the payment of individual cash bonuses to employees are subject to the sole discretion of the Committee.

Exhibit 10.25

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan.

The Targa Resources Partners Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted by Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”). The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates by providing to employees, consultants and directors of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates incentive compensation awards for superior performance that are based on Units. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates.

SECTION 2. Definitions .

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Award” means an Option, Restricted Unit, Performance Unit, Other Unit-Based Award, or Replacement Award, and shall also include any tandem DERs granted with respect to a Performance Unit.

“Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Change of Control” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than an Affiliate of the Company or the Partnership, shall become the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the equity interests in the Company or the Partnership;

 


(ii) the limited partners of the Partnership approve, in one or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the Partnership;

(iii) the sale or other disposition by either the Company or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; or

(iv) a transaction resulting in a Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company being the general partner of the Partnership.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and with respect to which a Change of Control will accelerate payment, “Change of Control” shall mean a “change of control event” as defined in the regulations and guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if none, the Board or such committee of the Board, if any, as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

“Consultant” means an independent contractor, other than a Director, who performs services for the benefit of the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either.

“DER” or “Distribution Equivalent Right” means a contingent right, granted in tandem with a specific Performance Unit, to receive an amount in cash equal to the cash distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit during the period such DER is outstanding.

“Director” means a member of the Board or a board of directors of an Affiliate who is not an Employee.

“Employee” means any employee of the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either who performs services for the benefit of the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means the closing sales price of a Unit on the principal national securities exchange or other market in which trading in Units occurs on the applicable date (or if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). In the event Units are not traded on a national securities exchange or other market at the time a determination of fair market value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of fair market value shall be made in good faith by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award granted on the effective date of the initial public offering of Units, Fair Market Value on such date shall mean the initial offering price per Unit as stated on the cover page of the S-1 for such offering.

“Option” means an option to purchase Units granted under the Plan.

 

2


“Other Unit-Based Award” means an award granted pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Plan.

“Participant” means any Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan.

“Performance Unit” means a phantom (notional) unit granted under the Plan which entitles the Participant to receive an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit upon vesting of the Performance Unit; however, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to pay such vested Performance Unit with a Unit in lieu of cash.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Replacement Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Plan.

“Restricted Period” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.

“Restricted Unit” means a Unit granted under the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.

“Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

“Unit” means a common unit of the Partnership.

“UDR” or “Unit Distribution Right” means a right to receive distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Restricted Unit.

SECTION 3. Administration.

(a) Governance . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

(b) Delegation . Subject to the following and applicable law, the Committee, in it sole discretion, may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan, including the power to grant Awards under the Plan, to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to such limitations on such delegated powers and duties as the Committee may impose, if any. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee”, other than in Section 7, shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that such delegation shall not limit the Chief Executive Officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to, a person who is an officer subject to Rule 16b-3 or a member of the Board.

 

3


(c) Authority and Powers . Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, the Partnership, any Affiliate, any Participant, and any beneficiary of any Participant.

SECTION 4. Units .

(a) Limits on Units Deliverable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan may not exceed 1,680,000 Units; provided, however, if any Award (including Restricted Units) is terminated, forfeited or expires for any reason without the delivery of Units covered by such Award or Units are withheld from an Award to satisfy the exercise price or the employer’s tax withholding obligation with respect to such Award, such Units shall again be available for delivery pursuant to other Awards granted under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) there shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be granted under the Plan and paid in cash, and (ii) any Units allocated to an Award shall, to the extent such Award is paid in cash, be again available for delivery under the Plan with respect to other Awards.

(b) Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards . Any Units delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of Units acquired in the open market or from any Affiliate, the Partnership or any other Person, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(c) Adjustments . In the event that the Committee determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, Units, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, Change of Control, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Units or other securities of the Partnership, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Units or other securities of the Partnership, or other similar transaction or event affects the Units such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award, or (iv) if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the

 

4


holder of an outstanding Award; provided, that the number of Units subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in a FAS 123R accounting charge if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event.

SECTION 5. Eligibility .

Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.

SECTION 6. Awards .

(a) Options . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each Option, and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Unit under an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted and, except with respect to a Replacement Award, may not be less than its Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine (a) the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, which may include, without limitation, accelerated exercisability upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and, (b) in its discretion, the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the Company, a “cashless-broker” exercise through a program approved by the Company, with the consent of the Company, the withholding of Units that would otherwise be delivered to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price.

(iii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all Options shall be forfeited by the Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Options.

(b) Performance Units . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants, and Directors to whom Performance Units shall be granted, the number of Performance Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the time or conditions under which the Performance Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may

 

5


establish with respect to such Awards, including whether DERs are granted with respect to such Performance Units.

(i) DERs . Unless and to the extent provided otherwise by the Committee in its discretion, a grant of Performance Units shall include a tandem DER grant, which provides that such DERs shall be credited to a bookkeeping account (without interest) and shall be paid to the Participant in cash upon the vesting of the tandem Performance Unit. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide such other terms, including different vesting and payment forms and mediums and the “investment” of such DERs in additional Performance Units, as it may choose with respect to DERs and may also provide that a grant of Performance Units does not include tandem DERs.

(ii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting arrangement with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Performance Units awarded the Participant, and any outstanding tandem DERs credited to such Participant, shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Performance Units and DERs.

(iii) Lapse of Restrictions . Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Performance Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit as of the vesting date; however, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to pay such vested Performance Unit in the form of one Unit in lieu of cash.

(c) Restricted Units . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Restricted Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.

(i) UDRs. To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Restricted Units may provide that distributions made by the Partnership with respect to the Restricted Units shall be subject to such forfeiture and other restrictions as the Committee may choose and, if so restricted, such distributions shall be held, without interest, until the UDR vests or is forfeited. In addition, the Committee may provide that such distributions be used to acquire additional Restricted Units for the Participant. Such additional Restricted Units may be subject to such vesting and other terms as the Committee may proscribe. Absent such a restriction on the UDRs in the Award Agreement, distributions with respect to a Restricted Unit shall be paid to the holder of the Restricted Unit without restriction.

 

6


(ii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Restricted Units awarded the Participant, and any unpaid UDRs credited to the Participant, shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeitures with respect to a Participant’s Restricted Units and UDRs.

(iii) Lapse of Restrictions . Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Restricted Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her Unit certificate so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted Unit.

(d) Other Unit-Based Awards . Other Unit-Based Awards may be granted under the Plan to such Employees, Consultants and Directors as the Committee, in its discretion, may select. An Other Unit-Based Award shall be an award denominated or payable in, valued in or otherwise based on or related to Units, in whole or in part and shall include unrestricted Units paid in lieu of any bonus or incentive compensation otherwise payable in cash. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions, if any, of any such Other Unit-Based Award. An Other Unit-Based Award may be paid in cash, Common Units (including Restricted Units) or any combination thereof as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

(e) Replacement Awards . Awards may be granted under the Plan in substitution or replacement for similar equity awards cancelled or forfeited by Employees, Consultants and Directors as a result of a merger or acquisition by the Partnership or an Affiliate of an entity or the assets of an entity. Such Replacement Awards may have such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine and the exercise price of an Option may be less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date of such substitution or replacement.

(f) General .

(i) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together . Except as provided below, Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

(ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards .

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (C) below, each Award shall be exercisable or payable only by or to the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

7


(B) Except as provided in paragraphs (A) and (C), no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate.

(C) To the extent specifically provided or approved by the Committee with respect to an Award, an Award may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.

(iii) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.

(iv) Unit Certificates . All certificates for Units or other securities of the Partnership delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Units or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(v) Consideration for Grants . Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee determines.

(vi) Delivery of Units or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is not reasonably able to obtain Units to deliver pursuant to such Award without violating the rules or regulations of any applicable law or securities exchange, no delivery shall occur until such time as the Committee, in good faith, determines that the delivery of Units may be made without violating the rules or regulations of any applicable law or securities exchange. No Units or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (including, without limitation, any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the Company.

(vii) Change in Control, Similar Events. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any change in applicable law or regulation affecting the Plan or Awards thereunder, or any change in accounting principles affecting the financial statements of the Partnership, the Committee, in its sole discretion, without the consent of any Participant or holder of the Award, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, may take any one or more of the following actions in order to either prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or an outstanding Award or mitigate any unfavorable accounting consequences:

 

8


(A) provide for either (i) the termination of any Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of such transaction or event the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (ii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;

(B) provide that such award be assumed by the successor or survivor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be exchanged for similar options, rights or awards covering the equity of the successor or survivor, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of equity interests and prices;

(C) make adjustments in the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Awards or in the terms and conditions of (including the exercise price), and the vesting and performance criteria included in, outstanding Awards, or both;

(D) provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

(E) provide that the Award cannot be exercised or become payable after such event, i.e. , shall terminate upon such event.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) with respect to an above event that is an “equity restructuring” event that would be subject to a compensation expense pursuant FAS 123R if a discretionary change is made, the provisions in Section 4(c) shall control to the extent they are in conflict with the discretionary provisions of this Section 6 and (ii) upon a Change of Control all Awards shall become vested and exercisable or payable, as the case may be, unless, and to the extent, the Committee specifically provides to the contrary in the Award Agreement with respect to a Change of Control.

SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:

(a) Amendments to the Plan . Except as required by the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, without the consent of any member, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person.

(b) Amendments to Awards . Subject to Section 7(a), the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided

 

9


no change, other than pursuant to Section 6(f)(vii) or, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as being necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, in any Award shall materially reduce the benefit of a Participant without the consent of such Participant.

SECTION 8. General Provisions.

(a) No Rights to Award . No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) Tax Withholding . The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Units, other securities or property, or Units that would otherwise be issued or delivered pursuant to such Award) of any applicable taxes payable in respect of the grant of an Award, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes.

(c) No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate or to remain on the Board or a Consultant, as applicable. Further, the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(d) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware law without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

(e) Section 409A . This Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and may be administered in a manner that is intended to meet those requirements and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. All Awards granted and payments hereunder will either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or will be subject to Section 409A of the Code and will be structured in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including regulations or other guidance issued with respect thereto. Any provision of this Plan that would cause an Award or payment to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code will be amended (in a manner that as closely as practicable achieves the original intent of the Award) to comply with Section 409A of the Code on a timely basis, which may be made on a retroactive basis, in accordance with regulations and other guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.

(f) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it

 

10


cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(g) Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Units or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Units or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or result in recoverable short-swing profits under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(h) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any participating Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any participating Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any participating Affiliate.

(i) No Fractional Units . No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(j) Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

(k) Facility Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such person, or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and the Company shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.

(l) Gender and Number . Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

SECTION 9. Term of the Plan.

The Plan shall become effective on the later of the date of its approval by the Board or the initial public offering of Units and, except as provided below with respect to Performance Units, shall terminate on, and no Awards may be granted after, the earliest of the date established by the Board or the Committee, the 10 th anniversary of the date the Plan was adopted by the Company (or such earlier anniversary, if any, required by the rules of the exchange on which Units are traded) or the date Units are no longer available for delivery pursuant to Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may provide that the Plan

 

11


shall continue without regard to such termination with respect to the grant of Performance Units, provided such Performance Units shall be payable only in cash. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted prior to any Plan termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

 

12

Exhibit 10.26

Targa Resources Partners

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Restricted Unit Grant Agreement

 

Grantee:                                                                  
Grant Date:                                              , 200        
Number of Restricted Units:                               

 

1. Grant of Restricted Units . Targa Resources GP LLC (the “Company”) hereby grants to you the above number of Restricted Units under the Targa Resources Partners Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

2. Vesting . Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 3 below, the Restricted Units granted hereunder shall vest on the anniversary of the Grant Date as follows:

 

Anniversary of
Grant Date

   Cumulative
Vested Percentage
     

prior to 1st anniversary

   0 %  

On the 1st anniversary

   33  1 / 3 %  

on the 2nd anniversary

   66  2 / 3 %  

on the 3rd anniversary

   100 %  

Distributions on a Restricted Unit shall be vested when made and will be paid to you currently.

 

3. Events Occurring Prior to Full Vesting .

 

  (a) Death or Disability . If your membership on the Board terminates as a result of your death or a disability that substantially prevents you from performing your duties (as determined by the Board), the Restricted Units then held by you (and any distributions thereon being held) automatically will become fully vested upon such termination.


  (b) Other Terminations . If your membership on the Board terminates for any reason other than as provided in Paragraph 3(a) above, all unvested Restricted Units then held by you automatically shall be forfeited without payment upon such termination.

 

  (c) Change of Control . All outstanding Restricted Units held by you automatically shall become fully vested upon a Change of Control.

For purposes of this Paragraph 3, “membership on the Board” shall include being an Employee or a Director of, or a Consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate.

 

4. Unit Certificates . A certificate evidencing the Restricted Units may be issued in your name, pursuant to which you shall have all voting rights of a holder of a Unit, if any. The certificate shall bear the following legend:

The Units evidenced by this certificate have been issued pursuant to an agreement made as of                      , 200      , a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein, between the Company and the registered holder of the Units, and are subject to forfeiture to the Company under certain circumstances described in such agreement. The sale, assignment, pledge or other transfer of the Units evidenced by this certificate is prohibited under the terms and conditions of such agreement, and such Units may not be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except as provided in such agreement.

The Company may cause the certificate to be delivered upon issuance to the Secretary of the Company as a depository for safekeeping until the forfeiture occurs or the restrictions lapse pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon request of the Company, you shall deliver to the Company a unit power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Units then subject to the restrictions. Upon the lapse of the restrictions without forfeiture, the Company shall cause a certificate or certificates to be issued without legend in your name in exchange for the certificate evidencing the Restricted Units.

 

5. Limitations Upon Transfer . All rights under this Agreement shall belong to you alone and may not be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated by you in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of such rights contrary to the provisions in this Agreement or the Plan, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon such rights, such rights shall immediately become null and void.

 

6.

Restrictions . By accepting this grant, you agree that any Units that you may acquire upon vesting of this award will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws. You also agree that (i) the certificates representing the Units acquired under this award

 

2


may bear such legend or legends as the Company deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the Units acquired under this award on the transfer records of the Partnership if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Partnership constitute a violation of any applicable securities law, and (iii) the Partnership may give related instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Units to be acquired under this award.

 

7. Withholding of Taxes . To the extent that the grant or vesting of a Restricted Unit or distribution thereon results in the receipt of compensation by you with respect to which the Company or an Affiliate has a tax withholding obligation pursuant to applicable law, unless other arrangements have been made by you that are acceptable to the Company or such Affiliate, you shall deliver to the Company or the Affiliate such amount of money as the Company or the Affiliate may require to meet its withholding obligations under such applicable law. No issuance of an unrestricted Common Unit shall be made pursuant to this Agreement until you have paid or made arrangements approved by the Company or the Affiliate to satisfy in full the applicable tax withholding requirements of the Company or Affiliate with respect to such event.

 

8. Insider Trading Policy . The terms of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy with respect to Units are incorporated herein by reference.

 

9. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and upon any person lawfully claiming under you.

 

10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contain all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to the Restricted Units granted hereby. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all prior understandings and agreements, if any, among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect.

 

11. Modifications . Except as provided below, any modification of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and signed by both you and an authorized officer of the Company.

 

12. Governing Law . This grant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC
By:    
Name:   Rene R. Joyce
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

3

Exhibit 10.27

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan .

The Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted by Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the parent entity of Targa Resources GP LLC (“Targa GP”), the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”). The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company and its Affiliates by providing to employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its Affiliates incentive cash compensation awards for superior performance that are based on Units. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company and its Affiliates, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Company and its Affiliates.

SECTION 2. Definitions .

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Award” means a Performance Unit and shall also include any tandem DERs granted with respect to a Performance Unit.

“Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Change of Control” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than an Affiliate of the Company, shall become the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the equity interests in Targa GP or the Partnership;


(ii) the limited partners of the Partnership approve, in one or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the Partnership;

(iii) the sale or other disposition by either Targa GP or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any Person other than Targa GP or an Affiliate of Targa GP; or

(iv) a transaction resulting in a Person other than Targa GP or an Affiliate of Targa GP being the general partner of the Partnership.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and with respect to which a Change of Control will accelerate payment, “Change of Control” shall mean a “change of control event” as defined in the regulations and guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if none, the Board or such committee of the Board, if any, as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

“Consultant” means an independent contractor, other than a Director, who performs services for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

“DER” or “Distribution Equivalent Right” means a contingent right, granted in tandem with a specific Performance Unit, to receive an amount in cash equal to the cash distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit during the period such DER is outstanding.

“Director” means a member of the Board or a board of directors of an Affiliate who is not an Employee.

“Employee” means any employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company who performs services for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means the closing sales price of a Unit on the principal national securities exchange or other market in which trading in Units occurs on the applicable date (or if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). In the event Units are not traded on a national securities exchange or other market at the time a determination of fair market value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of fair market value shall be made in good faith by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award granted on the effective date of the initial public offering of Units, Fair Market Value on such date shall mean the initial offering price per Unit as stated on the cover page of the S-1 for such offering.

“Participant” means any Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan.

 

2


“Performance Unit” means a phantom (notional) unit granted under the Plan which entitles the Participant to receive an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit upon vesting of the Performance Unit.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Restricted Period” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is not payable to the Participant.

“Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

“Unit” means a common unit of the Partnership.

SECTION 3. Administration .

(a) Governance . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

(b) Delegation . Subject to the following and applicable law, the Committee, in it sole discretion, may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan, including the power to grant Awards under the Plan, to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to such limitations on such delegated powers and duties as the Committee may impose, if any. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee”, other than in Section 7, shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that such delegation shall not limit the Chief Executive Officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to, a person who is an officer subject to Rule 16b-3 or a member of the Board.

(c) Authority and Powers . Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including

 

3


the Company, Targa GP, the Partnership, any Affiliate, any Participant, and any beneficiary of any Participant.

SECTION 4. Award Limits .

(a) There shall not be any limitation on the number of Performance Units that may be granted under the Plan.

(b) Adjustments . In the event that the Committee determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, Units, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, Change of Control, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Units or other securities of the Partnership, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Units or other securities of the Partnership, or other similar transaction or event affects the Units such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, or (iii) if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award; provided, that the number of Units subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in a FAS 123R accounting charge if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event.

SECTION 5. Eligibility .

Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.

SECTION 6. Awards .

(a) Performance Units . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants, and Directors to whom Performance Units shall be granted, the number of Performance Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the time or conditions under which the Performance Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards, including whether DERs are granted with respect to such Performance Units.

(i) DERs . Unless and to the extent provided otherwise by the Committee in its discretion, a grant of Performance Units shall include a tandem DER grant, which provides that such DERs shall be credited to a bookkeeping account (without interest) and shall be paid to the Participant in cash upon the vesting of the tandem Performance Unit. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide such other terms, including different vesting and payment forms and mediums and the “investment” of such DERs in

 

4


additional Performance Units, as it may choose with respect to DERs and may also provide that a grant of Performance Units does not include tandem DERs.

(ii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting arrangement with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Performance Units awarded the Participant, and any outstanding tandem DERs credited to such Participant, shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Performance Units and DERs.

(iii) Lapse of Restrictions . Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Performance Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit as of the vesting date.

(b) General .

(i) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together . Except as provided below, Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

(ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards .

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (C) below, each Award shall be exercisable or payable only by or to the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(B) Except as provided in paragraphs (A) and (C), no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(C) To the extent specifically provided or approved by the Committee with respect to an Award, an Award may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.

(iii) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.

 

5


(iv) Consideration for Grants . Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee determines.

(v) Change in Control, Similar Events. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any change in applicable law or regulation affecting the Plan or Awards thereunder, or any change in accounting principles affecting the financial statements of the Company or the Partnership, the Committee, in its sole discretion, without the consent of any Participant or holder of the Award, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, may take any one or more of the following actions in order to either prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or an outstanding Award or mitigate any unfavorable accounting consequences:

(A) provide for either (i) the termination of any Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of such transaction or event the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (ii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;

(B) provide that such award be assumed by the successor or survivor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be exchanged for similar awards covering the equity of the successor or survivor, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of equity interests and prices;

(C) make adjustments in the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Awards or in the terms and conditions of, and the vesting and performance criteria included in, outstanding Awards, or both;

(D) provide that such Award shall be payable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

(E) provide that the Award cannot become payable after such event, i.e. , shall terminate upon such event.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) with respect to an above event that is an “equity restructuring” event that would be subject to a compensation expense pursuant FAS 123R if a discretionary change is made, the provisions in Section 4(b) shall control to the extent they are in conflict with the discretionary provisions of this Section 6 and (ii) upon a Change of Control all Awards shall become vested and exercisable or payable, as the case may be, unless, and to the extent, the Committee specifically provides to the contrary in the Award Agreement with respect to a Change of Control.

 

6


SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:

(a) Amendments to the Plan . Except as required by the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, without the consent of any member, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person.

(b) Amendments to Awards . Subject to Section 7(a), the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided no change, other than pursuant to Section 6(b)(v) or, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as being necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, in any Award shall materially reduce the benefit of a Participant without the consent of such Participant.

SECTION 8. General Provisions .

(a) No Rights to Award . No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) Tax Withholding . The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount in cash of any applicable taxes payable in respect of the grant of an Award, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes.

(c) No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate or to remain on the Board or a Consultant, as applicable. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(d) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware law without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

(e) Section 409A . This Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and may be administered in a manner that is intended to meet those requirements and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. All Awards granted and payments hereunder will either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or will be subject to Section 409A of the Code and will be structured in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including regulations or other guidance issued with respect thereto. Any provision of this Plan that would cause an Award or payment to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code will be amended (in a manner that as closely as practicable achieves the original intent of the Award) to comply with Section 409A of the Code on a timely basis, which may be

 

7


made on a retroactive basis, in accordance with regulations and other guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.

(f) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(g) Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to pay an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that such payment might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or result in recoverable short-swing profits under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(h) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any participating Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any participating Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any participating Affiliate.

(i) Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

(j) Facility Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such person, or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and the Company shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.

(k) Gender and Number . Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

SECTION 9. Term of the Plan .

The Plan shall become effective on the date of its approval by the Committee and shall terminate on the date established by the Board or the Committee. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted prior to any Plan termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

 

8

Exhibit 10.28

Targa Resources Investments Inc.

Long Term Incentive Plan

Performance Unit Grant Agreement

 

Grantee:

                                

Date of Grant:

                      , 200   

Number of Performance Units Granted:

                                

1. Performance Unit Grant . I am pleased to inform you that you have been granted the above number of Performance Units with respect to Common Units (“Common Units” or “Units”) of Targa Resources Partners LP (the “MLP”) under the Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). A Performance Unit is a notional Common Unit of the MLP. Each Performance Unit also includes a tandem Distribution Equivalent Right (“DER”). A DER is a right to receive an amount equal to the cash distributions made with respect to a Common Unit after the Date of Grant and prior to payment of your Performance Unit, if earned. The terms of the grant are subject to the terms of the Plan and this Performance Unit Grant Agreement (this “Agreement”), which includes Attachment A hereto.

2. Performance Goal and Payment . Subject to the further provisions of this Agreement, if, and to the extent, the Performance Goal (set forth on Attachment A) is achieved for the Performance Period (set forth on Attachment A), then as soon as reasonably practical following the end of the Performance Period you will receive, in cancellation of your Performance Units, an amount of cash equal to the product of (i) your number of Performance Units times (ii) the Performance Percentage (set forth in Item II on Attachment A) for the Performance Period times (iii) the Fair Market Value of a Common Unit on the last day of the Performance Period. In addition, you will receive cash relating to the amount of the DER that you are entitled to as described in Section 4. If, however, the minimum Performance Goal is not achieved for the Performance Period, all of your Performance Units and DERs will be cancelled automatically without payment at the end of the Performance Period.

3. Vesting .

(a) If you cease to be employed by Targa Resources Investments Inc. and its Affiliates (collectively, the “Company”) during the Performance Period for any reason other than as provided below, all Performance Units and tandem DERs awarded to you shall be automatically forfeited without payment upon your termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “employment with the Company” shall include being an employee or a Director of, or a Consultant to, the Company.

(b) If you cease to be employed by the Company during the Performance Period as a result of your death or a disability that entitles you to disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or your employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, you will be vested in any Performance Units that your are otherwise qualified to receive payment for based on achievement of the Performance


Goal at the end of the Performance Period. If you are a party to an agreement with the Company in which the term cause is defined, that definition of cause shall apply for purposes of the Plan and this Agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” means (i) failure to perform assigned duties and responsibilities (ii) engaging in conduct which is injurious (monetarily or otherwise) to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) breach of any corporate policy or code of conduct established by the Company or breach of any agreement between the Company and you, or (iv) conviction of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony.

4. DERs . Beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the last day of the Performance Period, on each date during such period that the MLP makes a cash distribution with respect to its Units you will be credited with an amount of cash equal to the product of (i) the cash distributions paid with respect to a Common Unit times (ii) your number of Performance Units. Your DERs shall be credited to a bookkeeping account by the Company. As soon as practical following the end of the Performance Period, your DER account will be paid (without interest) to you in cash or forfeited, as the case may be. The amount of your DER account to be paid to you will be equal to the product of the Performance Percentage times the amount credited to your DER account. DERs shall not be payable with respect to any Performance Unit that is forfeited or as to which you are not otherwise qualified to receive payment for based on the Performance Goal at the end of the Performance Period.

5. Change of Control . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control during the Performance Period, the Performance Percentage shall be deemed to be 100% and your Performance Units and all DER amounts, if any, then credited to you shall be cancelled on such date and you will be paid an amount of cash equal to the sum of (i) the product of (a) the Fair Market Value of a Common Unit times (b) the number of Performance Units granted to you plus (ii) the amount of DERs then credited to you, if any.

6. Nontransferability of Award . The Performance Units and DERs may not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or pledged by you in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon your executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns.

7. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements between you and Targa Resources Investments Inc. and its Affiliates with respect to the same. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Texas.

8. Withholding of Taxes . To the extent that the vesting or payment of Performance Units or DERs results in the receipt of compensation by you with respect to which the Company has a tax withholding obligation pursuant to applicable law, the Company shall withhold such tax from any payment due you hereunder.

9. Amendments . This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by you and an authorized person on behalf of Targa Resources Investments Inc. who is expressly authorized to execute such document; provided, however, notwithstanding the

 

2


foregoing, Targa Resources Investments Inc. may make any change to this Agreement without your consent if such change is not materially adverse to your rights under this Agreement.

10. Plan Controls . By accepting this grant, you agree that the Performance Units and DERs are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

 

TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
        By:    
        Name:   Rene R. Joyce
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

3


ATTACHMENT A

 

I. The Performance Period shall begin on                           , 2007 and end on                      , 20      .

 

II. Performance Goal

The payment of a Performance Unit will be determined based on the comparison of (i) the Total Return (as defined below) of a Common Unit at the end of the Performance Period to (ii) the Total Return of a share of the common stock/unit of each member of the Peer Group for the Performance Period. Total Return shall be measured as the change in price per share/unit plus dividend/distributions from the price at the beginning of the Performance Period to the sum of (i) the price per share/unit date that is 15 days prior to the end of the Performance Period plus (ii) the aggregate amount of dividends/distributions paid with respect to a share/unit during such period.

 

Peer Group Ranking

(out of 13 companies)

  

Performance

Percentage 1

     

No. 1-7

   100 %  

No. 8

   83.33 %  

No. 9

   66.67 %  

No. 10 2

   50 %  

No. 11-13

   0 %  

1

The Performance Percentage between No. 7 and No. 10 is a percentage between 50% and 100% based on a comparison of the Total Returns described above.

2

No. 10 is the minimum Performance Goal for which there is a Performance Percentage.

 

III. Adjustments to Performance Goals for Certain Events

If, during the Performance Period, there is a change in accounting standards required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the above performance goals shall be adjusted by the Committee as appropriate, in its discretion, to disregard the effect of such change.

 

A-1


IV. The Peer Group shall consist of the following companies:

 

Company

   Ticker

Energy Transfer Partners

   ETP

Oneok Partners

   OKS

Copano Energy

   CPNO

DCP Midstream

   DPM

Regency Energy Partners

   RGNC

Plains All American Pipeline

   PAA

MarkWest Energy Partners

   MWE

Williams Energy Partners

   WPZ

Magellan Midstream

   MMP

Martin Midstream

   MMLP

Enbridge Energy Partners

   EEP

Crosstex Energy

   XTEX

Targa Resources Partners LP

   NGLS
    

The Committee may add or delete companies from the Peer Group and provide a related adjustment in the rankings at any time during the Performance Period, wherever, in its discretion, such deletion or adjustment is appropriate to reflect that such peer company is no longer publicly traded or is determined by the Committee to no longer be a peer of the MLP (for example due to a member no longer being publicly traded) or to reflect any other significant event.

 

V. Committee Certification

As soon as reasonably practical following the end of the Performance Period, the Committee shall review the results for the Performance Period and certify those results in writing to the Board. No Performance Units or DERs shall be paid prior to the Committee’s certification. However, Committee certification shall not apply in the event of a Change of Control.

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.29

Execution


CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 14, 2007

Among

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP,

as the Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender

and

L/C Issuer,

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,

as the Syndication Agent,

MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL,

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

and

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC ,

as the Co-Documentation Agents,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC and WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

as

Joint Lead Arrangers

and

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

as

Sole Book Manager

$500,000,000 Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Section         Page
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS    1
    1.01    Defined Terms    1
    1.02    Other Interpretive Provisions    27
    1.03    Accounting Terms    27
    1.04    Rounding    28
    1.05    Times of Day    28
    1.06    Letter of Credit Amounts    28
ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS    28
    2.01    Committed Loans    28
    2.02    Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans    29
    2.03    Letters of Credit    30
    2.04    Swing Line Loans    39
    2.05    Prepayments    42
    2.06    Termination or Reduction of Commitments    44
    2.07    Repayment of Loans    44
    2.08    Interest    44
    2.09    Fees    45
    2.10    Computation of Interest and Fees    46
    2.11    Evidence of Debt    46
    2.12    Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback    47
    2.13    Sharing of Payments by Lenders    49
    2.14    Increase in Commitments    49
ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY    51
    3.01    Taxes    51
    3.02    Illegality    53
    3.03    Inability to Determine Rates    53
    3.04    Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans    54
    3.05    Compensation for Losses    55
    3.06    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders    56
    3.07    Survival    56
ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS    56
    4.01    Conditions of Initial Credit Extension    56
    4.02    Conditions to all Credit Extensions    60
ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    60
    5.01    Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws    60
    5.02    Authorization; No Contravention    61
    5.03    Governmental Authorization; Other Consents    61
    5.04    Binding Effect    61
    5.05    Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect    62
    5.06    Litigation    62
    5.07    No Default    62
    5.08    Ownership of Property; Liens    62
    5.09    Environmental Compliance    63
    5.10    Insurance    63

 

i


    5.11    Taxes    63
    5.12    ERISA Compliance    64
    5.13    Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Taxpayer Identification Number    64
    5.14    Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act    65
    5.15    Disclosure    65
    5.16    Compliance with Laws    65
    5.17    Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc    65
    5.18    Labor Disputes and Acts of God    66
    5.19    Solvency    66
    5.20    Credit Arrangements    66
    5.21    Real Property    66
    5.22    Labor Matters    66
    5.23    Security Documents    66
ARTICLE VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    67
    6.01    Financial Statements    67
    6.02    Certificates; Other Information    67
    6.03    Notices    70
    6.04    Payment of Obligations    71
    6.05    Preservation of Existence, Etc    71
    6.06    Maintenance of Properties    71
    6.07    Maintenance of Insurance    71
    6.08    Compliance with Laws    72
    6.09    Books and Records    72
    6.10    Inspection Rights    72
    6.11    Use of Proceeds    72
    6.12    Additional Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Pledgors    73
    6.13    Agreement to Deliver Security Documents    73
    6.14    Perfection and Protection of Security Interests and Liens    74
    6.15    Performance on the Borrower’s Behalf    74
    6.16    Environmental Matters; Environmental Reviews    74
    6.17    Compliance with Agreements    75
    6.18    Designation and Conversion of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.    75
    6.19    Maintenance of Corporate Separateness    76
ARTICLE VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS    76
    7.01    Liens    76
    7.02    Investments    78
    7.03    Indebtedness    79
    7.04    Subordinated Indebtedness    81
    7.05    Fundamental Changes    81
    7.06    Dispositions    82
    7.07    Restricted Payments    84
    7.08    Change in Nature of Business    84
    7.09    Transactions with Affiliates    84
    7.10    Burdensome Agreements    85
    7.11    Prohibited Contracts    85
    7.12    Limitation on Credit Extensions    85
    7.13    Use of Proceeds    85
    7.14    Interest Coverage Ratio    86
    7.15    Leverage Ratios    86
    7.16    Negative Pledge    87

 

ii


ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES    87
    8.01    Events of Default    87
    8.02    Remedies Upon Event of Default    89
    8.03    Application of Funds    90
ARTICLE IX. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    91
    9.01    Appointment and Authority    91
    9.02    Rights as a Lender    91
    9.03    Exculpatory Provisions    92
    9.04    Reliance by Agent    92
    9.05    Delegation of Duties    93
    9.06    Resignation of Agent    93
    9.07    Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders    94
    9.08    No Other Duties, Etc    94
    9.09    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim    94
    9.10    Collateral and Guaranty Matters    95
    9.11    Indemnification of Agents    96
    9.12    Intercreditor Agreement    96
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS    97
  10.01    Amendments, Etc    97
  10.02    Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication    98
  10.03    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    100
  10.04    Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver    100
  10.05    Payments Set Aside    102
  10.06    Successors and Assigns    103
  10.07    Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality    107
  10.08    Deposit Accounts; Right of Setoff    108
  10.09    Interest Rate Limitation    108
  10.10    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness    109
  10.11    Survival of Representations and Warranties    109
  10.12    Severability    109
  10.13    Replacement of Lenders    109
  10.14    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.    110
  10.15    Waiver of Jury Trial and Special Damages    111
  10.16    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility    112
  10.17    USA PATRIOT Act Notice    113
  10.18    No General Partner’s Liability    113
  10.19    Time of the Essence    113
  10.20    ENTIRE AGREEMENT    113
SIGNATURES    S-1

 

iii


SCHEDULES

 

    1.01      Certain Permitted Hedging Parties
    2.01      Commitments and Applicable Percentages
    4.01      Security Documents
    5.13      Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Taxpayer Identification Number
    5.21      Material Real Property
    6.07      Insurance Summary – Property and Casualty
    7.01      Existing Liens
    7.09      Affiliate Transactions
  10.02      Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices
  10.06      Processing and Recordation Fees

EXHIBITS

 

       Form of
  A      Committed Loan Notice
  B      Swing Line Loan Notice
  C      Note
  D      Compliance Certificate
  E      Assignment and Assumption
  F      Guaranty
  G      Opinion Matters
  H      Pledge and Security Agreement
  I      Deed of Trust
  J      Intercreditor Agreement

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of February 14, 2007, among Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and Bank of America, N.A. , as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acquired Entity or Business ” means any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (but not any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.

Acquisition ” means the acquisition by the Borrower from Targa of all the outstanding partnership interests of Targa North Texas.

Additional Debt ” means Indebtedness for borrowed money other than Indebtedness described in Section 7.03 .

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

1


Agent-Related Persons ” means, with respect to any Agent, such Agent, together with its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Agent and its Affiliates.

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Syndication Agent.

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Rate ” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Compliance Certificate has been received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b) or (c) :

 

Pricing Level

  

Consolidated

Funded

Indebtedness to
Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA

  

Commitment

Fee

  

Revolver

Eurodollar

Rate

  

Revolver

Base Rate

1

   Greater than or equal to 5.25 to 1.0    0.35%    2.25%    1.25%

2

   Less than 5.25 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 4.75 to 1.0    0.35%    2.00%    1.00%

3

   Less than 4.75 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 4.25 to 1.0    0.30%    1.75%    0.75%

4

   Less than 4.25 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.75 to 1.0    0.30%    1.50%    0.50%

5

   Less than 3.75 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.25 to 1.0    0.25%    1.25%    0.25%

6

   Less than 3.25 to 1.00    0.20%    1.00%    0.00%

 

2


Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the ratio of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) or (c) ; provided , however , that at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the highest Pricing Level (i.e., the Pricing Level that produces the highest Applicable Rate) shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply). The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the date following the Closing Date on which a Compliance Certificate is delivered or to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) or (c)  shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 4.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arranger ” means each of Banc of America Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, in its capacity as a joint lead arranger.

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited Consolidated financial statements of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the ten month period ended October 31, 2005 and the two month period ended December 31, 2005, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such periods of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

 

3


Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02 .

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Committed Loan ” means a Committed Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Borrower’s Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Borrower dated February 14, 2007, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Borrowing ” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Lease ” means any lease that has been or should be, in accordance with GAAP recorded as a capital lease.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, with respect to any Person and a Capital Lease, the amount of the obligation of such Person as the lessee under such Capital Lease which would, in accordance with GAAP, appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person as of the date of any determination thereof.

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

 

4


Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

Change of Control ” means the earlier to occur of:

(a) Targa shall cease to Control General Partner, or any Person, other than Targa or a Person Controlled by Targa, shall Control General Partner; or

(b) General Partner shall cease for any reason to be the sole General Partner of the Borrower; or

(c) Any change of control or similar event occurs under the terms of any indenture, note agreement or other agreement governing any outstanding Unsecured Note Indebtedness that result in such Unsecured Note Indebtedness becoming due and payable before its maturity or being subject to a repurchase, retirement or redemption right or option; or

(d) Less than 50% of Targa’s Consolidated assets, after deducting therefrom the value (net of any applicable reserves) of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets, are in the Present Line of Business.

Chico Plant ” means the cryogenic natural gas processing plant located in Wise County, Texas, including the real property owned by Targa North Texas on which the Chico Plant and related equipment and operations are located.

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral ” means all property of any kind which is subject to a Lien in favor of Secured Parties (or in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties) or which, under the terms of any Security Document, is purported to be subject to such a Lien, in each case granted or created to secure all or part of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations.

Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, acting through one or more of its branches or Affiliates, in its capacity as collateral agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

 

5


Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Committed Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .

Committed Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 .

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Consolidated ” refers to the consolidation of any Person, in accordance with GAAP, with its properly Consolidated Subsidiaries. References herein to a Person’s Consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. refer to the Consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. of such Person and its properly Consolidated Subsidiaries. For avoidance of doubt, neither an Unrestricted Subsidiary nor a Partially Owned Operating Company shall be considered a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” means, for any period, Consolidated EBITDA; provided that , (a) if, since the beginning of the four fiscal quarter period ending on the date for which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is determined, the Borrower or any Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Acquisition or Disposition or a Subsidiary shall be redesignated as either an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto as if the Material Acquisition or Disposition or redesignation had occurred on the first day of such period. Such pro forma effect shall be determined (i) in good faith by a Responsible Officer of General Partner, and (ii) without giving effect to any anticipated or proposed change in operations, revenues, expenses or other items included in the computation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, except with the consent of the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion and (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA may include, at the Borrower’s option, any Material Project EBITDA Adjustments as provided below. As used herein, “ Material Project EBITDA Adjustments ” means, with respect to the construction or expansion of any capital project of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate capital cost of which (inclusive of capital costs expended prior to the acquisition thereof) is reasonably expected by the Borrower to exceed, or exceeds, $10,000,000 (a “ Material Project ”):

 

6


(A) prior to the date on which a Material Project has achieved commercial operation (the “ Commercial Operation Date ”) (but including the fiscal quarter in which such Commercial Operation Date occurs), a percentage (based on the then-current completion percentage of such Material Project as of the date of determination) of an amount to be approved by Administrative Agent as the projected Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project for the first 12-month period following the scheduled Commercial Operation Date of such Material Project (such amount to be determined based upon projected revenues from customer contracts, projected revenues that are determined by the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, to otherwise be highly probable, the creditworthiness and applicable projected production of the prospective customers, capital and other costs, operating and administrative expenses, scheduled Commercial Operation Date, commodity price assumptions and other factors deemed appropriate by Administrative Agent), which may, at the Borrower’s option, be added to actual Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarter in which construction or expansion of such Material Project commences and for each fiscal quarter thereafter until the Commercial Operation Date of such Material Project (including the fiscal quarter in which such Commercial Operation Date occurs, but net of any actual Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project following such Commercial Operation Date); provided that if the actual Commercial Operation Date does not occur by the scheduled Commercial Operation Date, then the foregoing amount shall be reduced, for quarters ending after the scheduled Commercial Operation Date to (but excluding) the first full quarter after its Commercial Operation Date, by the following percentage amounts depending on the period of delay (based on the period of actual delay or then-estimated delay, whichever is longer): (i) 90 days or less, 0%, (ii) longer than 90 days, but not more than 180 days, 25%, (iii) longer than 180 days but not more than 270 days, 50%, (iv) longer than 270 days but not more than 365 days, 75%, and (v) longer than 365 days, 100%; and

(B) beginning with the first full fiscal quarter following the Commercial Operation Date of a Material Project and for the two immediately succeeding fiscal quarters, an amount equal to the projected Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project for the balance of the four full fiscal quarter period following such Commercial Operation Date, which may, at the Borrower’s option, be added to actual Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarters.

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) no such Material Project EBITDA Adjustment shall be allowed with respect to any Material Project unless:

(a) at least 30 days prior to the last day of the fiscal quarter for which the Borrower desires to commence inclusion of such Material Project EBITDA Adjustment in Consolidated EBITDA with respect to a Material Project (the “ Initial Quarter ”), the Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent written pro forma projections of Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project, and

 

7


(b) prior to the last day of the Initial Quarter, Administrative Agent shall have approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) such projections and shall have received such other information and documentation as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and

(ii) the aggregate amount of all Material Project EBITDA Adjustments during any period shall be limited to 15% of the total actual Consolidated EBITDA for such period (which total actual Consolidated EBITDA shall be determined without including any Material Project EBITDA Adjustments).

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) all Interest Expense for such period, (ii) all Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes (including any franchise taxes to the extent based upon net income) for such period, (iii) all depreciation, amortization (including amortization of good will, debt issue costs and amortization under FAS Rule 123) and other non-cash charges (including any provision for the reduction in the carrying value of assets recorded in accordance with GAAP, any extraordinary gains (or losses), any non-cash gains (or losses) resulting from mark to market activity as a result of the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, but excluding any non-cash charges that constitute an accrual of or reserve for future cash charges, and not treating write downs or write offs of receivables as non-cash charges) for such period and (iv) costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and minus (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, (i) all Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits for such period and (ii) all non-cash items of income (other than account receivables and similar items arising from the normal course of business and reflected as income under accrual methods of accounting consistent with past practices) for such period. For avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Partially Owned Operating Companies and Persons that are not Subsidiaries shall not be considered in calculating Consolidated EBITDA except to the extent of actual cash distributions to the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, such Partially Owned Operating Companies or such other Persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the actual cash distributions to the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by (i) Persons who are not Subsidiaries and any of whose Equity Interests that are owned by a Loan Party are not Collateral or (ii) Unrestricted Subsidiaries, during any period that will be included in Consolidated EBITDA shall be limited in the aggregate to 15% of the total actual Consolidated EBITDA for such period (which total actual Consolidated EBITDA shall be determined without including any such distributions).

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date, the sum of the following (without duplication): (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations or (iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Guarantees of Indebtedness of another Person (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary).

 

8


Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, for any date of determination (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness on such date of determination to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the date of determination.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the Borrower’s and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries’ gross revenues for such period, including any cash dividends or distributions actually received from any other Person during such period, minus the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ expenses and other proper charges against income (including taxes on income to the extent imposed), determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (including, without duplication, the elimination of earnings or losses attributable to outstanding minority interests and the exclusion of the net earnings of any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary in which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest).

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of Consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom: (a) all current liabilities (excluding (i) any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed, and (ii) current maturities of long-term debt); and (b) the value (net of any applicable reserves) of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, for any date of determination (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness on such date of determination (excluding the Unsecured Note Indebtedness) to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the date of determination.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium,

 

9


rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided , however , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Committed Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such failure has been cured, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or unless such failure has been cured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided, that “Disposition” or “Dispose” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by the Borrower of any of its Equity Interest to another Person.

DOL ” means the Department of Labor, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii) , (v)  and (vi)  (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) ).

Eligible Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, all shares of capital stock or other Equity Interests of whatever class of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, in each case together with any certificates evidencing the same, excluding, however, all shares of capital stock or other Equity Interests of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary which

 

10


represent in excess of 66% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock or other Equity Interests of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary; provided , however , that if following a change in the relevant sections of the Code or the regulations, rules, rulings, notices or other official pronouncements issued or promulgated thereunder which would change the maximum percentage of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock or other Equity Interests of any such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote that may be pledged without causing (a) the undistributed earnings of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to, or investment in United States property of, the owner of such capital stock or other Equity Interests or (b) other material adverse consequences to the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, then the 66% limitation set forth above shall be changed to 1% less than such maximum percentage.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, authorizations, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries (whether imposed by Law or imposed or assumed by any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement or otherwise), and directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, or (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

Equity Investors ” means the Sponsor and the Management Stockholders.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

11


ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

Excess Sale Proceeds ” means Net Proceeds of a Disposition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.06(m) that have not been applied within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of receipt of such Net Proceeds to the purchase of capital assets used in the Present Line of Business.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending

 

12


Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 10.13 ), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 3.01(e) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) .

Extraordinary Receipts ” means gross proceeds received by any Loan Party relating to (a) insurance in respect of casualty to property that the Borrower has determined (which determination must be made with reasonable promptness following such casualty) will not be applied to the repair or replacement thereof within two hundred seventy (270) days following such casualty, (b) payments pursuant to any indemnity agreement that the Borrower has determined (which determination must be made with reasonable promptness following receipt of such payment) will not be applied to remedy the circumstances or improve, repair or replace the property of such Loan Party pursuant to which such indemnity payment arose within two hundred seventy (270) days following such payment, or (c) pension reversions; provided that in no event shall such Extraordinary Receipts include Net Proceeds.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated January 4, 2007, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers.

First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Foreign Subsidiary that is a direct Subsidiary of the Borrower, any Guarantor or a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person which is not a Domestic Subsidiary. Any unqualified reference to any Foreign Subsidiary shall be deemed a reference to a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

13


FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

General Partner ” means Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which, as of the Closing Date, is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Targa, and which, as of the Closing Date, owns a two percent (2%) general partner interest in, and is the sole general partner of, the Borrower.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if

 

14


not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary and has become party to the Guaranty on the Closing Date or at any time thereafter, including pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.12 .

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Party ” means, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Swap Contract, (i) any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, (ii) any Person listed on Schedule 1.01 hereto and any of such Person’s Affiliates and (iii) any other Person with the consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Holding Company ” means, at any time, any company that at such time (a) owns (directly or indirectly through one or more other Holding Companies satisfying the requirements of this definition) a majority of the Voting Stock of the Borrower, (b) does not own any other material assets (other than cash, cash equivalents and Investments in other Holding Companies) and (c) does not engage in any business or activity other than serving as a direct or indirect holding company controlling the Borrower and activities incidental thereto.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any one or more Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, together with all other Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that have not executed and delivered a Guaranty, contribute less than 0.5% to Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and contribute less than 5% to Consolidated EBITDA.

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

 

15


(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business that are (i) not unpaid for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the applicable Loan Party);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bonds, industrial development bonds and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person;

(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person (other than as permitted pursuant to Section 7.06 ) or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless and to the extent that such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) if and to the extent such Indebtedness is limited in recourse to the property encumbered, the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby, as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b) .

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07 .

Initial Financial Statements ” means (a) the Audited Financial Statements and (b) the unaudited pro forma Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006 after giving effect to the Acquisition.

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial offering or issuance by the Borrower of Equity Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

16


Intercompany Indebtedness ” means all indebtedness of Targa North Texas existing prior to the date hereof owing to Targa or any of its Subsidiaries which was incurred in connection with the transfer of assets to Targa North Texas.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J , among the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and any Hedging Party that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement.

Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any period, the sum (without duplication) of the following (in each case, eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP): (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations) which are accrued during such period and whether expensed in such period or capitalized and (b) all other amounts properly treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice or such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by all the Lenders; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any

 

17


arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets that constitute a business unit, line of business or division of another Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17 .

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

18


Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is nine days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i) .

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and all other agreements, certificates, documents, instruments and writings at any time delivered in connection herewith or therewith (exclusive of term sheets and commitment letters).

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of Targa or its Subsidiaries who are investors in Targa or any Holding Company.

Mark-to-Market ” means the process of revaluing for trading purposes commodity contracts held by any Person, whether in respect of physical inventory, futures, forward exchanges, swaps or other derivatives, and which contracts may have a fixed price, a floating price and fixed differential, or other pricing basis, to the current market prices for such contracts, and determining the gain or loss on such contracts, on an aggregate net trading basis for all such contracts of such Person, by comparing the original prices of such contracts to the market prices on the date of determination.

 

19


Material Acquisition or Disposition ” means the Acquisition or any of the following having a fair market value in excess of $30,000,000: (a) any acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business, (b) the Disposition of any assets (including Equity Interests) by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (c) all mergers and consolidations of the type referred to in Sections 7.05(d) and (e) .

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any Loan Document.

Maturity Date ” means February 14, 2012; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv) .

Mortgage Policy ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv)(B) .

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Proceeds ” means the remainder of (a) as applicable (i) the gross proceeds received from a Disposition (excluding proceeds that constitute capital assets used in the Present Line of Business), or (ii) the gross proceeds received by any Loan Party from the issuance of Additional Debt, as applicable, less (b) underwriter discounts and commissions, investment banking fees, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted hereunder on any asset which is the subject of such Disposition, and other usual and customary transaction costs, net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof within two years of the date of the relevant Disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith and related to such Disposition or Additional Debt issuance, as applicable. To the extent any such gross proceeds are received that are not cash or cash equivalents or are not promptly converted to cash or cash equivalents, the value of such proceeds shall be the fair market value thereof at the time of receipt.

Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption),

 

20


absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Omnibus Agreement ” means the Omnibus Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Targa, General Partner and the Borrower.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

Partially Owned Operating Company ” means any Person (i) that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower where the portion of the Equity Interest not owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is owned by Targa or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) that holds operating assets.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

 

21


Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(i) .

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Pledge and Security Agreement ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, and to be executed and delivered by the Borrower and the other Pledgors in favor of the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit H , as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including, without limitation, by any supplement thereto executed and delivered after the date of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 in order to (a) effect the joinder of any additional Subsidiary or (b) subject thereto any additional Equity Interests.

Pledgors ” means the Borrower, each Guarantor, and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time parties to the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Present Line of Business ” means (i) the Loan Parties’ existing natural gas and natural gas liquids gathering, treating, processing, terminalling, storage, transporting and marketing operations, (ii) other oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids and related products gathering, treating, processing, terminalling, storage, transporting and marketing operations and (iii) any business that is reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c) .

Registration Statement ” means the Form S-1 Registration Statement filed by the Borrower with the SEC as Registration No. 333-138747, as amended.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to those matters as to which Hedging Parties are entitled to vote thereunder) Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the

 

22


commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 , Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, chief accounting officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II , any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to any Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Partially Owned Operating Company, provided , that any such Partially Owned Operating Company will be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower solely for purposes of Sections 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.03 , 7.05 , 7.06 , 7.07 and 7.08 .

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract that (i) is permitted under Article 7 and (ii) is by and between any Loan Party and any Hedging Party; provided that such Swap Contract shall not constitute a Secured Hedge Agreement unless the relevant Hedging Party is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (a) on the Closing Date (in the case of transactions under Swap Contracts in effect on the Closing Date) or (b) on the date of an applicable transaction (in the case of transactions under Swap Contracts entered into after the Closing Date).

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Lenders, any Hedging Party that is a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement, and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05 .

 

23


Secured Swap Obligations ” means all obligations arising from time to time under Secured Hedge Agreements; provided that if such counterparty ceases to be a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder, or ceases to be a party to the Intercreditor Agreement, Secured Swap Obligations shall only include such obligations to the extent arising from transactions either (i) entered into on or prior to the Closing Date if the counterparty was a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or a party to the Intercreditor Agreement on the Closing Date or (ii) entered into after the Closing Date if such counterparty was a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or a party to the Intercreditor Agreement at the time the transaction was entered into.

Security Documents ” means the instruments listed in Schedule 4.01 and all other security agreements, deeds of trust, mortgages, chattel mortgages, pledges, Guarantees, financing statements, continuation statements, extension agreements and other agreements or instruments now, heretofore, or hereafter delivered by any Loan Party to Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby to secure or Guarantee the payment of any part of the Obligations, the Secured Swap Obligations or the Cash Management Obligations or the performance of any Loan Party’s other duties and obligations under the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Acquisition ” means an acquisition (or series of related acquisitions) of an Acquired Entity or Business for an aggregate purchase price of not less than $30,000,000.

Sponsor ” means Warburg Pincus LLC and its Affiliates, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

 

24


Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, commodity futures contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement relating to transactions of the type described in clause (a) above (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the Mark-to-Market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a) .

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

Syndication Agent ” means Wachovia Bank, N.A. in its capacity as syndication agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor syndication agent.

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or

 

25


possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Targa ” means Targa Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Targa Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2005, among Targa, Credit Suisse, as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

Targa North Texas ” means Targa North Texas LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Threshold Amount ” means an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Borrower as of the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(vii) , Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) , as applicable.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Type ” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

Unfunded Pension Liability ” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which the Borrower has designated in writing to the Administrative Agent to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.18 and which the Borrower has not designated to be a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.18 .

Unsecured Note Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.03(f) or (o) .

 

26


Voting Stock ” of any Person means Equity Interests of any class or classes having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or the equivalent governing body of such Person.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of a Person, all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests are directly or indirectly (through one or more Subsidiaries) owned by such Person, excluding directors’ qualifying shares if applicable.

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be

 

27


prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that , until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

1.04 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II.

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 Committed Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Committed Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the

 

28


Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01 . Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans .

(a) Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (i) noon three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Committed Loans, and (ii) 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Committed Loans; provided , however , that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period”, the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than noon four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than noon, three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or in the amount of the unused Commitments. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or in the amount of the unused Commitments. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans (unless the Committed Loan being continued is a Eurodollar Rate Loan, in which case it shall be continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan with an Interest Period of one month). Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuations as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

 

29


(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuations as Eurodollar Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than fifteen Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.

2.03 Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until

 

30


the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit upon the request of the Borrower for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Loan Party and any drawings thereunder; provided that after taking such Letter of Credit into account, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws or one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

 

31


(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000.

(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(F) a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.

(iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(vi) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than noon at least one Business Day (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the

 

32


documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five

 

33


Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than noon on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event,

 

34


each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of

 

35


Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement regardless of any circumstances, including any of the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

 

36


(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

The Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary that is the account party thereon, as the case may be, shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower and each Loan Party hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower or a Loan Party, as the case may be, pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower or a Loan Party, as the case may be, may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower or a Loan Party, as the case may be, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, which the Borrower or such Loan Party proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, copies of any documents purporting to assign or transfer a Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary. The failure of L/C Issuer to deliver such documents will not relieve the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

 

37


(g) Cash Collateral . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing and the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 to a Committed Borrowing cannot then be met, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(c) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03 , Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(c) , “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America and may be invested in cash equivalents. If at any time during which Cash Collateral is required to be maintained in respect of L/C Obligations, the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the L/C Issuer. To the extent that the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower.

(h) Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower, when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the Borrower may specify that either the rules of the ISP or the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (“ UCP ”), as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(i) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to

 

38


be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, while any Obligation bears interest at the Default Rate pursuant to Section 2.08(b) , all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, equal to the greater of (i) $125 or (ii) one-eighth percent (0.125%) per annum, computed on the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit) and on a quarterly basis in arrears, and due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(l) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.

2.04 Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04 , to make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the

 

39


fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Committed Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request

 

40


shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Committed Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however ,

 

41


that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Committed Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.05 Prepayments .

(a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (A) noon three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) 11:00 a.m. on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the outstanding amount of such Loans; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify

 

42


each Lender of its receipt of each such notice and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under this Section 2.05(a) not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day before such prepayment was scheduled to take place if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the Committed Loans, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(b) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or, if less, the entire principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(c) If for any reason the Outstanding Amount of all Loans at any time exceeds the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following demand by the Administrative Agent prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(d) On the date (or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day) that any Net Proceeds become Excess Sale Proceeds, (i) the Borrower shall make a mandatory prepayment of the principal of the Loans in the amount of the Excess Sale Proceeds, and (ii) the Aggregate Commitments shall be reduced, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such Excess Sale Proceeds provided, however, that prepayments and the corresponding reduction in Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.05(d) shall not be required until the aggregate amount of unapplied Net Proceeds and unapplied Extraordinary Receipts exceeds $5,000,000.

(e) Any Extraordinary Receipts shall be immediately applied as a mandatory prepayment on the Loans; provided, however, that prepayments under this Section 2.05(e) shall not be required until the aggregate amount of unapplied Extraordinary Receipts and unapplied Net Proceeds exceeds $5,000,000.

(f) Immediately upon the consummation by any Loan Party of any issuance of Additional Debt (but without waiving the requirements of Administrative Agent and/or any Lender’s consent to any such issuance in violation of any Loan Document), the Borrower shall make a mandatory prepayment on the Loans in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such issuance.

 

43


(g) Each prepayment under Section 2.05(c) , (d) , (e)  or (f)  shall be applied ratably as follows: (i) first to prepay the Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans, and (ii) second, to repay the Outstanding Amount of the Swing Line Loans.

(h) Each prepayment of the Loans under Section 2.05(c) , (d) , (e)  or (f)  shall be accompanied by all interest then accrued and unpaid on the principal so prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . Any principal or interest prepaid pursuant to this Section shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, all payments otherwise required to be paid under the Loan Documents at the time of such prepayment. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans or Swing Line Loans, as applicable, of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage of such Committed Loans or Swing Line Loans.

2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than noon five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower may rescind any notice of termination of Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.06 not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day before such termination was scheduled to take place if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of the Aggregate Commitments, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

2.07 Repayment of Loans .

(a) The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.

2.08 Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate with

 

44


respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans; (ii) each Base Rate Committed Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate with respect to Base Rate Loans; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate with respect to Base Rate Loans.

(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, after an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws and shall continue to pay interest at such rate until but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise applicable shall apply).

(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.09 Fees . In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i)  and (j)  of Section 2.03 :

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to Commitment Fees times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Swing Line Loans); provided , however that any commitment fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Lender that has failed to fund any portion of the Committed Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder shall not be payable

 

45


by the Borrower until such time as such failure has been cured. The commitment fees shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV are not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the tenth Business Day after each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees .

(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.11 Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with its usual practice. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the

 

46


Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

(a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; except that this sentence shall not apply to the Maturity Date.

(b) (i)  Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Committed Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to noon on the date of such Committed Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Committed Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees

 

47


customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by the Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .

(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

48


(f) Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , toward payment of principal and L/C Borrowings then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.

2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

2.14 Increase in Commitments .

(a) Request for Increase . Provided there exists no Default, without the consent of the Lenders and upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the

 

49


Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments (as determined by the Borrower but subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) by an amount that will not cause the Aggregate Commitments to be greater than the sum of (i) the Aggregate Commitments on the Closing Date, plus (ii) $250,000,000; provided that any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower may request all or part of such increase from the existing Lenders and if it does so, shall specify (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).

(b) Lender Elections to Increase . Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.

(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel. It shall not be a condition to obtaining an increase in the Aggregate Commitments that the full amount of such increase requested by the Borrower be approved by the Lenders or any additional Eligible Assignees. If less than the full amount of the increase requested by the Borrower is approved by the Lenders and any additional Eligible Assignee, the Borrower may, at its option, accept the amount of the increase so approved, or the Borrower may withdraw its request for such increase.

(d) Effective Date and Allocations . If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the final amount and allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.

(e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.14 , the

 

50


representations and warranties contained in subsection (a)  of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a)  and (b)  of Section 6.01 , and (B) no Default exists. The Borrower shall prepay any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

(f) Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III.

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by

 

51


such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Status of Lenders . Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

(iv) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an

 

52


amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

3.02 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Committed Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan , or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

53


3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) ) or the L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer); or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or

 

54


its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

3.05 Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ; including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

 

55


For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if any Lender delivers to the Borrower a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

3.07 Survival . All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;

 

56


(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) the Pledge and Security Agreement duly executed by each Loan Party; together with:

(A) certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Shares referred to in the Pledge and Security Agreement accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank,

(B) proper Financing Statements in form appropriate for filing under the UCC of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary in order to perfect the Liens created under the Pledge and Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Pledge and Security Agreement,

(C) completed requests for information, dated on or before the date of the initial Credit Extension, listing all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (B) above that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements,

(D) evidence of the completion of all other actions, recordings and filings of or with respect to the Pledge and Security Agreement that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may deem necessary in order to perfect the Liens created thereby, and

(E) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Pledge and Security Agreement has been taken (including receipt of duly executed payoff letters, UCC-3 termination statements and landlords’ and bailees’ waiver and consent agreements);

(iv) deeds of trust, mortgages, leasehold deeds of trust and leasehold mortgages, in substantially the form of Exhibit I (with such changes as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and their counsel to account for local law matters) and covering substantially all of the operating assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owned on the Closing Date (together with the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein and each other mortgage delivered pursuant to Section 6.13 , in each case as amended, the “ Mortgages ”), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:

(A) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid first and subsisting Lien on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing, documentary, stamp, intangible and recording taxes and fees have been or will be paid upon recording,

 

57


(B) in respect of the Chico Plant a fully paid title insurance policy (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) in form and substance, with endorsements and in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, insuring the Mortgage in respect of such property to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable, and

(C) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;

(v) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;

(vi) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification;

(vii) a favorable opinion of Bracewell & Giuliani LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters set forth in Exhibit G and such other matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(viii) the Initial Financial Statements;

(ix) certificates or binders evidencing Loan Parties’ insurance in effect on the date hereof naming the Collateral Agent as loss payee and additional insured;

(x) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied; (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since September 30, 2006 that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and (C) a calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date demonstrating that such ratio does not exceed 5.0 to 1.0;

 

58


(xi) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) after giving effect to the Acquisition and the Initial Public Offering, from the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer or controller of General Partner; and

(xii) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.

(b) (i) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

(c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

(d) The Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(e) The corporate and capital structure of the Borrower shall be as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

(f) The consummation of the Initial Public Offering shall have occurred on substantially the terms as contained in the Registration Statement.

(g) The Borrower shall have received sufficient proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to finance that portion of the Acquisition not funded by the use of proceeds from this Agreement.

(h) (i) The Borrower has received all governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering, which consents and approvals are in full force and effect, (ii) no order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction exists which restrains the consummation of the Initial Public Offering or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (iii) there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, action, suit, investigation or proceeding which seeks to restrain or affect the Initial Public Offering, or which, if adversely determined, could materially and adversely affect the ability of the Borrower to consummate the Initial Public Offering.

(i) Concurrently with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, (i) all outstanding Intercompany Indebtedness shall have been repaid or forgiven and (ii) that portion of the loans made under the Targa Credit Agreement with respect to the assets owned by Targa North Texas and acquired in the Acquisition shall have been repaid and arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been made for the release of the Liens securing same.

 

59


(j) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before March 15, 2007.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.04 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsection  (a) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses  (a) and (b)  of Section 6.01 .

(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has

 

60


all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws (excluding Environmental Laws that are the subject of Section 5.09 , federal, state and local income tax Laws that are the subject of Section 5.11 and ERISA that is the subject of Section 5.12 ); except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than Liens permitted by the Loan Documents), or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation (other than the Loan Documents) to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any material Law. Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Contractual Obligations referred to in clause (b)(i), except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect and maintain the perfection of the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Lenders, (ii) the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other action, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.04 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

 

61


5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness that would be required to be disclosed in Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower or the footnotes thereto prepared in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The unaudited pro forma Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006 (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the Consolidated pro forma financial condition of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisition) as of the date thereof and their Consolidated pro forma results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments. As of the Closing Date, all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness, are disclosed in the Initial Financial Statements.

(c) Since September 30, 2006, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.06 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or against any of their properties or revenues, or that is contemplated by any Loan Party against any other Person that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 No Default . Neither any Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has (or on the Closing Date, will have) (i) good and defensible fee simple title to or valid leasehold interests, or valid easements or other property interests in, all of its real property and

 

62


good and valid title to all of its personal property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Loan Parties and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 7.01 . No material default exists under (i) any lease on any property on which a Mortgage is granted, or (ii) any other lease, to the extent such default would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the plants, offices, or facilities and other tangible assets owned, leased or used by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the conduct of their respective businesses are (a) insured to the extent and in a manner required by Section 6.07 , (b) structurally sound with no known defects which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) in good operating condition and repair, subject to ordinary wear and tear and except to the extent failure could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (d) not in need of maintenance or repair except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repair the cost of which is immaterial and except to the extent failure to so maintain and repair could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (e) sufficient for the operation of the businesses of such Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries as currently conducted, except to the extent failure to be so sufficient could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (f) in conformity with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, regulations and other requirements (including applicable zoning, environmental, motor vehicle safety, occupational safety and health laws and regulations) relating thereto, except where the failure to conform could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.09 Environmental Compliance . The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries periodically conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Borrower has reasonably concluded that such Environmental Laws and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Insurance . The properties of each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Loan Party, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary operates.

5.11 Taxes . Except as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has filed all federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is party to any tax sharing agreement, except as provided in the Borrower’s Partnership Agreement or in the Omnibus Agreement.

 

63


5.12 ERISA Compliance .

(a) On the Closing Date, the Borrower has no Plans. Each Plan from time to time in effect shall be in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each such Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Taxpayer Identification Number . Other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 or as disclosed from time to time pursuant to Sections 6.12 , the Borrower has no Subsidiaries and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower’s Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned in the amounts so disclosed free and clear of all Liens other than the Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents. Set forth on Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 , as of the Closing Date, as supplemented by each report required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(k) , as of the date of such report is: (i) a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties showing as of such date the jurisdiction of its formation, the address of its principal place of business, its U.S. taxpayer identification number or, in the case of any non-U.S. Loan Party that does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and, for the preceding 5 years, any other jurisdiction of organization and any other name (including any trade or fictitious name) used by such Loan Party, and (ii) a complete and accurate list of the Investments of the type permitted by Sections 7.02(d) , (i)  or (j)  and Investments in Partially Owned Operating Companies. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, except with respect to additional contributions required to be made by General Partner pursuant to the Borrower’s Partnership Agreement or applicable Law.

 

64


5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

(b) No Loan Party nor any Person Controlling any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.15 Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all matters required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 6.03. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; provided , further , that, with respect to pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith and reflects, in all material respects, such pro forma financial information is in accordance with assumptions and requirements of GAAP for pro forma presentation and based upon such other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and, to the extent material, are disclosed as part of such pro forma financial information.

5.16 Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws (except for Environmental Laws that are the subject of Section 5.09 , federal and state income tax Laws that are the subject of Section 5.11 and ERISA that is the subject of Section 5.12 ) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, and, without conflict with the rights of any other Person, except to the extent such conflict, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or any

 

65


Restricted Subsidiary thereof infringes upon any rights held by any other Person, except to the extent such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Labor Disputes and Acts of God . Neither the business nor the properties of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance), that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.19 Solvency . Upon giving effect to the execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by each Loan Party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, each Loan Party will be Solvent.

5.20 Credit Arrangements . No Affiliate of any Loan Party is party to or subject to any credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, purchase agreement, guaranty or other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit) that creates by a covenant of such Affiliate or otherwise, any limitation or restriction of any action of any Loan Party or any obligation that any Loan Party be caused to take any action.

5.21 Real Property . As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.21 sets forth a description of each material fee owned property owned by any Loan Party and each material parcel of real property leased by any Loan Party (in both cases, other than the realty associated with the pipelines and gathering systems and other than immaterial real property including, but not limited to, compressor sites, pump stations and meter sites). All material pipelines, gathering systems and the realty associated therewith owned by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date are described in the Registration Statement. The Borrower shall provide updates to Schedule 5.21 upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent.

5.22 Labor Matters . There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof as of the Closing Date and except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years.

5.23 Security Documents . The provisions of the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 ) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents from time to time, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.

 

66


ARTICLE VI.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , and 6.03 ) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:

6.01 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the date on which the Borrower is required under Securities Laws to file a Form 10-K annual report for each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007), a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, partners’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidating statements to be for the Guarantors on a combined basis and the Borrower’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors on a combined basis and such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and applicable Securities Laws and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the date on which the Borrower is required under Securities Laws to file a Form 10-Q quarterly reports for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007), a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, partners’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidating statements to be for the Guarantors on a combined basis and the Borrower’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors on a combined basis and such Consolidated statements to be certified by the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, partners’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

6.02 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than three (3) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner and stating that such officer has caused this Agreement to be reviewed and has no knowledge of any Default by the Borrower in the performance or observance of any of the provisions of this Agreement, during, or at the end of, as applicable, such fiscal year or fiscal quarter, or, if such officer has such knowledge, specifying each Default and the nature thereof, showing compliance by the Borrower as of the date of such statement with the financial covenants set forth in Article VII , and calculations for such financial covenants shall be included, and the other applicable covenants set forth in Exhibit D ;

 

67


(b) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(c) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the partners of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;

(e) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section 6.02 ;

(f) within five Business Days after (i) a Responsible Officer’s receipt of any written notice of any violation by any Loan Party of any Environmental Law, (ii) a Responsible Officer’s obtaining knowledge that any Governmental Authority has asserted that any Loan Party is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or that any Governmental Authority is investigating any Loan Party’s compliance therewith, (iii) a Responsible Officer’s receipt of any written notice from any Governmental Authority or other Person or otherwise obtaining knowledge that any Loan Party is or may be liable to any Person as a result of the Release or threatened Release of any Contaminant or that any Loan Party is subject to investigation by any Governmental Authority evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to the Release or threatened Release of any Contaminant, or (iv) a Responsible Officer’s receipt of any written notice of the imposition of any Environmental Lien against any property of any Loan Party which in any event under clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) preceding could reasonably be expected to result in, or has resulted in, liability, either individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $10,000,000 or otherwise could reasonably be expected to have, or has resulted in, a Material Adverse Effect, copies of such notice or a written notice setting forth the matters in (ii) above;

 

68


(g) not less than 3 Business Days prior to any change in any Loan Party’s (i) name as it appears in the jurisdiction of its formation, incorporation, or organization, (ii) type of entity, or (iii) organizational identification number, written notice thereof;

(h) upon the Administrative Agent’s request, or, in the event that such filing reflects a significant material adverse change with respect to the matters covered thereby, within three Business Days after the filing thereof with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS, as applicable, copies of the following: (i) each annual report (form 5500 series), including Schedule B thereto, filed with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS with respect to each Plan; (ii) a copy of each funding waiver request filed with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS with respect to any Plan and all communications received by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS with respect to such request; and (iii) a copy of each other filing or notice filed with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS, with respect to each Plan by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate;

(i) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a business and financial plan for the Borrower (in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and based on assumptions believed to be reasonable in light of the circumstances at the time when made), prepared or caused to be prepared by a Responsible Officer of General Partner, setting forth for the then calendar year, financial projections, budgets and hedging schedules for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries;

(j) not less than one Business Day prior to, and as a condition to, (i) the making of a Material Acquisition or Disposition, (ii) the commencement of any Material Project, (iii) the designation of any Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including at the time of formation or acquisition of such Subsidiary), or (iv) to the extent exceeding (in the aggregate with any related transactions) $25,000,000, the making of any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 (d) , (i)  or (j) , or the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(f) or (o) , a certificate from a Responsible Officer of General Partner demonstrating compliance or pro forma compliance, as the case may be, with the provisions of Section 7.14 and/or Section 7.15 and containing calculations in such detail as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent;

(k) at the time of the delivery of each Compliance Certificate under Section 6.02(a) , a report containing a description of all changes in the information included in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 as may be necessary for Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 to be accurate and complete as of the date of such report; and

(l) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

69


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)  or Section 6.02(a) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (I) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (II) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ the Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders ( i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities (w) all the Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking the Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws; (y) all the Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any the Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

6.03 Notices . Promptly notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) to the extent not otherwise disclosed pursuant to Section 6.02(c) , of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,

 

70


including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension, or any material development therein, between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding by any Person not a Governmental Authority affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

(e) of the occurrence of any Disposition of property or assets, any sale of Equity Interests, any incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness or receipt of any Extraordinary Receipt, in each case with respect to which the Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05 .

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of General Partner setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached, if any.

6.04 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities (including all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property) except in each case, to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.05 or 7.06 ; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties . Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Loan Party, insurance with respect to its properties and

 

71


business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing (a) for payment of losses to the Collateral Agent as its interests may appear, (b) that such policies may not be canceled or reduced or affected in any material manner for any reason without 30 days prior notice to the Collateral Agent (or 10 days prior notice in the case of a failure to pay premiums), and (c) to provide for any other matters specified in any applicable Security Document or which the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. Each Loan Party will maintain any additional insurance coverage as described in the respective Security Documents. The Borrower shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, with an insurer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, flood insurance sufficient for Lenders to comply with Regulation H of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Each Loan Party shall at all times maintain insurance against business interruption and its liability for injury to persons or property in accordance with Schedule 6.07 , which insurance shall be by financially sound and reputable insurers.

6.08 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one (1) time during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

6.11 Use of Proceeds . On the Closing Date, use the proceeds of this Agreement to (i) fund a portion of the Acquisition and related expenses, (ii) repay Intercompany Indebtedness, and (iii) pay fees and expenses incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the Initial Public Offering. Thereafter, the proceeds of this Agreement shall be used for working capital including the issuance of Letters of Credit, capital expenditures, and for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

 

72


6.12 Additional Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Pledgors . Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent not later than three (3) Business days after any Person becomes a Subsidiary, which notice shall provide the information included in Schedule 5.13 as may be necessary for Schedule 5.13 to be accurate and complete as of the date of such notice and shall specify whether such Person is a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (and if it is or is to be treated as an Immaterial Subsidiary information demonstrating to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that such treatment is permitted), a Partially Owned Operating Company, a Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (and shall include compliance with the requirements of Section 6.18 for designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and (a) in the case of any Person that becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) of the Borrower, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion)), cause such Person, to (i) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (v) and (vi) of Section 4.01(a) and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (i)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (b) at the time that any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Partially Owned Operating Company, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion)), (w) cause all of the Equity Interests, or Eligible Equity Interests in the case of a First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, of such Person owned by a Loan Party to be pledged to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations by executing and delivering the Pledge and Security Agreement or a joinder thereto, (x) pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent all certificates, stock powers and other documents required by the Pledge and Security Agreement with respect to all such Equity Interests or Eligible Equity Interests, as applicable, in any such Person, (y) take or cause to be taken such other actions, all as may be necessary to provide the Collateral Agent with a first priority perfected pledge on and security interest in such Equity Interests or Eligible Equity Interests, as applicable, in such Subsidiary, and (z) deliver to the Collateral Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses  (v) and (vi)  of Section 4.01(a) and, if requested by the Collateral Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (w)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

6.13 Agreement to Deliver Security Documents . Deliver and to cause each Guarantor and any other Person required by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to deliver, to further secure the Obligations, the Secured Swap Obligations, and the Cash Management Obligations, whenever requested by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in their sole and absolute discretion, deeds of trust, mortgages, chattel mortgages, security agreements, flood hazard certification, evidence of title, financing statements and other Security Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

73


for the purpose of granting, confirming, and perfecting first and prior liens or security interests, subject only to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, on any real or personal property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Persons, excluding real property that, taken together with all property reasonably related thereto or used in connection therewith that does not then constitute Collateral, has a fair market value of less than $10,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary or a Partially Owned Operating Company shall not be required to be Collateral to the extent prohibited by a provision that is permitted by clause (II) of the proviso in Section 7.10 and (b) Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be required to be Collateral.

6.14 Perfection and Protection of Security Interests and Liens . Deliver and to cause each Guarantor and any other Person required by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to deliver Security Documents pursuant to Section 6.13 , to deliver from time to time to the Collateral Agent any financing statements, continuation statements, extension agreements and other documents, properly completed and executed (and acknowledged when required) by such Persons in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, which the Collateral Agent requests for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, or protecting any Liens or other rights in any property securing any Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations and Cash Management Obligations. The Borrower further agrees to promptly, upon request by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Security Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof.

6.15 Performance on the Borrower’s Behalf . If any Loan Party fails to pay any taxes, insurance premiums, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other amounts it is required to pay under any Loan Document, the Administrative Agent may pay the same after notice of such payment by the Administrative Agent is given to the Borrower. The Borrower shall promptly reimburse the Administrative Agent for any such payments and each amount paid by the Administrative Agent shall constitute an Obligation owed hereunder which is due and payable on the date such amount is paid by the Administrative Agent.

6.16 Environmental Matters; Environmental Reviews . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws now or hereafter applicable to such Loan Party as well as all contractual obligations and agreements with respect to environmental remediation or other environmental matters, (b) obtain, at or prior to the time required by applicable Environmental Laws, all environmental, health and safety permits, licenses and other authorizations necessary for its operations and will maintain such authorizations in full force and effect, (c) conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws, and (d) promptly pay and discharge when due all Environmental Liabilities and debts, claims, liabilities and obligations with respect to any clean-up or remediation measures necessary to comply with Environmental Laws unless, in each case, the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the applicable Loan Party.

 

74


6.17 Compliance with Agreements. Observe, perform or comply with any agreement with any Person or any term or condition of any instrument, if such agreement or instrument is materially significant to such Loan Party or to Loan Parties on a Consolidated basis or materially significant to any Guarantor, unless any such failure to so observe, perform or comply is remedied within the applicable period of grace (if any) provided in such agreement or instrument or unless such failure to so observe, perform or comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.18 Designation and Conversion of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Unless designated after the Closing Date in writing to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The Borrower may designate any Subsidiary (including a newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in each of the Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of the date of such designation (or, if stated to have been made expressly as of an earlier date, were true and correct as of such date), (ii) after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default would exist, (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby, (iv) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it will be treated as a “restricted subsidiary” for purposes of any indenture or agreement governing Unsecured Note Indebtedness and (v) in the case of a Subsidiary which is already classified as a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), the Borrower has obtained the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders. Except as provided in this Section, no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(c) The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if after giving effect to such designation, (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in each of the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of the date of such redesignation (or, if stated to have been made expressly as of an earlier date, were true and correct as of such date), (ii) after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default would exist and (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby.

(d) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to Guarantee any Indebtedness or other obligations of any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

75


(e) The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to hold any Equity Interests in, or any Indebtedness of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

6.19 Maintenance of Corporate Separateness . Satisfy customary corporate or limited liability company formalities and other requirements necessary to preserve the separate existence of each Unrestricted Subsidiary from the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary.

ARTICLE VII.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

7.01 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 and proceeds and products thereof, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 7.03(b) , (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.03(b) ;

(c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or if more than sixty (60) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been take to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) Liens on proceeds of insurance policies securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(m)(i) ;

 

76


(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, permits, reservations, exceptions, covenants and other restrictions as to the use of real property, and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, with respect to all of the foregoing, do not secure the payment of Indebtedness of a Loan Party (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

(i) Liens securing Capital Leases and purchase money Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) ; provided that (i) such Liens securing purchase money Indebtedness do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;

(j) Subject to the consent of Administrative Agent, Liens existing upon property acquired in an acquisition or of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, and not upon any other property, securing only Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.03(i) ;

(k) Liens reserved in leases of business premises entered into in the ordinary course of business for rent and for compliance with the terms of the lease limited to equipment and fixtures on the leased premises;

(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4.210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; or (iv) in connection with Cash Management Obligations and other obligations in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business and that are limited to Liens customary in such arrangements;

(m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Sections 7.02(i) and (j) ,to be applied against the

 

77


purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(n) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens (in each case limited to the cash, commodity contracts or other Investments in such account) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(o) Liens that constitute Guarantees of Indebtedness to the extent such Guarantees are permitted by Section 7.03 ;

(p) Liens on Property not constituting Collateral for the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations or the Secured Swap Obligations and not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section 7.01 ; provided that the aggregate principal or face amount of all Indebtedness secured by Liens under this Section 7.01(o) shall not exceed $50,000,000 at any time.

provided , nothing in this Section 7.01 shall in and of itself constitute or be deemed to constitute an agreement or acknowledgment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that any Indebtedness subject to or secured by any Lien, right or other interest permitted under subsections (a) through (o) above ranks in priority to any Obligation.

7.02 Investments . Make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments held by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash equivalents;

(b) Investments of the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary and Investments of any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or in another Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) Investments representing non-cash consideration of Dispositions permitted under Section 7.05 ;

(d) The acquisition of or other Investments (other than Investments consisting of Guarantees) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as (i) immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such acquisition or Investment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition or Investment, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)  as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby;

(e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

 

78


(f) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.03 ;

(g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted by Section 7.03(d);

(h) Loans or advances to any officer, director or employee of any Loan Party for travel and related expenses consistent with the policies and procedures of such Loan Party and not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one time outstanding;

(i) the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (including as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

(A) to the extent required by Section 6.12 , each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary (and, to the extent required by this Agreement, the Restricted Subsidiaries of such created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary) shall be a Guarantor and shall have complied with the requirements of Sections 6.12 and 6.13 , within the times specified therein;

(B) the acquired property, assets, business or Person is in the Present Line of Business; and

(C) (1) immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)  as though such purchase or other acquisition had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby; and

(j) Investments (other than Investments consisting of Guarantees) in Persons (other than a Person that is or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in the Present Line of Business to the extent not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section, so long as, immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, no Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)  as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby.

7.03 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

 

79


(b) [intentionally omitted];

(c) Guarantees of the Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract with a Hedging Party designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the requirements set forth in Section 7.01(i) ; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed an amount equal to five percent (5%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of a private placement or a public sale of unsecured senior or subordinated notes by the Borrower and unsecured guarantees of such notes by one or more of the Guarantors, provided , that (i) no principal of such Indebtedness is scheduled to mature earlier than the Maturity Date and (ii) after giving effect to such Indebtedness and the application of any of the proceeds thereof on the issuance date no Default or Event of Default shall exist and, on a pro forma basis, the Borrower shall comply with the covenants contained in Sections 7.14 and 7.15 ;

(g) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary subordinated to the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(h) Indebtedness owed to Targa or any of its Subsidiaries that is subordinated to the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(i) Subject to the consent of Administrative Agent, Indebtedness acquired in an acquisition, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof; provided that such Indebtedness shall not be secured except to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.01(j) ; provided further, that no Person, other than the obligor or obligors thereon at the time of such acquisition shall become liable for such Indebtedness;

(j) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business and discharged within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(k) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

80


(l) Customary indemnification obligations or customary obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments, in each case incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Disposition of any assets permitted hereby, or any Investment permitted hereby or any Permitted Acquisition, but excluding Guarantees of Indebtedness; provided that (i) such obligations are not required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (l)(i) ) and (ii) the maximum liability in respect of all such obligations incurred in connection with any Disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Disposition;

(m) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) customary take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and Guaranties thereof by one or more of the Guarantors; provided that (i) such Indebtedness and guaranties are unsecured and are subordinated to the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) no principal of such Indebtedness is scheduled to mature earlier than the Maturity Date, (iii) after giving effect to such Indebtedness and the application of any of the proceeds thereof on the issuance date no Default or Event of Default shall exist and, on a pro forma basis, the Borrower shall comply with the covenants contained in Sections 7.14 and 7.15 , and such principal amount of such subordinated Indebtedness cannot be prepaid except in accordance with Section 7.04 .

(p) Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section 7.03 ; provided that the aggregate principal or face amount of all Indebtedness shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

7.04 Subordinated Indebtedness . Pay the principal of any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations, other than with the proceeds of unsecured Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 that is subordinated on terms at least as favorable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as the Indebtedness being so repaid.

7.05 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that when any Wholly Owned Subsidiary is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, the Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person; and

 

81


(b) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided , further that if the transferor in any such a transaction is a Guarantor, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or Guarantor.

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 ; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary, which together with each of its Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.12 .

(e) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, each of the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided , however, that in each case, immediately after giving effect thereto (i) in the case of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is the surviving entity and (ii) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is a party, such Loan Party is the surviving entity.

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose and effect of which is to consummate a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.06 .

7.06 Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Dispositions of inventory or cash equivalents or immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of fixtures or equipment to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement fixtures or equipment or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement fixtures or equipment;

 

82


(d) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.07 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 ;

(e) Dispositions of property acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that the applicable sale-leaseback transaction (i) occurs within ninety (90) days after the acquisition or construction (as applicable) of such property and (ii) is made for cash consideration not less than the cost of acquisition or construction of such property;

(f) Dispositions of accounts receivables in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), easements, rights of way or similar rights or encumbrances in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(h) transfers of property that has suffered a casualty (constituting a total loss or constructive total loss of such property) upon receipt of the Extraordinary Receipts of such casualty;

(i) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(j) Dispositions of property, subject to the Security Documents, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that if the transferor of such property is the Borrower or a Guarantor, the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor;

(k) Dispositions permitted under Section 7.05 ;

(l) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under clauses (a) through (k) or (m) of this Section 7.06 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (l) since the Closing Date shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets on the first day of the fiscal year most recently ended at the time of such determination and (iii) no Disposition of less than all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary shall be permitted under this clause (l); and

(m) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 7.06 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the Disposition is for 75% cash or cash equivalents, (iii) the Borrower shall make the prepayment or reinvestment of proceeds of such Disposition as required by Section 2.05(d) , and (iv) no Disposition of less than all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary shall be permitted under this clause (m) .

 

83


provided , however , that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a) , (b) , (c) , (e) , (f) , (i) , (j) , (k) , (l)  or (m)  shall be for fair market value.

No Loan Party will discount, sell, pledge or assign any notes payable to it, accounts receivable or future income except for Dispositions permitted by clause (f) . So long as no Event of Default then exists, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s request and expense, execute a release, satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, of any Collateral so sold, transferred, leased, exchanged, alienated or disposed of pursuant to this Section.

7.07 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, the Guarantors and any other Person that owns an Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;

(b) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person;

(c) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Equity Interests;

(d) the Borrower may make cash distributions in an amount not to exceed “Available Cash” (as such term is defined in the Borrower’s Partnership Agreement) to the holders of its Equity Interest.

7.08 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business other than the Present Line of Business.

7.09 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to transactions (a) between or among the Borrower and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or between and among any Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (b) the transaction contemplated hereby and the payment of fees and expenses related thereto, (c) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.07 , and (d) transactions pursuant to agreements, instruments or arrangements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.09 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.

 

84


7.10 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to (A) make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (B) redeem Equity Interests held in it by the Borrower or any Guarantor, (C) otherwise transfer property to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (D) to repay loans and other indebtedness owing by it to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Borrower or (iii) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person, provided , however , that the foregoing clauses shall not prohibit (I) any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness, (II) provisions in Organizational Documents and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures or to other Persons that are not Restricted Subsidiaries or Partially Owned Operating Companies (to the extent Investment in such joint venture or other Person is permitted under Section 7.02) that limit Liens on or transfers of the Equity Interests in such joint venture or other Person entered into in the ordinary course of business, (III) are customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses, or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby (or in easements, rights of way or similar rights or encumbrances, in each case granted to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by a third party in respect of real property owned by such third party) so long as such restrictions relate only to the assets (or the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s rights under such easement, right of way or similar right or encumbrance, as applicable) subject thereto or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person.

7.11 Prohibited Contracts .

(a) Enter into any “take-or-pay” contract or other contract or arrangement for the purchase of goods or services which obligates it to pay for such goods or service regardless of whether they are delivered or furnished to it, other than contracts for pipeline capacity or for services in either case reasonably anticipated to be utilized in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted by Section 7.03(m)(ii) ; or

(b) Incur any obligation to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan.

7.12 Limitation on Credit Extensions . Except for Investments permitted under Section 7.02 , extend credit, make advances or make loans other than normal and prudent extensions of credit to customers buying goods and services in the ordinary course of business or to another Loan Party in the ordinary course of business, which extensions shall not be for longer periods than those extended by similar businesses operated in a normal and prudent manner.

7.13 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

 

85


7.14 Interest Coverage Ratio . On the Closing Date and at the end of each fiscal quarter, beginning March 31, 2007, permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (b) Interest Expense for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period then ended to be less than 2.25 to 1.0.

7.15 Leverage Ratios .

(a) If no Unsecured Note Indebtedness is outstanding on the applicable date of determination, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to be greater than: (i) 5.75 to 1.0 on the Closing Date nor on the last day of the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2007 and June 30, 2007; and (ii) 5.00 to 1.0 on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2007.

(b) If any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred or outstanding on the applicable date of determination, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to be greater than: (i) during the period prior to September 30, 2007, 6.25 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period; and (ii) during the period on or after September 30, 2007, 5.50 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period.

(c) If any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred or outstanding on the applicable date of determination, permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio to be greater than: (i) during the period prior to September 30, 2007, 5.25 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period; nor (ii) during the period on or after September 30, 2007, 4.50 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period.

(d) During an Acquisition Period, the maximum permitted Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the maximum permitted Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio shall each be increased by 0.50 to 1.00 from the otherwise applicable ratio set forth above (for example, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio requirement that would otherwise be 5.50 to 1.00 will become 6.00 to 1.00). As used in this Section 7.15(d) , “Acquisition Period” means a period elected by the Borrower, such election to be exercised by the Borrower by delivering notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, beginning with the funding date of the purchase price for any Specified Acquisition and ending on the earlier of (a) the first anniversary date of such funding date or (b) the Borrower’s election (provided, that the Borrower is in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Section 7.15 after giving effect to such election), to terminate such Acquisition Period, such election to be exercised by the Borrower delivering notice thereof to the Administrative Agent; provided that once any Acquisition Period is in effect, the next succeeding Acquisition Period may not commence until (i) the termination of such Acquisition Period in effect and (ii) after giving effect to the termination of such Acquisition Period in effect the Borrower shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Section 7.15 and no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, and for the avoidance of doubt, any failure by the Borrower to be in compliance with any requirement of this Section 7.15 shall not be remedied by a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio upon the incurrence of any Unsecured Note Indebtedness or the election of an Acquisition Period.

 

86


7.16 Negative Pledge . Allow any Person, other than the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or any Lender or any other Secured Party, to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, or permit any of the Subsidiaries to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, directly or indirectly, any Lien (other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01 ) upon the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries without the prior express written consent of the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VIII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01 Events of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within five days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.05 , 6.11 or 6.12 or Article VII ; provided , however that if the Borrower fails to deliver any financial statements, certificates or other information required by Section 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 or 6.12 and subsequently delivers such financial statements, certificates or other information as required by such Sections, then such Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured and/or waived; or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including the undrawn face amount of any outstanding Letter of Credit, surety bonds and other similar contingent obligations outstanding under any agreement relating to such Indebtedness or Guarantee and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any

 

87


other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. The Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) The Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments . There is entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, the same shall remain undischarged and either (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order which have not been stayed by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, or (B) there is a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

 

88


(i) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or

(k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Security Documents . Any Security Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien in any asset having a value in excess of the Threshold Amount, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage.

8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents;

 

89


provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

8.03 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such and payable to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, the Secured Swap Obligations and the Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Lenders, the Hedging Parties and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all

 

90


Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

ARTICLE IX.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.01 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) Each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedging Party) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Security Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, the Secured Swap Obligations or the Cash Management Obligations together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including, Section 9.11 , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Collateral Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto (including the Intercreditor Agreement), as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

9.02 Rights as a Lender . Any Person serving an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not such Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include such Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

91


9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agents:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.04 Reliance by Agent . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not

 

92


incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, such Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless such Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05 Delegation of Duties . Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, respectively. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

9.06 Resignation of Agent . The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent gives notice of its resignation, then such retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such Collateral until such time as a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other

 

93


Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by Bank of America as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Agent-Related Person or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Agent-Related Person or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties, liabilities or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order

 

94


to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and external counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j) , 2.09 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and external counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.

9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Hedging Parties irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (iii) subject to Section 10.01 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below; and

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i) ; and

(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

 

95


Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10 . In each case as specified in this Section 9.10 , the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes such Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10 .

9.11 Indemnification of Agents . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent and Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent and Agent-Related Person from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any external counsel for any Agent) incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent or Agent-Related Person of any portion of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses resulting from such Agent’s or Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.11 . In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any loss, claim, damage, liability and related expense this Section 9.11 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorney costs) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower. The undertaking in this Section 9.11 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations and Cash Management Obligations, and the resignation of such Agent.

9.12 Intercreditor Agreement . The Collateral Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and the parties hereto acknowledge, on behalf of themselves and their Affiliates, that the Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them and their Affiliates without execution thereof.

 

96


ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Amendments, Etc. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to those matters as to which Hedging Parties are entitled to vote thereunder, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;

(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Aggregate Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate and (ii) to change the manner of computation of any financial ratio (including any change in any applicable defined term) used in determining the Applicable Rate that would result in a reduction of any interest rate on any Loan or any fee payable hereunder;

(e) change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) except as otherwise permitted herein, release any Guarantor from the Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender; or

 

97


(h) release of all or substantially all of the Collateral hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;

and, provided further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

No amendment or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be effective unless consented to in writing by the Required Lenders (and as otherwise required in the Intercreditor Agreement), and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier, or email as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

 

98


(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of the Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral

 

99


Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however , that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

(e) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

(f) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any

 

100


amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any external counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonably out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each other Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any external counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof arising out of, in connection with, as a result of or in any other way associated with (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, and the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, (ii) the Collateral, the Loan Documents and consummation of the transactions or events (including the enforcement or defense thereof and any occupation, operation, use or maintenance of Collateral or other property of a Loan Party) at any time associated therewith or contemplated therein, (iii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iv) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

101


(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), each other Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

10.05 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and

 

102


the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

10.06 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise

 

103


consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single assignee (or to an assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans;

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;

(C) the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and

(D) the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment unless such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in Schedule 10.06 ; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to the Borrower . No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

 

104


Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and

 

105


3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(h) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate

 

106


Committed Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) . Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

 

107


10.08 Deposit Accounts; Right of Setoff . Each Loan Party hereby grants to L/C Issuer and each Lender a security interest, a Lien, and a right of offset, each of which shall be in addition to all other interests, Liens, and rights of L/C Issuer or any Lender at common Law, under the Loan Documents, or otherwise, to secure the repayment of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations upon and against (a) any and all moneys, securities or other property (and the proceeds therefrom) of such Loan Party now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to L/C Issuer or any Lender from or for the account of such Loan Party, whether for safekeeping, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise, (b) any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) of such Loan Party with L/C Issuer or any Lender, and (c) any other credits and claims of such Loan Party at any time existing against L/C Issuer or any Lender, including claims under certificates of deposit. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to foreclose upon such Lien and/or to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such foreclosure or such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such foreclosure or such setoff and application. The remedies of foreclosure and offset are separate and cumulative, and either may be exercised independently of the other without regard to procedures or restrictions applicable to the other.

10.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

108


10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

10.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.01 , the consent of Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required shall not have been obtained, if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b) ;

 

109


(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

110


(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 4-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL APPLY TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY DESIGNATES AND APPOINTS CT CORPORATION SYSTEM, 111 EIGHTH AVENUE , NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10011, AS AGENT OF BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR TO RECEIVE SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER OR SUCH GUARANTOR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT IN NEW YORK, SUCH SERVICE BEING HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR TO BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT. COPIES OF ANY SUCH PROCESS SO SERVED SHALL ALSO BE SENT BY REGISTERED MAIL TO BORROWER OR SUCH GUARANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW, BUT THE FAILURE OF BORROWER OR SUCH GUARANTOR TO RECEIVE SUCH COPIES SHALL NOT AFFECT IN ANY WAY THE SERVICE OF SUCH PROCESS AS AFORESAID. BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR SHALL FURNISH TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, L/C ISSUER AND LENDERS A CONSENT OF CT CORPORATION SYSTEM AGREEING TO ACT HEREUNDER PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, L/C ISSUER AND LENDERS TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, L/C ISSUER AND LENDERS TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST BORROWER OR EACH GUARANTOR IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. IF FOR ANY REASON CT CORPORATION SYSTEM SHALL RESIGN OR OTHERWISE CEASE TO ACT AS BORROWER’S OR EACH GUARANTOR’S AGENT, BORROWER AND SUCH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO (A) IMMEDIATELY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT A NEW AGENT REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT TO SERVE IN SUCH CAPACITY AND, IN SUCH EVENT, SUCH NEW AGENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SUBSTITUTED FOR CT CORPORATION SYSTEM FOR ALL PURPOSES HEREOF AND (B) PROMPTLY DELIVER TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THE WRITTEN CONSENT (IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT) OF SUCH NEW AGENT AGREEING TO SERVE IN SUCH CAPACITY.

10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial and Special Damages . EACH PARTY HERETO AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST

 

111


EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH LENDER HEREBY FURTHER (A) IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION ANY “SPECIAL DAMAGES,” AS DEFINED BELOW, (B) CERTIFY THAT NO PARTY HERETO NOR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OR COUNSEL FOR ANY PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, OR IMPLIED THAT SUCH PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (C) ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION. AS USED IN THIS SECTION, “SPECIAL DAMAGES” INCLUDES ALL SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (REGARDLESS OF HOW NAMED), BUT DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY PAYMENTS OR FUNDS WHICH ANY PARTY HERETO HAS EXPRESSLY PROMISED TO PAY OR DELIVER TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO.

10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers, on the other hand, and the Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and any Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent nor any Arranger has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Loan Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto,

 

112


including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent or any Arranger advised or is currently advising the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and each Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and each Arranger have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and any Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

10.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

10.18 No General Partner’s Liability . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree for themselves and their respective successors and assigns, including any subsequent holder of any Note, that no claim under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document shall be made against General Partner, and that no judgment, order or execution entered in any suit, action or proceeding, whether legal or equitable, hereunder or on any other Loan Document shall be obtained or enforced, against General Partner or its assets for the purpose of obtaining satisfaction and payment of amounts owed under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

10.19 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

10.20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

113


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
By:   Targa Resources GP LLC, its sole general partner
  By:  

/s/ Howard M. Tate

    Howard M. Tate
    Vice President – Finance and Assistant Treasurer

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Todd Mac Neill

Name:   Todd Mac Neill
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender,

L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By:  

/s/ Adam H. Fey

Name:   Adam H. Fey
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Syndication Agent and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Paul Pritchett

Name:   Paul Pritchett
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL, A DIVISION OF MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

as Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gregory Hanson

Name:   Gregory Hanson
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as

Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Scott Gildea

Name:   Scott Gildea
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , as

Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Brian Smith

Name:   Brian Smith
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


BNP PARIBAS , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark A. Cox

Name:   Mark A. Cox
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Greg Smothers

Name:   Greg Smothers
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Eventa Robcinc

Name:   Eventa Robcinc
Title:   Vice President
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


BMO CAPITAL MARKETS FINANCING, INC .,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Cahal Carmody

Name:   Cahal Carmody
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Jim Moyes

Name:   Jim Moyes
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ John Reed

Name:   John Reed
Title:   Director

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Gregory E. George

Name:   Gregory E. George
Title:   Managing Director

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Ashish Sethi

Name:   Ashish Sethi
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ W. Bryan Chapman

Name:   W. Bryan Chapman
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


COMPASS BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Murray E. Brasseux

Name:   Murray E. Brasseux
Title:   Executive Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a

Lender

By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Harnisch

Name:   Tracy L. Harnisch
Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


FORTIS CAPITAL CORP., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Darrell Holley

Name:   Darrell Holley
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ David Montgomery

Name:   David Montgomery
Title:   Senior Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Kevin J. Utsey

Name:   Kevin J. Utsey
Title:   Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


COMERICA BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Josh Strong

Name:   Josh Strong
Title:   Corporate Banking Officer

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


GUARANTY BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Jim R. Hamilton

Name:   Jim R. Hamilton
Title:   Senior Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


NATIXIS, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Louis P. Laville, III

Name:   Louis P. Laville, III
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Daniel Payer

Name:   Daniel Payer
Title:   Director

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Richard L. Tavrow

Name:   Richard L. Tavrow
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

Name:   Irja R. Otsa
Title:   Associate Director

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


LEHMAN BROTHERS COMMERCIAL BANK,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ George Janes

Name:   George Janes
Title:   Chief Credit Officer

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


CREDIT SUISSE, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ James Morgan

Name:   James Morgan
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Nupir Kumar

Name:   Nupir Kumar
Title:   Associate

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Mark Walton

Name:   Mark Walton
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


SCHEDULE 1.01

CERTAIN PERMITTED HEDGING PARTIES

Bank of America, N.A.

Bank of Montreal

BP Corporation North America Inc.

BP Products North America Inc.

ConocoPhillips Gas Power Marketing, a division of ConocoPhillips, Inc.

Coral Energy Resources LP

Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch

ExxonMobil Corporation

J. Aron & Company

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Merrill Lynch Commodities, Inc.

Morgan Stanley Capital Group, Inc.

Sempra Energy Trading Group.

Shell Trading (US) Company

Société Générale

Wachovia Bank, National Association

 

* In each case, the Hedging Party shall be the Affiliate which is trading entity of the counterparties specified above.


SCHEDULE 2.01

COMMITMENTS

AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES

 

Lender

   Commitment    Applicable
Percentage
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 29,750,000    5.950000000 %

Wachovia Bank, National Association

   $ 29,750,000    5.950000000 %

Merrill Lynch Capital

   $ 29,500,000    5.900000000 %

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

   $ 29,500,000    5.900000000 %

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 29,500,000    5.900000000 %

BNP Paribas

   $ 25,000,000    5.000000000 %

Société Générale

   $ 25,000,000    5.000000000 %

BMO Capital Markets Financing, Inc.

   $ 25,000,000    5.000000000 %

ANB AMRO Bank N.V.

   $ 25,000,000    5.000000000 %

The Bank of Nova Scotia

   $ 25,000,000    5.000000000 %

Citibank, NA

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

Amegy Bank National Association

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

Compass Bank

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

U.S. Bank National Association

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

Fortis Capital Corp.

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

Comerica Bank

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

Guaranty Bank

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

Natixis

   $ 19,000,000    3.800000000 %

UBS Loan Finance LLC

   $ 14,000,000    2.800000000 %

Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank

   $ 14,000,000    2.800000000 %

Credit Suisse

   $ 14,000,000    2.800000000 %

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

   $ 14,000,000    2.800000000 %

Total

   $ 500,000,000    100.000000000 %


SCHEDULE 4.01

SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

1. Guaranty Agreement.

 

2. Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

3. Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Targa North Texas LP, to PRLAP, Inc., as Trustee and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.

 

4. Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Targa Intrastate Pipeline LP to PRLAP, Inc., as Trustee and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.

 

5. UCC-1 Financing Statements related to all of the foregoing.


SCHEDULE 5.13

SUBSIDIARIES;

OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Part (a). Subsidiaries .

Targa Resources Operating GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Targa Resources Operating LP, a Delaware limited partnership

Targa North Texas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Targa North Texas LP, a Delaware limited partnership

Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Part (b). Other Equity Investments .

Part (b)(ii). Loan Party Information .

 

NAME

  

JURISDICTION OF
FORMATION

  

ADDRESS OF
PRINCIPAL

PLACE OF

BUSINESS

   FEIN    ORGANIZATIONAL
ID NUMBER
  

PRIOR
NAMES

  

PRIOR
JURISDICTION OF
FORMATION

Targa Resources Partners LP

   Delaware   

1000 Louisiana,

Ste. 4300

Houston, TX

77002

   65-1295427    4239562    None    None

Targa Resources Operating GP LLC

   Delaware   

1000 Louisiana,

Ste. 4300

Houston, TX

77002

   64-0949235    4292540    None    None

Targa Resources Operating LP

   Delaware   

1000 Louisiana,

Ste. 4300

Houston, TX

77002

   64-0949238    4292546    None    None

Targa North Texas GP LLC

   Delaware   

1000 Louisiana,

Ste. 4300

Houston, TX

77002

   None    4066474    None    None

Targa North Texas LP

   Delaware   

1000 Louisiana,

Ste. 4300

Houston, TX

77002

   20-4036176    4067407    None    None

Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC

   Delaware   

1000 Louisiana,

Ste. 4300

Houston, TX

77002

   76-0634836    3173058    Dynegy Intrastate Pipeline, LLC    None


Part (b)(ii). Other Equity Investments .

None.


SCHEDULE 5.21

MATERIAL REAL PROPERTY

Material Fee Owned Property:

The cryogenic natural gas processing plant located in Wise County, Texas, including the real property owned by Targa North Texas on which the Chico Plant and related equipment and operations are located.

Material Leased Property:

The cryogenic natural gas processing plant located in Shackelford County, Texas, including the real property leased by Targa North Texas on which the Shackelford Plant and related equipment and operations are located.


INSURANCE SUMMARY

Insurance requirements with respect to business interruption and liability for injury to persons and property as required by Section 6.07 shall be for coverages (and deductibles in the case of liability coverage) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances and subject to the following minimum amounts and periods:

 

1) Comprehensive General/Excess Liability Insurance covering liability for third party property damage and/or bodily injury, with a minimum coverage of $100,000,000 per occurrence (subject to customary annual aggregate limits).

 

2) Business Interruption Insurance providing coverage for operations for not less than a 12 month period of indemnity with no more than a 60 day waiting period.

As of the Closing Date, the Loan Parties maintain the actual insurance policies as set forth on the following two pages, but such policies are not part of the minimum insurance requirements.


SCHEDULE 6.07

INSURANCE SUMMARY

 

    

LINE OF COVERAGE

  

LIMIT OF LIABILITY

  

RETENTION/

DEDUCTIBLE

  

POLICY TERM

1)    Workers’ Compensation/ Employer’s Liability    Statutory/$1MM per occurrence    $250,000 per occurrence    10/31/06-10/31/07
2)    Business Auto Liability    $1MM any one occurrence CSL Self-Insure Auto Physical Damage    $250,000 per occurrence    10/31/06-10/31/07
3)   

Excess Liability (Includes Sudden & Accidental Pollution)

1 st Layer Excess Liability

  

$35MM and in the aggregate as applicable excess of underlying limits

(Includes Employment Practices Liability, limited Errors & Omissions, Incidental Medical Malpractice, etc.)

   As per Schedule of Underlyings, including $1MM GL SIR.    10/31/06-10/31/07
4)    2 nd Layer Excess Liability    $100MM xs $35MM    Underlying    10/31/06-10/31/07
5)    3rd Layer Excess Liability    $25MM xs $135MM    Underlying    10/31/06-10/31/07
6)    4 th Layer Excess Liability    $140MM xs $160MM    Underlying    10/31/06-10/31/07
7)    5 th Layer Excess Liability    $100MM xs $300MM (total $400MM)    Underlying    10/31/06-10/31/07
8)   

“All Risk” Onshore Property Insurance Coverage

 

Flood, Windstorm, Earthquake are Annual Aggregate Limits

 

MLP will have separate Aggregate/Sublimits under main Targa policy

  

$400MM per occurrence CSL Replacement Cost Value property damage (except for ACV on old shut-down TMS gas plants/compressor stations), boiler & machinery, EDP, transit, earthquake, flood, windstorm, expediting expenses, extra expenses, product stored below ground, construction projects, pollution cleanup.

Program placed in following layers:

$50MM Primary (Incl. Flood/Windstorm)

$50MM xs $50MM Excess (Incl. F/W)

$300MM xs $100MM Excess (Excl. F/W)

  

$500K (Interest)

Plants < $50MM

$1MM (100%)

Plants > $50MM

Windstorm/Flood:

2.0% of Insured Values, subject to $2.5MM (100%) MIN and $10MM (100%) MAX

   10/31/05-4/16/07
9)    Business Interruption/ Contingent Business Interruption    Gross earnings – actual loss sustained wording 24 Mos. Period of Indemnity $10MM CBI Named Customers/Suppliers $5MM CBI Un-named Customers/Suppliers    30 day waiting period    10/31/05-4/16/07
10)    Stand-Alone Terrorism Property/BI Coverage    $200MM per occurrence/policy aggregate   

$1MM PD

30 day wait BI

   10/31/05-4/16/07


SCHEDULE 7.01

EXISTING LIENS

None.


SCHEDULE 7.09

AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

 

1. Borrower Partnership Agreement

 

2. Contribution Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005 among Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, Targa GP Inc., Targa LP Inc., Targa Downstream GP LLC, Targa North Texas GP LLC, Targa Straddle GP LLC, Targa Permian GP LLC, Targa Versado GP LLC, Targa Downstream LP, Targa North Texas, Targa Straddle LP, Targa Permian LP and Targa Versado LP (the “ 2005 Contribution Agreement ”).

 

3. Amendment to 2005 Contribution Agreement dated as of January 1, 2007.

 

4. Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement dated as of February 14, 2007 among the Borrower, Targa Operating LP, General Partner, Targa Operating GP LLC, Targa GP, Inc., Targa LP, Inc., Targa Regulated Holdings LLC, Targa North Texas LP, and Targa North Texas GP LLC.

 

5. Omnibus Agreement among Targa, the General Partner and the Borrower.

 

6. Natural Gas Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2007 between Targa Gas Marketing LLC and Targa North Texas.

 

7. Products Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2007 between Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade and Targa North Texas.


SCHEDULE 10.02

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE;

CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

BORROWER:

Targa Resources Partners LP

1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:   Vice President—Finance
Telephone:   713.584.1024
Telecopier:   713.584.1523
Electronic Mail:   howardtate@targaresources.com
Website Address:   www.targaresources.com

U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number: 65-1295427

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

Administrative Agent’s Office

(for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions):

Bank of America, N.A.

901 Main St

Mail Code: TX1-492-14-11

Dallas, TX 75202

Attention: Ramon Gomez

Telephone: 214.209.2627

Telecopier: 214.290.8367

Electronic Mail: ramon.gomez_jr@bankofamerica.com

Account No.: 1292000883

Ref: Targa Resources

ABA# 026009593

Other Notices as Administrative Agent :

Bank of America, N.A.

Agency Management

100 Federal St

Mail Code: MA5-100-11-02

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: Todd Mac Neill

Telephone: 617.434.6842

Telecopier: 617.790.1361

Electronic Mail: Todd.G.MacNeill@bankofamerica.com


L/C ISSUER:

Bank of America, N.A.

Trade Operations

1 Fleet Way

Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30

Scranton, PA 18507

Attention: Michael Grizzanti

Telephone: 570.330.4214

Telecopier: 800.755.8743

Electronic Mail: michael.a.grizzanti@bankofamerica.com

SWING LINE LENDER:

Bank of America, N.A.

901 Main St

Mail Code: TX1-492-14-11

Dallas, TX 75202

Attention: Ramon Gomez

Telephone: 214.209.2627

Telecopier: 214.290.8367

Electronic Mail: ramon.gomez_jr@bankofamerica.com

Account No.: 1292000883

Ref: Targa Resources

ABA# 026009593


SCHEDULE 10.06

PROCESSING AND RECORDATION FEES

The Administrative Agent will charge a processing and recordation fee (an “ Assignment Fee ”) in the amount of $2,500 for each assignment; provided , however , that in the event of two or more concurrent assignments to members of the same Assignee Group (which may be effected by a suballocation of an assigned amount among members of such Assignee Group) or two or more concurrent assignments by members of the same Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group), the Assignment Fee will be $2,500 plus the amount set forth below:

 

Transaction

   Assignment Fee

First four concurrent assignments or suballocations to members of an Assignee Group (or from members of an Assignee Group, as applicable)

     -0-

Each additional concurrent assignment or suballocation to a member of such Assignee Group (or from a member of such Assignee Group, as applicable)

   $ 500

Exhibit 10.30

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (herein called the “ Amendment ”) made as of October 24, 2007 by and among Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (“ Administrative Agent ”), Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each Lender party hereto (collectively the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 14, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, or restated to the date hereof, the “ Original Agreement ”), for the purpose and consideration therein expressed, whereby Lenders became obligated to make loans to the Borrower as therein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to amend the Original Agreement to increase the maximum amount of increases to the Aggregate Commitments that may be requested by the Borrower under Section 2.14;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Original Agreement, in consideration of the loans which may hereafter be made by Lenders to the Borrower, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCES

Section 1.1. Terms Defined in the Original Agreement . Unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly defined herein, the terms defined in the Original Agreement shall have the same meanings whenever used in this Amendment.

Section 1.2. Other Defined Terms . Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms when used in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.2.

Amendment ” means this First Amendment to Credit Agreement and the Guarantor Ratification attached hereto.

Credit Agreement ” means the Original Agreement as amended hereby.

 


ARTICLE II.

AMENDMENTS TO ORIGINAL AGREEMENT

Section 2.1. Increase in Commitments . The Original Agreement is hereby amended to replace the reference to “$250,000,000” in clause (ii) of Section 2.14(a) of the Original Agreement with “$500,000,000”.

ARTICLE III.

CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS

Section 3.1. Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written when, and only when, (i) Administrative Agent shall have received, at Administrative Agent’s office, a counterpart of this Amendment executed and delivered by the Borrower and Required Lenders and a counterpart of the Guarantor Ratification executed and delivered by each Guarantor, (ii) the Borrower shall have requested an increase in the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement in the amount of $250,000,000 and such increase in the Aggregate Commitments shall have become effective, and (iii) Administrative Agent shall have additionally received all of the following documents, each document (unless otherwise indicated) being dated the date of receipt thereof by Administrative Agent, duly authorized, executed and delivered, and in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent:

(a) a favorable opinion of Bracewell & Giuliani LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(b) a certificate of the Secretary of each Loan Party certifying that none of the resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent has previously required evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party have been amended since they were delivered,

(c) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification; and that the execution and delivery of this Amendment has been duly authorized; and

(d) the Borrower shall have paid all fees required to be paid to Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Documents and all other fees and reimbursements to be paid pursuant to any Loan Documents, including fees and disbursements of Administrative Agent’s attorneys.

 

2


ARTICLE IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower . In order to induce each Lender to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to each Lender that, after giving effect to this Amendment (and including for purposes of all references to the Loan Documents, and the Credit Agreement, (i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and each Loan Party contained in Article V of the Original Agreement or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection therewith, are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the time of the effectiveness hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and for purposes of this Section 4.1 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer, to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) no Default exists.

ARTICLE V.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.1. Ratification of Agreements . The Original Agreement as hereby amended is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. The other Loan Documents, as they may be amended or affected by this Amendment, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. Any reference to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document shall be deemed to be a reference to the Original Agreement as hereby amended. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein or therein, operate as a waiver of any right, power, or remedy of Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer, or Lenders under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 5.2. Survival of Agreements . All representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements of the Borrower herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance thereof, and shall further survive until all of the Obligations are paid in full. All statements and agreements contained in this Amendment or any certificate or instrument delivered by any Loan Party hereunder or thereunder to Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender, or any Lender shall be deemed to constitute representations and warranties by, and/or agreements and covenants of the Borrower and such Loan Party under this Amendment and under the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.3. Loan Documents . This Amendment is a Loan Document, and all provisions in the Credit Agreement pertaining to Loan Documents apply hereto and thereto.

Section 5.4. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

3


Section 5.5. Counterparts; Fax . This Amendment may be separately executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. This Amendment may be validly executed by facsimile or other electronic transmission.

THIS AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

[ The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank. ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is executed as of the date first above written.

 

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
By:   Targa Resources GP LLC, its sole general partner
 

 

By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
 

Howard M. Tate

Vice President—Finance and

Treasurer

 


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent
By:   /s/ Todd Mac Neill
 

Name: Todd Mac Neill

Title: Vice President

 


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as a Lender,

L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By:   /s/ Christopher Smith
 

Name: Christopher Smith

Title: Senior Vice President

 


WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION , as Syndication Agent and as a Lender

By:   /s/ Leanne S. Phillips
 

Name: Leanne S. Phillips

Title: Director

 


MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL, A DIVISION

OF MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS

FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., as

Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

By:   /s/ Gregory B. Hamilton
 

Name: Gregory B. Hamilton

Title: Vice President

 


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as

Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

By:   /s/ David A. McCluskey
 

Name: David A. McCluskey

Title: Authorized Signatory

 


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, as

Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

By:   /s/ Mathew Main
 

Name: Mathew Main

Title: Managing Director


BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Richard Hawthorne
 

Name: Richard Hawthorne

Title: Vice President

 

By:   /s/ Greg Smothers
 

Name: Greg Smothers

Title: Vice President

 


SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Stephen W. Warfel
 

Name: Stephen W. Warfel

Title: Managing Director

 


J. Aron & Company, as a Secured Hedging Party under the Intercreditor Agreement
By:   /s/ Donna Mansfield
 

Name: Donna Mansfield

Title: Attorney In Fact

 


ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as a Lender
By:   /s/ Jamie Conn
 

Name: Jamie Conn

Title: Managing Director

 

By:   /s/ John Reed
 

Name: John Reed

Title: Director


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as a Lender
By:   /s/ D. Mills
 

Name: D. Mills

Title: Director


CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:   /s/ Ashish Sethi
 

Name: Ashish Sethi

Title: Attorney-in-Fact

 


AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ W. Bryan Chapman
 

Name: W. Bryan Chapman

Title: Senior Vice President


COMPASS BANK, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Adrianne D. Griffin
 

Name: Adrianne D. Griffin

Title: Vice President

 


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Justin M. Alexander
 

Name: Justin M. Alexander

Title: Vice President

 


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:   /s/ Kevin J. Utsey
 

Name: Kevin J. Utsey

Title: Vice President

 


COMERICA BANK, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Josh Strong
 

Name: Josh Strong

Title: Assistant Vice President

 


GUARANTY BANK, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Jim R. Hamilton
 

Name: Jim R. Hamilton

Title: Senior Vice President


NATIXIS, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Renaud d’Herbes
 

Name: Renaud d’Herbes

Title: Senior Managing Director

 

By:   /s/ Daniel Payer
 

Name: Daniel Payer

Title: Director

 


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as a Lender
By:   /s/ David B. Julie
 

Name: David B. Julie

Title: Associate Director

 

By:   /s/ Irja R. Otsa
 

Name: Irja R. Otsa

Title: Associate Director

 


LEHMAN BROTHERS COMMERCIAL

BANK, as a Lender

By:   /s/ Brian McNany
 

Name: Brian McNany

Title: Authorized Signatory

 


CREDIT SUISSE, Cayman Islands Branch, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Doreen Barr
 

Name: Doreen Barr

Title: Vice President

 

By:   /s/ Nupur Kumar
 

Name: Nupur Kumar

Title: Associate

 


GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Mark Walton
  Name: Mark Walton
  Title: Authorized Signatory


GUARANTOR RATIFICATION

The undersigned guarantors (whether one or more, “ Guarantor ”, and if more than one jointly and severally), hereby (i) consents to the provisions of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein, (ii) ratifies and confirms the Continuing Guaranty dated as of February 14, 2007 made by it for the benefit of Administrative Agent and Lenders executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) agrees that all of its respective obligations and covenants thereunder shall remain unimpaired by the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other documents and instruments executed in connection herewith, and (iv) agrees that the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.

 

TARGA RESOURCES OPERATING LP
By:   Targa Resources Operating GP LLC,
  its sole general partner
  By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
    Howard M. Tate
    Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA RESOURCES OPERATING GP LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
  Howard M. Tate
  Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
By:   Targa North Texas GP LLC,
  its sole general partner
  By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
    Howard M. Tate
    Vice President—Finance and Treasurer


TARGA NORTH TEXAS GP LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
  Howard M. Tate
  Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA INTRASTATE PIPELINE LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
  Howard M. Tate
  Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA RESOURCES TEXAS GP LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
  Howard M. Tate
  Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA TEXAS FIELD SERVICES LP

By:

 

Targa Resources Texas GP LLC,

its sole general partner

  By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
    Howard M. Tate
    Vice President—Finance and Treasurer


TARGA LOUISIANA FIELD SERVICES LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
 

Howard M. Tate

Vice President—Finance and Treasurer

TARGA LOUISIANA INTRASTATE LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
 

Howard M. Tate

Vice President—Finance and Treasurer

Address of each Guarantor:

1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:    Vice President—Finance

Telephone:    713.584.1024

Telecopier:    713.584.1523

Exhibit 10.31

COMMITMENT INCREASE SUPPLEMENT

This COMMITMENT INCREASE SUPPLEMENT (the “ Commitment Increase Supplement ”) is made as of October 24, 2007 by and among TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the parties signatory hereto as the Increasing Lenders (hereinafter defined) and the New Lenders (hereinafter defined).

RECITALS

Borrower, Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders named therein are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 14, 2007 (as otherwise amended, supplemented, restated, increased, extended, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). All terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, Borrower has the right to cause from time to time an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by adding to the Credit Agreement, subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Swing Line Lender one or more additional Lenders (referred to in Section 2.14(c) of the Credit Agreement as “additional Eligible Assignees”) and referred to herein as the “ New Lenders ”), or by allowing one or more Lenders to increase their respective Commitment (such Lenders being referred to herein as the “ Increasing Lenders ”), subject to the limitations contained in such Section 2.14 .

AGREEMENT

1. The Borrower and the parties signatory hereto as the Increasing Lenders and as the New Lenders hereby agree that, from and after the date hereof, the Increasing Lenders and the New Lenders shall have the respective Commitments as set forth on the attached Supplement to Schedule 2.01 . By its execution and delivery of this Commitment Increase Supplement, each New Lender hereby assumes all of the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Credit Agreement. Such Commitments of the New Lenders and the increase in the Commitments of the Increasing Lenders shall represent an increase in the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement.

2. Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer, and Borrower hereby consent to and approve the Commitment of each New Lender and the increase in the Commitment of each Increasing Lender, and such resulting increase in the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement.

3. Each New Lender and each Increasing Lender hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer as follows: (a) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Commitment Increase Supplement, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become or to

 

1


continue to be a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (b) from and after the Increase Effective Date (hereinafter defined), it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of its Commitment, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, and (c) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Commitment Increase Supplement on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer, or any other Lender; and agrees that (1) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (2) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

4. This Commitment Increase Supplement shall be effective on the date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) that (i) the Borrower and each New Lender and each Increasing Lender each execute a counterpart hereof and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer execute and deliver a counterpart hereof, (iii) each of the conditions to the increase in the Aggregate Commitments in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred, and (iv) all additional conditions precedent set forth on the Conditions Precedent Schedule attached hereto have been satisfied. From and after the Increase Effective Date, each New Lender shall be a “Lender” under the Loan Documents.

5. Upon any increase in the Aggregate Commitments pursuant Section 2.14 , the Lenders have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to make non-ratable borrowings and prepayments of the Committed Loans, and if any such prepayment requires the payment of Eurodollar Rate Loans other than on the last day of the applicable Interest Period, Borrower shall pay any required amounts pursuant to Section 3.05 , in order to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Commitment Increase Supplement. On the Increase Effective Date, each New Lender and each Increasing Lender shall make a Committed Loan for the account of the Borrower to implement such provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement.

6. Borrower (a) represents and warrants that, on and as of the Increase Effective Date, before and after giving effect to the increase in Aggregate Commitments resulting hereunder, (i) the representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Commitment Increase Supplement, the representations and warranties contained in subsection (a) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01 , and (ii) no Default exists, (b) ratifies and confirms each of the Loan Documents, (c) agrees that all Loan Documents shall apply to the Obligations as they are or may be increased by this Commitment Increase Supplement, (d) agrees that its obligations and covenants under each Loan Document are otherwise unimpaired

 

2


hereby and shall remain in full force and effect, and (e) covenants, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to cause to be issued, not more than 30 days after the Increase Effective Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion), the fully paid title insurance policies described in clause (e)(ii) of the Conditions Precedent Schedule in respect of each of the Sterling, Gillis, Acadia and Mertzen plants.

7. This Commitment Increase Supplement may not be amended, changed, waived or modified, except by a writing executed by the parties hereto.

8. This Commitment Increase Supplement embodies the entire agreement among each New Lender, each Increasing Lender, the Borrower, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior arrangements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

9. This Commitment Increase Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original. Each such counterpart shall become effective when counterparts have been executed by all parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Commitment Increase Supplement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Commitment Increase Supplement.

10. This Commitment Increase Supplement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each New Lender and each Increasing Lender and the Borrower and its respective successors and permitted assigns, except that neither party may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party.

11. This Commitment Increase Supplement is a Loan Document, as defined in the Loan Agreement, and is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement governing Loan Documents.

12. This Commitment Increase Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

If requested by any New Lender or any Increasing Lender, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such New Lender or such Increasing Lender, as of the Increase Effective Date, a Note in the form attached to the Credit Agreement to evidence the Commitment of such New Lender or such Increasing Lender. If any Increasing Lender which requests a new Note is in possession of an existing Note in the amount of its Commitment before giving effect to the increase pursuant to this Commitment Increase Supplement (each an “Existing Note”), such Increasing Lender shall, promptly after receipt of its new Note, mark such Existing Note “cancelled” and return such Existing Note to the Borrower.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank .]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer, Borrower, each New Lender, and each Increasing Lender have executed this Commitment Increase Supplement as of the date shown above.

 

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP

 

By:   Targa Resources GP LLC, its sole general partner

  By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
   

Howard M. Tate

Vice President—Finance and Treasurer


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:   /s/ Christopher Smith
 

Name: Christopher Smith

Title: Senior Vice President


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender
By:   /s/ Christopher Smith
 

Name: Christopher Smith

Title: Senior Vice President


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,

as an Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ Christopher Smith
 

Name: Christopher Smith

Title: Senior Vice President


WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Leanne S. Phillips
 

Name: Leanne S. Phillips

Title: Director


MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL, A DIVISION

OF MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS

FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., as

an Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ Gregory B. Hanson
 

Name: Gregory B. Hanson

Title: Vice President


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as

an Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ David A. McCluskey
 

Name: David A. McCluskey

Title: Authorized Signatory


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, as

an Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ Mathew Main
 

Name: Mathew Main

Title: Managing Director


BNP PARIBAS, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Richard Hawthorne
 

Name: Richard Hawthorne

Title: Vice President

By:   /s/ Greg Smothers
 

Name: Greg Smothers

Title: Vice President


ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ John D. Reed
 

Name: John D. Reed

Title: Director

By:   /s/ M. Aamir Khan
 

Name: M. Aamir Khan

Title: Vice President


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as an

Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ A. Ostrov
 

Name: A. Ostrov

Title: Director


CITIBANK, N.A., as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Ashish Sethi
 

Name: Ashish Sethi

Title: Attorney-in-Fact


AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as an Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ W. Bryan Chapman
 

Name: W. Bryan Chapman

Title: Senior Vice President


COMPASS BANK, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Adrianne D. Griffin
 

Name: Adrianne D. Griffin

Title: Vice President


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as

an Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ Justin N.Alexander
 

Name: Justin N. Alexander

Title: Vice President


FORTIS CAPITAL CORP., as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Darrell Holley
 

Name: Darrell Holley

Title: Managing Director

By:   /s/ Casey Lowary
 

Name: Casey Lowary

Title: Director


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Kevin J. Utsey
 

Name: Kevin J. Utsey

Title: Vice President


COMERICA BANK, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Josh Strong
 

Name: Josh Strong

Title: Assistant Vice President


GUARANTY BANK, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Jim R. Hamilton
 

Name: Jim R. Hamilton

Title: Senior Vice President


NATIXIS, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ Donovan Broussard
 

Name: Donovan Broussard

Title: Managing Director

By:   /s/ Louis P. Laville, III
 

Name: Louis P. Laville, III

Title: Managing Director


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ David B. Julie
 

Name: David B. Julie

Title: Associate Director

By:   /s/ Irja R. Otsa
 

Name: Irja R. Otsa

Title: Associate Director


LEHMAN BROTHERS COMMERCIAL
BANK,
as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ George Janes
 

Name: George Janes

Title: Chief Credit Officer

 


CREDIT SUISSE, as an Increasing Lender
By:   /s/ James Moran
 

Name: James Moran

Title: Managing Director

By:   /s/ Nupur Kumar
 

Name: Nupur Kumar

Title: Associate


GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as an Increasing Lender

By:   /s/ Mark Walton
 

Name: Mark Walton

Title: Authorized Signatory


RAYMOND JAMES BANK, FSB, as a New Lender
By:   /s/ Garrett McKinnon
 

Name: Garrett McKinnon

Title: Vice President


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as a New Lender
By:   /s/ Dusan Lazarov
 

Name: Dusan Lazarov

Title: Vice President

By:   /s/ Erin Morrissey
 

Name: Erin Morrissey

Title: Vice President


SUPPLEMENT TO SCHEDULE 2.01

OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Lender

  

Existing
Commitment

Amount

  

New

Commitment
Amount

  

Amount of
Commitment

Increase

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 29,750,000    $ 42,500,000    $ 12,750,000

Wachovia Bank, National Association

   $ 29,750,000    $ 42,500,000    $ 12,750,000

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 29,500,000    $ 42,000,000    $ 12,500,000

The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC

   $ 29,500,000    $ 42,000,000    $ 12,500,000

Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc.

   $ 29,500,000    $ 40,000,000    $ 10,500,000

The Bank of Nova Scotia

   $ 29,000,000    $ 35,000,000    $ 6,000,000

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

   $ 25,000,000    $ 35,000,000    $ 10,000,000

BNP Paribas

   $ 25,000,000    $ 35,000,000    $ 10,000,000

Compass Bank

   $ 19,000,000    $ 35,000,000    $ 16,000,000

Citibank, N.A.

   $ 19,000,000    $ 35,000,000    $ 16,000,000

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 19,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 6,000,000

Amegy Bank National Association

   $ 19,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 6,000,000

Guaranty Bank

   $ 19,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 6,000,000

U.S. Bank National Association

   $ 19,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 6,000,000

Comerica Bank

   $ 19,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 6,000,000

Fortis Capital Corp.

   $ 19,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 6,000,000

Natixis

   $ 15,000,000    $ 22,000,000    $ 7,000,000

UBS Loan Finance LLC

   $ 14,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 11,000,000

Credit Suisse

   $ 14,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 11,000,000

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.

   $ 14,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 11,000,000

Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank

   $ 14,000,000    $ 19,000,000    $ 5,000,000

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

     —      $ 25,000,000    $ 25,000,000

Raymond James Bank, FSB

     —      $ 25,000,000    $ 25,000,000

TOTAL

         $ 250,000,000

 


CONSENT AND AGREEMENT

October      , 2007

The undersigned Guarantors each hereby consents to the provisions of this Commitment Increase Supplement and the transactions contemplated herein and hereby ratifies and confirms each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and, without limiting the foregoing, agree that such Loan Documents shall apply to the Obligations as they are or may be increased by this Commitment Increase Supplement and that its obligations and covenants under such Loan Documents are otherwise unimpaired hereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

TARGA RESOURCES OPERATING LP
By:   Targa Resources Operating GP LLC,
  its sole general partner
  By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
    Howard M. Tate
    Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA RESOURCES OPERATING GP LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
  Howard M. Tate
  Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
By:   Targa North Texas GP LLC,
  its sole general partner
  By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
    Howard M. Tate
    Vice President—Finance and Treasurer


TARGA NORTH TEXAS GP LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
  Howard M. Tate
  Vice President—Finance and Treasurer
TARGA INTRASTATE PIPELINE LLC
By:   /s/ Howard M. Tate
  Howard M. Tate
  Vice President—Finance and Treasurer

Address of each Guarantor:

1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Vice President—Finance

Telephone: 713.584.1024

Telecopier: 713.584.1523


Conditions Precedent Schedule

1. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) a certificate of the Borrower that (i) all conditions precedent to the acquisition by the Borrower of Targa Resources Texas GP LLC, Targa Texas Field Services LP and Targa Louisiana Field Services LLC (the “ Acquired Companies ”) pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated September 18, 2007 with Targa Resources, Inc. (the “ Purchase and Sale Agreement ”) shall have been satisfied or waived (in compliance with (iii) below), (ii) that closing and funding of such acquisition by the Borrower of the Acquired Companies shall be consummated on a substantially contemporaneous basis with the delivery of such certificate and (iii) there have been no material alterations, amendments or changes in the Purchase and Sale Agreement or other agreements, instruments and documents relating to the acquisition of the Acquired Companies, and no material condition contained in the Purchase and Sale Agreement or such other agreements, instruments and documents shall have been waived without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) releases in respect of all existing Liens on the Equity Interests and the assets of the Acquired Companies other than Liens permitted under Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement;

(c) Guaranty Supplement executed by each of Targa Resources Texas GP LLC, Targa Texas Field Services LP, Targa Louisiana Field Services LLC and Targa Louisiana Intrastate LLC;

(d) Security Documents satisfactory for the creation and perfection of valid first priority Liens (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement) on and security interests in the Equity Interests and the assets of the Acquired Companies to secure the Obligations under the Credit Agreement;

(e) in respect of each of the Sterling, Gillis, Acadia and Mertzen plants (i) title commitments or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of satisfactory title thereto, and (ii) no more than 30 days after the Increase Effective Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion), a fully paid title insurance policy in form and substance, with endorsements and in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, insuring the Mortgage in respect of such property to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable;

(f) a favorable opinion of (i) Bracewell & Giuliani LLP., New York and Texas counsel


to the Loan Parties, and (ii) Schully Roberts Slattery & Marino, Louisiana counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(f) a certificate of the Secretary of each Loan Party certifying (i) true and correct copies of the resolutions adopted by each Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and such resolutions have not been amended, altered or repealed and are in effect on the date hereof; (ii) that none of the incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent has previously required evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with the Security Documents to which such Loan Party is a party have been amended since they were delivered, and (iii) that the execution and delivery of the Security Documents has been duly authorized; and

(g) such other documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.

2. The receipt by the Borrower of additional equity investments to fund the purchase of the Acquired Companies of at least $345,000,000 (prior to deduction of customary issuance costs and expenses);

3. The purchase price for the Acquired Companies, as adjusted pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, shall not exceed $735,000,000; and

4. The Borrower shall have paid all fees required to be paid to Administrative Agent in connection with the Commitment Increase Supplement and all other fees and reimbursements to be paid pursuant to any Loan Documents, including fees and disbursements of Administrative Agent’s attorneys to the extent invoiced prior to the Increase Effective Date.

Exhibit 12.1

Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

(Amounts in thousands of dollars)    Targa Resources, Inc.     Predecessor
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    106-Day Period
Ended April 15,
2004
   Year Ended
December 31,
2003
   Year Ended
December 31,
2002

Income (loss) before taxes

   $ 49,499     $ 37,791     $ 39,623     $ (20,752 )   $ 16,389     $ 15,603    $ 19,295    $ 19,295

Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated investments

     (7,964 )     (5,403 )     (9,968 )     3,776       (2,370 )     —        —        —  

Minority interest of subsidiaries that have incurred fixed charges

     6,628       —         —         —         —            

Fixed charges

     116,744       136,911       184,588       40,525       6,506       —        —        —  

Distributed income of equity investees

     3,100       2,306       2,306       387       —         —        —        —  

Capitalized interest

     (589 )     (263 )     (466 )     (35 )     —         —        —        —  

Amortization of capitalized interest

     28       15       27       1       —         —        —        —  
                                                            
   $ 167,446     $ 171,357     $ 216,110     $ 23,902     $ 20,525     $ 15,603    $ 19,295    $ 19,295
                                                            

Fixed charges:

                  

Interest expense

   $ 112,752     $ 133,245     $ 180,189     $ 39,856     $ 6,406     $ —      $ —      $ —  

Capitalized interest

     589       263       466       35       —         —        —        —  

Interest within rental expenses

     3,403       3,403       3,933       634       100       —        —        —  
                                                            
   $ 116,744     $ 136,911     $ 184,588     $ 40,525     $ 6,506     $ —      $ —      $ —  
                                                            

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)

     1.4x       1.3x       1.2x       0.6x       3.2x       N/A      N/A      N/A
                                                            

(1) Not applicable to the predecessor because the predecessor has not historically incurred debt obligations.

Exhibit 21.1

Targa Resources, Inc. Subsidiary List

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Formation

Cedar Bayou Fractionators, L.P.    Delaware
Downstream Energy Ventures Co., L.L.C.    Delaware
Gulf Coast Fractionators    Texas
Midstream Barge Company LLC    Delaware
Targa Bridgeline LLC    Delaware
Targa Canada Liquids Inc.    British Columbia
Targa Downstream GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Downstream LP    Delaware
Targa Co-Generation LLC    Delaware
Targa Gas Marketing LLC    Delaware
Targa GP Inc.    Delaware
Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC    Delaware
Targa Liquids GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade    Delaware
Targa Louisiana Field Services LLC    Delaware
Targa Louisiana Intrastate LLC    Delaware
Targa LP Inc.    Delaware
Targa LSNG GP LLC    Delaware
Targa LSNG LP    Delaware
Targa Midstream GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership    Delaware
Targa NGL Pipeline Company LLC    Delaware
Targa North Texas GP LLC    Delaware
Targa North Texas LP    Delaware

 

1


Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Formation

Targa OPI LLC    Delaware
Targa Permian GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Permian LP    Delaware
Targa Retail Electric LLC    Delaware
Targa Resources Employee Relief Organization    Texas
Targa Resources Finance Corporation    Delaware
Targa Resources GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Resources Holdings GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Resources Holdings LP    Delaware
Targa Resources II LLC    Delaware
Targa Resources Investments Sub Inc.    Delaware
Targa Resources LLC    Delaware
Targa Resources Operating GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Resources Operating LP    Delaware
Targa Resources Partners LP    Delaware
Targa Resources Texas GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Straddle GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Straddle LP    Delaware
Targa Texas Field Services LP    Delaware
Targa Versado GP LLC    Delaware
Targa Versado LP    Delaware
Venice Energy Services Company, L.L.C.    Delaware
Venice Gathering System, L.L.C.    Delaware
Versado Gas Processors, L.L.C.    Delaware
Warren Petroleum Company LLC    Delaware

 

2

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Targa Resources, Inc. of our reports dated October 30, 2007 and May 6, 2005, except for Note 14, as to which the date is September 20, 2005, relating to the financial statements of Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership and our report dated March 30, 2007 relating to the financial statements of Targa Resources, Inc. which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

December 14, 2007

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of the following reports, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Targa Resources, Inc. and Targa Resources Finance Corporation for the registration of $250,000,000 of 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2013:

 

  (1) Our report dated May 20, 2005, except for Notes 8 and 20, as to which the date is September 29, 2005 relating to the financial statements of Targa Resources, Inc.,

 

  (2) Our report dated July 29, 2005 relating to the financial statements of the Midstream Operations sold to Targa Resources, Inc.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

December 14, 2007

Exhibit 25.1

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 


 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

A National Banking Association   94-1347393
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization if not a U.S. national bank)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

101 North Phillips Avenue

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

  57104
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Wells Fargo & Company

Law Department, Trust Section

MAC N9305-175

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17 th Floor

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 


Targa Resources, Inc.

Targa Resources Finance Corporation 1

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   74-3117058
Delaware   20-3673840
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300

Houston, Texas

  77002
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


8  1 / 2 Senior Notes due 2013

(Title of the indenture securities)

 


1

See Table 1 – List of additional Obligors


Table 1

The address for each Subsidiary Guarantor listed below is 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, TX 77002.

 

    

Subsidiary Guarantor

  

State of Incorporation

   Federal EIN
1.    Targa Resources LLC    Delaware    14-1904332
2.    Targa Resources II LLC    Delaware    75-3150812
3.    Targa Resources Holdings GP LLC    Delaware    83-0391111
4.    Targa Resources Holdings LP    Delaware    73-1699939
5.    Targa Gas Marketing LLC    Delaware    11-3762680
6.    Targa Midstream GP LLC    Delaware    20-3726668
7.    Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership    Delaware    76-0507891
8.    Targa Retail Electric LLC    Delaware    76-0467636
9.    Targa NGL Pipeline Company LLC    Delaware    73-1175068
10.    Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade    Delaware    N/A
11.    Targa Liquids GP LLC    Delaware    N/A
12.    Midstream Barge Company LLC    Delaware    94-3253383
13.    Targa OPI LLC    Delaware    76-0467637
14.    Targa Co-Generation LLC    Delaware    N/A
15.    Targa GP Inc.    Delaware    20-4036018
16.    Targa LP Inc.    Delaware    20-4036097
17.    Targa Versado GP LLC    Delaware    N/A
18.    Targa Versado LP    Delaware    20-4036235
19.    Targa Straddle GP LLC    Delaware    N/A
20.    Targa Staddle LP    Delaware    20-4036286
21.    Targa Permian GP LLC    Delaware    N/A
22.    Targa Permian LP    Delaware    20-4036350
23.    Targa Downstream GP LLC    Delaware    N/A
24.    Targa Downstream LP    Delaware    20-4036406
25.    Targa LSNG GP LLC    Delaware    N/A
26.    Targa LSNG LP    Delaware    68-0625252
27.    Targa Resources GP LLC    Delaware    65-1295429

 


Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Treasury Department

Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Washington, D.C.

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco

San Francisco, California 94120

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

 

Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.

 

Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

Exhibit 1.    A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*
Exhibit 2.    A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**
Exhibit 3.    See Exhibit 2
Exhibit 4.    Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***
Exhibit 5.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 6.    The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
Exhibit 7.    A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 9.    Not applicable.

 

* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of file number 333-130784-06.

 

** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of file number 022-28721.

 

*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of file number 333-125274.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 13 th day of December 2007.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell
Joseph P. O’Donnell
Vice President


EXHIBIT 6

December 13, 2007

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

Very truly yours,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell
Joseph P. O’Donnell
Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association

of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business September 30, 2007, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.

 

         

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

ASSETS

     

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

      $ 12,302

Interest-bearing balances

        1,022

Securities:

     

Held-to-maturity securities

        0

Available-for-sale securities

        48,254

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

     

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

        15,276

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

        1,881

Loans and lease financing receivables:

     

Loans and leases held for sale

        21,274

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   277,174   

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   2,569   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

        274,605

Trading Assets

        5,557

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

        4,240

Other real estate owned

        861

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

        421

Intangible assets

     

Goodwill

        9,718

Other intangible assets

        19,391

Other assets

        30,644
         

Total assets

      $ 445,446
         

LIABILITIES

     

Deposits:

     

In domestic offices

      $ 269,857

Noninterest-bearing

   68,381   

Interest-bearing

   201,476   

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

        59,766

Noninterest-bearing

   11   

Interest-bearing

   59,755   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

        12,491

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        6,758


      

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

Trading liabilities

     3,109

Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     26,482

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,896

Other liabilities

     14,803
      

Total liabilities

   $ 404,162

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

     57

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0

Common stock

     520

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     25,692

Retained earnings

     14,509

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     506

Other equity capital components

     0
      

Total equity capital

     41,227
      

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital

   $ 445,446
      

I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Howard I. Atkins

EVP & CFO

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

 

Michael Loughlin

John Stumpf

Carrie Tolstedt

  

Directors